2004 asme ix boiler & pressure vessel code - wes.irwes.ir/files/3879968asme ix 2004.pdf · asme...

WELDING AND BRAZINGQUALIFICATIONS

IXIX2004 ASME BOILER & PRESSURE VESSEL CODEA N I N T E R N A T I O N A L C O D E

2004 ASME BOILER & PRESSURE VESSEL CODEA N I N T E R N A T I O N A L C O D E

Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME

Document provided by IHS Licensee=IHS Subs and Mgrs /IHSINTL003,User=TEMPSALES1, 11/28/2004 15:42:46 MST Questions or comments about thismessage: please call the Document Policy Group at 303-397-2295.

--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

QUALIF ICATIONSTANDARD FOR WELDING AND BRAZING PROCEDURES,WELDERS, BRAZERS,AND WELDING ANDBRAZING OPERATORS

2004 EditionJuly 1, 2004

ASME BOILER AND PRESSURE VESSEL COMMITTEE SUBCOMMITTEE ONWELDING

IXIX

THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERSNEW YORK, NEW YORK

ASME BOILER AND PRESSURE VESSEL CODEAN INTERNATIONAL CODE



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Date of Issuance: July 1, 2004(Includes all Addenda dated July 2003 and earlier)

This international code or standard was developed under procedures accredited as meeting the criteria for American NationalStandards and it is an American National Standard. The Standards Committee that approved the code or standard was balancedto assure that individuals from competent and concerned interests have had an opportunity to participate. The proposed codeor standard was made available for public review and comment that provides an opportunity for additional public input fromindustry, academia, regulatory agencies, and the public-at-large.

ASME does not “approve,” “rate,” or “endorse” any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.ASME does not take any position with respect to the validity of any patent rights asserted in connection with any items

mentioned in this document, and does not undertake to insure anyone utilizing a standard against liability for infringement ofany applicable letters patent, nor assume any such liability. Users of a code or standard are expressly advised that determinationof the validity of any such patent rights, and the risk of infringement of such rights, is entirely their own responsibility.

Participation by federal agency representative(s) or person(s) affiliated with industry is not to be interpreted as governmentor industry endorsement of this code or standard.

ASME accepts responsibility for only those interpretations of this document issued in accordance with the established ASMEprocedures and policies, which precludes the issuance of interpretations by individuals.

The footnotes in this document are part of this American National Standard.

ASME collective membership mark

The above ASME symbols are registered in the U.S. Patent Office.

“ASME” is the trademark of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.

No part of this document may be reproduced in any form, in an electronic retrieval system orotherwise, without the prior written permission of the publisher.

Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: 56-3934Printed in the United States of America

Adopted by the Council of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 1914.Revised 1940, 1941, 1943, 1946, 1949, 1952, 1953, 1956, 1959, 1962, 1965, 1968, 1971, 1974, 1977, 1980, 1983, 1986,

1989, 1992, 1995, 1998, 2001, 2004

The American Society of Mechanical EngineersThree Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5990

Copyright © 2004 byTHE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS

All Rights Reserved



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 ASMEBOILER AND PRESSURE VESSEL CODE

SECTIONS

I Rules for Construction of Power Boilers

II MaterialsPart A — Ferrous Material SpecificationsPart B — Nonferrous Material SpecificationsPart C — Specifications for Welding Rods, Electrodes, and Filler MetalsPart D — Properties (Customary)Part D — Properties (Metric)

III Subsection NCA — General Requirements for Division 1 and Division 2

III Division 1Subsection NB — Class 1 ComponentsSubsection NC — Class 2 ComponentsSubsection ND — Class 3 ComponentsSubsection NE — Class MC ComponentsSubsection NF — SupportsSubsection NG — Core Support StructuresSubsection NH — Class 1 Components in Elevated Temperature ServiceAppendices

III Division 2 — Code for Concrete Containments

III Division 3 — Containments for Transport and Storage of Spent Nuclear Fuel andHigh Level Radioactive Material and Waste

IV Rules for Construction of Heating Boilers

V Nondestructive Examination

VI Recommended Rules for the Care and Operation of Heating Boilers

VII Recommended Guidelines for the Care of Power Boilers

VIII Rules for Construction of Pressure VesselsDivision 1Division 2 — Alternative RulesDivision 3 — Alternative Rules for Construction of High Pressure Vessels

IX Welding and Brazing Qualifications

X Fiber-Reinforced Plastic Pressure Vessels

XI Rules for Inservice Inspection of Nuclear Power Plant Components

XII Rules for Construction and Continued Service of Transport Tanks

iii

04



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

ADDENDA

Colored-sheet Addenda, which include additions andrevisions to individual Sections of the Code, are publishedannually and will be sent automatically to purchasers ofthe applicable Sections up to the publication of the 2007Code. The 2004 Code is available only in the loose-leafformat; accordingly, the Addenda will be issued in theloose-leaf, replacement-page format.

INTERPRETATIONS

ASME issues written replies to inquiries concerninginterpretation of technical aspects of the Code. The Inter-pretations for each individual Section will be publishedseparately and will be included as part of the updateservice to that Section. They will be issued semiannually(July and December) up to the publication of the 2004Code. Interpretations of Section III, Divisions 1 and 2,will be included with the update service to SubsectionNCA.

iv

Beginning with the 2004 Edition, Interpretations of theCode will be distributed annually in July with the issuanceof the edition and subsequent addenda. Interpretationspreviously distributed in January will be posted in Januaryat www.cstools.asme.org/interpretations and included inthe July distribution.

CODE CASES

The Boiler and Pressure Vessel Committee meets regu-larly to consider proposed additions and revisions to theCode and to formulate Cases to clarify the intent ofexisting requirements or provide, when the need is urgent,rules for materials or constructions not covered byexisting Code rules. Those Cases which have beenadopted will appear in the appropriate 2004 Code Casesbook: (1) Boilers and Pressure Vessels and (2) NuclearComponents. Supplements will be sent automatically tothe purchasers of the Code Cases books up to the publica-tion of the 2007 Code.



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

CONTENTS

Foreword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viiStatements of Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiPersonnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiiiIntroduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxiiiSummary of Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxv

PART QW WELDING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Article I Welding General Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

QW-100 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1QW-110 Weld Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2QW-120 Test Positions for Groove Welds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2QW-130 Test Positions for Fillet Welds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3QW-140 Types and Purposes of Tests and Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3QW-150 Tension Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4QW-160 Guided-Bend Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5QW-170 Notch-Toughness Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6QW-180 Fillet-Weld Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6QW-190 Other Tests and Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Appendix I Rounded Indication Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Article II Welding Procedure Qualifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

QW-200 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13QW-210 Preparation of Test Coupon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17QW-250 Welding Variables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18QW-290 Temper Bead Welding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Article III Welding Performance Qualifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

QW-300 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51QW-310 Qualification Test Coupons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54QW-320 Retests and Renewal of Qualification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55QW-350 Welding Variables for Welders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56QW-360 Welding Variables for Welding Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58QW-380 Special Processes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Article IV Welding Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

QW-400 Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60QW-410 Technique . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70QW-420 Material Groupings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74QW-430 F-Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128QW-440 Weld Metal Chemical Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137QW-450 Specimens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138QW-460 Graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145QW-470 Etching — Processes and Reagents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

v



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

QW-490 Definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

Article V Standard Welding Procedure Specifications (SWPSs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

QW-500 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193QW-510 Adoption of SWPSs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193QW-520 Use of SWPSs Without Discrete Demonstration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194QW-530 Forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194QW-540 Production Use of SWPSs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

PART QB BRAZING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

Article XI Brazing General Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

QB-100 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195QB-110 Braze Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196QB-120 Test Positions for Lap, Butt, Scarf, or Rabbet Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196QB-140 Types and Purposes of Tests and Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196QB-150 Tension Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197QB-160 Guided-Bend Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198QB-170 Peel Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199QB-180 Sectioning Tests and Workmanship Coupons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

Article XII Brazing Procedure Qualifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

QB-200 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200QB-210 Preparation of Test Coupon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202QB-250 Brazing Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

Article XIII Brazing Performance Qualifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

QB-300 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210QB-310 Qualification Test Coupons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212QB-320 Retests and Renewal of Qualification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212QB-350 Brazing Variables for Brazers and Brazing Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

Article XIV Brazing Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

QB-400 Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214QB-410 Technique . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215QB-420 P-Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215QB-430 F-Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215QB-450 Specimens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218QB-460 Graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221

APPENDICES

Appendix A Mandatory — Submittal of Technical Inquiries to the Boiler and PressureVessel Committee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

Appendix B Nonmandatory — Welding and Brazing Forms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241Appendix D Nonmandatory — P-Number Listing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Appendix E Mandatory — Permitted SWPSs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266Appendix F Mandatory — Standard Units for Use in Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269Appendix G Nonmandatory — Guidance for the Use of U.S. Customary and SI Units in the

ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275

vi



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

FOREWORD

The American Society of Mechanical Engineers setup a committee in 1911 for the purpose of formulatingstandard rules for the construction of steam boilers andother pressure vessels. This committee is now called theBoiler and Pressure Vessel Committee.

The Committee’s function is to establish rules of safety,relating only to pressure integrity, governing the construc-tion1 of boilers, pressure vessels, transport tanks andnuclear components, and inservice inspection for pressureintegrity of nuclear components and transport tanks, andto interpret these rules when questions arise regardingtheir intent. This code does not address other safety issuesrelating to the construction of boilers, pressure vessels,transport tanks and nuclear components, and the inserviceinspection of nuclear components and transport tanks.The user of the Code should refer to other pertinent codes,standards, laws, regulations, or other relevant documents.With few exceptions, the rules do not, of practical neces-sity, reflect the likelihood and consequences of deteriora-tion in service related to specific service fluids or externaloperating environments. Recognizing this, the Committeehas approved a wide variety of construction rules in thisSection to allow the user or his designee to select thosewhich will provide a pressure vessel having a margin fordeterioration in service so as to give a reasonably long,safe period of usefulness. Accordingly, it is not intendedthat this Section be used as a design handbook; rather,engineering judgment must be employed in the selectionof those sets of Code rules suitable to any specific serviceor need.

This Code contains mandatory requirements, specificprohibitions, and nonmandatory guidance for construc-tion activities. The Code does not address all aspects ofthese activities and those aspects which are not specifi-cally addressed should not be considered prohibited. TheCode is not a handbook and cannot replace education,experience, and the use of engineering judgment. Thephrase engineering judgment refers to technical judg-ments made by knowledgeable designers experienced inthe application of the Code. Engineering judgments mustbe consistent with Code philosophy and such judgments

1 Construction, as used in this Foreword, is an all-inclusive termcomprising materials, design, fabrication, examination, inspection, test-ing, certification, and pressure relief.

vii

must never be used to overrule mandatory requirementsor specific prohibitions of the Code.

The Committee recognizes that tools and techniquesused for design and analysis change as technology prog-resses and expects engineers to use good judgment in theapplication of these tools. The designer is responsible forcomplying with Code rules and demonstrating compli-ance with Code equations when such equations are man-datory. The Code neither requires nor prohibits the useof computers for the design or analysis of componentsconstructed to the requirements of the Code. However,designers and engineers using computer programs fordesign or analysis are cautioned that they are responsiblefor all technical assumptions inherent in the programsthey use and they are responsible for the application ofthese programs to their design.

The Code does not fully address tolerances. Whendimensions, sizes, or other parameters are not specifiedwith tolerances, the values of these parameters are consid-ered nominal and allowable tolerances or local variancesmay be considered acceptable when based on engineeringjudgment and standard practices as determined by thedesigner.

The Boiler and Pressure Vessel Committee deals withthe care and inspection of boilers and pressure vessels inservice only to the extent of providing suggested rulesof good practice as an aid to owners and their inspectors.

The rules established by the Committee are not to beinterpreted as approving, recommending, or endorsingany proprietary or specific design or as limiting in anyway the manufacturer’s freedom to choose any methodof design or any form of construction that conforms tothe Code rules.

The Boiler and Pressure Vessel Committee meets regu-larly to consider revisions of the rules, new rules asdictated by technological development, Code Cases, andrequests for interpretations. Only the Boiler and PressureVessel Committee has the authority to provide officialinterpretations of this Code. Requests for revisions, newrules, Code Cases, or interpretations shall be addressedto the Secretary in writing and shall give full particulars inorder to receive consideration and action (see MandatoryAppendix covering preparation of technical inquiries).Proposed revisions to the Code resulting from inquiries

04



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

will be presented to the Main Committee for appropriateaction. The action of the Main Committee becomes effec-tive only after confirmation by letter ballot of the Commit-tee and approval by ASME.

Proposed revisions to the Code approved by the Com-mittee are submitted to the American National StandardsInstitute and published at http://cstools.asme.org/wbpms/public/index.cfm?PublicReviewpRevisions to invitecomments from all interested persons. After the allottedtime for public review and final approval by ASME,revisions are published annually in Addenda to the Code.

Code Cases may be used in the construction of compo-nents to be stamped with the ASME Code symbol begin-ning with the date of their approval by ASME.

After Code revisions are approved by ASME, theymay be used beginning with the date of issuance shown onthe Addenda. Revisions, except for revisions to materialspecifications in Section II, Parts A and B, become man-datory six months after such date of issuance, except forboilers or pressure vessels contracted for prior to the endof the six-month period. Revisions to material specifica-tions are originated by the American Society for Testingand Materials (ASTM) and other recognized national orinternational organizations, and are usually adopted byASME. However, those revisions may or may not haveany effect on the suitability of material, produced to ear-lier editions of specifications, for use in ASME construc-tion. ASME material specifications approved for use ineach construction Code are listed in the Guidelines forAcceptable ASTM Editions in Section II, Parts A and B.These Guidelines list, for each specification, the latestedition adopted by ASME, and earlier and later editionsconsidered by ASME to be identical for ASME con-struction.

The Boiler and Pressure Vessel Committee in the for-mulation of its rules and in the establishment of maximumdesign and operating pressures considers materials, con-struction, methods of fabrication, inspection, and safetydevices.

The Code Committee does not rule on whether a com-ponent shall or shall not be constructed to the provisionsof the Code. The Scope of each Section has been estab-lished to identify the components and parameters consid-ered by the Committee in formulating the Code rules.

Questions or issues regarding compliance of a specificcomponent with the Code rules are to be directed tothe ASME Certificate Holder (Manufacturer). Inquiriesconcerning the interpretation of the Code are to bedirected to the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Com-mittee. ASME is to be notified should questions ariseconcerning improper use of an ASME Code symbol.

The specifications for materials given in Section IIare identical with or similar to those of specifications

viii

published by ASTM, AWS, and other recognized nationalor international organizations. When reference is madein an ASME material specification to a non-ASME speci-fication for which a companion ASME specificationexists, the reference shall be interpreted as applying tothe ASME material specification. Not all materialsincluded in the material specifications in Section II havebeen adopted for Code use. Usage is limited to thosematerials and grades adopted by at least one of the otherSections of the Code for application under rules of thatSection. All materials allowed by these various Sectionsand used for construction within the scope of their rulesshall be furnished in accordance with material specifica-tions contained in Section II or referenced in the Guide-lines for Acceptable ASTM Editions in Section II, PartsA and B, except where otherwise provided in Code Casesor in the applicable Section of the Code. Materials cov-ered by these specifications are acceptable for use in itemscovered by the Code Sections only to the degree indicatedin the applicable Section. Materials for Code use shouldpreferably be ordered, produced, and documented on thisbasis; Guideline for Acceptable ASTM Editions in Sec-tion II, Part A and Guideline for Acceptable ASTM Edi-tions in Section II, Part B list editions of ASME and yeardates of specifications that meet ASME requirements andwhich may be used in Code construction. Material pro-duced to an acceptable specification with requirementsdifferent from the requirements of the correspondingspecifications listed in the Guideline for AcceptableASTM Editions in Part A or Part B may also be used inaccordance with the above, provided the material manu-facturer or vessel manufacturer certifies with evidenceacceptable to the Authorized Inspector that the corres-ponding requirements of specifications listed in theGuideline for Acceptable ASTM Editions in Part A orPart B have been met. Material produced to an acceptablematerial specification is not limited as to country of origin.

When required by context in this Section, the singularshall be interpreted as the plural, and vice-versa; and thefeminine, masculine, or neuter gender shall be treated assuch other gender as appropriate.

Either U.S. Customary units or SI units may be usedfor compliance with all requirements of this edition, butone system shall be used consistently throughout for allphases of construction.

Either the U.S. Customary units or SI units that arelisted in Mandatory Appendix F are identified in the text,or are identified in the nomenclature for equations, shallbe used consistently for all phases of construction (e.g.materials, design, fabrication, and reports). Since valuesin the two systems are not exact equivalents, each systemshall be used independently of the other without mixingU.S. Customary units and SI units.



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

When SI units are selected, U.S. Customary values inreferenced specifications that do not contain SI units shallbe converted to SI values to at least three significantfigures for use in calculations and other aspects of con-struction.

With the publication of the 2004 Edition, Section II,Part D is published as two separate publications. One

ix

publication contains values only in U.S. Customary unitsand the other contains values only in SI units. The selec-tion of the version to use is dependent on the set of unitsselected for construction.



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

x



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

STATEMENT OF POLICYON THE USE OF CODE SYMBOLS AND

CODE AUTHORIZATION IN ADVERTISING

ASME has established procedures to authorize quali-fied organizations to perform various activities in accor-dance with the requirements of the ASME Boiler andPressure Vessel Code. It is the aim of the Society toprovide recognition of organizations so authorized. Anorganization holding authorization to perform variousactivities in accordance with the requirements of the Codemay state this capability in its advertising literature.

Organizations that are authorized to use Code Symbolsfor marking items or constructions that have been con-structed and inspected in compliance with the ASMEBoiler and Pressure Vessel Code are issued Certificatesof Authorization. It is the aim of the Society to maintainthe standing of the Code Symbols for the benefit of theusers, the enforcement jurisdictions, and the holders ofthe symbols who comply with all requirements.

Based on these objectives, the following policy hasbeen established on the usage in advertising of facsimilesof the symbols, Certificates of Authorization, and refer-ence to Code construction. The American Society ofMechanical Engineers does not “approve,” “certify,”

STATEMENT OF POLICYON THE USE OF ASME MARKING

TO IDENTIFY MANUFACTURED ITEMS

The ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code providesrules for the construction of boilers, pressure vessels,and nuclear components. This includes requirements formaterials, design, fabrication, examination, inspection,and stamping. Items constructed in accordance with allof the applicable rules of the Code are identified with theofficial Code Symbol Stamp described in the governingSection of the Code.

Markings such as “ASME,” “ASME Standard,” or anyother marking including “ASME” or the various Code

xi

“rate,” or “endorse” any item, construction, or activityand there shall be no statements or implications that mightso indicate. An organization holding a Code Symboland/or a Certificate of Authorization may state in adver-tising literature that items, constructions, or activities “arebuilt (produced or performed) or activities conducted inaccordance with the requirements of the ASME Boilerand Pressure Vessel Code,” or “meet the requirementsof the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.”

The ASME Symbol shall be used only for stampingand nameplates as specifically provided in the Code.However, facsimiles may be used for the purpose offostering the use of such construction. Such usage maybe by an association or a society, or by a holder of a CodeSymbol who may also use the facsimile in advertising toshow that clearly specified items will carry the symbol.General usage is permitted only when all of a manufactur-er’s items are constructed under the rules.

The ASME logo, which is the cloverleaf with the lettersASME within, shall not be used by any organization otherthan ASME.

Symbols shall not be used on any item that is not con-structed in accordance with all of the applicable require-ments of the Code.

Items shall not be described on ASME Data ReportForms nor on similar forms referring to ASME that tendto imply that all Code requirements have been met when,in fact, they have not been. Data Report Forms coveringitems not fully complying with ASME requirementsshould not refer to ASME or they should clearly identifyall exceptions to the ASME requirements.



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

xii



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

PERSONNELASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Committee

Subcommittees, Subgroups, and Working GroupsAs of January 1, 2004

MAIN COMMITTEE

G. G. Karcher, Chair W. M. LundyJ. G. Feldstein, Vice Chair J. R. MacKayJ. S. Brzuszkiewicz, Secretary U. R. MillerR. W. Barnes R. A. MoenJ. E. Batey P. A. MolvieD. L. Berger C. C. NeelyM. N. Bressler T. P. PastorD. A. Canonico C. J. PieperF. C. Cherny M. D. RanaD. A. Douin B. W. RobertsR. E. Gimple F. J. Schaaf, Jr.M. Gold A. SelzT. E. Hansen R. W. SwayneC. L. Hoffmann D. E. TannerD. F. Landers S. V. Voorhees

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE (MAIN COMMITTEE)

J. G. Feldstein, Chair M. GoldG. G. Karcher, Vice Chair J. R. MacKayJ. S. Brzuszkiewicz, Secretary T. P. PastorR. W. Barnes A. SelzD. A. Canonico A. J. SpencerR. E. Gimple D. E. Tanner

HONORARY MEMBERS (MAIN COMMITTEE)

R. D. Bonner E. J. HemzyR. J. Bosnak M. H. JawadR. J. Cepluch J. LeCoffL. J. Chockie F. N. MoschiniW. D. Doty W. E. SomersJ. R. Farr L. P. Zick, Jr.R. C. Griffin

HONORS AND AWARDS COMMITTEE

J. R. MacKay, Chair W. L. Haag, Jr.J. N. Shih, Secretary M. H. JawadJ. E. Batey D. P. JonesD. L. Berger T. P. PastorJ. G. Feldstein C. J. PieperM. Gold R. R. StevensonF. E. Gregor

xiii

MARINE CONFERENCE GROUP

J. Tiratto, Chair J. L. JonesL. W. Douthwaite

CONFERENCE COMMITTEE

D. A. Douin — Illinois (Chair) D. T. Jagger — OhioR. D. Reetz — North Dakota D. J. Jenkins — Kansas

(Vice Chair) S. Katz — British Columbia,D. E. Tanner — Ohio Canada

(Secretary) M. Kotb — Quebec, CanadaR. J. Aben, Jr. — Michigan K. T. Lau — Alberta, CanadaJ. S. Aclaro — California S. E. Lyons — ArkansasJ. T. Amato — Minnesota M. A. Malek — FloridaE. A. Anderson — Chicago, G. F. Mankel — Alaska

Illinois R. D. Marvin II — WashingtonF. R. Andrus — Oregon I. W. Mault — Manitoba,R. D. Austin — Colorado CanadaM. M. Barber — Michigan H. T. McEwen — MississippiR. Barlett — Arizona R. Mile — Ontario, CanadaF. P. Barton — Virginia M. F. Mooney —W. K. Brigham — New Massachusetts

Hampshire Y. Nagpaul — HawaiiD. E. Burns — Nebraska T. Parks — TexasJ. H. Burpee — Maine J. D. Payton — PennsylvaniaC. Castle — Nova Scotia, M. R. Peterson — Alaska

Canada H. D. Pfaff — South DakotaR. R. Cate — Louisiana D. C. Price — YukonD. C. Cook — California Territory, CanadaR. A. Coomes — Kentucky R. S. Pucek — WisconsinD. Eastman — Newfoundland D. E. Ross — New Brunswick,

and Labrador, Canada CanadaG. L. Ebeyer — New Orleans, M. Shuff — West Virginia

Louisiana N. Surtees — Saskatchewan,E. Everett — Georgia CanadaJ. M. Given, Jr. — North M. R. Toth — Tennessee

Carolina M. J. Verhagen — WisconsinP. C. Hackford — Utah M. Washington — New JerseyJ. B. Harlan — Delaware R. B. West — IowaM. L. Holloway — Oklahoma M. J. Wheel — VermontK. Hynes — Prince Edward D. J. Willis — Indiana

Island, Canada

INTERNATIONAL INTEREST REVIEW GROUP

V. Felix P. WilliamsonS. H. Leong



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

SUBCOMMITTEE ON POWER BOILERS (SC I)

J. R. MacKay, Chair W. L. LowryD. L. Berger, Vice Chair T. C. McGoughJ. N. Shih, Secretary R. E. McLaughlinD. A. Canonico P. A. MolvieK. K. Coleman J. T. PillowP. D. Edwards R. G. PresnakJ. Hainsworth B. W. RobertsT. E. Hansen R. D. Schueler, Jr.J. S. Hunter J. P. SwezyC. F. Jeerings J. M. TanzoshJ. P. Libbrecht R. V. WielgoszinskiH. Lorenz D. J. Willis

Honorary Members (SC I)

D. N. French R. L. WilliamsW. E. Somers

Subgroup on Design (SC I)

P. A. Molvie, Chair J. L. SeigleM. L. Coats N. SurteesJ. D. Fishburn J. P. SwezyC. F. Jeerings S. V. TorkildsonJ. C. Light R. V. WielgoszinskiR. D. Schueler, Jr.

Subgroup on Fabrication and Examination (SC I)

D. L. Berger, Chair R. E. McLaughlinJ. T. Pillow, Secretary Y. OishiJ. Hainsworth R. D. Schueler, Jr.T. E. Hansen J. P. SwezyT. C. McGough R. V. Wielgoszinski

Subgroup on General Requirements (SC I)

R. E. McLaughlin, Chair W. L. LowryJ. Hainsworth, Secretary T. C. McGoughD. L. Berger J. T. PillowP. D. Edwards R. P. SullivanC. F. Jeerings R. V. WielgoszinskiJ. C. Light D. J. Willis

Subgroup on Materials (SC I)

B. W. Roberts, Chair J. F. HenryJ. S. Hunter, Secretary J. P. LibbrechtD. A. Canonico F. MasuyamaK. K. Coleman J. M. TanzoshK. L. Hayes H. N. Titer, Jr.

Subgroup on Piping (SC I)

T. E. Hansen, Chair F. MassiD. L. Berger T. C. McGoughP. D. Edwards M. W. SmithW. L. Lowry E. A. Whittle

xiv

Heat Recovery Steam Generators Task Group (SC I & SC VIII)

T. E. Hansen, Chair D. W. RahoiR. W. Anderson R. D. Scheuler, Jr.G. L. Bostick R. H. SiroisI. J. Cotton J. C. Steverman, Jr.L. R. Douglas J. K. TerceyJ. D. Fishburn S. R. TimkoE. M. Ortman S. V. TorkildsonA. L. Plumley

SUBCOMMITTEE ON MATERIALS (SC II)

M. Gold, Chair C. L. HoffmannR. A. Moen, Vice Chair F. MasuyamaN. Lobo, Secretary R. K. NanstadD. C. Agarwal M. L. NayyarW. R. Apblett, Jr. E. G. NisbettM. N. Bressler D. W. RahoiH. D. Bushfield B. W. RobertsJ. Cameron E. ShapiroD. A. Canonico R. C. SutherlinD. W. Gandy R. W. SwindemanM. H. Gilkey J. M. TanzoshJ. F. Grubb B. E. ThurgoodJ. F. Henry J. C. Vaillant

Honorary Members (SC II)

A. P. Ahrendt J. J. HegerT. M. Cullen G. C. HsuR. Dirscherl C. E. Spaeder, Jr.W. D. Doty A. W. ZeuthenW. D. Edsall

Subgroup on External Pressure (SC II & SC-D)

R. W. Mikitka, Chair M. KatcherJ. A. Morrow, Secretary E. MichalopoulosS. R. Frost D. NadelD. S. Griffin D. F. ShawJ. F. Grubb C. H. Sturgeon

Subgroup on Ferrous Specifications (SC II)

E. G. Nisbett, Chair D. C. KrouseA. Appleton L. J. LavezziR. M. Davison W. C. MackB. M. Dingman J. K. MahaneyM. J. Dosdourian A. S. MelilliT. Graham K. E. OrieJ. F. Grubb E. UpitisK. M. Hottle R. ZawieruchaD. Janikowski A. W. Zeuthen

Subgroup on International Material Specifications (SC II)

W. M. Lundy, Chair M. GoldJ. P. Glaspie, Secretary D. O. HenryD. C. Agarwal M. HiguchiH. D. Bushfield H. LorenzD. A. Canonico F. OsweillerW. D. Doty R. D. Schueler, Jr.D. M. Fryer E. A. SteenA. F. Garbolevsky E. UpitisJ. P. Glaspie



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Subgroup on Nonferrous Alloys (SC II)

D. W. Rahoi, Chair A. G. Kireta, Jr.M. Katcher, Secretary J. KissellW. R. Apblett, Jr. O. MiyaharaH. D. Bushfield D. T. PetersL. G. Coffee E. ShapiroM. H. Gilkey R. C. SutherlinE. L. Hibner R. ZawieruchaG. C. Hsu

Subgroup on Strength, Ferrous Alloys (SC II)

C. L. Hoffmann, Chair R. A. MoenJ. M. Tanzosh, Secretary H. MurakamiW. R. Apblett, Jr. D. W. RahoiD. A. Canonico B. W. RobertsK. K. Coleman M. S. SheltonM. Gold R. W. SwindemanF. Masuyama B. E. ThurgoodO. Miyahara T. P. Vassallo

Subgroup on Strength of Weldments (SC II & SC IX)

J. M. Tanzosh, Chair D. W. RahoiK. K. Coleman B. W. RobertsW. D. Doty W. J. SperkoK. L. Hayes B. E. ThurgoodJ. F. Henry

Subgroup on Toughness (SC II & SC VIII)

W. S. Jacobs, Chair K. MokhtarianJ. L. Arnold C. C. NeelyR. J. Basile T. T. PhillipsJ. Cameron M. D. RanaW. D. Doty D. A. SwansonH. E. Gordon E. UpitisC. D. Lamb S. Yukawa

Special Working Group on Nonmetallic Materials (SC II)

C. W. Rowley, Chair F. R. VolgstadtF. L. Brown R. H. WalkerP. S. Hill F. Worth

SUBCOMMITTEE ON NUCLEAR POWER (SC III)

R. W. Barnes, Chair C. L. HoffmannR. M. Jessee, Vice Chair C. C. KimC. A. Sanna, Secretary D. F. LandersY. Asada W. C. LaRochelleW. H. Borter K. A. ManolyE. B. Branch E. A. MayhewM. N. Bressler W. N. McLeanF. C. Cherny R. A. MoenR. E. Cornman, Jr. C. J. PieperW. D. Doty R. F. ReedyR. P. Deubler B. B. ScottB. A. Erler J. D. StevensonG. M. Foster C. H. WaltersD. H. Hanrath K. R. WichmanR. S. Hill III

xv

Honorary Member (SC III)

F. R. Drahos

Subgroup on Containment Systems for Spent Fueland High-Level Waste Transport Packagings (SC III)

G. M. Foster, Chair R. E. NickellG. J. Solovey, Vice Chair T. J. O’ConnellD. K. Morton, Secretary E. L. PleinsW. H. Borter T. SaegusaJ. T. Conner H. P. ShrivastavaE. L. Farrow N. M. SimpsonJ. M. Floyd R. H. SmithR. S. Hill III J. D. StevensonH. W. Lee C. J. TemusP. E. McConnell P. TurulaI. D. McInnes A. D. WatkinsA. B. Meichler S. YukawaG. C. Mok

Subgroup on Design (SC III)

R. P. Deubler, Chair H. KobayashiC. W. Bruny, Vice Chair J. T. LandA. N. Nguyen, Secretary D. F. LandersT. M. Adams K. A. ManolyE. B. Branch R. J. MastersonM. N. Bressler W. N. McLeanD. L. Caldwell J. C. MinichielloJ. R. Cole T. NakamuraR. E. Cornman, Jr. W. Z. NovakA. A. Dermenjian I. SaitoD. H. Hanrath G. C. SlagisR. S. Hill III J. D. StevensonR. I. Jetter K. R. Wichman

Working Group on Supports (SG-D) (SC III)

R. J. Masterson, Chair P. R. OlsonF. J. Birch, Secretary I. SaitoU. S. Bandyopadhyay J. R. StinsonR. P. Deubler D. V. WalsheJ. C. Finneran, Jr. C.-I. WuA. N. Nguyen

Working Group on Core Support Structures (SG-D) (SC III)

J. T. Land

Working Group on Dynamic and Extreme Load Conditions(SG-D) (SC III)

D. L. Caldwell, Chair P.-Y. ChenP. L. Anderson, Secretary W. S. LaPayM. K. Au-Yang H. LockertR. D. Blevins P. R. Olson



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Working Group on Piping (SG-D) (SC III)

J. R. Cole, Chair J. F. McCabeP. Hirschberg, Secretary J. C. MinichielloT. M. Adams F. F. NaguibG. A. Antaki A. N. NguyenJ. Catalano O. O. OyamadaC. Y. Chern R. D. PatelJ. T. Conner E. C. RodabaughR. J. Gurdal M. S. SillsR. W. Haupt G. C. SlagisR. S. Hill III V. K. VermaD. F. Landers E. A. WaisV. Matzen C.-I. Wu

Working Group on Probabilistic Methods in Design(SG-D) (SC III)

R. S. Hill III, Chair A. A. DermenjianJ. T. Conner, Secretary I. SaitoT. Asayama M. E. SchmidtB. M. Ayyub J. P. TuckerK. R. Balkey

Working Group on Pumps (SG-D) (SC III)

R. E. Cornman, Jr., Chair J. E. LivingstonA. A. Fraser J. R. RajanM. Higuchi D. B. Spencer, Jr.G. R. Jones G. K. VaghasiaJ. W. Leavitt

Working Group on Valves (SG-D) (SC III)

W. N. McLean, Chair H. R. SondereggerR. R. Brodin J. C. TsacoyeanesR. Koester J. P. TuckerJ. D. Page R. G. VisalliS. N. Shields

Working Group on Vessels (SG-D) (SC III)

C. W. Bruny, Chair R. B. KeatingF. F. Naguib, Secretary D. E. MatthewsD. H. Hanrath G. K. MillerM. Hartzman W. Z. NovakW. J. Heilker E. PellingA. Kalnins H. S. Thornton

Special Working Group on Environmental Effects (SG-D) (SC III)

W. Z. Novak, Chair C. L. HoffmannY. Asada R. A. MoenR. S. Hill III S. Yukawa

Subgroup on General Requirements (SC III & SC 3C)

W. C. LaRochelle, Chair M. R. MinickC. A. Lizotte, Secretary B. B. ScottA. Appleton H. K. SharmaB. H. Berg D. M. VickeryE. A. Mayhew D. V. WalsheR. P. McIntyre C. H. WaltersR. Mile

xvi

Subgroup on Materials, Fabrication, and Examination (SC III)

C. L. Hoffmann, Chair M. LauG. P. Milley, Secretary R. A. MoenB. H. Berg H. MurakamiW. H. Borter C. J. PieperD. M. Doyle N. M. SimpsonG. M. Foster W. J. SperkoG. B. Georgiev K. B. StuckeyR. M. Jessee S. YukawaC. C. Kim

Subgroup on Pressure Relief (SC III)

S. F. Harrison, Jr., Chair A. L. SzeglinF. C. Cherny D. G. ThibaultE. M. Petrosky

Special Working Group on Editing and Review (SC III)

R. F. Reedy, Chair B. A. ErlerW. H. Borter D. H. HanrathM. N. Bressler W. C. LaRochelleD. L. Caldwell J. D. StevensonR. P. Deubler

JOINT ACI-ASME COMMITTEE ONCONCRETE COMPONENTS FOR NUCLEAR SERVICE (SC 3C)

M. F. Hessheimer, Chair D. C. JengT. C. Inman, Vice Chair T. E. JohnsonA. J. Roby, Secretary N.-H. LeeJ. F. Artuso B. B. ScottA. C. Eberhardt R. E. ShewmakerB. A. Erler J. D. StevensonJ. Gutierrez A. Y. C. Wong

SUBCOMMITTEE ON HEATING BOILERS (SC IV)

P. A. Molvie, Chair K. R. MoskwaS. V. Voorhees, Vice Chair E. A. NordstromG. Moino, Secretary J. L. SeigleR. Bartlett R. V. WielgoszinskiT. L. Bedeaux F. P. Barton, HonoraryD. C. Bixby MemberJ. Calland R. B. Duggan, HonoraryB. G. French MemberW. L. Haag, Jr. R. H. Weigel, HonoraryJ. D. Hoh MemberD. J. Jenkins J. I. Woodward, HonoraryK. M. McTague Member

Subgroup on Care and Operation of Heating Boilers (SC IV)

S. V. Voorhees, Chair J. D. HohT. L. Bedeaux K. M. McTagueK. J. Hoey P. A. Molvie

Subgroup on Cast Iron Boilers (SC IV)

K. M. McTague, Chair K. R. MoskwaT. L. Bedeaux R. H. WeigelC. P. McQuiggan J. I. Woodworth



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Subgroup on Water Heaters (SC IV)

W. L. Haag, Jr., Chair E. RobinsonJ. Calland F. J. SchreinerT. D. Gantt M. A. TaylorF. M. Lucas T. E. TrantK. M. McTague

Subgroup on Welded Boilers (SC IV)

J. L. Seigle, Chair B. G. FrenchR. Bartlett E. A. NordstromT. L. Bedeaux R. P. SullivanJ. Calland R. V. Wielgoszinski

SUBCOMMITTEE ONNONDESTRUCTIVE EXAMINATION (SC V)

J. E. Batey, Chair J. F. ManningF. B. Kovacs, Vice Chair W. C. McGaugheyE. H. Maradiaga, Secretary R. D. McGuireS. J. Akrin D. R. Quattlebaum, Jr.A. S. Birks F. J. SattlerN. Y. Faransso E. F. Summers, Jr.G. W. Hembree M. J. WheelR. W. Kruzic

Subgroup on General Requirements/Personnel Qualifications and Inquiries (SC V)

R. D. McGuire, Chair G. W. HembreeJ. E. Batey J. R. MacKayA. S. Birks J. P. SwezyN. Y. Faransso

Subgroup on Surface Examination Methods (SC V)

S. J. Akrin, Chair D. R. Quattlebaum, Jr.A. S. Birks F. J. SattlerN. Y. Faransso E. F. Summers, Jr.G. W. Hembree M. J. WheelR. W. Kruzic

Subgroup on Volumetric Methods (SC V)

G. W. Hembree, Chair R. W. KruzicS. J. Akrin J. F. ManningJ. E. Batey W. C. McGaugheyN. Y. Faransso F. J. SattlerR. Kellerhall E. F. Summers, Jr.F. B. Kovacs J. P. Swezy

Working Group on Acoustic Emissions (SG-VM) (SC V)

J. E. Batey J. F. Manning

Working Group on Radiography (SG-VM) (SC V)

G. W. Hembree, Chair F. B. KovacsS. J. Akrin R. W. KruzicJ. E. Batey E. F. Summers, Jr.N. Y. Faransso J. P. Swezy

xvii

Working Group on Ultrasonics (SG-VM) (SC V)

N. Y. Faransso J. F. ManningO. F. Hedden W. C. McGaugheyR. Kellerhall F. J. SattlerR. W. Kruzic

SUBCOMMITTEE ON PRESSURE VESSELS (SC VIII)

T. P. Pastor, Chair R. W. MikitkaK. Mokhtarian, Vice Chair U. R. MillerS. J. Rossi, Secretary C. C. NeelyR. J. Basile M. J. PischkeV. Bogosian M. D. RanaJ. Cameron S. C. RobertsR. M. Elliott C. D. RoderyJ. G. Feldstein K. J. SchneiderJ. P. Glaspie A. SelzM. J. Houle J. R. Sims, Jr.W. S. Jacobs E. A. SteenG. G. Karcher K. K. TamK. T. Lau E. L. Thomas, Jr.R. Mahadeen E. Upitis

Subgroup on Design (SC VIII)

U. R. Miller, Chair K. MokhtarianR. E. Knoblock, Secretary T. P. PastorO. A. Barsky M. D. RanaR. J. Basile G. B. Rawls, Jr.M. R. Bauman C. D. RoderyM. R. Breach A. SelzS. M. Caldwell S. C. ShahJ. R. Farr C. H. SturgeonJ. P. Glaspie K. K. TamW. S. Jacobs E. L. Thomas, Jr.R. W. Mikitka

Subgroup on Fabrication and Inspection (SC VIII)

C. D. Rodery, Chair D. J. KreftE. A. Steen, Vice Chair D. C. LambJ. L. Arnold J. S. LeeW. J. Bees B. R. MorelockH. E. Gordon M. J. PischkeM. J. Houle B. F. ShelleyW. S. Jacobs

Subgroup on General Requirements (SC VIII)

S. C. Roberts, Chair A. S. MannD. B. Demichael, Secretary C. C. NeelyV. Bogosian A. S. OlivaresR. M. Elliott K. J. SchneiderJ. P. Glaspie K. K. TamK. T. Lau

Subgroup on Materials (SC VIII)

J. Cameron, Chair H. LorenzE. E. Morgenegg, Secretary W. M. LundyD. C. Agarwal E. G. NisbettW. D. Doty K. E. OrieJ. F. Grubb D. W. RahoiE. L. Hibner E. UpitisM. Katcher



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Special Working Group on Graphite Pressure Equipment(SC VIII)

M. D. Johnson, Chair S. MaloneU. D’Urso, Secretary M. R. MinickG. Braussen T. A. PindrohF. L. Brown E. SoltowS. W. Hairston A. A. Stupica

Special Working Group on Heat Transfer Equipment (SC VIII)

R. Mahadeen, Chair T. W. NortonG. Aurioles, Secretary F. OsweillerO. A Barsky R. J. StastnyS. M. Caldwell S. YokellM. J. Holtz R. P. ZoldakU. R. Miller

Special Working Group on High-Pressure Vessels (SC VIII)

J. R. Sims, Jr., Chair J. A. KappD. T. Peters, Vice Chair J. KeltjensP. A. Reddington, Secretary D. P. KendallL. P. Antalffy A. K. KhareR. C. Biel S. C. MordreD. J. Burns G. J. MrazP. N. Chaku K. D. MurphyR. E. Feigel S. N. PagayJ. L. Heck, Jr. E. H. PerezA. H. Honza E. D. RollV. T. Hwang J. F. SullivanM. M. James F. W. TatarP. Jansson S. Tereda

Task Group on Impulsively Loaded Vessels (SC VIII)

R. B. Nickell, Chair J. E. Didlake, Jr.S. J. Rossi, Secretary T. A. DuffeyG. A. Antaki B. L. HaroldsenD. D. Barker H. L. HeatonR. C. Biel E. A. RodriguezD. W. Bowman J. R. Sims, Jr.D. L. Caldwell

SUBCOMMITTEE ON WELDING (SC IX)

J. G. Feldstein, Chair R. D. McGuireW. J. Sperko, Vice Chair B. R. NewmarkM. R. Aranzamendez, A. S. Olivares

Secretary M. J. PischkeD. A. Bowers S. D. Reynolds, Jr.M. L. Carpenter M. J. RiceL. P. Connor G. W. Spohn IIIW. D. Doty M. J. StankoP. D. Flenner P. L. Van FossonM. J. Houle R. R. YoungJ. S. Lee W. K. Scattergood, HonoraryW. M. Lundy Member

Subgroup on Brazing (SC IX)

M. J. Pischke, Chair M. J. HouleF. Beckman C. F. JeeringsL. F. Campbell J. P. SwezyM. L. Carpenter

xviii

Subgroup on General Requirements (SC IX)

B. R. Newmark, Chair H. B. PorterP. R. Evans R. A. WeissR. M. Jessee K. R. WillensA. S. Olivares

Subgroup on Materials (SC IX)

M. L. Carpenter, Chair H. A. SadlerM. Bernasek C. E. SainzL. P. Connor W. J. SperkoR. M. Jessee M. J. StankoC. C. Kim R. R. YoungS. D. Reynolds, Jr.

Subgroup on Performance Qualification (SC IX)

D. A. Bowers, Chair M. J. HouleV. A. Bell J. S. LeeL. P. Connor W. M. LundyR. B. Corbit R. D. McGuireP. R. Evans M. B. SimsP. D. Flenner G. W. Spohn IIIK. L. Hayes

Subgroup on Procedure Qualification (SC IX)

D. A. Bowers, Chair M. B. SimsM. J. Rice, Secretary W. J. SperkoR. K. Brown, Jr. J. P. SwezyA. S. Olivares P. L. Van FossonF. C. Ouyang T. C. WiesnerS. D. Reynolds, Jr.

SUBCOMMITTEE ONFIBER-REINFORCED PLASTIC PRESSURE VESSELS (SC X)

D. Eisberg, Chair D. J. PainterP. J. Conlisk, Vice Chair D. J. PinellA. J. Roby, Secretary G. RamirezF. L. Brown J. R. RichterJ. L. Bustillos B. F. ShelleyT. W. Cowley F. W. Van NameT. J. Fowler D. O. Yancey, Jr.L. E. Hunt P. H. ZiehlJ. C. Murphy

SUBCOMMITTEE ONNUCLEAR INSERVICE INSPECTION (SC XI)

R. E. Gimple, Chair K. MiyaG. C. Park, Vice Chair W. E. NorrisO. Martinez, Secretary A. T. Roberts IIIW. H. Bamford, Jr. W. R. Rogers IIIR. L. Beverly L. SageT. J. Conner D. A. ScarthD. D. Davis F. J. Schaaf, Jr.R. L. Dyle J. C. Spanner, Jr.E. L. Farrow J. E. StaffieraF. E. Gregor R. W. SwayneD. O. Henry E. W. ThrockmortonR. D. Kerr C. S. WithersD. F. Landers R. A. YonekawaJ. T. Lindberg K. K. Yoon



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Honorary Members (SC XI)

S. H. Bush J. P. HoustrupL. J. Chockie L. R. KatzC. D. Cowfer P. C. RiccardellaO. F. Hedden

Subgroup on Evaluation Standards (SC XI)

W. H. Bamford, Jr., Chair D. R. LeeJ. M. Bloom S. RanganathR. C. Cipolla D. A. ScarthS. Coffin W. L. ServerG. H. De Boo G. L. StevensR. M. Gamble C. A. TomesT. J. Griesbach A. Van Der SluysK. Hasegawa K. R. WichmanP. J. Hijeck G. M. WilkowskiD. N. Hopkins K. K. YoonY. Imamura S. YukawaK. Koyama

Working Group on Flaw Evaluation (SG-ES) (SC XI)

R. C. Cipolla, Chair M. A. MitchellG. H. De Boo, Secretary J. E. O’SullivanW. H. Bamford, Jr. R. K. QashuM. Basol S. RanganathJ. M. Bloom D. A. ScarthE. Friedman T. S. SchurmanT. J. Griesbach W. L. ServerF. D. Hayes F. A. SimonenD. N. Hopkins K. R. WichmanY. Imamura G. M. WilkowskiK. Koyama K. K. YoonD. R. Lee S. YukawaH. S. Mehta V. A. Zilberstein

Working Group on Operating Plant Criteria (SG-ES) (SC XI)

T. J. Griesbach, Chair D. W. PeltolaW. H. Bamford, Jr. J. R. PfefferleH. Behnke S. RanganathB. A. Bishop S. T. RosinskiE. Friedman W. L. ServerS. R. Gosselin E. A. SiegelP. J. Hijeck F. A. SimonenS. N. Malik G. L. StevensP. Manbeck K. K. YoonH. S. Mehta S. YukawaR. Pace C. Santos, Jr., AlternateJ. S. Panesar

Working Group on Pipe Flaw Evaluation (SG-ES) (SC XI)

D. A. Scarth, Chair K. HasegawaG. M. Wilkowski, Secretary D. N. HopkinsW. H. Bamford, Jr. K. K. KashimaR. C. Cipolla H. S. MehtaN. G. Cofie K. MiyazakiS. K. Daftuar J. S. PanesarG. H. De Boo K. K. YoonE. Friedman S. YukawaL. F. Goyette V. A. Zilberstein

xix

Subgroup on Liquid-Metal–Cooled Systems (SC XI)

C. G. McCargar, Chair R. W. KingW. L. Chase

Working Group on Liquid-Metal Reactor Covers(SG-LMCS) (SC XI)

W. L. Chase, Chair

Subgroup on Nondestructive Examination (SC XI)

J. C. Spanner, Jr., Chair M. R. HumC. J. Wirtz, Secretary G. L. LaglederF. L. Becker J. T. LindbergN. R. Bentley G. A. LofthusB. Bevins J. J. McArdle IIIT. L. Chan M. C. ModesC. B. Cheezem A. S. ReedC. D. Cowfer F. J. Schaaf, Jr.F. J. Dodd M. F. SherwinD. O. Henry

Working Group on Personnel Qualification and Surface,Visual, and Eddy Current Examination (SG-NDE) (SC XI)

J. J. McArdle III, Chair D. O. HenryM. F. Sherwin, Secretary A. S. ReedD. R. Cordes J. C. Spanner, Jr.B. L. Curtis S. H. Von FuchsG. B. Georgiev C. J. Wirtz

Working Group on Pressure Testing (SG-NDE) (SC XI)

D. W. Lamond, Chair G. L. FechterJ. M. Boughman, Secretary K. W. HallT. M. Anselmi R. E. HallJ. J. Churchwell J. K. McClanahanR. J. Cimoch A. McNeill IIIS. Coffin B. L. Montgomery

Working Group on Procedure Qualificationand Volumetric Examination (SG-NDE) (SC XI)

N. R. Bentley, Chair D. A. JacksonB. Bevins, Secretary R. KellerhallF. L. Becker D. B. KingC. B. Cheezem D. KurekC. D. Cowfer G. L. LaglederS. R. Doctor G. A. LofthusF. J. Dodd S. M. WalkerM. E. Gothard C. E. Moyer, Alternate

Subgroup on Repair/Replacement Activities (SC XI)

R. W. Swayne, Chair E. V. ImbroJ. T. Conner, Secretary R. D. KerrD. E. Boyle S. L. McCrackenM. N. Bressler M. S. McDonaldR. E. Cantrell B. R. NewtonE. V. Farrell, Jr. W. R. Rogers IIIP. D. Fisher R. R. StevensonE. B. Gerlach D. E. WaskeyR. E. Gimple C. S. WithersR. A. Hermann R. A. YonekawaT. E. Hiss



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Working Group on Design and Programs (SG-RRA) (SC XI)

T. E. Hiss, Chair D. F. LandersE. V. Farrell, Jr., Secretary M. S. McDonaldD. E. Boyle W. R. Rogers IIIS. B. Brown R. R. StevensonJ. T. Conner R. W. SwayneS. K. Fisher A. H. TaufiqueE. B. Gerlach T. P. Vassallo, Jr.D. R. Graham R. A. YonekawaE. V. Imbro

Working Group on Welding and Special Repair Process(SG-RRA) (SC XI)

D. E. Waskey, Chair C. C. KimR. E. Cantrell, Secretary M. LauJ. A. Davis S. L. McCrackenS. J. Findlan B. R. NewtonP. D. Fisher J. E. O’SullivanA. J. Giannuzzi J. G. WeicksR. P. Indap K. R. WillensR. D. Kerr E. V. Andruskiewicz, Alternate

Subgroup on Water-Cooled Systems (SC XI)

E. W. Throckmorton, Chair S. D. KulatG. E. Whitman, Secretary D. W. LamondJ. M. Agold M. P. LintzG. L. Belew W. E. NorrisJ. M. Boughman J. E. StaffieraW. J. Briggs H. M. Stephens, Jr.R. E. Ciemiewicz K. B. ThomasD. D. Davis S. M. WalkerE. L. Farrow R. A. WestO. F. Hedden H. L. Graves III, AlternateM. L. Herrera

Working Group on Containment (SG-WCS) (SC XI)

J. E. Staffiera, Chair H. L. Graves IIIH. M. Stephens, Jr., Secretary H. T. HillH. Ashar R. D. HoughW. J. Briggs C. N. KrishnaswamyS. G. Brown M. P. LintzK. K. N. Chao D. NausR. E. Ciemiewicz S. C. PetitgoutR. C. Cox W. E. Norris, AlternateM. J. Ferlisi

Working Group on ISI Optimization (SG-WCS) (SC XI)

E. A. Siegel, Chair R. E. HallR. L. Turner, Secretary D. G. NaujockW. H. Bamford, Jr. M. F. SherwinN. R. Bentley K. B. ThomasJ. M. Boughman G. E. Whitman

xx

Working Group on Implementation of Risk-Based Examination(SG-WCS) (SC XI)

S. D. Kulat, Chair R. K. MattuJ. M. Agold, Secretary A. McNeill IIIS. A. Ali J. T. MitmanK. R. Balkey P. J. O’ReganB. A. Bishop M. J. PaterakH. Q. Do J. H. PhillipsR. Fougerousse M. A. PyneM. R. Graybeal F. A. SimonenM. L. Herrera R. A. WestJ. T. Lindberg A. T. Keim, AlternateI. Mach

Working Group on Inspection of Systems and Components(SG-WCS) (SC XI)

K. B. Thomas, Chair I. MachG. E. Whitman, Secretary D. G. NaujockV. L. Armentrout C. PendletonG. L. Belew C. M. RossH. Q. Do D. SongR. Fougerousse E. W. ThrockmortonM. R. Hum R. L. TurnerS. D. Kulat R. A. WestJ. T. Lindberg

Working Group on General Requirements (SC XI)

A. T. Roberts III, Chair D. W. Kinley IIIK. Rhyne, Secretary R. K. MattuT. L. Chan L. SageJ. W. Crider S. R. ScottE. L. Farrow C. S. Withers

Special Working Group on Editing and Review (SC XI)

R. W. Swayne, Chair L. SageR. L. Beverly J. E. StaffieraM. P. Lintz C. J. Wirtz

Special Working Group on Plant Life Extension (SC XI)

F. E. Gregor, Chair D. D. DavisM. P. Lintz, Secretary P.-T. KuoT. M. Anselmi T. A. Meyer

SUBCOMMITTEE ON TRANSPORT TANKS (SC XII)

A. Selz, Chair M. R. MinickP. D. Stumpf, Secretary M. D. RanaA. N. Antoniou C. M. SerratellaC. Becht IV S. StaniszewskiM. L. Coats G. R. StoeckingerM. A. Garrett M. R. TothC. H. Hochman A. P. VargheseG. G. Karcher S. V. VoorheesG. McRae C. H. Walters



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Subgroup on Design and Materials (SC XII)

M. D. Rana, Chair M. D. PhamC. Becht IV J. L. RademacherD. A. Canonico T. A. RogersW. D. Doty C. M. SerratellaG. G. Karcher A. P. VargheseM. Manikkam M. R. WardS. L. McWilliams E. A. WhittleT. P. Pastor

Subgroup on Fabrication and Inspection (SC XII)

S. V. Voorhees, Chair B. L. GehlJ. A. Byers L. D. HolsingerD. A. Canonico D. J. KreftM. L. Coats G. McRaeJ. J. Engelking M. R. Minick

Subgroup on General Requirements (SC XII)

C. H. Hochman, Chair K. L. GilmoreT. W. Alexander T. B. LeeD. M. Allbritten N. J. PaulickC. A. Betts G. R. StoeckingerJ. F. Cannon M. R. TothJ. L. Freiler C. H. WaltersW. L. Garfield L. WolpertM. A. Garrett

SUBCOMMITTEE ON BOILER ANDPRESSURE VESSEL ACCREDITATION (SC-BPVA)

K. I. Baron, Secretary V. Bogosian, AlternateM. B. Doherty M. A. DeVries, AlternateP. D. Edwards C. E. Ford, AlternateR. M. Elliott J. W. Frey, AlternateP. C. Hackford T. E. Hansen, AlternateW. C. LaRochelle L. J. Kuchera, AlternateB. B. MacDonald K. T. Lau, AlternateL. E. McDonald G. P. Milley, AlternateK. M. McTague B. R. Morelock, AlternateR. K. Reamey J. D. O’Leary, AlternateM. L. Sisk J. A. West, AlternateN. Surtees R. V. Wielgoszinski, AlternateD. E. Tanner A. J. Spencer, HonoraryB. C. Turczynski MemberD. E. Tuttle

SUBCOMMITTEE ON NUCLEAR ACCREDITATION (SC-NA)

R. R. Stevenson, Chair H. B. PrasseW. C. LaRochelle, Vice Chair T. E. QuakaM. C. Tromba, Secretary A. T. Roberts IIIV. Bogosian P. D. Edwards, AlternateM. N. Bressler B. G. Kovarik, AlternateG. Deily C. Lizotte, AlternateS. M. Goodwin D. E. Tanner, AlternateK. A. Huber R. V. Wielgoszinski, AlternateM. Kotb H. L. Wiger, AlternateR. P. McIntyre O. E. Trapp, StaffM. R. Minick Representative

xxi

SUBCOMMITTEE ON DESIGN (SC-D)

R. J. Basile, Chair D. P. JonesE. H. Maradiaga, Secretary R. W. MikitkaR. W. Barnes U. R. MillerM. R. Breach W. J. O’DonnellR. P. Deubler R. D. Schueler, Jr.G. G. Graven A. SelzR. I. Jetter

Subgroup on Design Analysis (SC-D)

M. R. Breach W. J. KovesP. J. Conlisk O. MaekawaR. J. Gurdal G. TaxacherG. L. Hollinger E. L. Thomas, Jr.D. P. Jones R. A. WhippleA. Kalnins

Subgroup on Elevated Temperature Design (SC-D)

R. I. Jetter, Chair W. J. O’DonnellC. Becht IV D. A. OsageJ. Cervenka J. S. PorowskiD. S. Griffin D. F. ShawM. H. Jawad M. S. Shelton

Subgroup on Fatigue Strength (SC-D)

W. J. O’Donnell, Chair G. KharshafdjianP. R. Donavin C. LawtonR. J. Gurdal S. MajumdarJ. A. Hayward M. J. ManjoineP. Hirschberg T. NakamuraP. Hsu G. TaxacherD. P. Jones H. H. Ziada

Subgroup on Openings (SC-D)

M. R. Breach, Chair J. P. MaddenR. W. Mikitka, Secretary D. R. PalmerG. G. Graven J. A. PfeiferV. T. Hwang M. D. RanaJ. C. Light E. C. RodabaughR. B. Luney

Special Working Group on Bolted Flanged Joints (SC-D)

R. W. Mikitka, Chair R. W. SchneiderG. D. Bibel R. D. Schueler, Jr.E. Michalopoulos A. SelzS. N. Pagay M. S. SheltonP. G. Scheckermann

SUBCOMMITTEE ONSAFETY VALVE REQUIREMENTS (SC-SVR)

S. F. Harrison, Jr., Chair H. I. GreggJ. A. West, Vice Chair P. C. HackfordU. D’Urso, Secretary W. F. HartJ. F. Ball C. A. NeumannS. Cammeresi D. J. ScallanJ. A. Cox A. J. SpencerR. D. Danzy J. C. StandfastD. B. Demichael Z. WangR. J. Doelling



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Subgroup on Design (SC-SVR)

J. A. West, Chair D. MillerR. D. Danzy A. J. SpencerR. J. Doelling T. R. TarbayH. I. Gregg

Subgroup on General Requirements (SC-SVR)

D. B. Demichael, Chair C. A. NeumannJ. F. Ball J. W. RamseyG. Brazier J. W. RichardsonJ. P. Glaspie J. C. StandfastP. C. Hackford

xxii

Subgroup on Testing (SC-SVR)

J. A. Cox, Chair W. F. HartS. Cammeresi K. C. RoyJ. E. Cierpiot D. J. ScallanG. D. Goodson Z. Wang



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

INTRODUCTION

The following is a brief introduction to the 2004 Edi-tion of Section IX and cannot be considered as a substitutefor the actual review of appropriate sections of the docu-ment. However, this introduction is intended to give thereader a better understanding of the purpose and organiza-tion of Section IX.

Section IX of the ASME Boiler and Pressure VesselCode relates to the qualification of welders, welding oper-ators, brazers, and brazing operators, and the proceduresemployed in welding or brazing in accordance with theASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code and the ASMEB31 Code for Pressure Piping. As such, this is an activedocument subject to constant review, interpretation, andimprovement to recognize new developments andresearch data. Section IX is a document referenced forqualification by various construction codes such as Sec-tion I, III, IV, VIII, etc. These particular constructioncodes apply to specific types of fabrication and mayimpose additional welding requirements or exemptionsto Section IX qualifications. Qualification in accordancewith Section IX is not a guarantee that procedures andperformance qualifications will be acceptable to a particu-lar construction code.

Section IX establishes the basic criteria for weldingand brazing which are observed in the preparation ofwelding and brazing requirements that affect procedureand performance. It is important that the user of the 2001Edition of Section IX understand the basic criteria inreviewing the requirements which have been established.

Section IX does not contain rules to cover all weldingand brazing conditions affecting production weld or brazeproperties under all circumstances. Where such weldingor brazing conditions are determined by the Manufacturerto affect weld or braze properties, the Manufacturer shalladdress those welding or brazing conditions to ensurethat the required properties are achieved in the productionweldment or brazement.

The purpose of the Welding Procedure Specification(WPS) and Procedure Qualification Record (PQR) is todetermine that the weldment proposed for construction iscapable of having the required properties for its intendedapplication. It is presupposed that the welder or weldingoperator performing the welding procedure qualificationtest is a skilled workman. This also applies to the Brazing

xxiii

Procedure Specifications (BPS) and the brazer and braz-ing operator qualifications. The procedure qualificationtest is to establish the properties of the weldment orbrazement and not the skill of the personnel performingthe welding or brazing. In addition, special considerationis given when notch toughness is required by other Sec-tions of the Code. The notch-toughness variables do notapply unless referenced by the construction codes.

In Welder or Brazer /Brazing Operator PerformanceQualification, the basic criterion is to determine the abilityto deposit sound weld metal, or to make a sound braze.In Welding Operator Performance Qualification, the basiccriterion is to determine the mechanical ability of thewelding operator to operate the equipment.

In developing the present Section IX, each weldingprocess and brazing process that was included wasreviewed with regard to those items (called variables)which have an effect upon the welding or brazing opera-tions as applied to procedure or performance criteria.

The user of Section IX should be aware of how SectionIX is organized. It is divided into two parts: welding andbrazing. Each part is then divided into articles. Thesearticles deal with the following:

(a) general requirements (Article I Welding and Arti-cle XI Brazing)

(b) procedure qualifications (Article II Welding andArticle XII Brazing)

(c) performance qualifications (Article III Weldingand Article XIII Brazing)

(d) data (Article IV Welding and Article XIV Brazing)(e) standard welding procedures (Article V Welding)

These articles contain general references and guides thatapply to procedure and performance qualifications suchas positions, type and purpose of various mechanicaltests, acceptance criteria, and the applicability of SectionIX, which was in the Preamble of the 1980 Section IX(the Preamble has been deleted). The general requirementarticles reference the data articles for specifics of thetesting equipment and removal of the mechanical testspecimens.

PROCEDURE QUALIFICATIONSEach process that has been evaluated by Section IX

is listed separately with the essential and nonessential

04



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

variables as they apply to that particular process. In gen-eral, the Welding Procedure Specifications (WPS) andthe Brazing Procedure Specifications (BPS) are to list allessential and nonessential variables for each process thatis included under that particular procedure specification.If a change is made in any essential variable, requalifica-tion of the procedure is required. If a change is made ina nonessential variable, the procedure need only berevised or amended to address the nonessential variablechange. When notch toughness is required by the con-struction code, the supplementary essential variablesbecome additional essential variables and a changerequires requalification of the procedure.

In addition to covering various processes, there arealso rules for procedure qualification of corrosion-resis-tant weld metal overlay and hard-facing weld metaloverlay.

Beginning with the 2000 Addenda, the use of StandardWelding Procedure Specifications (SWPSs) was permit-ted. Article V provides the requirements and limitationsthat govern the use of these documents. The SWPSsapproved for use are listed in Appendix E.

In the 2004 Edition, rules for temper bead weldingwere added.

PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATIONS

These articles list separately the various welding andbrazing processes with the essential variables that applyto the performance qualifications of each process. Thewelder, brazer, and brazing operator qualifications arelimited by essential variables.

The performance qualification articles have numerousparagraphs describing general applicable variables for allprocesses. QW-350 and QB-350 list additional essentialvariables which are applicable for specific processes. TheQW-350 variables do not apply to welding operators.QW-360 lists the additional essential variables for weld-ing operators.

Generally, a welder or welding operator may be quali-fied by mechanical bending tests, radiography of a testplate, or radiography of the initial production weld.Brazers or brazing operators may not be qualified byradiography.

WELDING AND BRAZING DATA

The welding and brazing data articles include the vari-ables grouped into categories such as joints, base materi-als and filler materials, positions, preheat/postweld heattreatment, gas, electrical characteristics, and technique.They are referenced from other articles as they apply toeach process.

xxiv

These articles are frequently misused by selecting vari-ables that do not apply to a particular process. Variables(QW-402 to QW-410 and QB-402 to QB-410) only applyas referenced for the applicable process in Article II orArticle III for welding and Article XII or Article XIII forbrazing. The user of Section IX should not try to applyany variable which is not referenced for that process inQW-250, QW-350, QW-360, QB-250, or QB-350.

These articles also include assignments of P-Numbersand F-Numbers to particular base materials and fillermaterials. Article IV also includes A-Number tables forreference by the manufacturer.

Beginning with the 1994 Addenda, the welding P-Numbers, brazing P-Numbers, and nonmandatory S-Numbers were consolidated into one table identified asQW/QB-422. Both the QB-422 table (brazing P-Num-bers) and Appendix C table (S-Numbers) were deleted.The new QW/QB-422 table was divided into ferrous andnonferrous sections. Metals were listed in numerical orderby material specification number to aid users in locatingthe appropriate grouping number. An abbreviated listingof metals grouped by P-Numbers, Nonmandatory Appen-dix D, has been included for users still wishing to locategroupings of metals by welding P-Number.

The QW-451 and QB-451 tables for procedure qualifi-cation thickness requirements and the QW-452 and QB-452 tables for performance thickness qualifications aregiven and may only be used as referenced by other para-graphs. Generally, the appropriate essential variables ref-erence these tables.

Revisions to the 1980 Edition of Section IX introducednew definitions for position and added a fillet weld orien-tation sketch to complement the groove-weld orientationsketch. The new revision to position indicates that awelder qualifies in the 1G, 2G, 3G, etc., position and isthen qualified to weld, in production, in the F, V, H, orO positions as appropriate. QW-461.9 is a revised tablethat summarizes these new qualifications.

The data articles also give sketches of coupon orienta-tions, removal of test specimens, and test jig dimensions.These are referenced by Articles I and XI.

QW-470 describes etching processes and reagents.At the end of Articles IV and XIV is a list of general

definitions applicable to Section IX, welding and brazing,respectively. These may differ slightly from other weld-ing documents.

Nonmandatory Forms for welding and brazing proce-dure and performance qualifications appear in AppendixB. These forms are provided for the aid of those who donot wish to design their own forms. Any form(s) thataddress all applicable requirements of Section IX maybe used.



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

SUMMARY OF CHANGES

The 2004 Edition of this Code contains revisions in addition to the 2001 Edition with 2002and 2003 Addenda. The revisions are identified with the designation 04 in the margin and,as described in the Foreword, become mandatory six months after the publication date of the2004 Edition. To invoke these revisions before their mandatory date, use the designation“2004 Edition” in documentation required by this Code. If you choose not to invoke theserevisions before their mandatory date, use the designation “2001 Edition through the 2003Addenda” in documentation required by this Code.

Changes given below are identified on the pages by a margin note, 04, placed next to theaffected area.

Page Location Change

iii, iv List of Sections Updated to reflect 04

vii–ix Foreword Editorially revised

xxiii, xxiv Introduction Procedure Qualifications revised

13–15 QW-200.2(b) Last paragraph revised

QW-200.4(a) Revised in its entirety

16 QW-202.4(b)(1) Revised

20 QW-252 QW-404.12 revised

21 QW-252.1 QW-404.12 and QW-408.14 revised

22 QW-253 QW-404.12 and QW-404.33 revised

23 QW-253.1 (1) QW-404.12 and QW-407.6 revised(2) QW-407.9 added



27, 28 QW-255 (1) Title corrected by errata(2) QW-404.12, QW-404.33, and QW-

407 revised

29 QW-255.1 (1) Title corrected by errata(2) QW-404.12 and QW-407.6 revised(3) QW-407.9 added







xxv



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


39 QW-259 (1) Title corrected by errata(2) QW-404.12 and QW-404.33

revised



45 QW-264.1 (1) QW-404 and QW-407.6 revised(2) QW-407.9 added

47 QW-284 Penultimate sentence revised

48–50 QW-290 Added

57 QW-355 Title corrected by errata

59 QW-384 Third sentence revised

61 QW-402.23 Added

QW-402.24 Added

63 QW-403.25 Added

QW-403.26 Added

QW-403.27 Added

64 QW-404.12 First two paragraphs revised

65 QW-404.33 Revised

66 QW-404.51 Added

QW-404.52 Added

67 QW-406.8 Added

QW-406.9 Added

QW-406.10 Added

QW-406.11 Added

68 QW-407.9 Added

QW-408.9 Second line revised

69 QW-408.24 Added

70 QW-409.29 Added

QW-410.7 Last line corrected by errata

72 QW-410.58 Added

QW-410.59 Added

QW-410.60 Added

QW-410.61 Added

QW-410.62 Added

QW-410.63 Added

74 QW-420 Revised in its entirety

75–127 QW/QB-422 Revised

xxvi



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


128 QW-423.1 In-text table revised

QW-424.1 In-text table revised

129–135 QW-432 Title corrected by errata

136 QW-433 In-text table revised

138 QW-451.1 Note (1) corrected by errata

139 QW-451.2 Note (1) corrected by errata

142 QW-452.4 Revised

164 QW-462.7 Right callout corrected by errata toread “Braze”

168 QW-462.12 Added

178, 179 QW-466.1 For both Customary and SI units, thirdentry of first column revised

184, 186, 188, QW/QB-492 (1) Definition of filler metal, brazing189 corrected by errata

(2) Definitions of postweld hydrogenbakeout; surface temper beadreinforcing layer; and temper beadwelding added

210 QB-300.3 Second paragraph revised

212 QB-305 First paragraph revised

220 QB-452 Title added by errata

224 QB-462.1(c) Revised

251 QB-484 The sentence above “Company Name”corrected by errata

252–265 Nonmandatory RevisedAppendix D

269 Mandatory AddedAppendix F

270–274 Nonmandatory AddedAppendix G

NOTE: Volume 54 of the Interpretations to Section IX of the ASME Boiler and PressureVessel Code follows the last page of the Edition to Section IX.

xxvii



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

xxviii



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

PART QW WELDING

ARTICLE IWELDING GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

QW-100 GENERAL

Section IX of the ASME Boiler and Pressure VesselCode relates to the qualification of welders, welding oper-ators, brazers, and brazing operators, and the proceduresthat they employ in welding and brazing according to theASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code and the ASMEB31 Code for Pressure Piping. It is divided into two parts:Part QW gives requirements for welding and Part QBcontains requirements for brazing. Other Sections of theCode may specify different requirements than those speci-fied by this Section. Such requirements take precedenceover those of this Section, and the manufacturer or con-tractor shall comply with them.

QW-100.1 A Welding Procedure Specification(WPS) is a written document that provides direction tothe welder or welding operator for making productionwelds in accordance with Code requirements. Any WPSsused by a manufacturer or contractor that will haveresponsible operational control of production weldingshall be a WPS that has been qualified by that manufac-turer or contractor in accordance with Article II, or it shallbe an AWS Standard Welding Procedure Specification(SWPS) listed in Appendix E and adopted by that manu-facturer or contractor in accordance with Article V.

Both WPSs and SWPSs specify the conditions (includ-ing ranges, if any) under which welding must be per-formed. These conditions include the base metals that arepermitted, the filler metals that must be used (if any),preheat and postweld heat treatment requirements, etc.Such conditions are referred to in this Section as welding“variables.”

When a WPS is to be prepared by the manufactureror contractor, it must address, as a minimum, the specificvariables, both essential and nonessential, as provided in

1

Article II for each process to be used in production weld-ing. In addition, when other Sections of the Code requirenotch toughness qualification of the WPS, the applicablesupplementary essential variables must be addressed inthe WPS.

The purpose for qualification of a WPS is to determinethat the weldment proposed for construction is capableof providing the required properties for its intended appli-cation. Welding procedure qualification establishes theproperties of the weldment, not the skill of the welder orwelding operator.

The Procedure Qualification Record (PQR) documentswhat occurred during welding the test coupon and theresults of testing of the coupon. As a minimum, the PQRshall document the essential variables and other specificinformation identified in Article II for each process usedduring welding the test coupon and the results of therequired testing. In addition, when notch toughness test-ing is required for procedure qualification, the applicablesupplementary essential variables for each process shallbe recorded.

QW-100.2 In performance qualification, the basic cri-terion established for welder qualification is to determinethe welder’s ability to deposit sound weld metal. Thepurpose of the performance qualification test for the weld-ing operator is to determine the welding operator’smechanical ability to operate the welding equipment.

QW-100.3 Welding Procedure Specifications (WPS)written and qualified in accordance with the rules of thisSection, and welders and welding operators of automaticand machine welding equipment also qualified in accor-dance with these rules may be used in any constructionbuilt to the requirements of the ASME Boiler and PressureVessel Code or the ASME B31 Code for Pressure Piping.



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

QW-100.3 2004 SECTION IX QW-122.3

However, other Sections of the Code state the condi-tions under which Section IX requirements are manda-tory, in whole or in part, and give additional requirements.The reader is advised to take these provisions into consid-eration when using this Section.

Welding Procedure Specifications, Procedure Qualifi-cation Records, and Welder/Welding Operator Perform-ance Qualification made in accordance with therequirements of the 1962 Edition or any later Edition ofSection IX may be used in any construction built to theASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code or the ASMEB31 Code for Pressure Piping.

Welding Procedure Specifications, Procedure Qualifi-cation Records, and Welder/Welding Operator Perform-ance Qualification made in accordance with therequirements of the Editions of Section IX prior to 1962,in which all of the requirements of the 1962 Edition orlater Editions are met, may also be used.

Welding Procedure Specifications and Welder/Weld-ing Operator Performance Qualification records meetingthe above requirements do not need to be amended toinclude any variables required by later Editions andAddenda.

Qualification of new Welding Procedure Specificationsor Welders/Welding Operators and requalification ofexisting Welding Procedure Specifications or Welders/Welding Operators shall be in accordance with the currentEdition (see Foreword) and Addenda of Section IX.

QW-101 Scope

The rules in this Section apply to the preparation ofWelding Procedure Specifications and the qualificationof welding procedures, welders, and welding operatorsfor all types of manual and machine welding processespermitted in this Section. These rules may also be applied,insofar as they are applicable, to other manual or machinewelding processes permitted in other Sections.

QW-102 Terms and Definitions

Some of the more common terms relating to weldingand brazing are defined in QW/QB-492.

Wherever the word pipe is designated, tube shall alsobe applicable.

QW-103 ResponsibilityQW-103.1 Welding. Each manufacturer1 or contrac-

tor1 is responsible for the welding done by his organiza-tion and shall conduct the tests required in this Section

1 Wherever these words are used in Section IX, they shall includeinstaller or assembler.

2

to qualify the welding procedures he uses in the construc-tion of the weldments built under this Code, and theperformance of welders and welding operators who applythese procedures.

QW-103.2 Records. Each manufacturer or contractorshall maintain a record of the results obtained in weldingprocedure and welder and welding operator performancequalifications. These records shall be certified by the man-ufacturer or contractor and shall be accessible to theAuthorized Inspector. Refer to recommended Forms inNonmandatory Appendix B.

QW-110 WELD ORIENTATION

The orientations of welds are illustrated in figure QW-461.1 or figure QW-461.2.

QW-120 TEST POSITIONS FOR GROOVEWELDS

Groove welds may be made in test coupons orientedin any of the positions in figure QW-461.3 or figureQW-461.4 and as described in the following paragraphs,except that an angular deviation of ±15 deg from thespecified horizontal and vertical planes, and an angulardeviation of ±5 deg from the specified inclined plane arepermitted during welding.

QW-121 Plate PositionsQW-121.1 Flat Position 1G. Plate in a horizontal

plane with the weld metal deposited from above. Referto figure QW-461.3, illustration (a).

QW-121.2 Horizontal Position 2G. Plate in a verticalplane with the axis of the weld horizontal. Refer to figureQW-461.3, illustration (b).

QW-121.3 Vertical Position 3G. Plate in a verticalplane with the axis of the weld vertical. Refer to figureQW-461.3, illustration (c).

QW-121.4 Overhead Position 4G. Plate in a hori-zontal plane with the weld metal deposited from under-neath. Refer to figure QW-461.3, illustration (d).

QW-122 Pipe PositionsQW-122.1 Flat Position 1G. Pipe with its axis hori-

zontal and rolled during welding so that the weld metalis deposited from above. Refer to figure QW-461.4, illus-tration (a).

QW-122.2 Horizontal Position 2G. Pipe with its axisvertical and the axis of the weld in a horizontal plane.Pipe shall not be rotated during welding. Refer to figureQW-461.4, illustration (b).

QW-122.3 Multiple Position 5G. Pipe with its axishorizontal and with the welding groove in a vertical plane.



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

QW-122.3 WELDING GENERAL REQUIREMENTS QW-141.5

Welding shall be done without rotating the pipe. Referto figure QW-461.4, illustration (c).

QW-122.4 Multiple Position 6G. Pipe with its axisinclined at 45 deg to horizontal. Welding shall be donewithout rotating the pipe. Refer to figure QW-461.4, illus-tration (d).

QW-123 Test Positions for Stud WeldsQW-123.1 Stud Welding. Stud welds may be made

in test coupons oriented in any of the positions asdescribed in QW-121 for plate and QW-122 for pipe(excluding QW-122.1). In all cases, the stud shall beperpendicular to the surface of the plate or pipe. Seefigures QW-461.7 and QW-461.8.

QW-130 TEST POSITIONS FOR FILLETWELDS

Fillet welds may be made in test coupons oriented inany of the positions of figure QW-461.5 or figure QW-461.6, and as described in the following paragraphs,except that an angular deviation of ±15 deg from thespecified horizontal and vertical planes is permitted dur-ing welding.

QW-131 Plate PositionsQW-131.1 Flat Position 1F. Plates so placed that the

weld is deposited with its axis horizontal and its throatvertical. Refer to figure QW-461.5, illustration (a).

QW-131.2 Horizontal Position 2F. Plates so placedthat the weld is deposited with its axis horizontal on theupper side of the horizontal surface and against the verti-cal surface. Refer to figure QW-461.5, illustration (b).

QW-131.3 Vertical Position 3F. Plates so placed thatthe weld is deposited with its axis vertical. Refer to figureQW-461.5, illustration (c).

QW-131.4 Overhead Position 4F. Plates so placedthat the weld is deposited with its axis horizontal on theunderside of the horizontal surface and against the verticalsurface. Refer to figure QW-461.5, illustration (d).

QW-132 Pipe PositionsQW-132.1 Flat Position 1F. Pipe with its axis

inclined at 45 deg to horizontal and rotated during weldingso that the weld metal is deposited from above and atthe point of deposition the axis of the weld is horizontaland the throat vertical. Refer to figure QW-461.6, illustra-tion (a).

3

QW-132.2 Horizontal Positions 2F and 2FR(a) Position 2F. Pipe with its axis vertical so that the

weld is deposited on the upper side of the horizontalsurface and against the vertical surface. The axis of theweld will be horizontal and the pipe is not to be rotatedduring welding. Refer to figure QW-461.6, illustration(b).

(b) Position 2FR. Pipe with its axis horizontal and theaxis of the deposited weld in the vertical plane. The pipeis rotated during welding. Refer to figure QW-461.6,illustration (c).

QW-132.3 Overhead Position 4F. Pipe with its axisvertical so that the weld is deposited on the underside ofthe horizontal surface and against the vertical surface.The axis of the weld will be horizontal and the pipe isnot to be rotated during welding. Refer to figure QW-461.6, illustration (d).

QW-132.4 Multiple Position 5F. Pipe with its axishorizontal and the axis of the deposited weld in the verti-cal plane. The pipe is not to be rotated during welding.Refer to figure QW-461.6, illustration (e).

QW-140 TYPES AND PURPOSES OF TESTSAND EXAMINATIONS

QW-141 Mechanical Tests

Mechanical tests used in procedure or performancequalification are specified in QW-141.1 through QW-141.5.

QW-141.1 Tension Tests. Tension tests as describedin QW-150 are used to determine the ultimate strengthof groove-weld joints.

QW-141.2 Guided-Bend Tests. Guided-bend tests asdescribed in QW-160 are used to determine the degreeof soundness and ductility of groove-weld joints.

QW-141.3 Fillet-Weld Tests. Tests as described inQW-180 are used to determine the size, contour, anddegree of soundness of fillet welds.

QW-141.4 Notch-Toughness Tests. Tests asdescribed in QW-171 and QW-172 are used to determinethe notch toughness of the weldment.

QW-141.5 Stud-Weld Test. Deflection bend, ham-mering, torque, or tension tests as shown in figures QW-466.4, QW-466.5, and QW-466.6, and a macro-examina-tion performed in accordance with QW-202.5, respec-tively, are used to determine acceptability of stud welds.



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

QW-142 2004 SECTION IX QW-152

QW-142 Special Examinations for Welders

Radiographic examination may be substituted formechanical testing of QW-141 for groove-weld perform-ance qualification as permitted in QW-304 to prove theability of welders to make sound welds.

QW-143 Examination for Welding Operators

An examination of a weld by radiography may besubstituted for mechanical testing of QW-141 for grooveweld performance qualification as permitted in QW-305to prove the ability of welding operators to make soundwelds.

QW-144 Visual Examination

Visual examination as described in QW-194 is usedto determine that the final weld surfaces meet specifiedquality conditions.

QW-150 TENSION TESTS

QW-151 Specimens

Tension test specimens shall conform to one of thetypes illustrated in figures QW-462.1(a) through QW-462.1(e) and shall meet the requirements of QW-153.

QW-151.1 Reduced Section — Plate. Reduced-sec-tion specimens conforming to the requirements given infigure QW-462.1(a) may be used for tension tests on allthicknesses of plate.

(a) For thicknesses up to and including 1 in. (25 mm),a full thickness specimen shall be used for each requiredtension test.

(b) For plate thickness greater than 1 in. (25 mm), fullthickness specimens or multiple specimens may be used,provided QW-151.1(c) and QW-151.1(d) are compliedwith.

(c) When multiple specimens are used, in lieu of fullthickness specimens, each set shall represent a singletension test of the full plate thickness. Collectively, allof the specimens required to represent the full thicknessof the weld at one location shall comprise a set.

(d) When multiple specimens are necessary, the entirethickness shall be mechanically cut into a minimum num-ber of approximately equal strips of a size that can betested in the available equipment. Each specimen of theset shall be tested and meet the requirements of QW-153.

QW-151.2 Reduced Section — Pipe. Reduced-sec-tion specimens conforming to the requirements given infigure QW-462.1(b) may be used for tension tests on all

4

thicknesses of pipe having an outside diameter greaterthan 3 in. (75 mm).


(b) For pipe thicknesses greater than 1 in. (25 mm),full thickness specimens or multiple specimens may beused, provided QW-151.2(c) and QW-151.2(d) are com-plied with.

(c) When multiple specimens are used, in lieu of fullthickness specimens, each set shall represent a singletension test of the full pipe thickness. Collectively, all ofthe specimens required to represent the full thickness ofthe weld at one location shall comprise a set.

(d) When multiple specimens are necessary, the entirethickness shall be mechanically cut into a minimum num-ber of approximately equal strips of a size that can betested in the available equipment. Each specimen of theset shall be tested and meet the requirements of QW-153.

For pipe having an outside diameter of 3 in. (75 mm)or less, reduced-section specimens conforming to therequirements given in figure QW-462.1(c) may be usedfor tension tests.

QW-151.3 Turned Specimens. Turned specimensconforming to the requirements given in figure QW-462.1(d) may be used for tension tests.

(a) For thicknesses up to and including 1 in. (25 mm),a single turned specimen may be used for each requiredtension test, which shall be a specimen of the largestdiameter D of figure QW-462.1(d) possible for test cou-pon thickness [per Note (a) of figure QW-462.1(d)].

(b) For thicknesses over 1 in. (25 mm), multiple speci-mens shall be cut through the full thickness of the weldwith their centers parallel to the metal surface and notover 1 in. (25 mm) apart. The centers of the specimensadjacent to the metal surfaces shall not exceed 5⁄8 in.(16 mm) from the surface.

(c) When multiple specimens are used, each set shallrepresent a single required tension test. Collectively, allthe specimens required to represent the full thickness ofthe weld at one location shall comprise a set.

(d) Each specimen of the set shall be tested and meetthe requirements of QW-153.

QW-151.4 Full-Section Specimens for Pipe. Ten-sion specimens conforming to the dimensions given infigure QW-462.1(e) may be used for testing pipe with anoutside diameter of 3 in. (75 mm) or less.

QW-152 Tension Test Procedure

The tension test specimen shall be ruptured under ten-sile load. The tensile strength shall be computed by divid-ing the ultimate total load by the least cross-sectional area



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

QW-152 WELDING GENERAL REQUIREMENTS QW-162.1

of the specimen as calculated from actual measurementsmade before the load is applied.

QW-153 Acceptance Criteria — Tension TestsQW-153.1 Tensile Strength. Minimum values for

procedure qualification are provided under the columnheading “Minimum Specified Tensile, ksi” of table QW/QB-422. In order to pass the tension test, the specimenshall have a tensile strength that is not less than:

(a) the minimum specified tensile strength of the basemetal; or

(b) the minimum specified tensile strength of theweaker of the two, if base metals of different minimumtensile strengths are used; or

(c) the minimum specified tensile strength of the weldmetal when the applicable Section provides for the useof weld metal having lower room temperature strengththan the base metal;

(d) if the specimen breaks in the base metal outsideof the weld or weld interface, the test shall be acceptedas meeting the requirements, provided the strength isnot more than 5% below the minimum specified tensilestrength of the base metal.

(e) the specified minimum tensile strength is for fullthickness specimens including cladding for AluminumAlclad materials (P-No. 21 through P-No. 23) less than1⁄2 in. (13 mm). For Aluminum Alclad materials 1⁄2 in.(13 mm) and greater, the specified minimum tensilestrength is for both full thickness specimens that includecladding and specimens taken from the core.

QW-160 GUIDED-BEND TESTS

QW-161 Specimens

Guided-bend test specimens shall be prepared by cut-ting the test plate or pipe to form specimens of approxi-mately rectangular cross section. The cut surfaces shallbe designated the sides of the specimen. The other twosurfaces shall be called the face and root surfaces, the facesurface having the greater width of weld. The specimenthickness and bend radius are shown in figures QW-466.1,QW-466.2, and QW-466.3. Guided-bend specimens areof five types, depending on whether the axis of the weldis transverse or parallel to the longitudinal axis of thespecimen, and which surface (side, face, or root) is onthe convex (outer) side of bent specimen. The five typesare defined as follows.

QW-161.1 Transverse Side Bend. The weld is trans-verse to the longitudinal axis of the specimen, which isbent so that one of the side surfaces becomes the convexsurface of the bent specimen. Transverse side-bend test

5

specimens shall conform to the dimensions shown infigure QW-462.2.

Specimens of base metal thickness over 11⁄2 in. (38 mm)may be cut into approximately equal strips between 3⁄4 in.(19 mm) and 11⁄2 in. (38 mm) wide for testing, or thespecimens may be bent at full width (see requirementson jig width in QW-466). If multiple specimens are used,one complete set shall be made for each required test.Each specimen shall be tested and meet the requirementsin QW-163.

QW-161.2 Transverse Face Bend. The weld is trans-verse to the longitudinal axis of the specimen, which isbent so that the face surface becomes the convex surfaceof the bent specimen. Transverse face-bend test speci-mens shall conform to the dimensions shown in figureQW-462.3(a). For subsize transverse face bends, see QW-161.4.

QW-161.3 Transverse Root Bend. The weld is trans-verse to the longitudinal axis of the specimen, which isbent so that the root surface becomes the convex surfaceof the bent specimen. Transverse root-bend test speci-mens shall conform to the dimensions shown in figureQW-462.3(a). For subsize transverse root bends, see QW-161.4.

QW-161.4 Subsize Transverse Face and RootBends. See Note (2) of figure QW-462.3(a).

QW-161.5 Longitudinal-Bend Tests. Longitudinal-bend tests may be used in lieu of the transverse side-bend,face-bend, and root-bend tests for testing weld metal orbase metal combinations, which differ markedly in bend-ing properties between

(a) the two base metals; or(b) the weld metal and the base metal.

QW-161.6 Longitudinal Face Bend. The weld is par-allel to the longitudinal axis of the specimen, which isbent so that the face surface becomes the convex surfaceof the bent specimen. Longitudinal face-bend test speci-mens shall conform to the dimensions shown in figureQW-462.3(b).

QW-161.7 Longitudinal Root Bend. The weld is par-allel to the longitudinal axis of the specimen, which isbent so that the root surface becomes the convex side ofthe bent specimen. Longitudinal root-bend test specimensshall conform to the dimensions shown in figure QW-462.3(b).

QW-162 Guided-Bend Test ProcedureQW-162.1 Jigs. Guided-bend specimens shall be bent

in test jigs that are in substantial accordance with QW-466. When using the jigs illustrated in figure QW-466.1



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

QW-162.1 2004 SECTION IX QW-181.2

or figure QW-466.2, the side of the specimen turnedtoward the gap of the jig shall be the face for face-bendspecimens, the root for root-bend specimens, and theside with the greater discontinuities, if any, for side-bendspecimens. The specimen shall be forced into the die byapplying load on the plunger until the curvature of thespecimen is such that a 1⁄8 in. (3 mm) diameter wire cannotbe inserted between the specimen and the die of figureQW-466.1, or the specimen is bottom ejected if the rollertype of jig (figure QW-466.2) is used.

When using the wrap around jig (figure QW-466.3),the side of the specimen turned toward the roller shallbe the face for face-bend specimens, the root for root-bendspecimens, and the side with the greater discontinuities, ifany, for side-bend specimens.

When specimens wider than 11⁄2 in. (38 mm) are to bebent as permitted in figure QW-462.2, the test jig mandrelmust be at least 1⁄4 in. (6 mm) wider than the specimenwidth.

QW-163 Acceptance Criteria — Bend Tests

The weld and heat-affected zone of a transverse weld-bend specimen shall be completely within the bent portionof the specimen after testing.

The guided-bend specimens shall have no open discon-tinuity in the weld or heat-affected zone exceeding 1⁄8 in.(3 mm), measured in any direction on the convex surfaceof the specimen after bending. Open discontinuitiesoccurring on the corners of the specimen during testingshall not be considered unless there is definite evidencethat they result from lack of fusion, slag inclusions, orother internal discontinuities. For corrosion-resistantweld overlay cladding, no open discontinuity exceeding1⁄16 in. (1.5 mm), measured in any direction, shall bepermitted in the cladding, and no open discontinuityexceeding 1⁄8 in. (3 mm) shall be permitted along theapproximate weld interface.

QW-170 NOTCH-TOUGHNESS TESTS

QW-171 Notch-Toughness Tests — CharpyV-Notch

QW-171.1 General. Charpy V-notch impact testsshall be made when required by other Sections.

Test procedures and apparatus shall conform to therequirements of SA-370.

QW-171.2 Acceptance. The acceptance criteria shallbe in accordance with that Section specifying impactrequirements.

QW-171.3 Location and Orientation of Test Speci-men. The impact test specimen and notch location and

6

orientation shall be as given in the Section requiringsuch tests.

When qualifying pipe in the 5G or 6G position, thenotch-toughness specimens shall be removed from theshaded portion of figure QW-463.1(f).

QW-172 Notch-Toughness Tests — Drop WeightQW-172.1 General. Drop weight tests shall be made

when required by other Sections.Test procedures and apparatus shall conform to the

requirements of ASTM Specification E 208.

QW-172.2 Acceptance. The acceptance criteria shallbe in accordance with that Section requiring dropweight tests.

QW-172.3 Location and Orientation of Test Speci-men. The drop weight test specimen, the crack starterlocation, and the orientation shall be as given in theSection requiring such tests.

When qualifying pipe in the 5G or 6G position, thenotch-toughness specimens shall be removed from theshaded portion of figure QW-463.1(f).

QW-180 FILLET-WELD TESTS

QW-181 Procedure and PerformanceQualification Specimens

QW-181.1 Procedure. The dimensions and prepara-tion of the fillet-weld test coupon for procedure qualifica-tion as required in QW-202 shall conform to therequirements in figure QW-462.4(a) or figure QW-462.4(d). The test coupon for plate-to-plate shall be cuttransversely to provide five test specimen sections, eachapproximately 2 in. (50 mm) long. For pipe-to-plate orpipe-to-pipe, the test coupon shall be cut transversely toprovide four approximately equal test specimen sections.The test specimens shall be macro-examined to therequirements of QW-183.

QW-181.1.1 Production Assembly Mockups.Production assembly mockups may be used in lieu ofQW-181.1. The mockups for plate-to-shape shall be cuttransversely to provide five approximately equal test spec-imens not to exceed approximately 2 in. (50 mm) inlength. For pipe-to-shape mockups, the mockup shall becut transversely to provide four approximately equal testspecimens. For small mockups, multiple mockups maybe required to obtain the required number of test speci-mens. The test specimens shall be macro-examined tothe requirements of QW-183.

QW-181.2 Performance. The dimensions and thepreparation of the fillet-weld test coupon for performance



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

QW-181.2 WELDING GENERAL REQUIREMENTS QW-191.1

qualification shall conform to the requirements in figureQW-462.4(b) or figure QW-462.4(c). The test coupon forplate-to-plate shall be cut transversely to provide a centersection approximately 4 in. (100 mm) long and two endsections, each approximately 1 in. (25 mm) long. Forpipe-to-plate or pipe-to-pipe, the test coupon shall be cutto provide two quarter sections test specimens oppositeto each other. One of the test specimens shall be fracturetested in accordance with QW-182 and the other macro-examined to the requirements of QW-184. When qualify-ing pipe-to-plate or pipe-to-pipe in the 5F position, thetest specimens shall be removed as indicated in figureQW-463.2(h).

QW-181.2.1 Production Assembly Mockups.Production assembly mockups may be used in lieu of thefillet-weld test coupon requirements of QW-181.2.

(a) Plate-to-shape

(1) The mockup for plate-to-shape shall be cut trans-versely to provide three approximately equal test speci-mens not to exceed approximately 2 in. (50 mm) in length.The test specimen that contains the start and stop of theweld shall be fracture tested in accordance with QW-182. A cut end of one of the remaining test specimensshall be macro-examined in accordance with QW-184.

(b) Pipe-to-shape

(1) The mockup for pipe-to-shape shall be cut trans-versely to provide two quarter sections approximatelyopposite to each other. The test specimen that containsthe start and stop of the weld shall be fracture tested inaccordance with QW-182. A cut end of the other quartersection shall be macro-examined in accordance with QW-184. When qualifying pipe-to-shape in the 5F position,the fracture specimen shall be removed from the lower90 deg section of the mockup.

QW-182 Fracture Tests

The stem of the 4 in. (100 mm) performance specimencenter section in figure QW-462.4(b) or the stem of thequarter section in figure QW-462.4(c), as applicable, shallbe loaded laterally in such a way that the root of the weldis in tension. The load shall be steadily increased untilthe specimen fractures or bends flat upon itself.

If the specimen fractures, the fractured surface shallshow no evidence of cracks or incomplete root fusion,and the sum of the lengths of inclusions and porosityvisible on the fractured surface shall not exceed 3⁄8 in.(10 mm) in figure QW-462.4(b) or 10% of the quartersection in figure QW-462.4(c).

7

QW-183 Macro-Examination — ProcedureSpecimens

One face of each cross section of the five test specimensin figure QW-462.4(a) or four test specimens in figureQW-462.4(d), as applicable shall be smoothed and etchedwith a suitable etchant (see QW-470) to give a cleardefinition to the weld metal and heat affected zone. Theexamination of the cross sections shall include only oneside of the test specimen at the area where the plate orpipe is divided into sections i.e., adjacent faces at the cutshall not be used. In order to pass the test

(a) visual examination of the cross sections of the weldmetal and heat-affected zone shall show complete fusionand freedom from cracks

(b) there shall be not more than 1⁄8 in. (3 mm) differencein the length of the legs of the fillet

QW-184 Macro-Examination — PerformanceSpecimens

The cut end of one of the end plate sections, approxi-mately 1 in. (25 mm) long, in figure QW-462.4(b) or thecut end of one of the pipe quarter sections in figure QW-462.4(c), as applicable, shall be smoothed and etchedwith a suitable etchant (see QW-470) to give a cleardefinition of the weld metal and heat affected zone. Inorder to pass the test

(a) visual examination of the cross section of the weldmetal and heat-affected zone shall show complete fusionand freedom from cracks, except that linear indications atthe root not exceeding 1⁄32 in. (0.8 mm) shall be acceptable

(b) the weld shall not have a concavity or convexitygreater than 1⁄16 in. (1.5 mm)

(c) there shall be not more than 1⁄8 in. (3 mm) differencein the lengths of the legs of the fillet

QW-190 OTHER TESTS ANDEXAMINATIONS

QW-191 Radiographic Examination

QW-191.1 Method. The radiographic examination inQW-142 for welders and in QW-143 for welding opera-tors shall meet the requirements of Article 2, Section V,except as follows:

(a) A written radiographic examination procedure isnot required. Demonstration of density and penetrameterimage requirements on production or technique radio-graphs shall be considered satisfactory evidence of com-pliance with Article 2 of Section V.

(b) The requirements of T-285 of Article 2 of SectionV are to be used only as a guide. Final acceptance of



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

QW-191.1 2004 SECTION IX QW-192.3

radiographs shall be based on the ability to see the pre-scribed penetrameter image and the specified hole or thedesignated wire or a wire penetrameter. The acceptancestandards of QW-191.2 shall be met.

QW-191.2 Radiographic Acceptance Criteria

QW-191.2.1 Terminology(a) Linear Indications. Cracks, incomplete fusion,

inadequate penetration, and slag are represented on theradiograph as linear indications in which the length ismore than three times the width.

(b) Rounded Indications. Porosity and inclusionssuch as slag or tungsten are represented on the radiographas rounded indications with a length three times the widthor less. These indications may be circular, elliptical, orirregular in shape; may have tails; and may vary indensity.

QW-191.2.2 Acceptance Standards. Welder andwelding operator performance tests by radiography ofwelds in test assemblies shall be judged unacceptablewhen the radiograph exhibits any imperfections in excessof the limits specified below.

(a) Linear Indications(1) any type of crack or zone of incomplete fusion

or penetration(2) any elongated slag inclusion which has a length

greater than(a) 1⁄8 in. (3 mm) for t up to 3⁄8 in. (10 mm),

inclusive(b) 1⁄3t for t over 3⁄8 in. (10 mm) to 21⁄4 in. (57 mm),

inclusive(c) 3⁄4 in. (19 mm) for t over 21⁄4 in. (57 mm)

(3) any group of slag inclusions in line that havean aggregate length greater than t in a length of 12t, exceptwhen the distance between the successive imperfectionsexceeds 6L where L is the length of the longest imperfec-tion in the group

(b) Rounded Indications(1) The maximum permissible dimension for

rounded indications shall be 20% of t or 1⁄8 in. (3 mm),whichever is smaller.

(2) For welds in material less than 1⁄8 in. (3 mm) inthickness, the maximum number of acceptable roundedindications shall not exceed 12 in a 6 in. (150 mm) lengthof weld. A proportionately fewer number of roundedindications shall be permitted in welds less than 6 in.(150 mm) in length.

(3) For welds in material 1⁄8 in. (3 mm) or greaterin thickness, the charts in Appendix I represent the maxi-mum acceptable types of rounded indications illustratedin typically clustered, assorted, and randomly dispersedconfigurations. Rounded indications less than 1⁄32 in.

8

(0.8 mm) in maximum diameter shall not be considered inthe radiographic acceptance tests of welders and weldingoperators in these ranges of material thicknesses.

QW-191.2.3 Production Welds. The acceptancestandard for welding operators who qualify on productionwelds shall be that specified in the referencing CodeSection. The acceptance standard for welders who qualifyon production welds as permitted by QW-304.1 shall beper QW-191.2.2.

QW-191.3 Record of Tests. The results of welderand welding operator performance tests by radiographyshall be recorded in accordance with QW-301.4.

QW-192 Stud-Weld Tests — ProcedureQualification Specimens

QW-192.1 Required Tests. Ten stud-weld tests arerequired to qualify each procedure. The equipment usedfor stud welding shall be completely automatic exceptfor manual starting.

Every other welding stud (five joints) shall be testedeither by hammering over until one-fourth of its lengthis flat on the test piece, or by bending the stud to an angleof at least 15 deg and returning it to its original positionusing a test jig and an adapter location dimension thatare in accordance with figure QW-466.4.

The remaining five welded stud joints shall be testedin torque using a torque testing arrangement that is sub-stantially in accordance with figure QW-466.5. Alterna-tively, where torquing is not feasible, tensile testing maybe used, and the fixture for tensile testing shall be similarto that shown in figure QW-466.6, except that studs with-out heads may be gripped on the unwelded end in thejaws of the tensile testing machine.

QW-192.2 Acceptance Criteria — Bend and Ham-mer Tests. In order to pass the test(s), each of the fivestud welds and heat-affected zones shall be free of visibleseparation or fracture after bending and return bendingor after hammering.

QW-192.3 Acceptance Criteria — Torque Tests. Inorder to pass the test(s), each of the five stud welds shallbe subjected to the required torque shown in the followingtable before failure occurs.



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

QW-192.3 WELDING GENERAL REQUIREMENTS QW-195.2.1

Required Torque for TestingThreaded Carbon Steel Studs

Nominal Diameter Threads /in. Testing Torque,of Studs, in. (mm) and Series Designated ft-lb (J)

1⁄4 (6.4) 28 UNF 5.0 (6.8)1⁄4 (6.4) 20 UNC 4.2 (5.7)5⁄16 (7.9) 24 UNF 9.5 (12.9)5⁄16 (7.9) 18 UNC 8.6 (11.7)3⁄8 (9.5) 24 UNF 17 (23.0)3⁄8 (9.5) 16 UNC 15 (20.3)

7⁄16 (11.1) 20 UNF 27 (36.6)7⁄16 (11.1) 14 UNC 24 (32.5)1⁄2 (12.7) 20 UNF 42 (57.0)1⁄2 (12.7) 13 UNC 37 (50.2)9⁄16 (14.3) 18 UNF 60 (81.4)9⁄16 (14.3) 12 UNC 54 (73.2)5⁄8 (15.9) 18 UNF 84 (114.0)5⁄8 (15.9) 11 UNC 74 (100.0)3⁄4 (19.0) 16 UNF 147 (200.0)3⁄4 (19.0) 10 UNC 132 (180.0)7⁄8 (22.2) 14 UNF 234 (320.0)7⁄8 (22.2) 9 UNC 212 (285.0)

1 (25.4) 12 UNF 348 (470.0)1 (25.4) 8 UNC 318 (430.0)

Required Torque for TestingThreaded Austenitic Stainless Steel Studs

Nominal Diameter Threads /in. Testing Torque,of Studs, in. (mm) and Series Designated ft-lb (J)

1⁄4 (6.4) 28 UNF 4.5 (6.1)1⁄4 (6.4) 20 UNC 4.0 (5.4)5⁄16 (7.9) 24 UNF 9.0 (12.2)5⁄16 (7.9) 18 UNC 8.0 (10.8)3⁄8 (9.5) 24 UNF 16.5 (22.4)3⁄8 (9.5) 16 UNC 14.5 (19.7)

7⁄16 (11.1) 20 UNF 26.0 (35.3)7⁄16 (11.1) 14 UNC 23.0 (31.2)1⁄2 (12.7) 20 UNF 40.0 (54.2)1⁄2 (12.7) 13 UNC 35.5 (48.1)5⁄8 (15.9) 18 UNF 80.00 (108.5)5⁄8 (15.9) 11 UNC 71.00 (96.3)3⁄4 (19.0) 16 UNF 140.00 (189.8)3⁄4 (19.0) 10 UNC 125.00 (169.5)7⁄8 (22.2) 14 UNF 223.00 (302.3)7⁄8 (22.2) 9 UNC 202.00 (273.9)

1 (25.4) 14 UNF 339.00 (459.6)1 (25.4) 8 UNC 303.00 (410.8)

Alternatively, where torquing to destruction is not fea-sible, tensile testing may be used. For carbon and austen-itic stainless steel studs, the failure strength shall be notless than 35,000 psi (240 MPa) and 30,000 psi (210 MPa),respectively. For other metals, the failure strength shallnot be less than 1⁄2 of the minimum specified tensilestrength of the stud material. The failure strength shall

9

be based on the minor diameter of the threaded sectionof externally threaded studs, except where the shankdiameter is less than the minor diameter, or on the originalcross-sectional area where failure occurs in a non-threaded, internally threaded, or reduced-diameter stud.

QW-192.4 Acceptance Criteria — Macro-Exami-nation. In order to pass the macro-examination, each offive sectioned stud welds and the heat-affected zone shallbe free of cracks when examined at 10X magnification,which is required by QW-202.5 when studs are weldedto metals other than P-No. 1.

QW-193 Stud-Weld Tests — PerformanceQualification Specimens

QW-193.1 Required Tests. Five stud-weld tests arerequired to qualify each stud-welding operator. Theequipment used for stud welding shall be completelyautomatic except for manual starting. The performancetest shall be welded in accordance with a qualified WPSper QW-301.2.

Each stud (five joints) shall be tested either by ham-mering over until one-fourth of its length is flat on thetest piece or by bending the stud to an angle of at least15 deg and returning it to its original position using atest jig and an adapter location dimension that are inaccordance with figure QW-466.4.

QW-193.2 Acceptance Criteria — Bend and Ham-mer Tests. In order to pass the test(s), each of the fivestud welds and heat affected zones shall be free of visibleseparation or fracture after bending and return bendingor after hammering.

QW-194 Visual Examination — Performance

Performance test coupons shall show complete jointpenetration with complete fusion of weld metal and basemetal.

QW-195 Liquid Penetrant ExaminationQW-195.1 The liquid penetrant examination in QW-

214 for corrosion-resistant weld metal overlay shall meetthe requirements of Section V, Article 6. The acceptancestandards of QW-195.2 shall be met.

QW-195.2 Liquid Penetrant Acceptance CriteriaQW-195.2.1 Terminology

relevant indications: indications with major dimensionsgreater than 1⁄16 in. (1.5 mm).

linear indications: an indication having a length greaterthan three times the width.



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

QW-195.2.1 2004 SECTION IX QW-198.2

rounded indications: an indication of circular or ellipticalshape with the length equal to or less than three timesthe width.

QW-195.2.2 Acceptance Standards. Procedureand performance tests examined by liquid penetrant tech-niques shall be judged unacceptable when the examina-tion exhibits any indication in excess of the limitsspecified below:

(a) relevant linear indications(b) relevant rounded indications greater than 3⁄16 in.

(5 mm)(c) four or more relevant rounded indications in a line

separated by 1⁄16 in. (1.5 mm) or less (edge-to-edge)

QW-196 Resistance Weld TestingQW-196.1 Metallographic Examination

QW-196.1.1 Welds shall be cross-sectioned, pol-ished, and etched to reveal the weld metal. The sectionshall be examined at 10X magnification.

QW-196.1.2 The weld nugget shall be sound for1.25 times the thickness of the thinner member.

QW-196.1.3 For spot welds, the nugget size shallbe measured at the interface between the sheets being

joined, and it shall equal or exceed 0.9�t (4.5�t), wheret is the thickness of the thinner sheet. For projectionwelds, the nugget size shall not be less than the initialsize of the projection. For seam welds, the width of thefused weld cut transverse to the seam shall be not less

than 0.9�t (4.5�t), where t is the thickness of the thin-nest sheet.

QW-196.2 Mechanical TestingQW-196.2.1 Shear test specimens shall be prepared

as shown on figure QW-462.9. For spot and projectionwelds, each test specimen shall equal or exceed the mini-mum strength, and the average strength specified in tablesQW-462.10 and QW-462.11 for the appropriate material.Further, for each set, 90% shall have shear strength valuesbetween 0.9 and 1.1 times the set average value. Theremaining 10% shall lie between 0.8 and 1.2 times theset average value.

QW-196.2.2 Peel test specimens shall be preparedas shown in figure QW-462.8. The specimens shall bepeeled or separated mechanically, and fracture shall occurin the base metal by tearing out of the weld in order forthe specimen to be acceptable.

QW-197 Laser Beam Welding (LBW) Lap JointTests — Procedure QualificationSpecimens

QW-197.1 Required Tests. Six tension shear speci-mens and eight macro specimens are required to qualify

10

each procedure. The qualification test coupon shall beprepared in accordance with figure QW-464.1. The ten-sion shear specimens shall conform to the dimensionsindicated in the table of figure QW-464.1. The longitudi-nal and traverse sections indicated in figure QW-464.1shall be cross-sectioned as closely as possible throughthe centerline of the weld. A minimum of 1 in. (25 mm)shall be provided for examination of each longitudinalspecimen. The traverse specimens shall be of sufficientlength to include weld, the heat-affected zone, and por-tions of the unaffected base material. Cross-sections shallbe smoothed and etched with a suitable etchant (see QW-470), and examined at a minimum magnification of 25X.The dimensions of the fusion zone and penetration ofeach weld of the traverse specimens shall be measuredto the nearest hundredth of an inch and recorded.

QW-197.2 Acceptance Criteria — Tension ShearTests. In order to pass the tension shear test(s), therequirements of QW-153 shall apply.

QW-197.3 Acceptance Criteria — Macro-Exami-nation. In order to pass the macro-examination, each ofthe eight specimens shall meet the following criteria:

(a) The outline of the fusion zone shall be generallyconsistent in size and regular in shape and uniformity ofpenetration.

(b) The examination of the weld area shall revealsound weld metal, complete fusion along the bond line,and complete freedom from cracks in the weld metal andheat-affected zone.

QW-198 Laser Beam Welding (LBW) Lap JointTests — Performance QualificationSpecimens

QW-198.1 Required Tests. A peel test specimen atleast 6 in. (150 mm) long shall be prepared as shown infigure QW-464.2 illustration (a) and macro specimens asshown in figure QW-464.2 illustration (b). The peel testspecimens shall be peeled apart to destruction and thefusion zone and penetration measured to the nearest hun-dredth of an inch. The end of each strip of the macrocoupon shall be polished and etched to clearly reveal theweld metal. The width and depth of penetration of eachweld shall be measured to the nearest hundredth of aninch. Each specimen shall be examined in accordancewith QW-197.1.

QW-198.2 Acceptance Criteria — Peel Test andMacro-Examination. In order to pass the peel test andmacro-examination, the dimensions of the fusion zone(averaged) and the penetration (averaged) shall be withinthe range of dimensions of those specified on the WPSthat was used to make the test coupon.



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

QW-199 WELDING GENERAL REQUIREMENTS QW-199.2

QW-199 Flash WeldingQW-199.1 Procedure Qualification Test Coupons

and Testing

QW-199.1.1 Test Coupon Preparation. For cou-pons NPS 1 (DN 25) and smaller, four test welds shallbe made, and for pipes over NPS 1 (DN 25), three testcoupons shall be made using one set of welding parame-ters (i.e., the same equipment, base metals, joint prepara-tion, and other essential variables to be utilized forproduction welding.) These variables shall be recordedon the qualification record.

QW-199.1.2 Tensile Tests. For pipes NPS 1(DN 25) and smaller, two full-section tensile specimensshall be prepared in accordance with figure QW-462.1(e).For pipes greater than NPS 1 (DN 25), two reduced sec-tion tension specimens shall be prepared in accordancewith figure QW-462.1(b) or figure QW-462.1(c) fromone coupon. The specimens shall be tested in accordancewith QW-160.

QW-199.1.3 Section and Bend Testing. The entirecircumference of each remaining coupon shall be cutalong the axis of the pipe into an even number of stripsof a length sufficient to perform bend tests. The maximumwidth of each strip shall be 11⁄2 in. (38 mm) and theminimum width

w p t + D/4 for pipes NPS 2 (DN 50) and smallerw p t + D/8 for pipes greater than NPS 2 (DN 50)

where

11

D p OD of the tubet p nominal wall thickness

w p width of the specimen

One edge of one strip from each coupon shall be pol-ished to a 600 grit finish with the final grinding parallelto the long axis of the strip. The polished surface shallbe examined at 5X magnification. No incomplete fusionor other open flaws on the polished surface are acceptable.Defects occurring in the base metal not associated withthe weld may be disregarded.

All flash shall be removed from the strips and the weldsshall be visually examined per QW-194. Half of the stripsfrom each specimen shall then be prepared as root bendspecimens and the remaining strips shall be prepared asface bend specimens in accordance with QW-160. Thespecimens shall be tested in accordance with QW-160,except for the following:

(a) For P-No. 1, Groups 2 through 4 materials, theminimum bend radius (dimension B in figure QW-466.1)shall be three times the thickness of the specimen.

(b) In lieu of QW-163, the sum of lengths of individualopen flaws on the convex surface of all the bend testspecimens taken from each pipe individually shall notexceed 5% of the outside circumference of that test pipe.

QW-199.2 Flash Welding — Performance Qualifi-cation Test Coupons and Testing. One test coupon shallbe welded, cut into strips, visually examined, and bendtested in accordance with QW-197.3. Polishing and exam-ination of a cross-section is not required.



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX

APPENDIX IROUNDED INDICATION CHARTS

(See QW-191.2)

Typical Quantity and Size Permittedin 6 in. (150 mm) Length of Weld

1/8 in. (3 mm) to 1/4 in. (6 mm)Thickness


Over 1/4 in. (6 mm) to 1/2 in. (13 mm)Thickness


Over 1/2 in. (13 mm) to 1 in. (25 mm)Thickness


Over 1 in. (25 mm) Thickness

12



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

ARTICLE IIWELDING PROCEDURE QUALIFICATIONS

QW-200 GENERALQW-200.1 Each manufacturer and contractor shall

prepare written Welding Procedure Specifications thatare defined as follows:

(a) Welding Procedure Specification (WPS). A WPS isa written qualified welding procedure prepared to providedirection for making production welds to Code require-ments. The WPS or other documents may be used toprovide direction to the welder or welding operator toassure compliance with the Code requirements.

(b) Contents of the WPS. The completed WPS shalldescribe all of the essential, nonessential, and, whenrequired, supplementary essential variables for eachwelding process used in the WPS. These variables arelisted in QW-250 through QW-280 and are defined inArticle IV, Welding Data.

The WPS shall reference the supporting ProcedureQualification Record(s) (PQR) described in QW-200.2.The manufacturer or contractor may include any otherinformation in the WPS that may be helpful in makinga Code weldment.

(c) Changes to the WPS. Changes may be made inthe nonessential variables of a WPS to suit productionrequirements without requalification provided suchchanges are documented with respect to the essential,nonessential, and, when required, supplementary essen-tial variables for each process. This may be by amendmentto the WPS or by use of a new WPS.

Changes in essential or supplementary essential (whenrequired) variables require requalification of the WPS(new or additional PQRs to support the change in essentialor supplementary essential variables).

(d) Format of the WPS. The information required tobe in the WPS may be in any format, written or tabular,to fit the needs of each manufacturer or contractor, aslong as every essential, nonessential, and, when required,supplementary essential variables outlined in QW-250through QW-280 is included or referenced.

Form QW-482 (see Nonmandatory Appendix B) hasbeen provided as a guide for the WPS. This Form includesthe required data for the SMAW, SAW, GMAW, andGTAW processes. It is only a guide and does not list

13

all required data for other processes. It also lists somevariables that do not apply to all processes (e.g., listingshielding gas which is not required for SAW). The guidedoes not easily lend itself to multiple process procedurespecification (e.g., GTAW root with SMAW fill).

(e) Availability of the WPS. A WPS used for Codeproduction welding shall be available for reference andreview by the Authorized Inspector (AI) at the fabrica-tion site.

QW-200.2 Each manufacturer or contractor shall berequired to prepare a procedure qualification record whichis defined as follows:

(a) Procedure Qualification Record (PQR). A PQR isa record of the welding data used to weld a test coupon.The PQR is a record of variables recorded during thewelding of the test coupons. It also contains the test resultsof the tested specimens. Recorded variables normally fallwithin a small range of the actual variables that will beused in production welding.

(b) Contents of the PQR. The completed PQR shalldocument all essential and, when required, supplementaryessential variables of QW-250 through QW-280 for eachwelding process used during the welding of the test cou-pon. Nonessential or other variables used during the weld-ing of the test coupon may be recorded at themanufacturer’s or contractor’s option. All variables, ifrecorded, shall be the actual variables (including ranges)used during the welding of the test coupon. If variablesare not monitored during welding, they shall not be rec-orded. It is not intended that the full range or the extremeof a given range of variables to be used in production beused during qualification unless required due to a specificessential or, when required, supplementary essentialvariable.

The PQR shall be certified accurate by the manufac-turer or contractor. The manufacturer or contractor maynot subcontract the certification function. This certifica-tion is intended to be the manufacturer’s or contractor’sverification that the information in the PQR is a truerecord of the variables that were used during the weldingof the test coupon and that the resulting tensile, bend, or

04



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

QW-200.2 2004 SECTION IX QW-200.4

macro (as required) test results are in compliance withSection IX.

One or more combinations of welding processes, fillermetal, and other variables may be used when welding atest coupon. The approximate thickness of weld metaldeposited shall be recorded for each set of essential and,when required, supplementary essential variables. Weldmetal deposited using each set of variables shall beincluded in the tension, bend, notch toughness, and othermechanical test specimens that are required.

(c) Changes to the PQR. Changes to the PQR are notpermitted except as described below. It is a record ofwhat happened during a particular welding test. Editorialcorrections or addenda to the PQR are permitted. Anexample of an editorial correction is an incorrect P-Num-ber, F-Number, or A-Number that was assigned to aparticular base metal or filler metal. An example of anaddendum would be a change resulting from a Codechange. For example, Section IX may assign a new F-Number to a filler metal or adopt a new filler metal underan established F-Number. This may permit, dependingon the particular construction Code requirements, a manu-facturer or contractor to use other filler metals that fallwithin that particular F-Number where, prior to the Coderevision, the manufacturer or contractor was limited tothe particular electrode classification that was used duringqualification. Additional information can be incorporatedinto a PQR at a later date provided the information issubstantiated as having been part of the original qualifica-tion condition by lab record or similar data.

All changes to a PQR require recertification (includingdate) by the manufacturer or contractor.

(d) Format of the PQR. Form QW-483 (see Nonman-datory Appendix B) has been provided as a guide for thePQR. The information required to be in the PQR may bein any format to fit the needs of each manufacturer orcontractor, as long as every essential and, when required,supplementary essential variable, required by QW-250through QW-280, is included. Also the type of tests,number of tests, and test results shall be listed in the PQR.

Form QW-483 does not easily lend itself to covercombinations of welding processes or more than one F-Number filler metal in one test coupon. Additionalsketches or information may be attached or referencedto record the required variables.

(e) Availability of the PQR. PQRs used to supportWPSs shall be available, upon request, for review by theAuthorized Inspector (AI). The PQR need not be availableto the welder or welding operator.

(f) Multiple WPSs With One PQR/Multiple PQRs WithOne WPS. Several WPSs may be prepared from the dataon a single PQR (e.g., a 1G plate PQR may support WPSs

14

for the F, V, H, and O positions on plate or pipe withinall other essential variables). A single WPS may coverseveral essential variable changes as long as a supportingPQR exists for each essential and, when required, supple-mentary essential variable [e.g., a single WPS may covera thickness range from 1⁄16 in. (1.5 mm) through 11⁄4 in.(32 mm) if PQRs exist for both the 1⁄16 in. (1.5 mm)through 3⁄16 in. (5 mm) and 3⁄16 in. (5 mm) through 11⁄4 in.(32 mm) thickness ranges].

QW-200.3 To reduce the number of welding proce-dure qualifications required, P-Numbers are assigned tobase metals dependent on characteristics such as composi-tion, weldability, and mechanical properties, where thiscan logically be done; and for steel and steel alloys (tableQW/QB-422) Group Numbers are assigned additionallyto P-Numbers. These Group Numbers classify the metalswithin P-Numbers for the purpose of procedure qualifica-tion where notch-toughness requirements are specified.The assignments do not imply that base metals may beindiscriminately substituted for a base metal which wasused in the qualification test without consideration ofthe compatibility from the standpoint of metallurgicalproperties, postweld heat treatment, design, mechanicalproperties, and service requirements. Where notch tough-ness is a consideration, it is presupposed that the basemetals meet the specific requirements.

In general, notch-toughness requirements are manda-tory for all P-No. 11 quenched and tempered metals, forlow temperature applications of other metals as appliedto Section VIII, and for various classes of constructionrequired by Section III. Acceptance criteria for the notch-toughness tests are as established in the other Sectionsof the Code.

For certain materials permitted by the ASME/ANSIB31 Code for Pressure Piping or by selected Code Casesof the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code but whichare not included within the ASME Boiler and PressureVessel Code Material Specifications (Section II), S-Num-ber groupings are assigned in table QW/QB-422. Thesegroupings are similar to the P-Number groupings of tableQW/QB-422. Qualification limits are given in QW-420.2.

QW-200.4 Combination of Welding Procedures(a) More than one WPS having different essential,

supplementary essential, or nonessential variables maybe used in a single production joint. Each WPS mayinclude one or a combination of processes, filler metals,or other variables.

Where more than one WPS specifying different pro-cesses, filler metals, or other essential or supplementaryessential variables is used in a joint, QW-451 shall beused to determine the range of base metal thickness and

04



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

QW-200.4 WELDING PROCEDURE QUALIFICATIONS QW-202.1

maximum weld metal thickness qualified for each pro-cess, filler metal, or set of variables, and those limitsshall be observed. Alternatively, qualification of WPSsfor root deposits only may be made in accordance withQW-200.4(b).

When following a WPS that has more than one weldingprocess, filler metal, or set of variables, each process,filler metal, or set of variables may be used individuallyor in different combinations, provided

(1) the essential, nonessential, and required supple-mentary essential variables associated with the process,filler metal, or set of variables are applied

(2) the base metal and deposited weld metal thick-ness limits of QW-451 for each process, filler metal, orset of variables are applied.

(b) For GTAW, SMAW, GMAW, PAW, and SAW,or combinations of these processes, a PQR for a processrecording a test coupon that was at least 1⁄2 in. (13 mm)thick may be combined with one or more other PQRsrecording another welding process and any greater basemetal thickness. In this case, the process recorded on thefirst PQR may be used to deposit the root layers usingthe process(es) recorded on that PQR up to 2t (for short-circuiting type of GMAW, see QW-404.32) in thicknesson base metal of the maximum thickness qualified by theother PQR(s) used to support the WPS. The requirementsof Note (1) of tables QW-451.1 and QW-451.2 shallapply.

QW-201 Manufacturer’s or Contractor’sResponsibility

Each manufacturer or contractor shall list the parame-ters applicable to welding that he performs in constructionof weldments built in accordance with this Code. Theseparameters shall be listed in a document known as aWelding Procedure Specification (WPS).

Each manufacturer or contractor shall qualify the WPSby the welding of test coupons and the testing of speci-mens (as required in this Code), and the recording of thewelding data and test results in a document known as aProcedure Qualification Record (PQR). The welders orwelding operators used to produce weldments to be testedfor qualification of procedures shall be under the fullsupervision and control of the manufacturer or contractorduring the production of these test weldments. The weld-ments to be tested for qualification of procedures shallbe welded either by direct employees or by individualsengaged by contract for their services as welders or weld-ing operators under the full supervision and control ofthe manufacturer or contractor. It is not permissible forthe manufacturer or contractor to have the supervisionand control of welding of the test weldments performed

15

by another organization. It is permissible, however, tosubcontract any or all of the work of preparation of testmetal for welding and subsequent work on preparationof test specimens from the completed weldment, perform-ance of nondestructive examination, and mechanical tests,provided the manufacturer or contractor accepts theresponsibility for any such work.

The Code recognizes a manufacturer or contractor asthe organization which has responsible operational con-trol of the production of the weldments to be made inaccordance with this Code. If in an organization effectiveoperational control of welding procedure qualification fortwo or more companies of different names exists, thecompanies involved shall describe in their Quality Con-trol system/Quality Assurance Program, the operationalcontrol of procedure qualifications. In this case separatewelding procedure qualifications are not required, pro-vided all other requirements of Section IX are met.

A WPS may require the support of more than onePQR, while alternatively, one PQR may support a numberof WPSs.

The manufacturer or contractor shall certify that hehas qualified each Welding Procedure Specification, per-formed the procedure qualification test, and documentedit with the necessary Procedure Qualification Record(PQR).

QW-201.1 The Code recognizes that manufacturersor contractors may maintain effective operational controlof PQRs and WPSs under different ownership thanexisted during the original procedure qualification. Whena manufacturer or contractor or part of a manufactureror contractor is acquired by a new owner(s), the PQRsand WPSs may be used by the new owner(s) withoutrequalification, provided all of the following are met:

(a) the new owner(s) takes responsibility for the WPSsand PQRs

(b) the WPSs reflect the name of the new owner(s)

(c) the Quality Control System/Quality AssuranceProgram reflects the source of the PQRs as being fromthe former manufacturer or contractor

QW-202 Type of Tests Required

QW-202.1 Mechanical Tests. The type and numberof test specimens that shall be tested to qualify a grooveweld procedure are given in QW-451, and shall beremoved in a manner similar to that shown in QW-463.If any test specimen required by QW-451 fails to meetthe applicable acceptance criteria, the test coupon shallbe considered as failed.



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

QW-202.1 2004 SECTION IX QW-202.5

When it can be determined that the cause of failure isnot related to welding parameters, another test couponmay be welded using identical welding parameters.

Alternatively, if adequate material of the original testcoupon exists, additional test specimens may be removedas close as practicable to the original specimen locationto replace the failed test specimens.

When it has been determined that the test failure wascaused by an essential or supplementary essential vari-able, a new test coupon may be welded with appropriatechanges to the variable(s) that was determined to causethe test failure. If the new test passes, the essential andsupplementary variables shall be documented on thePQR.

When it is determined that the test failure was causedby one or more welding conditions other than essentialor supplementary essential variables, a new test couponmay be welded with the appropriate changes to the weld-ing conditions that were determined to cause the testfailure. If the new test passes, the welding conditions thatwere determined to cause the previous test failure shall beaddressed by the manufacturer to ensure that the requiredproperties are achieved in the production weldment.

Where qualification is for fillet welds only, the require-ments are given in QW-202.2(c) and (d); and where quali-fication is for stud welds only, the requirements are givenin QW-202.5.

QW-202.2 Groove and Fillet Welds(a) Qualification for Groove Full Penetration Welds.

Groove-weld test coupons shall qualify the thicknessranges of both base metal and deposited weld metal tobe used in production. Limits of qualification shall be inaccordance with QW-451. WPS qualification for groovewelds shall be made on groove welds using tension andguided-bend specimens. Notch-toughness tests shall bemade when required by other Section(s) of the Code. TheWPS shall be qualified for use with groove welds withinthe range of essential variables listed.

(b) Qualification for Partial Penetration GrooveWelds. Partial penetration groove welds shall be qualifiedin accordance with the requirements of QW-451 for bothbase metal and deposited weld metal thickness, exceptthere need be no upper limit on the base metal thicknessprovided qualification was made on base metal having athickness of 11⁄2 in. (38 mm) or more.

(c) Qualification for Fillet Welds. WPS qualificationfor fillet welds may be made on groove-weld test couponsusing test specimens specified in QW-202.2(a) or (b).Fillet-weld procedures so qualified may be used for weld-ing all thicknesses of base metal for all sizes of filletwelds, and all diameters of pipe or tube in accordancewith table QW-451.4. Nonpressure-retaining fillet welds,

16

as defined in other Sections of the Code, may as analternate be qualified with fillet welds only. Tests shall bemade in accordance with QW-180. Limits of qualificationshall be in accordance with table QW-451.3.

QW-202.3 Weld Repair and Buildup. WPS qualifiedon groove welds shall be applicable for weld repairs togroove and fillet welds and for weld buildup under thefollowing provisions:

(a) There is no limitation on the thickness of basemetal or deposited weld metal for fillet welds.

(b) For other than fillet welds, the thickness range forbase metal and deposited weld metal for each weldingprocess shall be in accordance with QW-451, except thereneed be no upper limit on the base metal thickness pro-vided qualification was made on base metal having athickness of 11⁄2 in. (38 mm) or more.

QW-202.4 Dissimilar Base Metal Thicknesses.WPS qualified on groove welds shall be applicable forproduction welds between dissimilar base metal thick-nesses provided:

(a) the thickness of the thinner member shall be withinthe range permitted by QW-451

(b) the thickness of the thicker member shall be asfollows:

(1) For P-No. 8, P-No. 41, P-No. 42, P-No. 43, P-No. 44, P-No. 45, P-No. 46, P-No. 49, P-No. 51, P-No.52, P-No. 53, P-No. 61, and P-No. 62 metal, there shallbe no limitation on the maximum thickness of the thickerproduction member in joints of similar P-Number materi-als provided qualification was made on base metal havinga thickness of 1⁄4 in. (6 mm) or greater.

(2) For all other metal, the thickness of the thickermember shall be within the range permitted by QW-451,except there need be no limitation on the maximum thick-ness of the thicker production member provided qualifi-cation was made on base metal having a thickness of11⁄2 in. (38 mm) or more.

More than one procedure qualification may be requiredto qualify for some dissimilar thickness combinations.

QW-202.5 Stud Welding. Procedure qualificationtests for stud welds shall be made in accordance withQW-192. The procedure qualification tests shall qualifythe welding procedures for use within the range of theessential variables of QW-261. For studs welded to otherthan P-No. 1 metals, five additional welds shall be madeand subjected to a macro-test, except that this is notrequired for studs used for extended heating surfaces.

04



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

QW-203 WELDING PROCEDURE QUALIFICATIONS QW-217

QW-203 Limits of Qualified Positions forProcedures

Unless specifically required otherwise by the weldingvariables (QW-250), a qualification in any position quali-fies the procedure for all positions. The welding processand electrodes must be suitable for use in the positionspermitted by the WPS. A welder or welding operatormaking and passing the WPS qualification test is qualifiedfor the position tested. See QW-301.2.

QW-210 PREPARATION OF TEST COUPON

QW-211 Base Metal

The base metals may consist of either plate, pipe, orother product forms. Qualification in plate also qualifiesfor pipe welding and vice versa. The dimensions of thetest coupon shall be sufficient to provide the required testspecimens.

QW-212 Type and Dimensions of Groove Welds

Except as otherwise provided in QW-250, the typeand dimensions of the welding groove are not essentialvariables.

QW-213 P-No. 11 Base Metals

For vessels or parts of vessels constructed with P-No.11 base metals, weld grooves for thickness less than 5⁄8 in.(16 mm) shall be prepared by thermal processes, whensuch processes are to be employed during fabrication.This groove preparation shall also include back gouging,back grooving, or removal of unsound weld metal bythermal processes, when these processes are to beemployed during fabrication.

QW-214 Corrosion-Resistant Weld MetalOverlay

QW-214.1 The size of test coupons, limits of qualifi-cation, required examinations and tests, and test speci-mens shall be as specified in table QW-453.

QW-214.2 Essential variables shall be as specifiedin QW-250 for the applicable welding process.

QW-215 Electron Beam Welding and LaserBeam Welding

QW-215.1 The WPS qualification test coupon shallbe prepared with the joint geometry duplicating that tobe used in production. If the production weld is to includea lap-over (completing the weld by rewelding over the

17

starting area of the weld, as for a girth weld), such lap-over shall be included in the WPS qualification testcoupon.

QW-215.2 The mechanical testing requirements ofQW-451 shall apply.

QW-215.3 Essential variables shall be as specifiedin tables QW-260 and QW-264 for the applicable weldingprocess.

QW-216 Hard-Facing Weld Metal Overlay

Hard-Facing Weld Metal Overlay refers to weld depos-its made, using a variety of processes, to deter the effectsof wear and/or abrasion. The requirements specified inQW-216.1 through QW-216.4 apply regardless of whichhard-facing process is used.

QW-216.1 The size of test coupons, limits of qualifi-cation, required examinations and tests, and test speci-mens shall be as specified in table QW-453.

QW-216.2 Welding variables shall be as specified inQW-250 for the applicable process.

QW-216.3 Where Spray Fuse methods of hard-facing(e.g., Oxyfuel and Plasma Arc) are to be used, the couponsfor these methods shall be prepared and welding variablesapplied in accordance with QW-216.1 and QW-216.2,respectively.

QW-216.4 If a weld deposit is to be used under ahard-facing weld metal overlay, a base metal with anassigned P-Number and a chemical analysis nominallymatching the weld deposit chemical analysis may be sub-stituted to qualify the PQR.

QW-217 Joining of Composite (Clad Metals)

The WPS for groove welds in clad metal shall bequalified as provided in QW-217(a) when any part of thecladding thickness, as permitted by the referencing CodeSection, is included in the design calculations. EitherQW-217(a) or (b) may be used when the cladding thick-ness is not included in the design calculations.

(a) The essential and nonessential variables ofQW-250 shall apply for each welding process used inproduction. The procedure qualification test coupon shallbe made using the same P-Number base metal, cladding,and welding process, and filler metal combination to beused in production welding. For metal not included intable QW/QB-422, the metal used in the composite testplate shall be within the range of chemical compositionof that to be used in production. The qualified thicknessrange for the base metal and filler metal(s) shall be based



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

QW-217 2004 SECTION IX QW-251.2

on the actual test coupon thickness for each as appliedto QW-451, except that the minimum thickness of fillermetal joining the cladding portion of the weldment shallbe based on a chemical analysis performed in accordancewith table QW-453. Tensile and bend tests required inQW-451 for groove welds shall be made, and they shallcontain the full thickness of cladding through the reducedsection of the specimen. The bond line between the origi-nal cladding and the base metal may be disregarded whenevaluating side-bend tests if the cladding was applied bya process other than fusion welding.

(b) The essential and nonessential variables ofQW-250 shall apply for each welding process used inproduction for joining the base metal portion of the weld-ment. The PQRs that support this portion of the WPSneed not be based on test coupons made with clad metal.For the corrosion-resistant overlay portion of the weld,the essential variables of QW-251.4 shall apply and thetest coupon and testing shall be in accordance with tableQW-453. The WPS shall limit the depth of the groove,which will receive the corrosion-resistant overlay in orderto ensure development of the full strength of the underly-ing weld in the base metal.

QW-218 Applied Linings

QW-218.1 WPSs for attaching applied linings shallbe qualified in accordance with QW-202.2(a), (b), or (c).

QW-218.2 As an alternative to the above, each pro-cess to be used in attaching applied linings to base metalshall be qualified on a test coupon welded into the formand arrangement to be used in construction using materi-als that are within the range of chemical composition ofthe metal to be used for the base plate, the lining, andthe weld metal. The welding variables of QW-250 shallapply except for those regarding base metal or weld metalthickness. Qualification tests shall be made for each posi-tion to be used in production welding in accordance withtable QW-461.9, except that qualification in the verticalposition, uphill progression shall qualify for all positions.One cross-section for each position tested shall be sec-tioned, polished, and etched to clearly show the demarca-tion between the base metal and the weld metal. In orderto be acceptable, each specimen shall exhibit completefusion of the weld metal with the base metal and freedomfrom cracks.

QW-218.3 When chemical analysis of the welddeposit for any elements is required, a chemical analysisshall be performed per table QW-453, Note 9 for thoseelements.

18

QW-219 Flash Welding

Flash welding shall be limited to automatic electricalresistance flash welding of tubular cross-sections. Proce-dure qualification tests shall be conducted in accordancewith QW-199.1.

QW-219.1 Tolerances on Variables. Flash weldingvariables that may require adjustment during productionwelding are synergistically related. Accordingly, eventhough the variables shown in table QW-265 providetolerances on many welding conditions, the WPS shallspecify the same conditions shown on the PQR withtolerance shown for no more than one variable (e.g., ifit is desired to provide a tolerance on the upset current,all other variables shown on the WPS must be the sameas they are shown on the PQR). If it is desired to providetolerances in the WPS for two variables, the first variablewith a tolerance shall be set at the midpoint of its toleranceand two test coupons shall be welded with each of theupper and lower extremes of the tolerance for the secondvariable (i.e., four coupons must be welded). These cou-pons shall be examined and tested in accordance withQW-199.1.3.

If it is desired to provide tolerance for a third variable,the first two variables shall be set at the midpoint of theirtolerance, and two test coupons shall be welded with eachof the upper and lower extremes of the new tolerancesfor the third variable (i.e., four coupons must be welded).These coupons shall be examined and tested in accor-dance with QW-199.1.3.

No more than three essential variables on a WPS mayshow tolerances.

Production tests conducted in accordance with therequirements of other Sections may be used to satisfythis requirement.

QW-250 WELDING VARIABLES

QW-251 General

QW-251.1 Types of Variables for Welding Proce-dure Specifications (WPS). These variables (listed foreach welding process in tables QW-252 through QW-265)are subdivided into essential variables, supplementaryessential variables, and nonessential variables (QW-401).The “Brief of Variables” listed in the Tables are forreference only. See the complete variable in WeldingData of Article IV.

QW-251.2 Essential Variables. Essential variablesare those in which a change, as described in the specificvariables, is considered to affect the mechanical proper-



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


ties of the weldment, and shall require requalification ofthe WPS.

Supplementary essential variables are required for met-als for which other Sections specify notch-toughness testsand are in addition to the essential variables for eachwelding process.

QW-251.3 Nonessential Variables. Nonessentialvariables are those in which a change, as described inthe specific variables, may be made in the WPS withoutrequalification.

19

QW-251.4 Special Processes(a) The special process essential variables for corro-

sion-resistant and hard-surfacing weld metal overlays areas indicated in the following tables for the specified pro-cess. Only the variables specified for special processesshall apply. A change in the corrosion-resistant or hard-surfacing welding process shall require requalification.

(b) WPS qualified for corrosion-resistant and hard-surfacing overlay welding, in accordance with other Sec-tions when such qualification rules were included in thoseSections, may be used with the same provisions as pro-vided in QW-100.3.



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

04

2004 SECTION IX

QW-252WELDING VARIABLES PROCEDURE SPECIFICATIONS (WPS)

Oxyfuel Gas Welding (OFW)

SupplementaryParagraph Brief of Variables Essential Essential Nonessential

.1 � Groove design X

.2 ± Backing XQW-402Joints .3 � Backing comp. X

.10 � Roof spacing X

.1 � P-Number XQW-403Base .2 Max. T Qualified XMetals

.13 � P-No. 5/9/10 X

.3 � Size X

QW-404 .4 � F-Number XFiller

.5 � A-Number XMetals

.12 � Classification X

QW-405 .1 + Position XPositions

QW-406 .1 Decrease > 100°F (55°C) XPreheat

QW-407 .1 � PWHT XPWHT

QW-408 .7 � Type fuel gas XGas

.1 � String/weave X

.2 � Flame characteristics XQW-410

.4 � ←→ Technique X

Technique.5 � Method cleaning X

.26 ± Peening X

Legend:+ Addition > Increase/greater than ↑ Uphill ← Forehand � Change− Deletion < Decrease/less than ↓ Downhill → Backhand

20



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

WELDING PROCEDURE QUALIFICATIONS

QW-252.1WELDING VARIABLES PROCEDURE SPECIFICATIONS (WPS)

Oxyfuel Gas Welding (OFW)

Special Process Essential Variables

Hard-Facing Corrosion-Resistant Hard-FacingOverlay Overlay Spray Fuse

Paragraph (QW-216) (QW-214) (QW-216)

.16 < Finished tQW-402Joint .17 > Finished t

QW-403 � P-Number � P-Number.20Base

.23 � T Qualified � T Qualified � T QualifiedMetals

.12 � Classification � ClassificationQW-404Filler .42 > 5% Particle size rangeMetals

.46 � Powder feed rate

QW-405.4 + Position + Position

Positions

Dec. > 100°F (55°C) preheat Dec. > 100°F (55°C) preheatQW-406 .4 > Interpass > InterpassPreheat

.5 � Preheat maint.

.6 � PWHT � PWHTQW-407PWHT .7 � PWHT after fusing

.7 � Type of fuel gas

.14 � Oxyfuel gas pressureQW-408Gas .16 � > 5% Gas feed rate

.19 � Plasma/feed gas comp.

.38 � Multiple to single layer � Multiple to single layer

.39 � Torch type, tip sizer

.44 � > 15% Torch to workpieceQW-410

.45 � Surface prep.Technique

.46 � Spray torch

� > 10% Fusing temp..47

or method


21

04



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

04

2004 SECTION IX


Shielded Metal-Arc Welding (SMAW)



.4 − Backing XQW-402Joints .10 � Root spacing X

.11 ± Retainers X

.5 � Group Number X

.6 T Limits impact X

.7 T/t Limits > 8 in. (200 mm) XQW-403Base .8 � T Qualified XMetals

.9 t Pass > 1⁄2 in. (13 mm) X

.11 � P-No. qualified X

.13 � P-No. 5/9/10 X

.4 � F-Number X

.5 � A-Number X

.6 � Diameter XQW-404Filler .7 � Diameter > 1⁄4 in. (6 mm) XMetals


.30 � t X


.1 + Position XQW-405

.2 � Position XPositions

.3 � ↑↓ Vertical welding X

.1 Decrease > 100°F (55°C) XQW-406 .2 � Preheat maint. XPreheat

.3 Increase > 100°F (55°C) (IP) X

.1 � PWHT XQW-407 .2 � PWHT (T & T range) XPWHT

.4 T Limits X

.1 > Heat input XQW-409Electrical .4 � Current or polarity X XCharacteristics

.8 � I & E range X


.5 � Method cleaning X

.6 � Method back gouge XQW-410Technique .9 � Multiple to single pass/side X X

.25 � Manual or automatic X

.26 ± Peening X


22



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



Shielded Metal-Arc Welding (SMAW)

Special Process Variables

Essential Variables

Hard-Facing Corrosion-Resistant NonessentialOverlay (HFO) Overlay (CRO) Variables for HFO

Paragraph (QW-216) (QW-214) and CRO

QW-402.16 < Finished t < Finished t

Joints

QW-403 .20 � P-Number � P-NumberBase

.23 � T Qualified � T QualifiedMetals

.12 � ClassificationQW-404Filler

.37 � A-NumberMetals

.38 � Diameter (1st layer)


Positions

QW-406 Dec. > 100°F (55°C) preheat Dec. > 100°F (55°C) preheat.4

Preheat > Interpass > Interpass

.6 � PWHTQW-407PWHT .9 � PWHT

QW-409 .4 � Current or polarity � Current or polarityElectrical

.22 Inc. > 10% 1st layer Inc. > 10% 1st layerCharacteristics

.1 � String/weave

.5 � Method of cleaningQW-410Technique .26 ± Peening



23

04



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

04

2004 SECTION IX


Submerged-Arc Welding (SAW)

Brief of Variables SupplementaryParagraph Essential Essential Nonessential

QW-402 .1 � Groove design XJoints

.4 − Backing X

.10 � Root spacing X

.11 ± Retainers X

QW-403 .5 � Group Number XBaseMetals

.6 T Limits X

.7 T/t Limits > 8 in. (200 mm) X

.8 � T Qualified X

.9 t Pass > 1⁄2 in. (13 mm) X


.13 � P-No. 5/9/10 X

QW-404 .4 � F-Number XFillerMetals

.5 � A-Number X

.6 � Diameter X

.9 � Flux/wire class. X

.10 � Alloy flux X

.24 ± Supplemental X�

.27 � Alloy elements X

.29 � Flux designation X

.30 � t X


.34 � Flux type X

.35 � Flux/wire class. X X

.36 Recrushed slag X



.2 � Preheat maint. X

.3 Increase > 100°F (55°C) (IP) X


.2 � PWHT (T & T range) X

.4 T Limits X

QW-409 .1 > Heat input XElectricalCharacteristics

.4 � Current or polarity X X


24



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



Submerged-Arc Welding (SAW) (Cont’d)


QW-410 .1 � String/weave XTechnique


.6 � Method back gouge X

.7 � Oscillation X

.8 � Tube-work distance X

.9 � Multi to single pass/side X X

.10 � Single to multi electrodes X X

.15 � Electrode spacing X


.26 ± Peening X


25



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

04

2004 SECTION IX


Submerged-Arc Welding (SAW)


Essential Variables

Hard-Facing Corrosion-ResistantOverlay (HFO) Overlay (CRO) Nonessential Variables

Paragraph (QW-216) (QW-214) for HFO and CRO


Joints



.6 � Nominal size of electrode

.12 � Classification

.24 ± or � > 10% in supplemental ± or � > 10% in supplementalQW-404filler metal filler metalFiller

Metals .27 � Alloy elements

.37 � A-Number

.39 � Nominal flux comp. � Nominal flux comp.


Positions




.4 � Current or polarity � Current or polarityQW-409Electrical .26 1st layer — Heat input 1st layer — Heat inputCharacteristics > 10% > 10%

.1 � String/weave

.5 � Method of cleaning

.7 � Oscillation

.8 � Tube to work distance

.15 � Electrode spacingQW-410Technique .25 � Manual or automatic

.26 ± Peening


.40 − Supplemental device

.50 � No. of electrodes � No. of electrodes


26



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



Gas Metal-Arc Welding (GMAW and FCAW)



.4 − Backing XQW-402Joints .10 � Root spacing X

.11 ± Retainers X


.6 T Limits X


QW-403 .8 � T Qualified XBase

.9 t Pass > 1⁄2 in. (13 mm) XMetals

.10 T limits (S. cir. arc) X


.13 � P-No. 5/9/10 X

.4 � F-Number X

.5 � A-Number X

.6 � Diameter X


.23 � Filler metal product form XQW-404Filler .24 ± Supplemental XMetals �


.30 � t X

.32 t Limits (S. cir. arc) X


.1 + Position XQW-405

.2 � Position XPositions


.1 Decrease > 100°F (55°C) XQW-406

.2 � Preheat maint. XPreheat

.3 Increase > 100°F (55°C) (IP) X

.1 � PWHT XQW-407

.2 � PWHT (T & T range) XPWHT

.4 T Limits X

27

04



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX


Gas Metal-Arc Welding (GMAW and FCAW) (Cont’d)


.1 ± Trail or � comp. X

.2 � Single, mixture, or % X

.3 � Flow rate XQW-408Gas .5 ± or � Backing flow X

.9 − Backing or � comp. X

.10 � Shielding or trailing X

.1 > Heat input X

QW-409 .2 � Transfer mode XElectrical

.4 � Current or polarity X XCharacteristics



.3 � Orifice, cup, or nozzle size X



.7 � Oscillation XQW-410

.8 � Tube-work distance XTechnique

.9 � Multiple to single pass/side X X

.10 � Single to multiple electrodes X X



.26 ± Peening X


28



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



Gas Metal-Arc Welding (GMAW and FCAW)


Essential Variables




Joints





.23 � Filler metal product form � Filler metal product formQW-404Filler .24 ± or � > 10% in supplemental ± or � > 10% in supplementalMetals filler metal filler metal

.27 � Alloy elements

.37 � A-Number


Positions




.2 � Single, mixture, or % � Single, mixture, or %QW-408Gas .3 � Flow rate


.1 � String/weave

.3 � Orifice/cup or nozzle size


.7 � Oscillation

QW-410.8 � Tube to work distance

Technique

.25 � Manual or automatic

.26 ± Peening




29

04



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

04

2004 SECTION IX


Gas Tungsten-Arc Welding (GTAW)


QW-402 .1 � Groove design XJoints

.5 + Backing X


.11 ± Retainers X

QW-403 .5 � Group Number XBase

.6 T Limits XMetals




.13 � P-No. 5/9/10 X

QW-404 .3 � Size XFiller

.4 � F-Number XMetals

.5 � A-Number X


.14 ± Filler X

.22 ± Consum. insert X

.23 � Filler metal product form X

.30 � t X


.50 ± Flux X


.2 � Position X



.3 Increase > 100°F (55°C) X(IP)


.2 � PWHT (T &T range) X

.4 T Limits X

QW-408 .1 ± Trail or � comp. XGas


.3 � Flow rate X

.5 ± or � Backing flow X



30



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



Gas Tungsten-Arc Welding (GTAW) (Cont’d)

Paragraph Brief of Variables SupplementaryEssential Essential Nonessential

.1 > Heat input X

.3 ± Pulsing I XQW-409Electrical .4 � Current or polarity X XCharacteristics


.12 � Tungsten electrode X






.9 � Multi to single pass/side X XTechnique

.10 � Single to multi electrodes X X

.11 � Closed to out chamber X



.26 ± Peening X


31



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

04

2004 SECTION IX


Gas Tungsten-Arc Welding (GTAW)


Essential Variables




Joints



.3 � Wire size

.12 � ClassificationQW-404Filler .14 ± Filler metal ± Filler metalMetals

.23 � Filler metal product form � Filler metal product form

.37 � A-Number


Positions




.2 � Single, mixture, or % � Single, mixture, or %QW-408Gas .3 � Flow rate

.4 � Current or polarity � Current or polarityQW-409Electrical .12 � Tungsten electrodeCharacteristics

.26 1st layer — Heat input > 10% 1st layer — Heat input > 10%

.1 � String/weave

.3 � Orifice/cup or nozzle size


.7 � Oscillation

.15 � Electrode spacingQW-410Technique .25 � Manual or automatic

.26 ± Peening



.52 � Filler metal delivery


32



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



Plasma-Arc Welding (PAW)


QW-402


Joints

.5 + Backing X


.11 ± Retainers X

QW-403


Base Metals

.6 T Limits X


.12 � P-Number/melt-in X

.13 � P-No. 5/9/10 X

QW-404

.3 � Size X

Filler Metals

.4 � F-Number X

.5 � A-Number X


.14 ± Filler metal X

.22 ± Consum. insert X



.30 � t X


QW-405

.1 + Position X

Positions.2 � Position X

.3 � ↑ ↓ Vertical welding X


.3 Increase > 100°F (55°C) (IP) X

QW-407.1 � PWHT X

PWHT .2 � PWHT (T & T range) X

.4 T Limits X

QW-408

.1 ± Trail or � comp. X

Gas

.4 � Composition X

.5 ± Or � backing flow X



.21 � Flow rate X

33

04



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX


Plasma-Arc Welding (PAW) (CONT’D)


QW-409

.1 > Heat input X

ElectricalCharacteristics



.12 � Tungsten electrode X

QW-410


Technique





.9 � Multiple to single pass/side X X

.10 � Single to multiple electrodes X X

.11 � Closed to out chamber X

.12 � Melt-in to keyhole X


.26 ± Peening X


34



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



Plasma-Arc Welding (PAW)


Essential Variables

Hard-Facing Corrosion-Resistant Hard-Facing Nonessential VariablesOverlay (HFO) Overlay (CRO) Spray Fuse (HFSF) for HFO, CRO, and

Paragraph (QW-216) (QW-214) (QW-216) HFSF

QW-402 .16 < Finished t < Finished tJoints

.17 > Finished t

QW-403 .20 � P-Number � P-Number � P-NumberBase Metals

.23 � T Qualified � T Qualified

.12 � Classification � Classification

.14 ± Filler metal ± Filler metal

.37 � A-Number

QW-404 .41 � > 10% Powder feed rate � > 10% Powder feed rateFiller Metals

.42 � > 5% Particle size

.43 � Particle size � Particle size

.44 � Powder type � Powder type

.45 � Filler metal form � Filler metal form

.46 � Powder feed rate

QW-405Positions .4 + Position + Position + Position

QW-406 .4 Dec. > 100°F (55°C) preheat Dec. > 100°F (55°C) preheat Dec. > 100°F (55°C) preheatPreheat > Interpass > Interpass > Interpass

.5 � Preheat maintenance

QW-407 .6 � PWHT � PWHTPWHT

.7 � PWHT after fusing

.9 � PWHT

QW-408 .1 ± Trail or � comp.Gas

.16 � > 5% Arc or metal feed gas � > 5% Arc or metal feed gas � > 5% Arc or metal feed gas

.17 � Type or mixture � Type or mixture

.18 � > 10% Mix. comp. � > 10% Mix. comp.

.19 � Plasma/feed gas comp.

.20 � Plasma gas flow-rate range

QW-409 .4 � Current or polarity � Current or polarityElectrical

.12 � Type or size of electrodeCharacteristics

.23 � > 10% I & E

.24 � > 10% Filler wire watt. � > 10% Filler wire watt.

.25 � > 10% I & E � > 10% I & E

35

04



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX


Plasma-Arc Welding (PAW) (CONT’D)


Essential Variables

Hard-Facing Corrosion-Resistant Hard-Facing Nonessential VariablesOverlay (HFO) Overlay (CRO) Spray Fuse (HFSF) for HFO, CRO, and

Paragraph (QW-216) (QW-214) (QW-216) HFSF

� String/weave.1 (HFO and CRO only)

� Orifice/cup or.3 nozzle size


.7 � Oscillation

.25 � Manual or automatic

.26 ± Peening

.38 � Multiple to single layer � Multiple to single layer � Multiple to single layerQW-410Technique .41 � > 15% Travel speed � > 15% Travel speed

.43 � > 10% Travel speed range

.44 � > 15% Torch to workplace

.45 � Surface preparation

.46 � Spray torch

.47 � > 10% Fusing temp. ormethod

.48 � Transfer mode � Transfer mode � Transfer mode

.49 � Torch orifice diameter � Torch orifice diameter

.52 � Filler metal del. � Filler metal del.


36



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



Electroslag Welding (ESW)


.1 � Groove design XQW-402

.10 � Root spacing XJoints

.11 ± Retainers X

.1 � P-Number X

QW-403 .4 � Group Number XBase

.9 t Pass > 1⁄2 in. (13 mm) XMetals

.13 � P-No. 5/9/10 X

.4 � F-Number X

.5 � A-Number X

.6 � Diameter X

QW-404 .12 � Classification XFiller

.17 � Flux type or comp. XMetals

.18 � Wire to plate X

.19 � Consum. guide X


.1 � PWHT XQW-407


.4 T Limits X

QW-409 .5 � ±15% I & E range XElectricalCharacteristics



.10 � Single to multiple electrodes XTechnique


.26 ± Peening X


37

04



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

04

2004 SECTION IX


Electroslag Welding (ESW)


Essential Variables




Joints





QW-404.24 ± or � > 10% in supplemental ± or � > 10% in supplemental

Fillerfiller metal filler metal

Metals

.37 � A-Number

.39 � Nominal flux comp. � Nominal flux comp.






.7 � Oscillation (CRO only)

QW-410.38 � Multiple to single layer � Multiple to single layer

Technique

.40 − Supplemental device − Supplemental device



38



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



Electrogas Welding (EGW)



.10 � Root spacing XJoints

.11 ± Retainers X

.1 � P-Number X


QW-403 .6 T Limits XBase

.8 � T Qualified XMetals

.9 t Pass > 1⁄2 in. (13 mm) X

.13 � P-No. 5/9/10 X

.4 � F-Number X

.5 � A-Number X

QW-404 .6 � Diameter XFiller

.12 � Classification XMetals




.1 � PWHT XQW-407


.4 T Limits X

.2 � Single, mixture, or % XQW-408Gas .3 � Flow rate X

.1 > Heat input XQW-409Electrical .4 � Current or polarity X XCharacteristics




.8 � Tube-work distance XQW-410

.9 � Multiple to single pass/side X XTechnique

.10 � Single to multiple electrodes X


.26 ± Peening X


GENERAL NOTE: Automated vertical gas metal-arc welding for vertical position only.

39

04



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

04

2004 SECTION IX


Electron Beam Welding (EBW)



.2 − Backing XJoints

.6 > Fit-up gap X

.1 � P-Number X

QW-403 .3 � Penetration XBase

.13 � P-No. 5/9/10 XMetals

.15 � P-Number X

.1 � Cross section or speed X

.2 < t or � comp. X

.8 ± or � Chem. comp. XQW-404Filler .14 ± Filler XMetals

.20 � Method of addition X

.21 � Analysis X


QW-406 .1 Decrease > 100°F (55° C) XPreheat


QW-408 .6 � Environment XGas

QW-409 .6 � I, E, speed, distance, osc. XElectrical

.7 � Pulsing frequency XCharacteristics

.5 � Method cleansing X


.14 � Angle of beam axis X

.17 � Type equip. XQW-410Technique .18 > Pressure of vacuum X

.19 � Filament type, size, etc. X

.20 + Wash pass X

.21 1 vs. 2 side welding X


40



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



Stud Welding


.8 � Stud shape size XQW-402Joints .9 − Flux or ferrule X

QW-403 .17 � Base metal or stud metal P-No. XBase Metal


QW-406 .1 Decrease > 100°F (55° C) XPreheat


QW-408 .2 � Single, mixture, or % XGas


.8 � I & E range XQW-409Electrical .9 � Arc timing XCharacteristics

.10 � Amperage X

.11 � Power source X

QW-410 .22 � Gun model or lift XTechnique


41



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

04

2004 SECTION IX


Inertia and Continuous Drive Friction Welding


.12 � ± 10 deg X

� Cross section > 10% XQW-402Joints � O.D. > ± 10% X

� Solid-to-tube X

QW-403 .19 � Base metal XBaseMetals

QW-406 .1 � Decrease > 100°F (55°C) XPreheat


QW-408 .6 � Environment XGas

.27 � Spp. > ± 10% X

.28 � Load > ± 10% XQW-410Technique .29 � Energy > ± 10% X

.30 � Upset > ± 10% X


42



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



Resistance Welding

Paragraph Brief of Variables Essential Nonessential

.13 � Spot, projection, seam XQW-402

.14 � Overlap, spacing XJoints

.15 � Projection, shape, size X

.1 � P-No. XQW-403Base .21 ± Coating, plating XMetals

.22 ± T X

QW-406 .6 � Amplitude, cycles XPreheat


QW-408 .23 − Gases XGas

.13 � RWMA class X

.14 ± � Slope X

.15 � Pressure, current, time XQW-409Electrical .16 Timing X

.17 � Power supply X

.18 Tip cleaning X

.31 � Cleaning method X

.32 � Pressure, time XQW-410

.33 � Equipment XTechnique

.34 � Cooling medium X

.35 � Throat X


43



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

04

2004 SECTION IX


Laser Beam Welding (LBW)


QW-402


Joints

.2 ± Backing X

.6 > Fit-up gap X

.18 � Lap joint config. X

QW-403

.1 � P-Number X

Base Metals

.3 � Penetration X

.13 � P-No. 5/9/10 X

.15 � P-Number X

QW-404

.1 � Cross section or speed X

Filler Metals

.2 < t or � comp. X

.8 ± or � chem. comp. X

.14 ± Filler metal X

.20 � Method of addition X

.21 � Analysis X




QW-408


Gas

.6 � Environment X

.11 ± Gases X

.12 � > 5% Gases X

.13 � Plasma jet position X

QW-409 .19 � Pulse XElectrical

.20 � Mode, energy XCharacteristics

.21 � Power, speed, d/fl, distance X

QW-410 .5 � Method cleaning X

Technique .7 � Oscillation X

.14 � Angle of beam axis X

.17 � Type/model of equipment X

.20 + Wash pass X

.21 1 vs. 2 side welding X

.37 � Single to multiple pass X


44



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



Laser Beam Welding (LBW)


Essential Variables

Hard-Facing Corrosion-Resistant NonessentialOverlay (HFO) Overlay (CRO) Variables for HFO

Paragraph (QW-216) (QW-214) and CRO

QW-402 .16 < Finished t < Finished tJoints

QW-403 .13 � P-Number 5/9/10 � P-Number 5/9/10Base Metals

.20 � P-Number � P-Number

QW-404 .12 � Classification � ClassificationFiller Metals

.27 � Alloy elements � Alloy elements

.44 � Particle type � Particle type

.47 � Filler/powder metal size � Filler/powder metal size

.48 � Powder metal density � Powder metal density

.49 � Filler metal powder � Filler metal powderfeed rate feed rate

QW-405 .1 + Position + PositionPositions

QW-406 .4 Dec. > 100°F (55°C) preheat Dec. > 100°F (55°C) preheatPreheat > Interpass > Interpass

QW-407 .6 � PWHTPWHT

� PWHT.9

QW-408 .2 � Single, mixture, or % � Single, mixture, or %Gas

.6 � Environment � Environment

.11 ± Gases ± Gases

.12 � % Flow rate � % Flow rate

.13 � Plasma jet position � Plasma jet position

QW-409 .19 � Pulse � PulseElectricalCharacteristics .20 � Mode, energy � Mode, energy

.21 � Power, speed, d/fl, distance � Power, speed, d/fl, distance

QW-410 .5 � Method of cleaningTechnique

.7 � Oscillation � Oscillation

.14 � Angle of beam axis � Angle of beam axis

.17 � Type/model of equipment � Type/model of equipment


.45 � Method of surface prep. � Method of surface prep.

.52 � Filler metal delivery � Filler metal delivery

.53 � Overlap, spacing � Overlap, spacing


45

04



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX


Flash Welding


.19 � Diameter or thickness X

.20 � Joint configuration XQW-402

.21 � Method or equip. used to XJointsminimize ID flash

.22 � End preparation method X

QW-403 .24 � Spec., type, or grade XBaseMetals

.7 � > 10% Amperage or number XQW-406

of preheat cycles, or method,Preheat

or > 25°F temperature

.8 � PWHT, PWHT cycles, or XQW-407

separate PWHT time orPWHT

temperature

QW-408 .22 � Shielding gas composition, XGas pressure, or purge time

QW-409 .27 � > 10% Flashing time XElectrical

.28 � > 10% Upset current time XCharacteristics

.17 � Type/model of equipment X

.54 � > 10% Upset length or force X

.55 � > 10% Distance between XQW-410 clamping dies or preparationTechnique of clamping area

.56 � Clamping force X

.57 � 10% Forward or reverse Xspeed


46



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

QW-283 WELDING PROCEDURE QUALIFICATIONS QW-286

QW-283 Welds With ButteringQW-283.1 Scope. This paragraph only applies when

the essential variables for the buttering process are differ-ent than the essential variables for the process used forsubsequent completion of the joint. Common examplesare:

(a) the buttered member is heat treated and the com-pleted weld is not heat treated after welding

(b) the filler metal used for buttering has a differentF-Number from that used for the subsequent completionof the weld

QW-283.2 Tests Required. The procedure shall bequalified by buttering the test coupon (including heattreating of the buttered member when this will be donein production welding) and then making the subsequentweld joining the members. The variables for the butteringand for the subsequent weld shall be in accordance withQW-250, except that QW-409.1 shall be an essentialvariable for the welding process(es) used to complete theweld when the minimum buttering thickness is less than3⁄16 in. (5 mm). Mechanical testing of the completed weld-ment shall be in accordance with QW-202.2(a).

If the buttering is done with filler metal of the samecomposition as the filler metal used to complete the weld,one weld test coupon may be used to qualify the dissimilarmetal joint by welding the first member directly to thesecond member in accordance with Section IX.

QW-283.3 Buttering Thickness. The thickness ofbuttering which shall remain on the production butteredmember after all machining and grinding is completedand before subsequent completion of the joint shall berequired by the WPS. When this thickness is less than3⁄16 in. (5 mm), the thickness of buttering on the testcoupon shall be measured before the buttered member iswelded to the second member. This thickness shallbecome the minimum qualified thickness of buttering.

QW-283.4 Qualification Alternative. When anessential variable is changed in the portion of the weldto be made after buttering or when a different organizationis performing the portion of the weld to be made afterbuttering, a new qualification shall be performed in accor-dance with one of the following methods:

(a) Qualify in accordance with QW-283.2 andQW-283.3. When the original qualification butteringthickness is less than 3⁄16 in. (5 mm), the buttering thick-ness shall not be greater, nor the heat input higher thanwas used on the original qualification.

(b) When the original qualification buttering thicknessis 3⁄16 in. (5 mm) or greater, qualify the portion of theweld to be made after buttering using any P-Numbermaterial that nominally matches the chemical analysis of

47

the buttering weld metal for the buttered base metal ofthe test coupon.

QW-284 Resistance Welding MachineQualification

Each resistance welding machine shall be tested todetermine its ability to make welds consistently and repro-ducibly. A machine shall be requalified whenever it isrebuilt, moved to a new location requiring a change inpower supply, when the power supply is changed, or anyother significant change is made to the equipment. Spotand projection welding machine qualification testing shallconsist of making a set of 100 consecutive welds. Everyfifth of these welds shall be subjected to mechanical sheartests. Five welds, which shall include one of the first fiveand one of the last five of the set shall be metallographi-cally examined. Seam welding machine qualification test-ing shall be the same as procedure qualification testingrequired per QW-286. Maintenance or adjustment of thewelding machine shall not be permitted during weldingof a set of test welds. Qualification testing on any P-No.21 through P-No. 25 aluminum alloy shall qualify themachine for all materials. Qualification on P-No. 1through P-No. 11 iron-base alloys and any P-No. 41through P-No. 47 nickel-base alloys shall qualify themachine for all P-No. 1 through P-No. 11 and P-No. 41through P-No. 49 metals. Testing and acceptance criteriashall be in accordance with QW-196.

QW-285 Resistance Spot and Projection WeldProcedure Qualification

Procedure qualification testing for spot or projectionwelds shall be done following a Welding Procedure Spec-ification, and it shall consist of making a set of ten consec-utive welds. Five of these welds shall be subjected tomechanical shear tests and five to metallographic exami-nation. Examination, testing, and acceptance criteria shallbe in accordance with QW-196.

QW-286 Resistance Seam Weld ProcedureQualification

Plates shall be prepared by welding or brazing a pipenipple to one of the plates at a hole in one of the plates,and then the plates shall be welded around the edges,sealing the space between the plates as shown in figureQW-462.7. The space between the plates shall be pressur-ized until failure occurs. The procedure qualification isacceptable if failure occurs in the base metal. An addi-tional seam weld at least 6 in. (150 mm) long shall bemade between plates of the same thickness as to be used

04



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

04


in production welding, and this plate shall be cut into sixapproximately equal width strips and one cross sectionof each strip shall be metallographically examined andmeet the requirements of QW-196.

QW-290 TEMPER BEAD WELDING

When the applicable Code Section specifies the useof this paragraph for temper bead welding, QW-290.1through QW-290.6 shall apply.

QW-290.1 Basic Qualification and UpgradingExisting WPSs. All WPSs for temper bead welding ofgroove and fillet weld shall be qualified for groove weld-ing in accordance with the rules in QW-202 for qualifica-tion by groove welding or the rules in QW-283 for weldswith buttering. WPSs for overlay shall be qualified inaccordance with QW-214 or QW-216. Once theserequirements and any additional qualification require-ments of the applicable construction code have been satis-fied, then it is necessary only to prepare an additionaltest coupon using the same procedure with the sameessential and, if applicable, the supplementary essentialvariables with the coupon long enough to obtain therequired temper bead test specimens. Qualification forgroove welding, welding with buttering or cladding, andtemper bead welding may also be done in a single testcoupon.

When a procedure has been previously qualified tosatisfy all requirements including temper bead welding,but one or more temper bead welding variables is

48

changed, then it is necessary only to prepare an additionaltest coupon using the same procedure with the sameessential and, if applicable, the supplementary essentialvariables and the new temper bead welding essential vari-able(s) with the coupon long enough to obtain the requiredtest specimens.

QW-290.2 Welding Process Restrictions. Temperbead welding is limited to SMAW, GTAW, SAW,GMAW (including FCAW), and PAW. Manual and semi-automatic GTAW and PAW are prohibited, except forthe root pass of groove welds made from one side andas described for making repairs to temper bead welds inQW-290.5. The essential variables listed in table QW-290.4 apply in addition to the variables applicable for theprocess(es) qualified as given in QW-250. When impacttesting is the basis for acceptance, the supplementaryessential variables of QW-250 applicable to the processbeing qualified shall apply. When these variables conflictwith or provide more stringent limitations than those ofQW-250, these variables shall govern.

QW-290.3 Variables for Temper Bead WeldingQualifications. Table QW-290.4 lists the essential andnonessential variables that apply when temper bead quali-fication is required. The column “Hardness Test EssentialVariables” shall apply, except that when the applicableConstruction Code or Design Specification specifiesacceptance based on impact testing, the column “ImpactTest Essential Variables” shall apply. The column“Nonessential Variables” applies in all cases.



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


QW-290.4WELDING VARIABLES FOR TEMPER BEAD PROCEDURE QUALIFICATION

Hardness Test Impact Test NonessentialParagraph Brief of Variables Essential Variables Essential Variables Variables

.23 + Fluid backing XQW-402

.24 + Fluid backing X

.25 � P-No. or Gr. No. X

QW-403 .26 > Carbon equivalent X

.27 > T X

.51 Storage XQW-404

.52 Diffusible hydrogen X

.8 > Interpass temperature X

.9 < Preheat temperature XQW-406

.10 Preheat soak time X

.11 Postweld bakeout X

QW-408 .24 Gas moisture X

QW-409 .29 � Heat input ratio X X

.10 � Single to multiple electrode X X

.58 − Surface temper beads X X

.59 � Type of welding X XQW-410

.60 + Themal preparation X X

.61 Surface bead placement X

.62 Surface bead removal X

.63 Bead overlap X

Legend:+ Addition > Increase/greater than � Change− Deletion < Decrease/less than

QW-290.5 Test Coupon Preparation and Testing(a) The test coupon may be any geometry that is suit-

able for removal of the required specimens. It shall consistof a groove weld, a cavity in a plate, overlay, or othersuitable geometry. The distance from each edge of theweld preparation to the edge of the test coupon shall beat least 3 in. measured transverse to the direction ofwelding. The depth of preparation shall be such that atleast two layers of weld metal are deposited, one of whichmay be the surface temper bead layer and deep enoughto remove the required test specimens.

(b) The test coupon shall be bend-tested in accordancewith QW-451.

(c) When hardness testing is specified by a Construc-tion Code or Design Specification or no specific testingis required, measurements shall be taken across the weldmetal, heat-affected zone, and base metal using the Vick-ers method with a 10 kg load. Increments shall be notgreater than 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) apart and shall include

49

(1) a minimum of two measurements in the weldmetal fill layers

(2) measurements across all weld metal temperbead layers

(3) measurements across the heat-affected zone(4) a minimum of two measurements in the unaf-

fected base metalThe measurements shall be taken along a line at approx-

imately mid-plane of the thickness of the test couponweld metal, along a line 0.040 in. (1 mm) below theoriginal base metal surface and, when the coupon waswelded using a full-penetration groove weld made fromone side, 1⁄16 in. (1.5 mm) above the root side surface. Thepath of HAZ hardness measurements may angle across theHAZ as necessary to obtain the required spacing withoutinterference of one impression with others.

Full-penetration groove weld test coupons qualify fulland partial penetration groove welds, fillet welds, andweld build-up. Partial penetration groove weld test cou-pons only qualify partial penetration groove welds, fillet



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

QW-290.5 2004 SECTION IX QW-290.6

welds, and build-up. Overlay test coupons only qualifyoverlay welds.

Hardness readings shall not exceed the hardness limitsspecified by the Construction Code or Design Specifica-tion. Where hardness is not specified, the data shall bereported.

(d) When specified by the applicable ConstructionCode or Design Specification, the test coupon shall beCharpy V-notch impact tested. The extent of testing (i.e.,weld metal, HAZ, unaffected base metal), the testingtemperature, and the acceptance criteria shall be as pro-vided in the applicable Construction Code or DesignSpecification. Impact test specimens shall be removedfrom the coupon in the weld metal and HAZ as near aspractical to a depth of one-half the thickness of the weldmetal for each process. For HAZ specimens, the specimenshall be oriented so as to include as much of the HAZas possible at the notch. The impact specimens and testingshall be in accordance with SA-370 using the largest sizespecimen that can be removed from the test coupon withthe notch cut approximately normal to the test couponsurface. More than one set of impact test specimens shallbe removed and tested when weld metal and heat-affectedzone material from each process or set of variables cannotbe included in a single set of test specimens.

QW-290.6 In-Process Repair Welding(a) In-process repairs to welds made using temper

bead welding are permitted. In-process repairs are definedas repairs in which a flaw is mechanically removed anda repair weld is made before welding of a joint is pre-sented for final visual inspection. Examples of suchrepairs are areas of removal of porosity, incompletefusion, etc., where sufficient metal has been mechanicallyremoved that localized addition of weld metal is necessaryin order to make the surface geometry suitable for contin-uation of normal welding.

(b) Surfaces to be repaired shall be prepared bymechanical removal of flaws and preparation of the sur-face to a suitable geometry.

50

(c) For processes other than manual and semiauto-matic GTAW and PAW, repairs shall be made using theparameters given in the WPS for production temper beadwelding. The approximate location of beads to be depos-ited relative to the original base metal surface shall beidentified, and the applicable parameters shall be usedfor the layers to be deposited as specified by the WPS.

(d) When it is necessary to make repairs using manualor semiautomatic GTAW or PAW, a WPS shall be pre-pared based on PQRs developed for temper bead weldingusing machine or automatic GTAW or PAW, respec-tively. This WPS shall describe the size of the beads tobe deposited and the volts, amps, and travel speed to beused for the beads against the base metal, for each temperbead layer and for the fill and surface temper bead layerscorresponding to the locations where repair welding isto be done. These shall be within the equivalent powerratio for machine or automatic welding for the respectivelayers given in QW-409.29.

(e) Welders who will use manual and semiautomaticGTAW or PAW shall be qualified to use these weldingprocesses as required by QW-300. In addition, eachwelder shall complete a proficiency demonstration. Forthis demonstration, each welder shall deposit two or moreweld beads using WPS parameters for each deposit layer.The test coupon size shall be sufficiently large to makethe required weld bead passes. The minimum pass lengthshall be 4 in. (100 mm). The heat input used by the weldershall be measured for each pass, and the size of eachweld bead shall be measured for each pass, and theyshall be as required by the WPS. The following essentialvariables shall apply for this demonstration:

(1) a change from one welding procedure to another(2) a change from manual to semiautomatic welding

and vice versa(3) a change in position based on a groove weld in

either plate or pipe as shown in table QW-461.9(4) continuity of qualification in accordance with

QW-322 shall be based on following the WPS that wasdemonstrated in addition to using the process as requiredby QW-322.



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

ARTICLE IIIWELDING PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATIONS

QW-300 GENERAL

QW-300.1 This Article lists the welding processesseparately, with the essential variables that apply towelder and welding operator performance qualifications.

The welder qualification is limited by the essentialvariables given for each welding process. These variablesare listed in QW-350, and are defined in Article IV Weld-ing Data. The welding operator qualification is limitedby the essential variables given in QW-360 for each typeof weld.

A welder or welding operator may be qualified byradiography of a test coupon, radiography of his initialproduction welding, or by bend tests taken from a testcoupon except as stated in QW-304 and QW-305.

QW-300.2(a) The basic premises of responsibility in regard to

welding are contained within QW-103 and QW-301.2.These paragraphs require that each manufacturer or con-tractor (an assembler or an installer is to be includedwithin this premise) shall be responsible for conductingtests to qualify the performance of welders and weldingoperators in accordance with qualified Welding ProcedureSpecifications, which his organization employs in theconstruction of weldments built in accordance with theCode. The purpose of this requirement is to ensure thatthe manufacturer or contractor has determined that hiswelders and welding operators using his procedures arecapable of developing the minimum requirements speci-fied for an acceptable weldment. This responsibility can-not be delegated to another organization.

(b) The welders or welding operators used to producesuch weldments shall be tested under the full supervisionand control of the manufacturer, contractor, assembler,or installer during the production of these test weldments.It is not permissible for the manufacturer, contractor,assembler, or installer to have the welding performedby another organization. It is permissible, however, tosubcontract any or all of the work of preparation of testmaterials for welding and subsequent work on the prepa-ration of test specimens from the completed weldments,

51

performance of nondestructive examination and mechani-cal tests, provided the manufacturer, contractor, assem-bler, or installer accepts full responsibility for any suchwork.

(c) The Code recognizes a manufacturer, contractor,assembler, or installer as the organization which hasresponsible operational control of the production of theweldments to be made in accordance with this Code. Ifin an organization effective operational control of thewelder performance qualification for two or more compa-nies of different names exists, the companies involvedshall describe in the Quality Control system, the opera-tional control of performance qualifications. In this caserequalification of welders and welding operators withinthe companies of such an organization will not berequired, provided all other requirements of Section IXare met.

(d) The Code recognizes that manufacturers or con-tractors may maintain effective operational control ofWelder/Welding Operator Performance Qualification(WPQ) records under different ownership than existedduring the original welder or weld operator qualification.When a manufacturer or contractor or part of a manufac-turer or contractor is acquired by a new owner(s), theWPQs may be used by the new owner(s) without requali-fication, provided all of the following are met:

(1) the new owner(s) takes responsibility for theWPQs

(2) the WPQs reflect the name of the new owner(s)(3) the Quality Control System/Quality Assurance

Program reflects the source of the WPQs as being fromthe former manufacturer or contractor

QW-300.3 More than one manufacturer, contractor,assembler, or installer may simultaneously qualify one ormore welders or welding operators. When simultaneousqualifications are conducted, each participating organiza-tion shall be represented during welding of test couponsby an employee who is responsible for welder perform-ance qualification.

The welding procedure specifications (WPS) that arefollowed during simultaneous qualifications shall be com-pared by the participating organizations. The WPSs shall



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

QW-300.3 2004 SECTION IX QW-302.1

be identical for all the essential variables, except forthe preheat temperature and PWHT requirements. Thequalified thickness ranges for base metal and depositedweld metal need not be identical, but these thicknessesshall be adequate to permit welding of the test coupons.Alternatively, the participating organizations shall agreeupon the use of a single WPS provided each participatingorganization has a PQR(s) to support the WPS coveringthe range of variables to be followed in the performancequalification. When a single WPS is to be followed, eachparticipating organization shall review and accept thatWPS.

Each participating organization’s representative shallpositively identify each welder or welding operator whois being tested. Each organizational representative shallalso verify marking of the test coupon with the welder’sor welding operator’s identification, and marking of thetop of the test coupon when the orientation must be knownin order to remove test specimens.

Each organization’s representative shall perform avisual examination of each completed test coupon andshall examine each test specimen to determine its accept-ability. Alternatively, after visual examination, when thetest coupon(s) are prepared and tested by an independentlaboratory, that laboratory’s report may be used as thebasis for accepting the test results. When the test cou-pon(s) is radiographically examined (QW-302.2), theradiographic testing facility’s report may be used as thebasis for acceptance of the radiographic test.

Each organizational representative shall complete andsign a Welder /Welding Operator Performance Qualifica-tion (WPQ) Record for each welder or welding operator.Forms QW-484A/QW-484B (see Nonmandatory Appen-dix B) have been provided as a guide for the WPQ.

When a welder or welding operator changes employersbetween participating organizations, the employing orga-nization shall verify that the welder’s continuity of quali-fications has been maintained as required by QW-322 byprevious employers since his qualification date. If thewelder or welding operator has had his qualification with-drawn for specific reasons, the employing organizationshall notify all other participating organizations that thewelder’s or welding operator’s qualification(s) has beenrevoked in accordance with QW-322.1(b). The remainingparticipating organizations shall determine that the welderor welding operator can perform satisfactory work inaccordance with this Section.

When a welder’s or welding operator’s qualificationsare renewed in accordance with the provisions ofQW-322.2, each renewing organization shall be repre-sented by an employee who is responsible for welderperformance qualification. The testing procedures shallfollow the rules of this paragraph.

52

QW-301 TestsQW-301.1 Intent of Tests. The performance qualifi-

cation tests are intended to determine the ability of weld-ers and welding operators to make sound welds.

QW-301.2 Qualification Tests. Each manufacturer orcontractor shall qualify each welder or welding operatorfor each welding process to be used in production weld-ing. The performance qualification test shall be weldedin accordance with qualified Welding Procedure Specifi-cations (WPS), or Standard Welding Procedure Specifi-cations (SWPS) listed in Appendix E, except that whenperformance qualification is done in accordance with aWPS or SWPS that requires a preheat or postweld heattreatment, these may be omitted. Changes beyond whichrequalification is required are given in QW-350 for weld-ers and in QW-360 for welding operators. Allowablevisual, mechanical, and radiographic examinationrequirements are described in QW-304 and QW-305.Retests and renewal of qualification are given in QW-320.

The welder or welding operator who prepares the WPSqualification test coupons meeting the requirements ofQW-200 is also qualified within the limits of the perform-ance qualifications, listed in QW-304 for welders and inQW-305 for welding operators. He is qualified onlywithin the limits for positions specified in QW-303.

The performance test may be terminated at any stageof the testing procedure, whenever it becomes apparentto the supervisor conducting the tests that the welder orwelding operator does not have the required skill to pro-duce satisfactory results.

QW-301.3 Identification of Welders and WeldingOperators. Each qualified welder and welding operatorshall be assigned an identifying number, letter, or symbolby the manufacturer or contractor, which shall be usedto identify the work of that welder or welding operator.

QW-301.4 Record of Tests. The record ofWelder /Welding Operator Performance Qualification(WPQ) tests shall include the essential variables (QW-350or QW-360), the type of test and test results, and theranges qualified in accordance with QW-452 for eachwelder and welding operator. Suggested forms for theserecords are given in Forms QW-484A/QW-484B (seeNonmandatory Appendix B).

QW-302 Type of Test RequiredQW-302.1 Mechanical Tests. Except as may be spec-

ified for special processes (QW-380), the type and numberof test specimens required for mechanical testing shall bein accordance with QW-452. Groove weld test specimensshall be removed in a manner similar to that shown infigures QW-463.2(a) through QW-463.2(h). Fillet weld



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

QW-302.1 WELDING PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATIONS QW-304.1

test specimens shall be removed in a manner similar tothat shown in figures QW-462.4(a) through QW-462.4(d)and figure QW-463.2(h).

All mechanical tests shall meet the requirements pre-scribed in QW-160 or QW-180, as applicable.

QW-302.2 Radiographic Examination. When thewelder or welding operator is qualified by radiographicexamination, as permitted in QW-304 for welders andQW-305 for welding operators, the minimum length ofcoupon(s) to be examined shall be 6 in. (150 mm) andshall include the entire weld circumference for pipe(s),except that for small diameter pipe, multiple couponsmay be required, but the number need not exceed fourconsecutively made test coupons. The radiographic tech-nique and acceptance criteria shall be in accordance withQW-191.

QW-302.3 Test Coupons in Pipe. For test couponsmade on pipe in position 1G or 2G of figure QW-461.4,two specimens shall be removed as shown for bend speci-mens in figure QW-463.2(d) or figure QW-463.2(e), omit-ting the specimens in the upper-right and lower-leftquadrants, and replacing the root-bend specimen in theupper-left quadrant of figure QW-463.2(d) with a face-bend specimen. For test coupons made on pipe in position5G or 6G of figure QW-461.4, specimens shall beremoved in accordance with figure QW-463.2(d) or figureQW-463.2(e) and all four specimens shall pass the test.For test coupons made in both positions 2G and 5G ona single pipe test coupon, specimens shall be removedin accordance with figure QW-463.2(f) or figureQW-463.2(g).

QW-302.4 Visual Examination. For plate couponsall surfaces (except areas designated “discard”) shall beexamined visually per QW-194 before cutting of bendspecimens. Pipe coupons shall be visually examined perQW-194 over the entire circumference, inside andoutside.

QW-303 Limits of Qualified Positions andDiameters (See QW-461)

QW-303.1 Groove Welds — General. Welders andwelding operators who pass the required tests for groovewelds in the test positions of table QW-461.9 shall bequalified for the positions of groove welds and fillet weldsshown in table QW-461.9. In addition, welders and weld-ing operators who pass the required tests for groove weldsshall also be qualified to make fillet welds in all thick-nesses and pipe diameters of any size within the limitsof the welding variables of QW-350 or QW-360, as appli-cable.

53

QW-303.2 Fillet Welds — General. Welders andwelding operators who pass the required tests for filletwelds in the test positions of table QW-461.9 shall bequalified for the positions of fillet welds shown in tableQW-461.9. Welders and welding operators who pass thetests for fillet welds shall be qualified to make fillet weldsonly in the thicknesses of material, sizes of fillet welds,and diameters of pipe and tube 27⁄8 in. (73 mm) O.D. andover, as shown in table QW-452.5, within the applicableessential variables. Welders and welding operators whomake fillet welds on pipe or tube less than 27⁄8 in. (73 mm)O.D. must pass the pipe fillet weld test per tableQW-452.4 or the required mechanical tests in QW-304and QW-305 as applicable.

QW-303.3 Special Positions. A fabricator who doesproduction welding in a special orientation may makethe tests for performance qualification in this specificorientation. Such qualifications are valid only for theflat position and for the special positions actually tested,except that an angular deviation of ±15 deg is permittedin the inclination of the weld axis and the rotation of theweld face, as defined in figures QW-461.1 and QW-461.2.

QW-303.4 Stud-Weld Positions. Qualification in the4S position also qualifies for the 1S position. Qualificationin the 4S and 2S positions qualifies for all positions.

QW-304 Welders

Except for the special requirements of QW-380, eachwelder who welds under the rules of the Code shall havepassed the mechanical and visual examinations prescribedin QW-302.1 and QW-302.4 respectively. Alternatively,welders making a groove weld using SMAW, SAW,GTAW, PAW, and GMAW (except short-circuitingmode) or a combination of these processes, may be quali-fied by radiographic examination, except for P-No. 21through P-No. 25, P-No. 51 through P-No. 53, and P-No.61 through P-No. 62 metals. Welders making groovewelds in P-No. 21 through P-No. 25 and P-No. 51 throughP-No. 53 metals with the GTAW process may also bequalified by radiographic examination. The radiographicexamination shall be in accordance with QW-302.2.

A welder qualified to weld in accordance with onequalified WPS is also qualified to weld in accordancewith other qualified WPSs, using the same welding pro-cess, within the limits of the essential variables ofQW-350.

QW-304.1 Examination. Welds made in test couponsfor performance qualification may be examined by visualand mechanical examinations (QW-302.1, QW-302.4) orby radiography (QW-302.2) for the process(es) and mode



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

QW-304.1 2004 SECTION IX QW-310.1

of arc transfer specified in QW-304. Alternatively, a mini-mum 6 in. (150 mm) length of the first production weld(s)made by a welder using the process(es) and/or mode ofarc transfer specified in QW-304 may be examined byradiography.

(a) For pipe(s) welded in the 5G, 6G, or special posi-tions, the entire production weld circumference made bythe welder shall be radiographed.

(b) For small diameter pipe where the required mini-mum length of weld cannot be obtained from a singleproduction pipe circumference, additional consecutivecircumferences made by the welder shall be radiographed,except that the total number of circumferences need notexceed four.

(c) The radiographic technique and acceptance criteriafor production welds shall be in accordance withQW-191.1 and QW-191.2.2.

QW-304.2 Failure to Meet Radiographic Stan-dards. If a production weld is selected for welder per-formance qualification and it does not meet theradiographic standards, the welder has failed the test. Inthis event, the entire production weld made by this weldershall be radiographed and repaired by a qualified welderor welding operator. Alternatively, retests may be madeas permitted in QW-320.

QW-305 Welding Operators

Except for the special requirements of QW-380, eachwelding operator who welds under the rules of this Codeshall have passed the mechanical and visual examinationsprescribed in QW-302.1 and QW-302.4 respectively.Alternatively, welding operators making a groove weldusing SMAW, SAW, GTAW, PAW, EGW, and GMAW(except short-circuiting mode) or a combination of theseprocesses, may be qualified by radiographic examination,except for P-No. 21 through P-No. 25, P-No. 51 throughP-No. 53, and P-No. 61 through P-No. 62 metals. Weldingoperators making groove welds in P-No. 21 through P-No.25 and P-No. 51 through P-No. 53 metals with the GTAWprocess may also be qualified by radiographic examina-tion. The radiographic examination shall be in accordancewith QW-302.2.

A welding operator qualified to weld in accordancewith one qualified WPS is also qualified to weld in accor-dance with other qualified WPSs within the limits of theessential variables of QW-360.

QW-305.1 Examination. Welds made in test couponsmay be examined by radiography (QW-302.2) or byvisual and mechanical examinations (QW-302.1,QW-302.4). Alternatively, a minimum 3 ft (1 m) length ofthe first production weld(s) made entirely by the welding

54

operator in accordance with a qualified WPS may beexamined by radiography.

(a) For pipe(s) welded in the 5G, 6G, or special posi-tions, the entire production weld circumference made bythe welding operator shall be radiographed.

(b) For small diameter pipe where the required mini-mum length of weld cannot be obtained from a singleproduction pipe circumference, additional consecutivecircumferences made by the welding operator shall beradiographed except that the total number of circumfer-ences need not exceed four.

(c) The radiographic technique and acceptance criteriafor production welds shall be in accordance withQW-191.1 and QW-191.2.3.

QW-305.2 Failure to Meet Radiographic Stan-dards. If a portion of a production weld is selected forwelding operator performance qualification, and it doesnot meet the radiographic standards, the welding operatorhas failed the test. In this event, the entire productionweld made by this welding operator shall be radiographedcompletely and repaired by a qualified welder or weldingoperator. Alternatively, retests may be made as permittedin QW-320.

QW-306 Combination of Welding Processes

Each welder or welding operator shall be qualifiedwithin the limits given in QW-301 for the specific weldingprocess(es) he will be required to use in production weld-ing. A welder or welding operator may be qualified bymaking tests with each individual welding process inseparate test coupons, or with a combination of weldingprocesses in a single test coupon. Two or more weldersor welding operators, each using the same or a differentwelding process, may be qualified in combination in asingle test coupon. For combination qualifications in asingle test coupon, the limits for thicknesses of depositedweld metal, and bend and fillet testing are given inQW-452 and shall be considered individually for eachwelder or welding operator for each welding process orwhenever there is a change in an essential variable. Awelder or welding operator qualified in combination ona single test coupon is qualified to weld in productionusing any of his processes individually or in differentcombinations, provided he welds within his limits ofqualification with each specific process.

Failure of any portion of a combination test in a singletest coupon constitutes failure of the entire combination.

QW-310 QUALIFICATION TEST COUPONSQW-310.1 Test Coupons. The test coupons may be

plate, pipe, or other product forms. When all position



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

QW-310.1 WELDING PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATIONS QW-322.1

qualifications for pipe are accomplished by welding onepipe assembly in both the 2G and 5G positions (figureQW-461.4), NPS 6 (DN 150), NPS 8 (DN 200), NPS 10(DN 250), or larger diameter pipe shall be employed tomake up the test coupon as shown in figure QW-463.2(f)for NPS 10 (DN 250) or larger pipe and in figureQW-463.2(g) for NPS 6 (DN 150) or NPS 8 (DN 200)diameter pipe.

QW-310.2 Welding Groove With Backing. Thedimensions of the welding groove on the test couponused in making qualification tests for double-weldedgroove welds or single-welded groove welds with backingshall be the same as those for any Welding ProcedureSpecification (WPS) qualified by the manufacturer, orshall be as shown in figure QW-469.1.

A single-welded groove-weld test coupon with backingor a double-welded groove-weld test coupon shall beconsidered welding with backing. Partial penetrationgroove welds and fillet welds are considered weldingwith backing.

QW-310.3 Welding Groove Without Backing. Thedimensions of the welding groove of the test coupon usedin making qualification tests for single-welded groovewelds without backing shall be the same as those for anyWPS qualified by the manufacturer, or as shown in figureQW-469.2.

QW-320 RETESTS AND RENEWAL OFQUALIFICATION

QW-321 Retests

A welder or welding operator who fails one or more ofthe tests prescribed in QW-304 or QW-305, as applicable,may be retested under the following conditions.

QW-321.1 Immediate Retest Using Visual Exami-nation. When the qualification coupon has failed thevisual examination of QW-302.4, retesting shall be byvisual examination before conducting the mechanicaltesting.

When an immediate retest is made, the welder or weld-ing operator shall make two consecutive test coupons foreach position which he has failed, all of which shall passthe visual examination requirements.

The examiner may select one of the successful testcoupons from each set of retest coupons which pass thevisual examination for conducting the mechanical testing.

QW-321.2 Immediate Retest Using MechanicalTesting. When the qualification coupon has failed themechanical testing of QW-302.1, retesting shall be bymechanical testing.

55

When an immediate retest is made, the welder or weld-ing operator shall make two consecutive test coupons foreach position which he has failed, all of which shall passthe test requirements.

QW-321.3 Immediate Retest Using Radiography.When the qualification coupon has failed the radiographicexamination of QW-302.2, the immediate retest shall beby the radiographic examination method.

(a) For welders and welding operators the retest shallbe to radiographically examine two 6 in. (150 mm) platecoupons; for pipe, to examine two pipes for a total of12 in. (300 mm) of weld, which shall include the entireweld circumference for pipe or pipes (for small diameterpipe the total number of consecutively made test couponsneed not exceed eight).

(b) At the option of the manufacturer, the welder whohas failed the production weld alternative test may beretested by radiographing an additional twice the requiredlength or number of pipe circumferences of the sameor consecutively made production weld(s) specified inQW-304.1. If this length of weld passes the test, thewelder is qualified and the area of weld on which he hadpreviously failed the test shall be repaired by him oranother qualified welder. If this length does not meet theradiographic standards, the welder has failed the retestand all of the production welds made by this welder shallbe radiographed completely and repaired by a qualifiedwelder or welding operator.

(c) At the option of the manufacturer, the weldingoperator who has failed the production weld alternativetest may be retested by radiographing an additional twicethe required length or number of pipe circumferencesof the same or consecutively made production weld(s)specified in QW-305.1. If this length of weld passes thetest, the welding operator is qualified and the area ofweld on which he had previously failed the test shall berepaired by him or another qualified welder or weldingoperator. If this length does not meet the radiographicstandards, the welding operator has failed the retest andall of the production welds made by this welding operatorshall be radiographed completely and repaired by a quali-fied welder or welding operator.

QW-321.4 Further Training. When the welder orthe welding operator has had further training or practice,a new test shall be made for each position on which hefailed to meet the requirements.

QW-322 Expiration and Renewal ofQualification

QW-322.1 Expiration of Qualification. The per-formance qualification of a welder or welding operator



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

QW-322.1 2004 SECTION IX QW-353

shall be affected when one of the following conditionsoccurs:

(a) When he has not welded with a process during aperiod of 6 months or more, his qualifications for thatprocess shall expire; unless, within the 6-month period,prior to his expiration of qualification

(1) a welder has welded using a manual or semiauto-matic welding process that will maintain his qualificationfor manual and semiautomatic welding with that process

(2) a welding operator has welded with a machineor automatic welding process that will maintain his quali-fication for machine and automatic welding with thatprocess

(b) When there is a specific reason to question hisability to make welds that meet the specification, thequalifications that support the welding he is doing shallbe revoked. All other qualifications not questioned remainin effect.

QW-322.2 Renewal of Qualification(a) Renewal of qualification expired under

QW-322.1(a) may be made for any process by weldinga single test coupon of either plate or pipe, of any material,thickness or diameter, in any position, and by testing ofthat coupon as required by QW-301 and QW-302. Asuccessful test renews the welder or welding operator’sprevious qualifications for that process for those materi-als, thicknesses, diameters, positions, and other variablesfor which he was previously qualified.

Providing the conditions of QW-304 and QW-305 aresatisfied, renewal of qualification under QW-322.1(a)may be done on production work.

(b) Welders and welding operators whose qualifica-tions have been revoked under QW-322.1(b) above shallrequalify. Qualification shall utilize a test coupon appro-priate to the planned production work. The coupon shallbe welded and tested as required by QW-301 andQW-302. Successful test restores the qualification.

QW-350 WELDING VARIABLES FORWELDERS

QW-351 General

A welder shall be requalified whenever a change ismade in one or more of the essential variables listed foreach welding process.

56

Where a combination of welding processes is requiredto make a weldment, each welder shall be qualified forthe particular welding process or processes he will berequired to use in production welding. A welder may bequalified by making tests with each individual weldingprocess, or with a combination of welding processes ina single test coupon.

The limits of weld metal thickness for which he will bequalified are dependent upon the approximate thickness ofthe weld metal he deposits with each welding process,exclusive of any weld reinforcement, this thickness shallbe considered the test coupon thickness as given inQW-452.

In any given production weldment, welders may notdeposit a thickness greater than that permitted by QW-452for each welding process in which they are qualified.

QW-352OXYFUEL GAS WELDING (OFW)

Essential Variables

Paragraph Brief of Variables

QW-402.7 + Backing

Joints

.2 Maximum qualifiedQW-403Base Metals .18 � P-Number

.14 ± FillerQW-404

.15 � F-NumberFiller Metals

.31 � t Weld deposit

QW-405.1 + Position

Positions

QW-408.7 � Type fuel gas

Gas

QW-353SHIELDED METAL-ARC WELDING (SMAW)

Essential Variables


QW-402.4 − Backing

Joints

.16 � Pipe diameterQW-403Base Metals .18 � P-Number

.15 � F-NumberQW-404Filler Metals .30 � t Weld deposit

.1 + PositionQW-405Positions .3 � ↑↓ Vertical welding



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

04

WELDING PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATIONS

QW-354SEMIAUTOMATIC SUBMERGED-ARC WELDING

(SAW)Essential Variables



.15 � F-NumberQW-404Filler Metals .30 t Weld deposit

QW-405.1 + Position

Positions

QW-355SEMIAUTOMATIC GAS METAL-ARC

WELDING (GMAW)[This Includes Flux-Cored Arc Welding (FCAW)]

Essential Variables


QW-402 − Backing.4

Joints


.15 � F-NumberQW-404

.30 � t Weld depositFiller Metals

.32 t Limit (S. Cir. Arc.)


QW-408 − Inert backing.8

Gas

QW-409 � Transfer mode.2

Electrical

57

QW-356MANUAL AND SEMIAUTOMATIC GASTUNGSTEN-ARC WELDING (GTAW)

Essential Variables



Joints


.14 ± Filler

.15 � F-Number

QW-404 .22 ± InsertsFiller Metals .23 � Solid or metal-cored

to flux-cored



QW-408.8 − Inert backing

Gas

QW-409.4 � Current or polarity

Electrical

QW-357MANUAL AND SEMIAUTOMATICPLASMA-ARC WELDING (PAW)

Essential Variables



Joints


.14 ± Filler

.15 � F-Number

QW-404 .22 ± InsertsFiller Metals .23 � Solid or metal-cored

to flux-cored



QW-408.8 − Inert backing

Gas

Legend for QW-352 through QW-357:� Change ↑ Uphill+ Addition ↓ Downhill− Deletion



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


QW-360 WELDING VARIABLES FORWELDING OPERATORS

QW-361 General

A welding operator shall be requalified whenever achange is made in one of the following essential variables(QW-361.1 and QW-361.2). There may be exceptions oradditional requirements for the processes of QW-362,QW-363, and the special processes of QW-380.

QW-361.1 Essential Variables — AutomaticWelding

(a) A change from automatic to machine welding.(b) A change in the welding process.(c) For electron beam and laser welding, the addition

or deletion of filler metal.(d) For laser welding, a change in laser type (e.g., a

change from CO2 to YAG).(e) For friction welding, a change from continous drive

to inertia welding or vice versa.(f) For electron beam welding, a change from vacuum

to out-of-vacuum equipment, and vice versa.

QW-361.2 Essential Variables — MachineWelding

(a) A change in the welding process.(b) A change from direct visual control to remote

visual control and vice-versa.(c) The deletion of an automatic arc voltage control

system for GTAW.(d) The deletion of automatic joint tracking.(e) The addition of welding positions other than those

already qualified (see QW-120, QW-130, and QW-303).(f) The deletion of consumable inserts, except that

qualification with consumable inserts shall also qualifyfor fillet welds and welds with backing.

(g) The deletion of backing. Double-welded groovewelds are considered welding with backing.

(h) A change from single pass per side to multiplepasses per side but not the reverse.

QW-362 Electron Beam Welding (EBW), LaserBeam Welding (LBW), and FrictionWelding (FRW)

The performance qualification test coupon shall be pro-duction parts or test coupons that have joint designs per-mitted by any qualified WPS. The coupon shall bemechanically tested in accordance with QW-452. Alterna-tively, when the part or coupon does not readily lenditself to the preparation of bend test specimens, the partmay be cut so that at least two full-thickness weld crosssections are exposed. Those cross sections shall besmoothed and etched with a suitable etchant (see

58

QW-470) to give a clear definition of the weld metal andheat affected zone. The weld metal and heat affected zoneshall exhibit complete fusion and freedom from cracks.The essential variables for welding operator qualificationshall be in accordance with QW-361.

QW-363 Stud Welding

Stud welding operators shall be performance qualifiedin accordance with the test requirements of QW-193 andthe position requirements of QW-303.4.

QW-380 SPECIAL PROCESSES

QW-381 Corrosion-Resistant Weld MetalOverlay

(a) The size of test coupons, limits of base metal thick-ness qualification, required examinations and tests, andtest specimens shall be as specified in table QW-453.

(b) Welders or welding operators who pass the testsfor corrosion-resistant weld metal overlay cladding shallonly be qualified to apply corrosion-resistant weld metaloverlay portion of a groove weld joining composite clador lined materials.

(c) The essential variables of QW-350 and QW-360shall apply for welders and welding operators, respec-tively, except there is no limit on the maximum thicknessof corrosion-resistant overlay that may be applied in pro-duction. When specified as essential variables, the limita-tions of position and diameter qualified for groove weldsshall apply to overlay welds, except the limitations ondiameter qualified shall apply only to welds deposited inthe circumferential direction.

(d) A welder or welding operator who has qualifiedon composite welds in clad or lined material, as providedin QW-383.1(b) is also qualified to deposit corrosion-resistant weld metal overlay.

QW-382 Hard-Facing Weld Metal Overlay(Wear Resistant)

(a) The size of the test coupons, limits of base metalthickness qualification, required examinations and tests,and test specimens shall be as specified in table QW-453.Base material test coupons may be as permitted inQW-423.

(b) Welders and welding operators who pass the testsfor hard-facing weld metal overlay are qualified for hard-facing overlay only.

(c) The essential variable, of QW-350 and QW-360,shall apply for welders and welding operators, respec-tively, except there is no limit on the maximum thickness



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

QW-382 WELDING PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATIONS QW-385

of hard-facing overlay that may be applied in production.When specified as essential variables, the limitations ofposition and diameter qualified for groove welds shallapply to overlay welds except the limitations on diameterqualified shall apply only to welds deposited in the cir-cumferential direction.

(d) Qualification with one AWS classification withinan SFA specification qualifies for all other AWS classifi-cations in that SFA specification.

(e) A change in welding process shall require welderand welding operator requalification.

QW-383 Joining of Clad Materials and AppliedLinings

QW-383.1 Clad Materials(a) Welders and welding operators who will join the

base material portion of clad materials shall be qualifiedfor groove welding in accordance with QW-301. Weldersand welding operators who will apply the cladding portionof a weld between clad materials shall be qualified inaccordance with QW-381. Welders and welding operatorsneed only be qualified for the portions of composite weldsthat they will make in production.

(b) As an alternative to QW-383.1(a), welders andwelding operators may be qualified using composite testcoupons. The test coupon shall be at least 3⁄8 in. (10 mm)thick and of dimensions such that a groove weld can bemade to join the base materials and the corrosion-resistantweld metal overlay can be applied to the completedgroove weld. Four side bend test specimens shall beremoved from the completed test coupon and tested. Thegroove weld portion and the corrosion-resistant weldmetal overlay portion of the test coupon shall be evaluatedusing the respective criteria in QW-163. Welders andwelding operators qualified using composite test couponsare qualified to join base materials as provided byQW-301, and they are qualified to apply corrosion-resis-tant weld metal overlay as provided by QW-381.

59

QW-383.2 Applied Linings(a) Welders and welding operators shall be qualified

following the rules for making groove or fillet welds inaccordance with QW-301. Plug welds for attachingapplied linings shall be considered equivalent to filletwelds for the purpose of performance qualification.

(b) An alternate test coupon shall consist of the geome-try to be welded, except the base material need not exceed1 in. (25 mm) in thickness. The welded test coupon shallbe sectioned and etched to reveal the weld and heat-affected zone. The weld shall show penetration into thebase metal.

QW-384 Resistance Welding OperatorQualification

Each welding operator shall be tested on each machinetype which he will use. Qualification testing on any P-No.21 through P-No. 25 metal shall qualify the operator forall materials. Qualification on any P-No. 1 through P-No.11 or any P-No. 41 through P-No. 49 metals shall qualifythe operator for all P-No. 1 through P-No. 11 or P-No.41 through P-No. 49 metals. Qualification testing shallconsist of making a set of ten consecutive welds, five ofwhich shall be subjected to mechanical shear tests or peeltests, and five to metallographic examination. Examina-tion, testing, and acceptance criteria shall be in accor-dance with QW-196.

QW-385 Flash Welding Operator Qualification

Each welding operator shall be tested by welding atest coupon following any WPS. The test coupon shallbe welded and tested in accordance with QW-198. Quali-fication following any flash welding WPS qualifies theoperator to follow all flash welding WPSs.

Production weld sampling tests required by other Sec-tions may be used to qualify welding operators. The testmethod, extent of tests, and acceptance criteria of theother Sections and QW-199.2 shall be met when thisis done.

04



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

ARTICLE IVWELDING DATA

QW-400 VARIABLES

QW-401 General

Each welding variable described in this Article is appli-cable as an essential, supplementary essential, or nones-sential variable for procedure qualification whenreferenced in QW-250 for each specific welding process.Essential variables for performance qualification are ref-erenced in QW-350 for each specific welding process. Achange from one welding process to another weldingprocess is an essential variable and requires requalifi-cation.

QW-401.1 Essential Variable (Procedure). Achange in a welding condition which will affect themechanical properties (other than notch toughness) of theweldment (e.g., change in P-Number, welding process,filler metal, electrode, preheat or postweld heattreatment).

QW-401.2 Essential Variable (Performance). Achange in a welding condition which will affect the abilityof a welder to deposit sound weld metal (such as a changein welding process, deletion of backing, electrode, F-Number, technique, etc.).

QW-401.3 Supplementary Essential Variable (Pro-cedure). A change in a welding condition which willaffect the notch-toughness properties of a weldment (forexample, change in welding process, uphill or down verti-cal welding, heat input, preheat or PWHT, etc.). Supple-mentary essential variables are in addition to the essentialvariables for each welding process.

When a procedure has been previously qualified tosatisfy all requirements other than notch toughness, it isthen necessary only to prepare an additional test couponusing the same procedure with the same essential vari-ables, but additionally with all of the required supplemen-tary essential variables, with the coupon long enough toprovide the necessary notch-toughness specimens.

When a procedure has been previously qualified tosatisfy all requirements including notch toughness, butone or more supplementary essential variable is changed,then it is only necessary to prepare an additional test

60

coupon using the same welding procedure and the newsupplementary essential variable(s), with the coupon longenough to provide the necessary notch-toughness speci-mens. If a previously qualified weld procedure has satis-factory notch-toughness values in the weld metal, thenit is necessary only to test notch-toughness specimensfrom the heat affected zone when such are required.

When essential variables are qualified by one or morePQRs and supplementary essential variables are qualifiedby other PQRs, the ranges of essential variables estab-lished by the former PQRs are only affected by the latterto the extent specified in the applicable supplementaryessential variable (e.g., essential variable QW-403.8 gov-erns the minimum and maximum thickness of base metalqualified. When supplementary essential variableQW-403.6 applies, it modifies only the minimum thick-ness qualified, not the maximum).

QW-401.4 Nonessential Variable (Procedure). Achange in a welding condition which will not affect themechanical properties of a weldment (such as jointdesign, method of back gouging or cleaning, etc.)

QW-401.5 The welding data includes the weldingvariables grouped as joints, base metals, filler metals,position, preheat, postweld heat treatment, gas, electricalcharacteristics, and technique. For convenience, variablesfor each welding process are summarized in tableQW-416 for performance qualification.

QW-402 JointsQW-402.1 A change in the type of groove (Vee-

groove, U-groove, single-bevel, double-bevel, etc.).

QW-402.2 The addition or deletion of a backing.

QW-402.3 A change in the nominal composition ofthe backing.

QW-402.4 The deletion of the backing in single-welded groove welds. Double-welded groove welds areconsidered welding with backing.

QW-402.5 The addition of a backing or a change inits nominal composition.



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

QW-402.6 WELDING DATA QW-403.3

QW-402.6 An increase in the fit-up gap, beyond thatinitially qualified.

QW-402.7 The addition of backing.

QW-402.8 A change in nominal size or shape of thestud at the section to be welded.

QW-402.9 In stud welding, a change in shielding asa result of ferrule or flux type.

QW-402.10 A change in the specified root spacing.

QW-402.11 The addition or deletion of nonmetallicretainers or nonfusing metal retainers.

QW-402.12 The welding procedure qualification testshall duplicate the joint configuration to be used in pro-duction within the limits listed, except that pipe or tubeto pipe or tube may be used for qualification of a pipeor tube to other shapes, and solid round to solid roundmay be used for qualification of a solid round to othershapes:

(a) any change exceeding ±10 deg in the angle mea-sured for the plane of either face to be joined, to the axisof rotation

(b) a change in cross-sectional area of the weld jointgreater than 10%

(c) a change in the outside diameter of the cylindricalweld interface of the assembly greater than ±10%

(d) a change from solid to tubular cross section at thejoint or vice versa regardless of QW-402.12(b)

QW-402.13 A change in the joint from spot to projec-tion to seam or vice versa.

QW-402.14 A decrease in the center-to-center dis-tance when the welds overlap. An increase or decreaseof more than 10% in the spacing of the welds when theyare within two diameters of each other.

QW-402.15 A change in the size or shape of theprojection in projection welding.

QW-402.16 A decrease in the distance between theapproximate weld interface and the final surface of theproduction corrosion-resistant or hard-facing weld metaloverlay below the minimum thickness qualified as shownin figures QW-462.5(a) through QW-462.5(e). There isno limit on the maximum thickness for corrosion-resistantor hard-facing weld metal overlay that may be used inproduction.

QW-402.17 An increase in the thickness of the pro-duction spray fuse hard-facing deposit above the thick-ness deposited on the procedure qualification test coupon.

QW-402.18 When the joint is a lap joint, the follow-ing additional variables shall apply:

61

(a) a change of more than 10% in the distance to theedge of the material

(b) a change of more than 10% in the joint overlap(c) a change in the number of layers of material(d) a change in the method of surface conditioning at

the metal-to-metal interfaces

QW-402.19 A change in the nominal diameter ornominal tube thickness.

QW-402.20 A change in the joint configuration.

QW-402.21 A change in the method or equipmentused to minimize internal flash.

QW-402.22 A change in the end preparation method.

QW-402.23 For test coupons less than 11⁄2 in. (38 mm)thick, the addition of a cooling medium (water, flowinggas, etc.) to the back side of the weld. Qualification ontest coupons less than 11⁄2 in. (38 mm) thick with a coolingmedium on the back side of the weld qualifies base metalthickness equal to or greater than the test coupon thicknesswith and without coolant.

QW-402.24 Qualification with a cooling medium(water, flowing gas, etc.) on the root side of a test couponweld that is welded from one side qualifies all thicknessesof base metal with cooling medium down to the thicknessof the test coupon at the root or 1⁄2 in. (13 mm), whicheveris less.

QW-403 Base MetalsQW-403.1 A change from a base metal listed under

one P-Number in table QW/QB-422 to a metal listedunder another P-Number or to any other base metal. Whenjoints are made between two base metals that have differ-ent P-Numbers, a procedure qualification shall be madefor the applicable combination of P-Numbers, eventhough qualification tests have been made for each of thetwo base metals welded to itself.

QW-403.2 The maximum thickness qualified is thethickness of the test coupon.

QW-403.3 Where the measurement of penetrationcan be made by visual or mechanical means, requalifica-tion is required where the base metal thickness differsby 20% from that of the test coupon thickness when thetest coupon thickness is 1 in. (25 mm) and under, and10% when the test coupon thickness is over 1 in. (25 mm)Where the measurement of penetration cannot be made,requalification is required where the base metal thicknessdiffers by 10% from that of the test coupon when thetest coupon thickness is 1 in. (25 mm) and under, and5% when the test coupon thickness is over 1 in. (25 mm).

04

04



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

QW-403.4 2004 SECTION IX QW-403.15

QW-403.4 Welding procedure qualifications shall bemade using a base metal of the same type or grade oranother base metal listed in the same group (see tableQW/QB-422) as the base metal to be used in productionwelding. When joints are to be made between base metalsfrom two different groups, a procedure qualification mustbe made for the applicable combination of base metals,even though procedure qualification tests have been madefor each of the two base metals welded to itself.

QW-403.5 Welding procedure specifications shall bequalified using one of the following:

(a) the same base metal (including type or grade) tobe used in production welding

(b) for ferrous materials, a base metal listed in thesame P-Number Group Number in table QW/QB-422 asthe base metal to be used in production welding

(c) for nonferrous materials, a base metal listed withthe same P-Number UNS Number in table QW/QB-422as the base metal to be used in production welding

For ferrous materials in table QW/QB-422, a procedurequalification shall be made for each P-Number GroupNumber combination of base metals, even though proce-dure qualification tests have been made for each of the twobase metals welded to itself. If, however, the procedurespecification for welding the combination of base metalsspecifies the same essential variables, including electrodeor filler metal, as both specifications for welding eachbase metal to itself, such that base metals is the onlychange, then the procedure specification for welding thecombination of base metals is also qualified. In addition,when base metals of two different P-Number Group Num-ber combinations are qualified using a single test coupon,that coupon qualifies the welding of those two P-NumberGroup Numbers to themselves as well as to each otherusing the variables qualified.

This variable does not apply when impact testing ofthe heat-affected zone is not required by other Sections.

QW-403.6 The minimum base metal thickness quali-fied is the thickness of the test coupon T or 5⁄8 in. (16 mm),whichever is less. However, where T is less than 1⁄4 in.(6 mm), the minimum thickness qualified is 1⁄2T. Thislimitation does not apply when a WPS is qualified witha PWHT above the upper transformation temperature orwhen an austenitic material is solution annealed afterwelding.

QW-403.7 For the multipass processes of shieldedmetal-arc, submerged-arc, gas tungsten-arc, and gasmetal-arc, the maximum thickness qualified for 11⁄2 in.(38 mm) and over thickness T of the test coupon of tableQW-451.1 shall be 8 in. (200 mm) for the conditionsshown in table QW-451.1. For thicknesses greater than

62

8 in. (200 mm), the maximum thicknesses of base metaland deposited weld metal qualified is 1.33T or 1.33t, asapplicable.

QW-403.8 A change in base metal thickness beyondthe range qualified in QW-451, except as otherwise per-mitted by QW-202.4(b).

QW-403.9 For single-pass or multipass welding inwhich any pass is greater than 1⁄2 in. (13 mm) thick, anincrease in base metal thickness beyond 1.1 times thatof the qualification test coupon.

QW-403.10 For the short-circuiting transfer mode ofthe gas metal-arc process, when the qualification testcoupon thickness is less than 1⁄2 in. (13 mm), an increasein thickness beyond 1.1 times that of the qualificationtest coupon. For thicknesses of 1⁄2 in. (13 mm) and greater,use table QW-451.1 or table QW-451.2, as applicable.

QW-403.11 Base metals specified in the WPS shallbe qualified by a procedure qualification test that wasmade using base metals in accordance with QW-424.

QW-403.12 A change from a base metal listed underone P-Number of table QW/QB-422 to a base metal listedunder another P-Number. When joints are made betweentwo base metals that have different P-Numbers, requali-fication is required even though the two base metals havebeen independently qualified using the same procedure.When the melt-in technique is used for joining P-No. 1,P-No. 3, P-No. 4, and P-No. 5A, a procedure qualificationtest with one P-Number metal shall also qualify for thatP-Number metal welded to each of the lower P-Numbermetals, but not vice versa.

QW-403.13 A change from one P-No. 5 to any otherP-No. 5 (viz P-No. 5A to P-No. 5B or P-No. 5C or viceversa). A change from P-No. 9A to P-No. 9B but not viceversa. A change from one P-No. 10 to any other P-No. 10(viz P-No. 10A to P-No. 10B or P-No. 10C, etc., or viceversa).

QW-403.15 Welding procedure qualifications forlaser beam welding and electron beam welding shall bemade using a base metal of the same type or grade oranother base metal listed in the same P-Number (and thesame group where given — see table QW/QB-422) asthe base metal to be used in production welding. Whenjoints are to be made between base metals from twodifferent P-Numbers (or two different groups), a proce-dure qualification must be made for the applicable combi-nation of base metals even though procedure qualificationtests have been made for each of the two base metalswelded to itself.



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

04


QW-403.16 A change in the pipe diameter beyondthe range qualified in QW-452, except as otherwise per-mitted in QW-303.1, QW-303.2, QW-381(c), orQW-382(c).

QW-403.17 In stud welding, a change in combinationof base metal listed under one P-Number in tableQW/QB-422 and stud metal P-Number (as defined inNote below), or to any other base metal/stud metal combi-nation.

NOTE: Stud metal shall be classified by nominal chemical compositionand can be assigned a P-Number when it meets the nominal compositionof any one of the P-Number metals.

QW-403.18 A change from one P-Number to anyother P-Number or to a base metal not listed in tableQW/QB-422, except as permitted in QW-423, and inQW-420.2.

QW-403.19 A change to another base material typeor grade (type or grade are materials of the same nominalchemical analysis and mechanical property range, eventhough of different product form), or to any other basematerial type or grade. When joints are made betweentwo different types or grades of base material, a procedurequalification must be made for the applicable combina-tions of materials, even though procedure qualificationtests have been made for each of the two base materialswelded to itself.

QW-403.20 A change from a base metal, listed underone P-Number in table QW/QB-422, to a metal listedunder another P-Number or to any other base metal; froma base metal of one subgroup to any other grouping inP-No. 10 or 11.

QW-403.21 The addition or deletion of a coating,plating or cladding, or a change in the nominal chemicalanalysis or thickness range of the plating or cladding, ora change in type of coating as specified in the WPS.

QW-403.22 A change in the nominal base metalthickness exceeding 5% of any outer sheet thickness or10% of the nominal thickness of the total joint from thatqualified.

QW-403.23 A change in base metal thickness beyondthe range qualified in table QW-453.

QW-403.24 A change in the specification, type, orgrade of the base metal. When joints are to be madebetween two different base metals, a procedure qualifica-tion must be made for the applicable combination eventhough procedure qualifications have been made for eachof the two base metals welded to themselves.

QW-403.25 Welding procedure qualifications shallbe made using a base metal of the same P-Number and

63

Group Number as the base metal to be temper beadwelded. When joints are to be made between base metalsfrom two different P-Number/Group Number combina-tions, a temper bead procedure qualification must be madefor each base metal P-Number/Group Number to be usedin production; this may be done in separate test couponsor in combination on a single test coupon. When basemetals of different P-Number/Group Numbers are testedin the same coupon, the welding conditions and testresults on each side of the coupon shall be documentedindependently but may be reported on the same qualifica-tion record. Where temper bead welding is to be appliedto only one side of a joint (e.g., on the P-No. 1 side ofa joint between P-No. 1 and P-No. 8 metals) or wherecladding is being applied or repaired using temper beadtechniques, qualification in accordance with QW-290 isrequired only for the portion of the WPS that applies towelding on the material to be temper bead welded.

QW-403.26 An increase in the base metal carbonequivalent using the following formula:

CE p C +Mn6

+Cr+Mo+V

5+

Ni+Cu15

QW-403.27 The maximum thickness qualified is thethickness of the test coupon, T, or it is unlimited if thetest coupon is 11⁄2 in. (38 mm) thick or thicker. However,where T is 1⁄4 in. (6 mm) or less, the maximum thicknessqualified is 2T. This limitation applies to fillet welds aswell as to groove welds.

QW-404 Filler Metals

QW-404.1 A change in the cross-sectional area ofthe filler metal added (excluding buttering) or in the wire-feed speed greater than ±10% beyond that qualified.

QW-404.2 A decrease in the thickness or changein nominal specified chemical analysis of weld metalbuttering beyond that qualified. (Buttering or surfacingis the deposition of weld metal on one or both faces ofthe joint prior to preparation of the joint for final electronbeam welding.)

QW-404.3 A change in the size of the filler metal.

QW-404.4 A change from one F-Number in tableQW-432 to any other F-Number or to any other fillermetal not listed in table QW-432.

QW-404.5 (Applicable only to ferrous metals.) Achange in the chemical composition of the weld depositfrom one A-Number to any other A-Number in tableQW-442. Qualification with A-No. 1 shall qualify forA-No. 2 and vice versa.

04

04



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

QW-404.5 2004 SECTION IX QW-404.15

The weld metal chemical composition may be deter-mined by any of the following:

(a) For all welding processes — from the chemicalanalysis of the weld deposit taken from the procedurequalification test coupon.

(b) For SMAW, GTAW, and PAW — from the chemi-cal analysis of the weld deposit prepared according tothe filler metal specification, or from the chemical compo-sition as reported either in the filler metal specification orthe manufacturer’s or supplier’s certificate of compliance.

(c) For GMAW and EGW — from the chemical analy-sis of the weld deposit prepared according to the fillermetal specification or the manufacturer’s or supplier’scertificate of compliance when the shielding gas usedwas the same as that used to weld the procedure qualifica-tion test coupon.

(d) For SAW — from the chemical analysis of theweld deposit prepared according to the filler metal speci-fication or the manufacturer’s or supplier’s certificate ofcompliance when the flux used was the same as that usedto weld the procedure qualification test coupon.

In lieu of an A-Number designation, the nominal chem-ical composition of the weld deposit shall be indicatedon the WPS and on the PQR. Designation of nominalchemical composition may also be by reference to theAWS classification (where such exists), the manufactur-er’s trade designation, or other established procurementdocuments.

QW-404.6 A change in the nominal size of the elec-trode or electrodes specified in the WPS.

QW-404.7 A change in the nominal diameter of theelectrode to over 1⁄4 in. (6 mm). This limitation does notapply when a WPS is qualified with a PWHT above theupper transformation temperature or when an austeniticmaterial is solution annealed after welding.

QW-404.8 Addition or deletion, or a change in nomi-nal amount or composition of supplementary deoxidationmaterial (in addition to filler metal) beyond that qualified.(Such supplementary metal may be required for weldmetal deoxidation for some metals being welded.)

QW-404.9(a) A change in the indicator for minimum tensile

strength (e.g., the 7 in F7A2-EM12K) when the flux wirecombination is classified in Section II, Part C.

(b) A change in either the flux trade name or wiretrade name when neither the flux nor the wire is classifiedin Section II, Part C.

(c) A change in the flux trade name when the wire isclassified in Section II, Part C but the flux is not classified.A change in the wire classification within the require-ments of QW-404.5 does not require requalification.

64

(d) A change in the flux trade name for A-No. 8deposits.

QW-404.10 Where the alloy content of the weld metalis largely dependent upon the composition of the fluxused, any change in any part of the welding procedurewhich would result in the important alloying elements inthe weld metal being outside of the specification rangeof chemistry given in the Welding Procedure Specifica-tion. If there is evidence that the production welds arenot being made in accordance with the procedure specifi-cation, the authorized inspector may require that a checkbe made on the chemical composition of the weld metal.Such a check shall preferably be made on a productionweld.

QW-404.12 A change in the filler metal classificationwithin an SFA specification or to a filler metal not coveredby an SFA specification, or from one filler metal notcovered by an SFA specification to another filler metalthat is not covered by an SFA specification.

When a filler metal conforms to a filler metal classifi-cation within an SFA specification, requalification is notrequired if a change is made in any of the following:

(a) from a filler metal that is designated as moisture-resistant to one that is not designated as moisture-resistantand vice versa (i.e., from E7018R to E7018)

(b) from one diffusible hydrogen level to another (i.e.,from E7018-H8 to E7018-H16)

(c) for carbon, low alloy, and stainless steel filler met-als having the same minimum tensile strength and thesame nominal chemical composition, a change from onelow hydrogen coating type to another low hydrogen coat-ing type (i.e., a change among EXX15, 16, or 18 orEXXX15, 16, or 17 classifications)

(d) from one position-usability designation to anotherfor flux-cored electrodes (i.e., a change from E70T-1 toE71T-1 or vice versa)

(e) from a classification that requires impact testingto the same classification which has a suffix which indi-cates that impact testing was performed at a lower temper-ature or exhibited greater toughness at the requiredtemperature or both, as compared to the classificationwhich was used during procedure qualification (i.e., achange from E7018 to E7018-1)

(f) from the classification qualified to another fillermetal within the same SFA specification when the weldmetal is exempt from Impact Testing by other Sections

This exemption does not apply to hard-facing and cor-rosion-resistant overlays.

QW-404.14 The deletion or addition of filler metal.

QW-404.15 A change from one F-Number in tableQW-432 to any other F-Number or to any other fillermetal, except as permitted in QW-433.

04



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


QW-404.17 A change in the type of flux or composi-tion of the flux.

QW-404.18 A change from wire to plate electrodes,and vice versa.

QW-404.19 A change from consumable guide to non-consumable guide, and vice versa.

QW-404.20 Any change in the method by which fillermetal is added, such as preplaced shim, top strip, wire,wire feed, or prior weld metal buttering of one or bothjoint faces.

QW-404.21 For filler metal additions, any changefrom the nominal specified analysis of the filler metalqualified.

QW-404.22 The omission or addition of consumableinserts. Qualification in a single-welded butt joint, withor without consumable inserts, qualifies for fillet weldsand single-welded butt joints with backing or double-welded butt joints. Consumable inserts that conform toSFA-5.30, except that the chemical analysis of the insertconforms to an analysis for any bare wire given in anySFA specification or AWS Classification, shall be consid-ered as having the same F-Number as that bare wire asgiven in table QW-432.

QW-404.23 A change from one of the following fillermetal product forms to another:

(a) flux cored(b) bare (solid) or metal cored(c) powder

QW-404.24 The addition, deletion, or change of morethan 10% in the volume of supplemental filler metal.

QW-404.27 Where the alloy content of the weld metalis largely dependent upon the composition of the supple-mental filler metal (including powder filler metal forPAW), any change in any part of the welding procedurethat would result in the important alloying elements inthe weld metal being outside of the specification range ofchemistry given in the Welding Procedure Specification.

QW-404.29 A change in the flux trade name anddesignation.

QW-404.30 A change in deposited weld metal thick-ness beyond the range qualified in QW-451 for procedurequalification or QW-452 for performance qualification,except as otherwise permitted in QW-303.1 andQW-303.2. When a welder is qualified using radiography,the thickness ranges of table QW-452.1 apply.

QW-404.31 The maximum thickness qualified is thethickness of the test coupon.

65

QW-404.32 For the low voltage short-circuiting typeof gas metal-arc process when the deposited weld metalthickness is less than 1⁄2 in. (13 mm), an increase indeposited weld metal thickness beyond 1.1 times that ofthe qualification test deposited weld metal thickness. Forweld metal thicknesses of 1⁄2 in. (13 mm) and greater, usetable QW-451.1, table QW-451.2, or table QW-452.1, asapplicable.

QW-404.33 A change in the filler metal classificationwithin an SFA specification, or, if not conforming to afiller metal classification within an SFA specification, achange in the manufacturer’s trade name for the fillermetal. When optional supplemental designators, such asthose which indicate moisture resistance (i.e., XXXXR),diffusible hydrogen (i.e., XXXX H16, H8, etc.), and sup-plemental impact testing (i.e., XXXX-1 or EXXXXM),are specified on the WPS, only filler metals which con-form to the classification with the optional supplementaldesignator(s) specified on the WPS shall be used.

QW-404.34 A change in flux type (i.e., neutral toactive or vice versa) for multilayer deposits in P-No. 1materials.

QW-404.35 A change in the flux/wire classificationor a change in either the electrode or flux trade name whennot classified in an SFA specification. Requalification isnot required when a wire/flux combination conforms toan SFA specification and a change is made from onediffusible hydrogen level to another (i.e., a change fromF7A2-EA1-A1H4 to F7A2-EA1-A1H16). This variabledoes not apply when the weld metal is exempt fromimpact testing by other Sections. This exemption doesnot apply to hard facing and corrosion-resistant overlays.

QW-404.36 When flux from recrushed slag is used,each batch or blend, as defined in SFA-5.01, shall betested in accordance with Section II, Part C by either themanufacturer or user, or qualified as an unclassified fluxin accordance with QW-404.9.

QW-404.37 A change in the composition of thedeposited weld metal from one A-Number in tableQW-442 to any other A-Number, or to an analysis notlisted in the table. Each AWS classification of A-No. 8or A-No. 9 analysis of table QW-442, or each nonferrousalloy in table QW-432, shall require separate WPS quali-fication. A-Numbers may be determined in accordancewith QW-404.5.

QW-404.38 A change in the nominal electrode diam-eter used for the first layer of deposit.

QW-404.39 For submerged-arc welding and electro-slag welding, a change in the nominal composition or

04



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

04

04

QW-404.39 2004 SECTION IX QW-406.3

type of flux used. Requalification is not required for achange in flux particle size.

QW-404.41 A change of more than 10% in the pow-dered metal feed rate recorded on the PQR.

QW-404.42 A change of more than 5% in the particlesize range of the powder.

QW-404.43 A change in the powdered metal particlesize range recorded on the PQR.

QW-404.44 A change from a homogeneous pow-dered metal to a mechanical mixed powdered metal orvice versa.

QW-404.45 A change in the form of filler metal fromsolid to fabricated wire, flux-cored wire, powdered metal,or vice versa.

QW-404.46 A change in the powder feed rate rangequalified.

QW-404.47 A change of more than 10% in the fillermetal size and/or powder metal particle size.

QW-404.48 A change of more than 10% in the pow-der metal density.

QW-404.49 A change of more than 10% in the fillermetal or powder metal feed rate.

QW-404.50 The addition or deletion of flux to theface of a weld joint for the purpose of affecting weldpenetration.

QW-404.51 The method of control of moisturepickup during storage and distribution for SMAW andGMAW-FC electrodes and flux for SAW (e.g., purchas-ing in hermetically sealed containers and storage in heatedovens, controlled distribution time, high-temperature bak-ing prior to use).

QW-404.52 A change in the diffusible hydrogen level(e.g., from E7018-H8 to E7018-H16 or to no controlleddiffusible hydrogen).

QW-405 PositionsQW-405.1 The addition of other welding positions

than those already qualified. See QW-120, QW-130, andQW-303.

QW-405.2 A change from any position to the verticalposition uphill progression. Vertical-uphill progression(e.g., 3G, 5G, or 6G position) qualifies for all positions.In uphill progression, a change from stringer bead toweave bead. This limitation does not apply when a WPSis qualified with a PWHT above the upper transformationtemperature or when an austenitic material is solutionannealed after welding.

66

QW-405.3 A change from upward to downward, orfrom downward to upward, in the progression specifiedfor any pass of a vertical weld, except that the cover orwash pass may be up or down. The root pass may alsobe run either up or down when the root pass is removedto sound weld metal in the preparation for welding thesecond side.

QW-405.4 Except as specified below, the addition ofother welding positions than already qualified.

(a) Qualification in the horizontal, vertical, or over-head position shall also qualify for the flat position. Quali-fication in the horizontal fixed position, 5G, shall qualifyfor the flat, vertical, and overhead positions. Qualificationin the horizontal, vertical, and overhead positions shallqualify for all positions. Qualification in the inclined fixedposition, 6G, shall qualify for all positions.

(b) A fabricator who does production welding in aparticular orientation may make the tests for procedurequalification in this particular orientation. Such qualifica-tions are valid only for the positions actually tested,except that an angular deviation of ±15 deg is permittedin the inclination of the weld axis and the rotation of theweld face as defined in figure QW-461.1. A test specimenshall be taken from the test coupon in each special orien-tation.

(c) For hard-facing and corrosion-resistant weld metaloverlay, qualification in the 3G, 5G, or 6G positions,where 5G or 6G pipe coupons include at least one verticalsegment completed utilizing the up-hill progression or a3G plate coupon is completed utilizing the up-hill pro-gression, shall qualify for all positions. Chemical analy-sis, hardness, macro-etch, and at least two of the bendtests, as required in table QW-453, shall be removed fromthe vertical up-hill overlaid segment as shown in figureQW-462.5(b).

(d) A change from the vertical down to vertical up-hill progression shall require requalification.

QW-406 PreheatQW-406.1 A decrease of more than 100°F (55°C) in

the preheat temperature qualified. The minimum tempera-ture for welding shall be specified in the WPS.

QW-406.2 A change in the maintenance or reductionof preheat upon completion of welding prior to anyrequired postweld heat treatment.

QW-406.3 An increase of more than 100°F (55°C)in the maximum interpass temperature recorded on thePQR. This limitation does not apply when a WPS isqualified with a PWHT above the upper transformationtemperature or when an austenitic material is solutionannealed after welding.



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

04

04

04

04


QW-406.4 A decrease of more than 100°F (55°C) inthe preheat temperature qualified or an increase in themaximum interpass temperature recorded on the PQR.The minimum temperature for welding shall be specifedin the WPS.

QW-406.5 A change in the maintenance or reductionof preheat upon completion of spraying and prior tofusing.

QW-406.6 A change of more than 10% in the ampli-tude or number of preheating cycles from that qualified.

QW-406.7 A change of more than 10% in the ampli-tude or number of preheating cycles from that qualified,or if other preheating methods are employed, a changein the preheating temperature of more than 25°F (15°C).

QW-406.8 An increase in the maximum interpasstemperature of more than 100°F (56°C) from thatachieved on the test coupon and recorded on the PQR.The interpass temperature shall be measured and recordedseparately for each tempering weld bead layer and, ifany, for the surface weld bead layer(s). The WPS shallspecify the maximum interpass temperature limits foreach tempering bead layer separately and for the surfacingweld bead layer(s), if any.

QW-406.9 A decrease in the preheat temperaturefrom that achieved on the test coupon and recorded onthe PQR. The preheat temperature shall be measured andrecorded separately for each tempering weld bead layerand, if any, for the surface weld bead layer(s). The WPSshall specify the minimum preheat temperature limits foreach tempering bead layer separately and for the surfacingweld bead layer(s), if any.

QW-406.10 The minimum preheating soaking timeprior to the start of welding.

QW-406.11 The addition or deletion of a postweldhydrogen bakeout. When specified, the minimum soakingtemperature and time shall be specified.

QW-407 Postweld Heat Treatment

QW-407.1 A separate procedure qualification isrequired for each of the following conditions:

(a) For P-No. 1, P-No. 3, P-No. 4, P-No. 5, P-No. 6,P-No. 9, P-No. 10, and P-No. 11 materials, the followingpostweld heat treatment conditions apply:

(1) no PWHT(2) PWHT below the lower transformation temper-

ature(3) PWHT above the upper transformation tempera-

ture (e.g., normalizing)

67

(4) PWHT above the upper transformation tempera-ture followed by heat treatment below the lower transfor-mation temperature (e.g., normalizing or quenchingfollowed by tempering)

(5) PWHT between the upper and lower transforma-tion temperatures

(b) For all other materials, the following postweld heattreatment conditions apply:

(1) no PWHT(2) PWHT within a specified temperature range

QW-407.2 A change in the postweld heat treatment(see QW-407.1) temperature and time range

The procedure qualification test shall be subjected toPWHT essentially equivalent to that encountered in thefabrication of production welds, including at least 80%of the aggregate times at temperature(s). The PWHT totaltime(s) at temperature(s) may be applied in one heat-ing cycle.

QW-407.4 For a procedure qualification test couponreceiving a postweld heat treatment in which the uppertransformation temperature is exceeded, the maximumqualified thickness for production welds is 1.1 times thethickness of the test coupon.


(a) no PWHT(b) a change of more than 10% in the number of post

heating cycles following the welding interval(c) PWHT within a specified temperature and time

range if heat treatment is performed separately from thewelding operation

QW-407.6 A change in postweld heat treatment con-dition in QW-407.1 or an increase of 25% or more intotal time at postweld heat treating temperature.

QW-407.7 A change in the heat treatment tempera-ture range qualified if heat treatment is applied afterfusing.

QW-407.8 A separate PQR is required for each ofthe following:

(a) no PWHT(b) a change of more than 10% in the number of

PWHT heating current cycles following the welding cycle(c) PWHT within a specified temperature and time

range if heat treatment is performed separately from thewelding operation


(a) For weld corrosion-resistant overlay of A-No. 8on all base materials, a change in post weld heat treatment

04



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

04

QW-407.9 2004 SECTION IX QW-408.24

condition in QW-407.1, or when the total time at postweld heat treatment encountered in fabrication exceeds200 hr, an increase of 25% or more in total time at postweld heat treating temperature.

(b) For weld corrosion-resistant overlay of A-No. 9on all base materials, a change in post weld heat treatmentcondition in QW-407.1, or an increase of 25% or morein total time at post weld heat treating temperature.

(c) For all other weld corrosion-resistant overlays onall base materials, a change in post weld heat treatmentcondition in QW-407.1.

QW-408 GasQW-408.1 The addition or deletion of trailing

shielding gas and/or a change in its composition.


(a) a change from a single shielding gas to any othersingle shielding gas

(b) a change from a single shielding gas to a mixtureof shielding gasses, and vice versa

(c) a change in the specified percentage compositionof a shielding gas mixture

(d) the addition or omission of shielding gasThe AWS classification of SFA-5.32 may be used to

specify the shielding gas composition.

QW-408.3 A change in the specified flow rate rangeof the shielding gas or mixture of gases.

QW-408.4 A change in the composition of the orificeor shielding gas.

QW-408.5 The addition or deletion of gas backing,a change in backing gas composition, or a change in thespecified flow rate range of the backing gas.

QW-408.6 Any change of environment shieldingsuch as from vacuum to an inert gas, or vice versa.

QW-408.7 A change in the type of fuel gas.

QW-408.8 The omission of inert gas backing exceptthat requalification is not required when welding a single-welded butt joint with a backing strip or a double-weldedbutt joint or a fillet weld. This exception does not applyto P-No. 51 through P-No. 53, P-No. 61 throughP-No. 62, and P-No. 10I metals.

QW-408.9 For groove welds in P-No. 41 throughP-No. 49 and all welds of P-No. 10I, P-No. 10J,P-No. 10K, P-No. 51 through P-No. 53, and P-No. 61through P-No. 62 metals, the deletion of backing gas ora change in the nominal composition of the backing gasfrom an inert gas to a mixture including non-inert gas(es).

68

QW-408.10 For P-No. 10I, P-No. 10J, P-No. 10K,P-No. 51 through P-No. 53, and P-No. 61 throughP-No. 62 metals, the deletion of trailing shielding gas, ora change in the nominal composition of the trailing gasfrom an inert gas to a mixture including non-inert gas(es),or a decrease of 10% or more in the trailing gas flow rate.

QW-408.11 The addition or deletion of one or moreof the following:

(a) shielding gas(b) trailing shielding gas(c) backing gas(d) plasma-removing gas

QW-408.12 A change of more than 5% in the flowrate of one or more of the following: shielding gas, trailershielding gas, backing gas, and plasma-removing gas.

QW-408.13 A change in the position or orientationof plasma-removing gas jet relative to the workpiece (e.g.,coaxial transverse to beam).

QW-408.14 A change in the oxygen or fuel gas pres-sure beyond the range qualified.

QW-408.16 A change of more than 5% in the flowrate of the plasma-arc gas or powdered metal feed gasrecorded on the PQR.

QW-408.17 A change in the plasma-arc gas, shieldinggas, or powdered metal feed gas from a single gas to anyother single gas, or to a mixture of gases, or vice versa.

QW-408.18 A change of more than 10% in the gasmixture composition of the plasma-arc gas, shielding gas,or powdered metal feed gas recorded on the PQR.

QW-408.19 A change in the nominal composition ofthe powder feed gas or (plasma-arc spray) plasma gasqualified.

QW-408.20 A change of more than 5% in the plasmagas flow rate range qualified.

QW-408.21 A change in the flow rate of the orificeor shielding gas.

QW-408.22 A change in the shielding gas type, gaspressure, or purging time.

QW-408.23 For titanium, zirconium, and their alloys,the deletion of one or more of the following:

(a) shielding gas(b) trailing shielding gas(c) backing gas

QW-408.24 For gas-shielded processes, the maxi-mum moisture content (dew point) of the shielding gas.Moisture control may be by specification of shielding gasclassifications in SFA-5.32.

04



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

QW-409 WELDING DATA QW-409.24

QW-409 Electrical CharacteristicsQW-409.1 An increase in heat input, or an increase

in volume of weld metal deposited per unit length ofweld, over that qualified. The increase may be measuredby either of the following:

(a) Heat input [J/in. (J/mm)]

pVoltage � Amperage � 60

Travel Speed [in./min (mm/min)]

(b) Volume of Weld Metal p an increase in bead sizeor a decrease in length of weld bead per unit length ofelectrode.

The requirement for measuring the heat input or vol-ume of deposited weld metal does not apply when theWPS is qualified with a PWHT above the upper transfor-mation temperature or a solution anneal after weldingaustenitic materials.

QW-409.2 A change from spray arc, globular arc, orpulsating arc to short circuiting arc, or vice versa.

QW-409.3 The addition or deletion of pulsing currentto dc power source.

QW-409.4 A change from AC to DC, or vice versa;and in DC welding, a change from electrode negative(straight polarity) to electrode positive (reverse polarity),or vice versa.

QW-409.5 A change of ±15% from the amperage orvoltage ranges in the qualified WPS.

QW-409.6 A change in the beam current of morethan ±5%, voltage of more than ±2%, welding speed ofmore than ±2%, beam focus current of more than ±5%,gun-to-work distance of more than ±5%, or a change inoscillation length or width of more than ±20% from thosepreviously qualified.

QW-409.7 Any change in the beam pulsing frequencyduration from that qualified.

QW-409.8 A change in the range of amperage, orexcept for SMAW and GTAW welding, a change in therange of voltage. A change in the range of electrode wirefeed speed may be used as an alternative to amperage.

QW-409.9 A change in the arc timing of more than±1⁄10 sec.

QW-409.10 A change in amperage of more than±10%.

QW-409.11 A change in the power source from onemodel to another.

QW-409.12 A change in type or size of tungstenelectrode.

69

QW-409.13 A change in the shape or dimensionsof the welding electrode; a change from one RWMA(Resistance Welding Manufacturer’s Association) classelectrode material to another.

QW-409.14 Addition or deletion of upslope or down-slope current control, or a change of more than 10% inthe slope current time or amplitude.

QW-409.15 A change of more than 5% in the elec-trode pressure, the welding current, or the welding timecycle from that qualified, except that requalification isnot required if there is a change of not more than 10%in either the electrode pressure or the welding currentor the welding time cycle, provided the remaining twovariables remain at the values qualified. A change fromAC to DC or vice versa. The addition or deletion ofpulsing current to a DC power source. When using pulsingDC current, a change of more than 5% in the pulse ampli-tude, width, or number of pulses per cycle from thatqualified.

QW-409.16 A change from synchronous to asynchro-nous timing.

QW-409.17 A change in the power supply primaryvoltage or frequency, or in the transformer turns ratio,tap setting, choke position, secondary open circuit voltageor phase control setting.

QW-409.18 A change in the procedure or frequencyof tip cleaning.

QW-409.19 Any change in the beam pulsing fre-quency and pulse duration from that qualified.

QW-409.20 Any change in the following variables:mode of operation (from pulsed to continuous and viceversa), energy distribution across the beam (i.e.,multimode or gaussian).

QW-409.21 Any change in the following variables:a change of more than 5% in the power delivered tothe work surface as measured by calorimeter or otherequivalent methods; a change of more than 2% in thetravel speed; a change of more than 2% of the ratio ofthe beam diameter to focal length; a change of more than2% of the lens to work distance.

QW-409.22 An increase of more than 10% in theamperage used in application for the first layer.

QW-409.23 A change of more than 10% in the rangesof amperage or voltage qualified.

QW-409.24 A change of more than 10% in the fillerwire wattage recorded on the PQR. Wattage is a functionof current voltage, and stickout dimension.



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

04

QW-409.25 2004 SECTION IX QW-410.10

QW-409.25 A change of more than 10% in theplasma-arc current or voltage recorded on the PQR.

QW-409.26 For the first layer only, an increase inheat input of more than 10% or an increase in volumeof weld metal deposited per unit length of weld of morethan 10% over that qualified. The increase may be mea-sured by either of the following:

(a) Heat input [J/in. (J/mm)]

pVoltage � Amperage � 60

Travel Speed [in./min (mm/min)]

(b) Volume of Weld Metal p an increase in bead sizeor a decrease in length of weld bead per unit length ofelectrode.

QW-409.27 A change in the flashing time of morethan 10%.

QW-409.28 A change in the upset current time bymore than 10%.

QW-409.29(a) A change in the ratios of heat input or in the volume

of weld metal deposited per unit length beyond the follow-ing (see figure QW-462.12):

(1) An increase or decrease in the ratio of heat inputbetween the first tempering bead layer and the weld beadsdeposited against the base metal of more than 20% forP- or S-No. 1 and P- or S-No. 3 metals and 10% for allother P- or S-Number metals.

(2) An increase or decrease in the ratio of heat inputbetween the second tempering bead layer and the firsttempering bead layer of more than 20% for P-No. 1 andP-No. 3 metals and 10% for all other P-Number metals.

(3) The ratio of heat input between subsequent lay-ers shall be maintained until a minimum of 3⁄16 in. (5 mm)of weld metal has been deposited over the base metal.

(4) For qualifications where the basis for acceptanceis impact testing and the filler metal is exempt fromtemper bead qualification, the heat input may not exceed50% above the heat input qualified for the remaining fillpasses.

(5) For qualifications where the basis for acceptanceis hardness testing, a decrease of more than 20% in heatinput for the remainder of the fill passes.

(b) Heat input and volume of weld metal per unitlength of weld shall be measured using the followingmethods:

(1) For machine or automatic GTAW or PAW, anincrease or decrease of 10% in the power ratio mea-sured as:

Power Ratio pAmperage � Voltage

[(WFS/TS) � Af]

where

70

Af p the cross-section area of the filler metal wireTS p the welding travel speed

WFS p the filler metal wire feed speed

(2) For processes other than machine or automaticGTAW or PAW, heat input shall be measured by any ofthe following methods:

(a) see formula

(U.S. Customary Units)

Heat Input (J/in.) pVoltage � Amperage � 60

Travel Speed (in./min)

(SI Units)

Heat Input (J/mm) pVoltage � Amperage � 60

Travel Speed (mm/min)

(b) Volume of Weld Metal p an increase in beadsize or a decrease in length of weld bead per unit lengthof electrode.

(3) If manual GTAW or PAW is used for makingin-process repairs in accordance with QW-290.5, a recordof bead size shall be made.

QW-410 TechniqueQW-410.1 For manual or semiautomatic welding, a

change from the stringer bead technique to the weavebead technique, or vice versa.

QW-410.2 A change in the nature of the flame, oxidiz-ing to reducing, or vice versa.

QW-410.3 A change in the orifice, cup, or nozzle size.

QW-410.4 A change in the welding technique, fore-hand to backhand, or vice versa.

QW-410.5 A change in the method of initial andinterpass cleaning (brushing, grinding, etc.)

QW-410.6 A change in the method of back gouging.

QW-410.7 For the machine or automatic weldingprocess, a change in width, frequency, or dwell time ofoscillation technique.

QW-410.8 A change in the contact tube to workdistance.

QW-410.9 A change from multipass per side to singlepass per side. This limitation does not apply when a WPSis qualified with a PWHT above the upper transformationtemperature or when an austenitic material is solutionannealed after welding.

QW-410.10 A change from single electrode to multi-ple electrode, or vice versa, for machine or automaticwelding only. This limitation does not apply when a WPS

04



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


is qualified with a PWHT above the upper transformationtemperature or when an austenitic material is solutionannealed after welding.

QW-410.11 A change from closed chamber to out-of-chamber conventional torch welding in P-No. 51 throughP-No. 53 metals, but not vice versa.

QW-410.12 A change from the melt-in technique tothe keyhole technique of welding, or vice versa, or theinclusion of both techniques though each has been indi-vidually qualified.

QW-410.14 A change in the angle of the axis of thebeam relative to the workpiece.

QW-410.15 A change in the spacing of multiple elec-trodes for machine or automatic welding.

QW-410.17 A change in the type or model of thewelding equipment.

QW-410.18 An increase in the absolute pressure ofthe vacuum welding environment beyond that qualified.

QW-410.19 Any change in filament type, size, orshape.

QW-410.20 The addition of a wash pass.

QW-410.21 A change of welding from one side towelding from both sides, or vice versa.

QW-410.22 A change in either of the following studwelding parameters: a change of stud gun model; a changein the lift more than ±1⁄32 in. (0.8 mm).

QW-410.25 A change from manual or semiautomaticto machine or automatic welding and vice versa.

QW-410.26 The addition or deletion of peening.

QW-410.27 A change in the rotational speed produc-ing a change in the outside surface velocity [ft/min(m/min)] greater than ±10% of the outside surface veloc-ity qualified.

QW-410.28 A change in the thrust load greater than±10% of the thrust load qualified.

QW-410.29 A change in the rotational energy greaterthan ±10% of the rotational energy qualified.

QW-410.30 Any change in upset dimension (overallloss in length of parts being joined) greater than ±10%of the upset qualified.

QW-410.31 A change in the method of preparing thebase metal prior to welding (e.g., changing from mechani-cal cleaning to chemical cleaning or to abrasive cleaning,or vice versa).

71

QW-410.32 A change of more than 10% in the hold-ing pressure prior to or after welding. A change of morethan 10% in the electrode holding time.

QW-410.33 A change from one welding type toanother, or modification of equipment, including Manu-facturer, control panel, model number, electrical ratingor capacity, type of electrical energy source, or methodof applying pressure.

QW-410.34 Addition or deletion of an electrode cool-ing medium and where it is used.

QW-410.35 A change in the distance between armsor a change in the throat depth.

QW-410.37 A change from single to multiple passor vice versa.

QW-410.38 A change from multiple-layer to singlelayer cladding/hardsurfacing, or vice versa.

QW-410.39 A change in the torch type or tip size.

QW-410.40 For submerged-arc welding and electro-slag welding, the deletion of a supplementary device forcontrolling the magnetic field acting on the weld puddle.

QW-410.41 A change of more than 15% in the travelspeed range recorded on the PQR.

QW-410.43 For the torch or workpiece, a change ofmore than 10% in the travel speed range qualified.

QW-410.44 A change of more than 15% in the spray-torch to workpiece distance qualified.

QW-410.45 A change in the method of surface prepa-ration of the base metal to be hard-faced (example: sand-blasting versus chemical cleaning).

QW-410.46 A change in the spray-torch model or tiporifice size.

QW-410.47 A change of more than 10% in the fusingtemperature range qualified. A change in the rate of cool-ing from the fusing temperature of more than 50°F/hr(28°C/hr), a change in the fusing method (e.g., torch,furnace, induction).

QW-410.48 A change in the constricted arc fromtransferable to nontransferable or vice versa.

QW-410.49 A change in the diameter of the plasmatorch-arc constricting orifice.

QW-410.50 A change in the number of electrodesacting on the same welding puddle.

QW-410.52 A change in the method of deliveringthe filler metal to the molten pool, such as from the



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

04

QW-410.52 2004 SECTION IX QW-410.63

leading or trailing edge of the torch, the sides of the torch,or through the torch.

QW-410.53 A change of more than 20% in the center-to-center weld bead distance.

QW-410.54 A change in the upset length or force ofmore than 10%.

QW-410.55 A change in the distance between theclamping dies of more than 10% or a change in the surfacepreparation of the clamping area.

QW-410.56 A change in the clamping force by morethan 10%.

QW-410.57 A change in more than 10% of the for-ward or reverse speed.

QW-410.58 The deletion of surface temper beads(see figure QW-462.12) or a change from surface temper

72

beads that cover the weld surface to beads that are onlydeposited along the toes of the weld.

QW-410.59 A change from machine or automaticwelding to manual or semiautomatic welding.

QW-410.60 The addition of thermal methods to pre-pare the surface to be welded unless the WPS requiresthat the metal be ground to bright metal before welding.

QW-410.61 A change in the approximate distancefrom the edge of the surface temper beads to the toe ofthe weld (see figure QW-462.12).

QW-410.62 The method of removal of surface temperbead reinforcing layer when it will be removed, includingprovisions to prevent overheating of the weld surface.

QW-410.63 The extent of overlap of beads in a layer.

04

04

04

04

04



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

WELDING DATA

QW-416WELDING VARIABLES

Welder Performance

Essential

OFW SMAW SAW GMAW2 GTAW PAWParagraph1 Brief of Variables QW-352 QW-353 QW-354 QW-355 QW-356 QW-357

.4 − Backing X X X XQW-402Joints .7 + Backing X

.2 Maximum qualified X

QW-403 .16 � Pipe diameter X X X X XBaseMetal .18 � P-Number X X X X X X

.14 ± Filler X X X

.15 � F-Number X X X X X X

.22 ± Inserts X X

QW-404.23 t Solid or metal-cored to X XFiller

flux-coredMetals

.30 � t Weld deposit X X X X X

.31 � t Weld deposit X

.32 t Limit (s. cir. arc) X

.1 + Position X X X X X XQW-405Positions .3 � ↑ ↓ Vert. welding X X X X

.7 � Type fuel gas XQW-408Gas .8 − Inert backing X X X

.2 � Transfer mode XQW-409Electrical .4 � Current or polarity X

Welding Processes:

OFW Oxyfuel gas weldingSMAW Shielded metal-arc weldingSAW Submerged-arc weldingGMAW Gas metal-arc weldingGTAW Gas tungsten-arc weldingPAW Plasma-arc welding

Legend:

� Change t Thickness+ Addition ↑ Uphill− Deletion ↓ Downhill

NOTES:

(1) For description, see Section IV.

(2) Flux-cored arc welding as shown in QW-355, with or without additional shielding from an externally supplied gas or gas mixture, is included.

73



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

04


QW-420 Material Groupings

QW-420.1 P-Numbers and S-Numbers. Base metalshave been assigned P-Numbers or S-Numbers for thepurpose of reducing the number of welding and brazingprocedure qualifications required. In addition, ferrousbase metals have been assigned Group Numbers creatingsubsets of P-Numbers and S-Numbers that are used whenWPSs are required to be qualified by impact testing byother Sections or Codes. These assignments are basedessentially on comparable base metal characteristics, suchas composition, weldability, brazeability, and mechanicalproperties, where this can logically be done. These assign-ments do not imply that base metals may be indiscrimi-nately substituted for a base metal that was used in thequalification test without consideration of compatibilityfrom the standpoint of metallurgical properties, postweldheat treatment, design, mechanical properties, and servicerequirements. The following table shows the assignmentgroups for various alloy systems:

Base Metal Welding Brazing

Steel and steel P- or S-No. 1 P- or S-No. 101alloys through P- or S- through P- or S-

No. 11 incl. P- or No. 103S-No. 5A, 5B,and 5C

Aluminum and alu- P- or S-No. 21 P- or S-No. 104 andminum-base through P- or S- P- or S-No. 105alloys No. 25

Copper and copper- P- or S-No. 31 P- or S-No. 107 andbase alloys through P- or S- P- or S-No. 108

No. 35Nickel and nickel- P- or S-No. 41 P- or S-No. 110

base alloys through P- or S- through P- or S-No. 49 No. 112

Titanium and tita- P- or S-No. 51 P- or S-No. 115nium-base alloys through P- or S-

No. 53Zirconium and zir- P- or S-No. 61 P- or S-No. 117

conium-base through P- or S-alloys No. 62

When a base metal with a UNS number designationis assigned a P- or S-Number or P- or S-Number plusGroup Number, then a base metal listed in a differentASME material specification with the same UNS numbershall be considered that P- or S-Number or P- or S-Number plus Group Number. For example, SB-163, UNSN08800 is P-No. 45; therefore, all ASME specificationslisting a base metal with the UNS N08800 designation

74

shall be considered P-No. 45 (i.e., SB-407, SB-408, SB-514, etc.) whether or not these specifications are listedin table QW/QB-422. When utilizing this provision, onlybase metals listed in table QW/QB-422 may be used fortest coupons since a minimum tensile value is requiredfor procedure qualification.

There are instances where materials assigned to oneP- or S-Number or Group Number have been reassignedto a different P- or S-Number or Group Number in latereditions. Procedure and performance qualifications thatwere qualified under the previous P- or S-Numbers orGroup Number assignment may continue to be used underthe new P- or S-Number or Group Number assignment.See QW-200.2(c).

The values given in the column heading “MinimumSpecified Tensile” of table QW/QB-422, are the accept-ance values for the tensile tests of the welding or brazingprocedure qualification, except as otherwise allowed inQW-153 or QB-153.

QW-420.2 S-Numbers. S-Numbers are assigned tomaterials that are acceptable for use by the ASME B31Code for Pressure Piping, or by selected Boiler and Pres-sure Vessel Code Cases, but which are not included withinASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Material Speci-fications (Section II).

Material produced under an ASTM specification shallbe considered to have the same S-Number or S-Numberplus Group Number as that of the P-Number or P-Numberplus Group Number assigned to the same grade or typematerial in the corresponding ASME specification (i.e.,SA-240 Type 304 is assigned P-No. 8, Group No. 1;therefore, A 240 Type 304 is considered S-No. 8, GroupNo. 1).

Some variables and figures may not specifically addressS-Numbers. When this occurs, the requirements regardingP-Numbers and P-Number Group Numbers shall applyequally to materials that are assigned to correspondingS-Numbers and S-Number Group Numbers. However, ifprocedure qualification testing was done using materialassigned an S-Number or S-Number Group Number, therange qualified is limited to materials that are assignedS-Numbers or S-Numbers Group Numbers (i.e., qualifi-cation using a P-Number material qualifies correspondingS-Number materials; qualification using an S-Numbermaterial qualifies corresponding S-Number materials butnot corresponding P-Number materials; qualification ofwelders using a P-Number material qualifies them to weldon corresponding S-Number materials and vice versa).



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

7504

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Fer

rous

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifie

dU

NS

Ten

sile

,P

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-S

pec.

No.

Typ

eor

Gra

deN

o.ks

i(M

Pa)

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

Nom

inal

Com

posi

tion

Pro

duct

For

m

SA

-36

...

K02

600

58(4

00)

11

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iP

late

,ba

r,&

shap

es

SA

-53

Typ

eF

...

48(3

30)

11

...

...

101

...

CF

urna

cew

elde

dpi

peS

A-5

3T

ype

S,

Gr.

AK

0250

448

(330

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

Sm

ls.

pipe

SA

-53

Typ

eE

,G

r.A

K02

504

48(3

30)

11

...

...

101

...

CR

esis

tanc

ew

elde

dpi

peS

A-5

3T

ype

E,

Gr.

BK

0300

560

(415

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn

Res

ista

nce

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-53

Typ

eS

,G

r.B

K03

005

60(4

15)

11

...

...

101

...

C–M

nS

mls

.pi

pe

SA

-105

...

K03

504

70(4

85)

12

...

...

101

...

C–S

iF

lang

es&

fitti

ngs

SA

-106

AK

0250

148

(330

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Si

Sm

ls.

pipe

SA

-106

BK

0300

660

(415

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Sm

ls.

pipe

SA

-106

CK

0350

170

(485

)1

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Sm

ls.

pipe

A10

810

15C

WG

1015

060

(415

)..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Bar

A10

810

18C

WG

1018

060

(415

)..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Bar

A10

810

20C

WG

1020

060

(415

)..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Bar

SA

-134

SA

283

Gr.

A..

.45

(310

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-134

SA

283

Gr.

B..

.50

(345

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-134

SA

283

Gr.

CK

0240

155

(380

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-134

SA

283

Gr.

DK

0270

260

(415

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-134

SA

285

Gr.

AK

0170

045

(310

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-134

SA

285

Gr.

BK

0220

050

(345

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-134

SA

285

Gr.

CK

0280

155

(380

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-135

A..

.48

(330

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

E.R

.W.

pipe

SA

-135

B..

.60

(415

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

E.R

.W.

pipe

A13

9A

...

48(3

30)

...

...

11

...

101

CW

elde

dpi

peA

139

BK

0300

360

(415

)..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Wel

ded

pipe

A13

9C

K03

004

60(4

15)

...

...

11

...

101

CW

elde

dpi

peA

139

DK

0301

060

(415

)..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Wel

ded

pipe

A13

9E

K03

012

66(4

55)

...

...

11

...

101

CW

elde

dpi

pe

A14

890

–60

...

90(6

20)

...

...

43

...

103

...

Cas

ting

s

A16

7T

ype

301

S30

100

75(5

15)

...

...

81

...

102

17C

r–7N

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

A16

7T

ype

302

S30

200

75(5

15)

...

...

81

...

102

18C

r–8N

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

A16

7T

ype

302B

S30

215

75(5

15)

...

...

81

...

102

18C

r–8N

i–2S

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

A16

7T

ype

304

S30

400

75(5

15)

...

...

81

...

102

18C

r–8N

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

A16

7T

ype

304L

S30

403

70(4

85)

...

...

81

...

102

18C

r–8N

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

A16

7T

ype

305

S30

500

70(4

85)

...

...

81

...

102

18C

r–11

Ni

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pA

167

Typ

e30

8S

3080

075

(515

)..

...

.8

2..

.10

220

Cr–

10N

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

WELDING DATA



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

76

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Fer

rous

(CO

NT

’D)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifie

dU

NS

Ten

sile

,P

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-S

pec.

No.

Typ

eor

Gra

deN

o.ks

i(M

Pa)

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

Nom

inal

Com

posi

tion

Pro

duct

For

m

A16

7T

ype

309

S30

900

75(5

15)

...

...

82

...

102

23C

r–12

Ni

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pA

167

Typ

e30

9SS

3090

875

(515

)..

...

.8

2..

.10

223

Cr–

12N

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

A16

7T

ype

310

S31

000

75(5

15)

...

...

82

...

102

25C

r–20

Ni

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

p

A16

7T

ype

310S

S31

008

75(5

15)

...

...

82

...

102

25C

r–20

Ni

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pA

167

Typ

e31

6LS

3160

370

(485

)..

...

.8

1..

.10

216

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

A16

7T

ype

317

S31

700

75(5

15)

...

...

81

...

102

18C

r–13

Ni–

3Mo

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pA

167

Typ

e31

7LS

3170

375

(515

)..

...

.8

1..

.10

218

Cr–

13N

i–3M

oP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

A16

7T

ype

321

S32

100

75(5

15)

...

...

81

...

102

18C

r–10

Ni–

Ti

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

p

A16

7T

ype

347

S34

700

75(5

15)

...

...

81

...

102

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pA

167

Typ

e34

8S

3480

075

(515

)..

...

.8

1..

.10

218

Cr–

10N

i–C

bP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-178

AK

0120

047

(325

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

E.R

.W.

tube

SA

-178

CK

0350

360

(415

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

E.R

.W.

tube

SA

-178

D..

.70

(485

)1

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

E.R

.W.

tube

SA

-179

...

K01

200

47(3

25)

11

...

...

101

...

CS

mls

.tu

be

SA

-181

Cl.

60K

0350

260

(415

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Si

Pip

efla

nge

&fit

ting

sS

A-1

81C

l.70

K03

502

70(4

85)

12

...

...

101

...

C–S

iP

ipe

flang

e&

fitti

ngs

SA

-182

F12

,C

l.1

K11

562

60(4

15)

41

...

...

102

...

1Cr–

0.5M

oF

orgi

ngs

SA

-182

F12

,C

l.2

K11

564

70(4

85)

41

...

...

102

...

1Cr–

0.5M

oF

orgi

ngs

SA

-182

F11

,C

l.2

K11

572

70(4

85)

41

...

...

102

...

1.25

Cr–

0.5M

o–S

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-182

F11

,C

l.3

K11

572

75(5

15)

41

...

...

102

...

1.25

Cr–

0.5M

o–S

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-182

F11

,C

l.1

K11

597

60(4

15)

41

...

...

102

...

1.25

Cr–

0.5M

o–S

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-182

F2

K12

122

70(4

85)

32

...

...

101

...

0.5C

r–0.

5Mo

For

ging

sS

A-1

82F

1K

1282

270

(485

)3

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–0.5

Mo

For

ging

sS

A-1

82F

22,

Cl.

1K

2159

060

(415

)5A

1..

...

.10

2..

.2.

25C

r–1M

oF

orgi

ngs

SA

-182

F22

,C

l.3

K21

590

75(5

15)

5A1

...

...

102

...

2.25

Cr–

1Mo

For

ging

sS

A-1

82F

RK

2203

563

(435

)9A

1..

...

.10

1..

.2N

i–1C

uF

orgi

ngs

SA

-182

F21

K31

545

75(5

15)

5A1

...

...

102

...

3Cr–

1Mo

For

ging

sS

A-1

82F

3VK

3183

085

(585

)5C

1..

...

.10

2..

.3C

r–1M

o–V

–Ti–

BF

orgi

ngs

SA

-182

F22

VK

3183

585

(585

)5C

1..

...

.10

2..

.2.

25C

r–1M

o–V

For

ging

sS

A-1

82F

5K

4154

570

(485

)5B

1..

...

.10

2..

.5C

r–0.

5Mo

For

ging

sS

A-1

82F

5aK

4254

490

(620

)5B

1..

...

.10

2..

.5C

r–0.

5Mo

For

ging

sS

A-1

82F

9K

9094

185

(585

)5B

1..

...

.10

2..

.9C

r–1M

oF

orgi

ngs

SA

-182

F91

K90

901

85(5

85)

5B2

...

...

102

...

9Cr–

1Mo–

VF

orgi

ngs

SA

-182

F6a

,C

l.1

S41

000

70(4

85)

61

...

...

102

...

13C

rF

orgi

ngs

SA

-182

F6a

,C

l.2

S41

000

85(5

85)

63

...

...

102

...

13C

rF

orgi

ngs

SA

-182

FX

M–1

9S

2091

010

0(6

90)

83

...

...

102

...

22C

r–13

Ni–

5Mn

For

ging

s

2004 SECTION IX



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

77

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Fer

rous

(CO

NT

’D)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifie

dU

NS

Ten

sile

,P

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-S

pec.

No.

Typ

eor

Gra

deN

o.ks

i(M

Pa)

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

Nom

inal

Com

posi

tion

Pro

duct

For

m

SA

-182

FX

M–1

1S

2190

490

(620

)8

3..

...

.10

2..

.21

Cr–

6Ni–

9Mn

For

ging

sS

A-1

82F

304

S30

400

70(4

85)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iF

orgi

ngs

>5

in.

(127

mm

)

SA

-182

F30

4S

3040

075

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

For

ging

sS

A-1

82F

304L

S30

403

65(4

50)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iF

orgi

ngs

>5

in.

(127

mm

)S

A-1

82F

304L

S30

403

70(4

85)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-182

F30

4HS

3040

970

(485

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

For

ging

s>

5in

.(1

27m

m)

SA

-182

F30

4HS

3040

975

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

For

ging

s

SA

-182

F30

4NS

3045

180

(550

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni–

NF

orgi

ngs

SA

-182

F30

4LN

S30

453

70(4

85)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

i–N

For

ging

s>

5in

.(1

27m

m)

SA

-182

F30

4LN

S30

453

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

i–N

For

ging

sS

A-1

82F

46S

3060

078

(540

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

15N

i–4S

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-182

F45

S30

815

87(6

00)

82

...

...

102

...

21C

r–11

Ni–

NF

orgi

ngs

SA

-182

F31

0S

3100

070

(485

)8

2..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

20N

iF

orgi

ngs

>5

in.

(127

mm

)S

A-1

82F

310

S31

000

75(5

15)

82

...

...

102

...

25C

r–20

Ni

For

ging

sS

A-1

82F

50S

3120

010

0(6

90)

10H

1..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

6Ni–

Mo–

NF

orgi

ngs

SA

-182

F44

S31

254

94(6

50)

84

...

...

102

...

20C

r–18

Ni–

6Mo

For

ging

sS

A-1

82F

316

S31

600

70(4

85)

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

For

ging

s>

5in

.(1

27m

m)

SA

-182

F31

6S

3160

075

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oF

orgi

ngs

SA

-182

F31

6LS

3160

365

(450

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oF

orgi

ngs

>5

in.

(127

mm

)S

A-1

82F

316L

S31

603

70(4

85)

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

For

ging

sS

A-1

82F

316H

S31

609

70(4

85)

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

For

ging

s>

5in

.(1

27m

m)

SA

-182

F31

6HS

3160

975

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oF

orgi

ngs

SA

-182

F31

6NS

3165

180

(550

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

o–N

For

ging

sS

A-1

82F

316L

NS

3165

370

(485

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

o–N

For

ging

s>

5in

.(1

27m

m)

SA

-182

F31

6LN

S31

653

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo–

NF

orgi

ngs

SA

-182

F31

7S

3170

070

(485

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

13N

i–3M

oF

orgi

ngs

>5

in.

(127

mm

)S

A-1

82F

317

S31

700

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–13

Ni–

3Mo

For

ging

s

SA

-182

F31

7LS

3170

365

(450

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

13N

i–3M

oF

orgi

ngs

>5

in.

(127

mm

)S

A-1

82F

317L

S31

703

70(4

85)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–13

Ni–

3Mo

For

ging

sS

A-1

82F

51S

3180

390

(620

)10

H1

...

...

102

...

22C

r–5N

i–3M

o–N

For

ging

sS

A-1

82F

321

S32

100

70(4

85)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Ti

For

ging

s>

5in

.(1

27m

m)

SA

-182

F32

1S

3210

075

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–T

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-182

F32

1HS

3210

970

(485

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–T

iF

orgi

ngs

>5

in.

(127

mm

)S

A-1

82F

321H

S32

109

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Ti

For

ging

sS

A-1

82F

55S

3276

010

9(7

50)

...

...

10H

1..

.10

225

Cr–

8Ni–

3Mo–

W–

Cu–

NF

orgi

ngs

SA

-182

F10

S33

100

80(5

50)

82

...

...

102

...

20N

i–8C

rF

orgi

ngs

WELDING DATA



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

78

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Fer

rous

(CO

NT

’D)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifie

dU

NS

Ten

sile

,P

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-S

pec.

No.

Typ

eor

Gra

deN

o.ks

i(M

Pa)

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

Nom

inal

Com

posi

tion

Pro

duct

For

m

SA

-182

F34

7S

3470

070

(485

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bF

orgi

ngs

>5

in.

(127

mm

)S

A-1

82F

347

S34

700

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

For

ging

s

SA

-182

F34

7HS

3470

970

(485

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bF

orgi

ngs

>5

in.

(127

mm

)S

A-1

82F

347H

S34

709

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

For

ging

sS

A-1

82F

348

S34

800

70(4

85)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

For

ging

s>

5in

.(1

27m

m)

SA

-182

F34

8S

3480

075

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bF

orgi

ngs

SA

-182

F34

8HS

3480

970

(485

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bF

orgi

ngs

>5

in.

(127

mm

)S

A-1

82F

348H

S34

809

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

For

ging

s

SA

-182

F6b

S41

026

110

(760

)6

3..

...

.10

2..

.13

Cr–

0.5M

oF

orgi

ngs

SA

-182

F6N

MS

4150

011

5(7

95)

64

...

...

102

...

13C

r–4.

5Ni–

Mo

For

ging

sS

A-1

82F

429

S42

900

60(4

15)

62

...

...

102

...

15C

rF

orgi

ngs

SA

-182

F43

0S

4300

060

(415

)7

2..

...

.10

2..

.17

Cr

For

ging

sS

A-1

82F

XM

–27C

bS

4462

760

(415

)10

I1

...

...

102

...

27C

r–1M

oF

orgi

ngs

A18

2F

60S

3220

595

(655

)..

...

.10

H1

...

102

22C

r–5N

i–3M

o–N

For

ging

sA

182

F6a

,C

l.3

S41

000

110

(760

)..

...

.6

3..

.10

213

Cr

For

ging

sA

182

F6a

,C

l.4

S41

000

130

(895

)..

...

.6

3..

.10

213

Cr

For

ging

sA

182

S34

565

S34

565

115

(795

)..

...

.8

4..

...

.24

Cr–

17N

i–6M

n–4.

5Mo–

NF

orgi

ngs

SA

-192

...

K01

201

47(3

25)

11

...

...

101

...

C–S

iS

mls

.tu

be

SA

-202

AK

1174

275

(515

)4

1..

...

.10

1..

.0.

5Cr–

1.25

Mn–

Si

Pla

teS

A-2

02B

K12

542

85(5

85)

41

...

...

101

...

0.5C

r–1.

25M

n–S

iP

late

SA

-203

AK

2170

365

(450

)9A

1..

...

.10

1..

.2.

5Ni

Pla

teS

A-2

03B

K22

103

70(4

85)

9A1

...

...

101

...

2.5N

iP

late

SA

-203

DK

3171

865

(450

)9B

1..

...

.10

1..

.3.

5Ni

Pla

teS

A-2

03E

K32

018

70(4

85)

9B1

...

...

101

...

3.5N

iP

late

SA

-203

F..

.75

(515

)9B

1..

...

.10

1..

.3.

5Ni

Pla

te>

2in

.(5

1m

m)

SA

-203

F..

.80

(550

)9B

1..

...

.10

1..

.3.

5Ni

Pla

te,

2in

.(5

1m

m)

&un

der

SA

-204

AK

1182

065

(450

)3

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–0.5

Mo

Pla

teS

A-2

04B

K12

020

70(4

85)

32

...

...

101

...

C–0

.5M

oP

late

SA

-204

CK

1232

075

(515

)3

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–0.5

Mo

Pla

te

SA

-209

T1b

K11

422

53(3

65)

31

...

...

101

...

C–0

.5M

oS

mls

.tu

beS

A-2

09T

1K

1152

255

(380

)3

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–0.5

Mo

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-209

T1a

K12

023

60(4

15)

31

...

...

101

...

C–0

.5M

oS

mls

.tu

be

SA

-210

A–1

K02

707

60(4

15)

11

...

...

101

...

C–S

iS

mls

.tu

beS

A-2

10C

K03

501

70(4

85)

12

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iS

mls

.tu

be

A21

1A

570-

30K

0250

249

(340

)..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Wel

ded

pipe

2004 SECTION IX



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

79

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Fer

rous

(CO

NT

’D)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifie

dU

NS

Ten

sile

,P

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-S

pec.

No.

Typ

eor

Gra

deN

o.ks

i(M

Pa)

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

Nom

inal

Com

posi

tion

Pro

duct

For

m

A21

1A

570-

33K

0250

252

(360

)..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Wel

ded

pipe

A21

1A

570-

40K

0250

255

(380

)..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-213

T2

K11

547

60(4

15)

31

...

...

101

...

0.5C

r–0.

5Mo

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-213

T12

K11

562

60(4

15)

41

...

...

102

...

1Cr–

0.5M

oS

mls

.tu

beS

A-2

13T

11K

1159

760

(415

)4

1..

...

.10

2..

.1.

25C

r–0.

5Mo–

Si

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-213

T17

K12

047

60(4

15)

10B

1..

...

.10

2..

.1C

r–V

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-213

T22

K21

590

60(4

15)

5A1

...

...

102

...

2.25

Cr–

1Mo

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-213

T21

K31

545

60(4

15)

5A1

...

...

102

...

3Cr–

1Mo

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-213

T5c

K41

245

60(4

15)

5B1

...

...

102

...

5Cr–

0.5M

o–T

iS

mls

.tu

beS

A-2

13T

5K

4154

560

(415

)5B

1..

...

.10

2..

.5C

r–0.

5Mo

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-213

T5b

K51

545

60(4

15)

5B1

...

...

102

...

5Cr–

0.5M

o–S

iS

mls

.tu

beS

A-2

13T

9K

9094

160

(415

)5B

1..

...

.10

2..

.9C

r–1M

oS

mls

.tu

beS

A-2

13T

91K

9090

185

(585

)5B

2..

...

.10

2..

.9C

r–1M

o–V

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-213

TP

201

S20

100

95(6

55)

83

...

...

102

...

17C

r–4N

i–6M

nS

mls

.tu

beS

A-2

13T

P20

2S

2020

090

(620

)8

3..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

5Ni–

9Mn

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-213

XM

-19

S20

910

100

(690

)8

3..

...

.10

2..

.22

Cr–

13N

i–5M

nS

mls

.tu

beS

A-2

13T

P30

4S

3040

075

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-213

TP

304L

S30

403

70(4

85)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iS

mls

.tu

beS

A-2

13T

P30

4HS

3040

975

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-213

TP

304N

S30

451

80(5

50)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

i–N

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-213

TP

304L

NS

3045

375

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni–

NS

mls

.tu

beS

A-2

13S

3081

5S

3081

587

(600

)8

2..

...

.10

2..

.21

Cr–

11N

i–N

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-213

TP

309S

S30

908

75(5

15)

82

...

...

102

...

23C

r–12

Ni

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-213

TP

309H

S30

909

75(5

15)

82

...

...

102

...

23C

r–12

Ni

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-213

TP

309C

bS

3094

075

(515

)8

2..

...

.10

2..

.23

Cr–

12N

i–C

bS

mls

.tu

beS

A-2

13T

P30

9HC

bS

3094

175

(515

)8

2..

...

.10

2..

.23

Cr–

12N

i–C

bS

mls

.tu

beS

A-2

13T

P31

0SS

3100

875

(515

)8

2..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

20N

iS

mls

.tu

beS

A-2

13T

P31

0HS

3100

975

(515

)8

2..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

20N

iS

mls

.tu

be

SA

-213

TP

310C

bS

3104

075

(515

)8

2..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

20N

i–C

bS

mls

.tu

beS

A-2

13T

P31

0HC

bS

3104

175

(515

)8

2..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

20N

i–C

bS

mls

.tu

beS

A-2

13T

P31

0MoL

NS

3105

078

(540

)8

2..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

22N

i–2M

o–N

Sm

ls.

tube

,t

>1 ⁄ 4in

.(6

mm

)S

A-2

13T

P31

0MoL

NS

3105

084

(580

)8

2..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

22N

i–2M

o–N

Sm

ls.

tube

,t

≤1 ⁄ 4

in.

(6m

m)

SA

-213

TP

316

S31

600

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-213

TP

316L

S31

603

70(4

85)

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-213

TP

316H

S31

609

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

Sm

ls.

tube

WELDING DATA



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

80

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Fer

rous

(CO

NT

’D)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifie

dU

NS

Ten

sile

,P

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-S

pec.

No.

Typ

eor

Gra

deN

o.ks

i(M

Pa)

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

Nom

inal

Com

posi

tion

Pro

duct

For

m

SA

-213

TP

316N

S31

651

80(5

50)

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo–

NS

mls

.tu

beS

A-2

13T

P31

6LN

S31

653

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo–

NS

mls

.tu

beS

A-2

13S

3172

5S

3172

575

(515

)8

4..

...

.10

2..

.19

Cr–

15N

i–4M

oS

mls

.tu

beS

A-2

13S

3172

6S

3172

680

(550

)8

4..

...

.10

2..

.19

Cr–

15.5

Ni–

4Mo

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-213

TP

321

S32

100

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Ti

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-213

TP

321H

S32

109

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Ti

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-213

TP

347

S34

700

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-213

TP

347H

S34

709

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-213

TP

347H

FG

...

80(5

50)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-213

TP

348

S34

800

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-213

TP

348H

S34

809

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-213

XM

–15

S38

100

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–18

Ni–

2Si

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-214

...

K01

807

47(3

25)

11

...

...

101

...

CE

.R.W

.tu

be

SA

-216

WC

AJ0

2502

60(4

15)

11

...

...

101

...

C–S

iC

asti

ngs

SA

-216

WC

CJ0

2503

70(4

85)

12

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iC

asti

ngs

SA

-216

WC

BJ0

3002

70(4

85)

12

...

...

101

...

C–S

iC

asti

ngs

SA

-217

WC

6J1

2072

70(4

85)

41

...

...

102

...

1.25

Cr–

0.5M

oC

asti

ngs

SA

-217

WC

4J1

2082

70(4

85)

41

...

...

101

...

1Ni–

0.5C

r–0.

5Mo

Cas

ting

sS

A-2

17W

C1

J125

2465

(450

)3

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–0.5

Mo

Cas

ting

sS

A-2

17W

C9

J218

9070

(485

)5A

1..

...

.10

2..

.2.

25C

r–1M

oC

asti

ngs

SA

-217

WC

5J2

2000

70(4

85)

41

...

...

101

...

0.75

Ni–

1Mo–

0.75

Cr

Cas

ting

sS

A-2

17C

5J4

2045

90(6

20)

5B1

...

...

102

...

5Cr–

0.5M

oC

asti

ngs

SA

-217

C12

J820

9090

(620

)5B

1..

...

.10

2..

.9C

r–1M

oC

asti

ngs

SA

-217

CA

15J9

1150

90(6

20)

63

...

...

102

...

13C

rC

asti

ngs

A21

7C

12A

J840

9085

(585

)..

...

.5B

2..

.10

29C

r–1M

o–V

Cas

ting

s

SA

-225

DK

1200

475

(515

)10

A1

...

...

101

...

Mn–

0.5N

i–V

Pla

te>

3in

.(7

6m

m)

SA

-225

DK

1200

480

(550

)10

A1

...

...

101

...

Mn–

0.5N

i–V

Pla

te,

3in

.(7

6m

m)

&un

der

SA

-225

CK

1252

410

5(7

25)

10A

1..

...

.10

1..

.M

n–0.

5Ni–

VP

late

SA

-234

WP

BK

0300

660

(415

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Pip

ing

fitti

ngS

A-2

34W

PC

K03

501

70(4

85)

12

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iP

ipin

gfit

ting

SA

-234

WP

11,

Cl.

1..

.60

(415

)4

1..

...

.10

2..

.1.

25C

r–0.

5Mo–

Si

Pip

ing

fitti

ngS

A-2

34W

P12

,C

l.1

K12

062

60(4

15)

41

...

...

101

...

1Cr–

0.5M

oP

ipin

gfit

ting

SA

-234

WP

1K

1282

155

(380

)3

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–0.5

Mo

Pip

ing

fitti

ng

SA

-234

WP

22,

Cl.

1K

2159

060

(415

)5A

1..

...

.10

2..

.2.

25C

r–1M

oP

ipin

gfit

ting

SA

-234

WP

RK

2203

563

(435

)9A

1..

...

.10

1..

.2N

i–1C

uP

ipin

gfit

ting

SA

-234

WP

5K

4154

560

(415

)5B

1..

...

.10

2..

.5C

r–0.

5Mo

Pip

ing

fitti

ng

2004 SECTION IX



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

81

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Fer

rous

(CO

NT

’D)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifie

dU

NS

Ten

sile

,P

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-S

pec.

No.

Typ

eor

Gra

deN

o.ks

i(M

Pa)

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

Nom

inal

Com

posi

tion

Pro

duct

For

m

SA

-234

WP

9K

9094

160

(415

)5B

1..

...

.10

2..

.9C

r–1M

oP

ipin

gfit

ting

SA

-234

WP

91K

9090

185

(585

)5B

2..

...

.10

2..

.9C

r–1M

o–V

Pip

ing

fitti

ng

SA

-240

Typ

e20

1S

2010

095

(655

)8

3..

...

.10

2..

.17

Cr–

4Ni–

6Mn

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40T

ype

201L

NS

2015

395

(655

)8

3..

...

...

...

.16

Cr–

4Ni–

6Mn

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40T

ype

202

S20

200

90(6

20)

83

...

...

102

...

18C

r–5N

i–9M

nP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

...

S20

400

95(6

55)

83

...

...

102

...

16C

r–9M

n–2N

i–N

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40T

ype

XM

–19

S20

910

100

(690

)8

3..

...

.10

2..

.22

Cr–

13N

i–5M

nP

late

SA

-240

Typ

eX

M–1

9S

2091

010

5(7

25)

83

...

...

102

...

22C

r–13

Ni–

5Mn

She

et&

stri

pS

A-2

40T

ype

XM

–17

S21

600

90(6

20)

83

...

...

102

...

19C

r–8M

n–6N

i–M

o–N

Pla

teS

A-2

40T

ype

XM

–17

S21

600

100

(690

)8

3..

...

.10

2..

.19

Cr–

8Mn–

6Ni–

Mo–

NS

heet

&st

rip

SA

-240

Typ

eX

M–1

8S

2160

390

(620

)8

3..

...

.10

2..

.19

Cr–

8Mn–

6Ni–

Mo–

NP

late

SA

-240

Typ

eX

M–1

8S

2160

310

0(6

90)

83

...

...

102

...

19C

r–8M

n–6N

i–M

o–N

She

et&

stri

pS

A-2

40S

2180

0S

2180

095

(655

)8

3..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni–

4Si–

NP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

Typ

eX

M–2

9S

2400

010

0(6

90)

83

...

...

102

...

18C

r–3N

i–12

Mn

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40T

ype

302

S30

200

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

Typ

e30

4S

3040

075

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

p

SA

-240

Typ

e30

4LS

3040

370

(485

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40T

ype

304H

S30

409

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

Typ

e30

4NS

3045

180

(550

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni–

NP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

Typ

eX

M–2

1S

3045

285

(585

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni–

NP

late

SA

-240

Typ

eX

M–2

1S

3045

290

(620

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni–

NS

heet

&st

rip

SA

-240

Typ

e30

4LN

S30

453

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

i–N

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40T

ype

305

S30

500

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–11

Ni

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40S

3060

0S

3060

078

(540

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

15N

i–4S

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

S30

815

S30

815

87(6

00)

82

...

...

102

...

21C

r–11

Ni–

NP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

Typ

e30

9SS

3090

875

(515

)8

2..

...

.10

2..

.23

Cr–

12N

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

Typ

e30

9HS

3090

975

(515

)8

2..

...

.10

2..

.23

Cr–

12N

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

Typ

e30

9Cb

S30

940

75(5

15)

82

...

...

102

...

23C

r–12

Ni–

Cb

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40T

ype

309H

Cb

S30

941

75(5

15)

82

...

...

102

...

23C

r–12

Ni–

Cb

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40T

ype

310S

S31

008

75(5

15)

82

...

...

102

...

25C

r–20

Ni

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40T

ype

310H

S31

009

75(5

15)

82

...

...

102

...

25C

r–20

Ni

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

p

SA

-240

Typ

e31

0Cb

S31

040

75(5

15)

82

...

...

102

...

25C

r–20

Ni–

Cb

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40T

ype

310H

Cb

S31

041

75(5

15)

82

...

...

102

...

25C

r–20

Ni–

Cb

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40T

ype

310M

oLN

S31

050

80(5

50)

82

...

...

102

...

25C

r–22

Ni–

2Mo–

NP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

S31

200

S31

200

100

(690

)10

H1

...

...

102

...

25C

r–6N

i–M

o–N

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40S

3125

4S

3125

494

(650

)8

4..

...

.10

2..

.20

Cr–

18N

i–6M

oP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

S31

260

S31

260

100

(690

)10

H1

...

...

102

...

25C

r–6.

5Ni–

3Mo–

NP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

WELDING DATA



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

82

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Fer

rous

(CO

NT

’D)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifie

dU

NS

Ten

sile

,P

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-S

pec.

No.

Typ

eor

Gra

deN

o.ks

i(M

Pa)

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

Nom

inal

Com

posi

tion

Pro

duct

For

m

SA

-240

Typ

e31

6S

3160

075

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

Typ

e31

6LS

3160

370

(485

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

Typ

e31

6HS

3160

975

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

Typ

e31

6Ti

S31

635

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo–

Ti

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40T

ype

316C

bS

3164

075

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

o–C

bP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

Typ

e31

6NS

3165

180

(550

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

o–N

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40T

ype

316L

NS

3165

375

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

o–N

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40T

ype

317

S31

700

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–13

Ni–

3Mo

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40T

ype

317L

S31

703

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–13

Ni–

3Mo

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40S

3172

5S

3172

575

(515

)8

4..

...

.10

2..

.19

Cr–

15N

i–4M

oP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

S31

726

S31

726

80(5

50)

84

...

...

102

...

19C

r–15

.5N

i–4M

oP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

S31

753

S31

753

80(5

50)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–13

Ni–

3Mo–

NP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

S31

803

S31

803

90(6

20)

10H

1..

...

.10

2..

.22

Cr–

5Ni–

3Mo–

NP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

Typ

e32

1S

3210

075

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–T

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

Typ

e32

1HS

3210

975

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–T

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

S32

550

S32

550

110

(760

)10

H1

...

...

102

...

25C

r–5N

i–3M

o–2C

uP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

S32

760

S32

760

108

(745

)..

...

.10

H1

...

102

25C

r–8N

i–3M

o–W

–Cu–

NP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

Typ

e32

9S

3290

090

(620

)10

H1

...

...

102

...

26C

r–4N

i–M

oP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

S32

950

S32

950

100

(690

)10

H1

...

...

102

...

26C

r–4N

i–M

o–N

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40T

ype

347

S34

700

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40T

ype

347H

S34

709

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

p

SA

-240

Typ

e34

8S

3480

075

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

Typ

e34

8HS

3480

975

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

Typ

eX

M–1

5S

3810

075

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

18N

i–2S

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

Typ

e40

5S

4050

060

(415

)7

1..

...

.10

2..

.12

Cr–

1Al

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40T

ype

409

S40

910

55(3

80)

71

...

...

102

...

11C

r–T

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

Typ

e40

9S

4092

055

(380

)7

1..

...

.10

2..

.11

Cr–

Ti

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40T

ype

409

S40

930

55(3

80)

71

...

...

102

...

11C

r–T

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

Typ

e41

0S

4100

065

(450

)6

1..

...

.10

2..

.13

Cr

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

p

SA

-240

Typ

e41

0SS

4100

860

(415

)7

1..

...

.10

2..

.13

Cr

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40S

4150

0S

4150

011

5(7

95)

64

...

...

102

...

13C

r–4.

5Ni–

Mo

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40T

ype

429

S42

900

65(4

50)

62

...

...

102

...

15C

rP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

Typ

e43

0S

4300

065

(450

)7

2..

...

.10

2..

.17

Cr

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40T

ype

439

S43

035

60(4

15)

72

...

...

102

...

18C

r–T

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

S44

400

S44

400

60(4

15)

72

...

...

102

...

18C

r–2M

oP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

Typ

eX

M–3

3S

4462

668

(470

)10

I1

...

...

102

...

27C

r–1M

o–T

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

Typ

eX

M–2

7S

4462

765

(450

)10

I1

...

...

102

...

27C

r–1M

oP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

2004 SECTION IX



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

83

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Fer

rous

(CO

NT

’D)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifie

dU

NS

Ten

sile

,P

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-S

pec.

No.

Typ

eor

Gra

deN

o.ks

i(M

Pa)

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

Nom

inal

Com

posi

tion

Pro

duct

For

m

SA

-240

S44

635

S44

635

90(6

20)

10I

1..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

4Ni–

4Mo–

Ti

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40S

4466

0S

4466

085

(585

)10

K1

...

...

102

...

26C

r–3N

i–3M

oP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-240

S44

700

S44

700

80(5

50)

10J

1..

...

.10

2..

.29

Cr–

4Mo

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-2

40S

4480

0S

4480

080

(550

)10

K1

...

...

102

...

29C

r–4M

o–2N

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

A24

0S

3220

5S

3220

590

(620

)..

...

.10

H1

...

102

22C

r–5N

i–3M

o–N

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pA

240

S34

565

S34

565

115

(795

)..

...

.8

4..

...

.24

Cr–

17N

i–6M

n–4.

5Mo–

NP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-249

TP

201

S20

100

95(6

55)

83

...

...

102

...

17C

r–4N

i–6M

nW

elde

dtu

beS

A-2

49T

P20

2S

2020

090

(620

)8

3..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

5Ni–

9Mn

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-249

TP

XM

–19

S20

910

100

(690

)8

3..

...

.10

2..

.22

Cr–

13N

i–5M

nW

elde

dtu

beS

A-2

49T

PX

M–2

9S

2400

010

0(6

90)

83

...

...

102

...

18C

r–3N

i–12

Mn

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-249

TP

304

S30

400

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iW

elde

dtu

be

SA

-249

TP

304L

S30

403

70(4

85)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iW

elde

dtu

beS

A-2

49T

P30

4HS

3040

975

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-249

TP

304N

S30

451

80(5

50)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

i–N

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-249

TP

304L

NS

3045

375

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni–

NW

elde

dtu

beS

A-2

49S

3081

5S

3081

587

(600

)8

2..

...

.10

2..

.21

Cr–

11N

i–N

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-249

TP

309S

S30

908

75(5

15)

82

...

...

102

...

23C

r–12

Ni

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-249

TP

309H

S30

909

75(5

15)

82

...

...

102

...

23C

r–12

Ni

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-249

TP

309C

bS

3094

075

(515

)8

2..

...

.10

2..

.23

Cr–

12N

i–C

bW

elde

dtu

beS

A-2

49T

P30

9HC

bS

3094

175

(515

)8

2..

...

.10

2..

.23

Cr–

12N

i–C

bW

elde

dtu

be

SA

-249

TP

310S

S31

008

75(5

15)

82

...

...

102

...

25C

r–20

Ni

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-249

TP

310H

S31

009

75(5

15)

82

...

...

102

...

25C

r–20

Ni

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-249

TP

310C

bS

3104

075

(515

)8

2..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

20N

i–C

bW

elde

dtu

beS

A-2

49T

P31

0HC

bS

3104

175

(515

)8

2..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

20N

i–C

bW

elde

dtu

beS

A-2

49T

P31

0MoL

NS

3105

078

(540

)8

2..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

22N

i–2M

o–N

Wel

ded

tube

,t

>1 ⁄ 4

in.

(6m

m)

SA

-249

TP

310M

oLN

S31

050

84(5

80)

82

...

...

102

...

25C

r–22

Ni–

2Mo–

NW

elde

dtu

be,

t≤

1 ⁄ 4in

.(6

mm

)S

A-2

49S

3125

4S

3125

494

(650

)8

4..

...

.10

2..

.20

Cr–

18N

i–6M

oW

elde

dtu

beS

A-2

49T

P31

6S

3160

075

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oW

elde

dtu

beS

A-2

49T

P31

6LS

3160

370

(485

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oW

elde

dtu

beS

A-2

49T

P31

6HS

3160

975

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oW

elde

dtu

be

SA

-249

TP

316N

S31

651

80(5

50)

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo–

NW

elde

dtu

beS

A-2

49T

P31

6LN

S31

653

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo–

NW

elde

dtu

beS

A-2

49T

P31

7S

3170

075

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

13N

i–3M

oW

elde

dtu

beS

A-2

49T

P31

7LS

3170

375

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

13N

i–3M

oW

elde

dtu

beS

A-2

49S

3172

5S

3172

575

(515

)8

4..

...

.10

2..

.19

Cr–

15N

i–4M

oW

elde

dtu

be

SA

-249

S31

726

S31

726

80(5

50)

84

...

...

102

...

19C

r–15

.5N

i–4M

oW

elde

dtu

be

WELDING DATA



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

84

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Fer

rous

(CO

NT

’D)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifie

dU

NS

Ten

sile

,P

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-S

pec.

No.

Typ

eor

Gra

deN

o.ks

i(M

Pa)

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

Nom

inal

Com

posi

tion

Pro

duct

For

m

SA

-249

TP

321

S32

100

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Ti

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-249

TP

321H

S32

109

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Ti

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-249

TP

347

S34

700

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-249

TP

347H

S34

709

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-249

TP

348

S34

800

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-249

TP

348H

S34

809

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-249

TP

XM

–15

S38

100

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–18

Ni–

2Si

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-250

T1b

K11

422

53(3

65)

31

...

...

101

...

C–0

.5M

oE

.R.W

.tu

beS

A-2

50T

1K

1152

255

(380

)3

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–0.5

Mo

E.R

.W.

tube

SA

-250

T2

K11

547

60(4

15)

31

...

...

101

...

0.5C

r–0.

5Mo

E.R

.W.

tube

SA

-250

T11

K11

597

60(4

15)

41

...

...

102

...

1.25

Cr–

0.5M

o–S

iE

.R.W

.tu

beS

A-2

50T

1aK

1202

360

(415

)3

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–0.5

Mo

E.R

.W.

tube

SA

-250

T22

K21

590

60(4

15)

5A1

...

...

102

...

2.25

Cr–

1Mo

E.R

.W.

tube

A25

4C

l.1K

0100

142

(290

)..

...

...

...

...

.10

1C

Cu

braz

edtu

beA

254

Cl.2

K01

001

42(2

90)

...

...

...

...

...

101

CC

ubr

azed

tube

SA

-266

4K

0301

770

(485

)1

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

For

ging

sS

A-2

661

K03

506

60(4

15)

11

...

...

101

...

C–S

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-266

2K

0350

670

(485

)1

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Si

For

ging

sS

A-2

663

K05

001

75(5

15)

12

...

...

101

...

C–S

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-268

TP

405

S40

500

60(4

15)

71

...

...

102

...

12C

r–1A

lS

mls

.&

wel

ded

tube

SA

-268

S40

800

S40

800

55(3

80)

71

...

...

102

...

12C

r–T

iS

mls

.&

wel

ded

tube

SA

-268

TP

409

S40

900

55(3

80)

71

...

...

102

...

11C

r–T

iS

mls

.&

wel

ded

tube

SA

-268

TP

410

S41

000

60(4

15)

61

...

...

102

...

13C

rS

mls

.&

wel

ded

tube

SA

-268

S41

500

S41

500

115

(795

)6

4..

...

.10

2..

.13

Cr–

4.5N

i–M

oS

mls

.&

wel

ded

tube

SA

-268

TP

429

S42

900

60(4

15)

62

...

...

102

...

15C

rS

mls

.&

wel

ded

tube

SA

-268

TP

430

S43

000

60(4

15)

72

...

...

102

...

17C

rS

mls

.&

wel

ded

tube

SA

-268

TP

439

S43

035

60(4

15)

72

...

...

102

...

18C

r–T

iS

mls

.&

wel

ded

tube

SA

-268

TP

430T

iS

4303

660

(415

)7

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

Ti–

Cb

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dtu

beS

A-2

6818

Cr–

2Mo

S44

400

60(4

15)

72

...

...

102

...

18C

r–2M

oS

mls

.&

wel

ded

tube

SA

-268

TP

446–

2S

4460

065

(450

)10

I1

...

...

102

...

27C

rS

mls

.&

wel

ded

tube

SA

-268

TP

446–

1S

4460

070

(485

)10

I1

...

...

102

...

27C

rS

mls

.&

wel

ded

tube

SA

-268

TP

XM

–33

S44

626

68(4

70)

10I

1..

...

.10

2..

.27

Cr–

1Mo–

Ti

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dtu

beS

A-2

68T

PX

M–2

7S

4462

765

(450

)10

I1

...

...

102

...

27C

r–1M

oS

mls

.&

wel

ded

tube

SA

-268

25–4

–4S

4463

590

(620

)10

I1

...

...

102

...

25C

r–4N

i–4M

o–T

iS

mls

.&

wel

ded

tube

SA

-268

26–3

–3S

4466

085

(585

)10

K1

...

...

102

...

26C

r–3N

i–3M

oS

mls

.&

wel

ded

tube

SA

-268

29–4

S44

700

80(5

50)

10J

1..

...

.10

2..

.29

Cr–

4Mo

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dtu

be

2004 SECTION IX



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

85

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Fer

rous

(CO

NT

’D)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifie

dU

NS

Ten

sile

,P

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-S

pec.

No.

Typ

eor

Gra

deN

o.ks

i(M

Pa)

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

Nom

inal

Com

posi

tion

Pro

duct

For

m

SA

-268

S44

735

S44

735

75(5

15)

10J

1..

...

.10

2..

.29

Cr–

4Mo–

Ti

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dtu

beS

A-2

6829

–4–2

S44

800

80(5

50)

10K

1..

...

.10

2..

.29

Cr–

4Mo–

2Ni

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dtu

be

A26

9T

P31

6S

3160

075

(515

)..

...

.8

1..

.10

216

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oS

mls

.&

wel

ded

tube

A26

9T

P31

6LS

3160

370

(485

)..

...

.8

1..

.10

216

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oS

mls

.&

wel

ded

tube

A26

9T

P30

4S

3040

075

(515

)..

...

.8

1..

.10

218

Cr–

8Ni

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dtu

beA

269

TP

304L

S30

403

70(4

85)

...

...

81

...

102

18C

r–8N

iS

mls

.&

wel

ded

tube

A27

1T

P30

4S

3040

075

(515

)..

...

.8

1..

.10

218

Cr–

8Ni

Sm

ls.

tube

A27

1T

P30

4LS

3040

370

(485

)..

...

.8

1..

.10

218

Cr–

8Ni

Sm

ls.

tube

A27

6T

P30

4S

3040

075

(515

)..

...

.8

1..

.10

218

Cr–

8Ni

Bar

A27

6T

P30

4LS

3040

370

(485

)..

...

.8

1..

.10

218

Cr–

8Ni

Bar

A27

6T

P31

6S

3160

075

(515

)..

...

.8

1..

.10

216

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oB

arA

276

TP

316L

S31

603

70(4

85)

...

...

81

...

102

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

Bar

A27

6S

3220

5S

3220

595

(655

)..

...

.10

H1

...

102

22C

r–5N

i–3M

o–N

Bar

A27

6T

P41

0S

4100

065

(450

)..

...

.6

1..

.10

213

Cr

Bar

SA

-283

AK

0140

045

(310

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

Pla

teS

A-2

83B

K01

702

50(3

45)

11

...

...

101

...

CP

late

SA

-283

CK

0240

155

(380

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

Pla

teS

A-2

83D

K02

702

60(4

15)

11

...

...

101

...

CP

late

SA

-285

AK

0170

045

(310

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

Pla

teS

A-2

85B

K02

200

50(3

45)

11

...

...

101

...

CP

late

SA

-285

CK

0280

155

(380

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

Pla

te

SA

-299

...

K02

803

75(5

15)

12

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iP

late

SA

-302

AK

1202

175

(515

)3

2..

...

.10

1..

.M

n–0.

5Mo

Pla

teS

A-3

02B

K12

022

80(5

50)

33

...

...

101

...

Mn–

0.5M

oP

late

SA

-302

CK

1203

980

(550

)3

3..

...

.10

1..

.M

n–0.

5Mo–

0.5N

iP

late

SA

-302

DK

1205

480

(550

)3

3..

...

.10

1..

.M

n–0.

5Mo–

0.75

Ni

Pla

te

SA

-312

TP

XM

–19

S20

910

100

(690

)8

3..

...

.10

2..

.22

Cr–

13N

i–5M

nS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-312

TP

XM

–11

S21

904

90(6

20)

83

...

...

102

...

21C

r–6N

i–9M

nS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-312

TP

XM

–29

S24

000

100

(690

)8

3..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

3Ni–

12M

nS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-312

TP

304

S30

400

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-312

TP

304L

S30

403

70(4

85)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-312

TP

304H

S30

409

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-312

TP

304N

S30

451

80(5

50)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

i–N

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

12T

P30

4LN

S30

453

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

i–N

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

12S

3060

0S

3060

078

(540

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

15N

i–4S

iS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-312

S30

815

S30

815

87(6

00)

82

...

...

102

...

21C

r–11

Ni–

NS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

WELDING DATA



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

86

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Fer

rous

(CO

NT

’D)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifie

dU

NS

Ten

sile

,P

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-S

pec.

No.

Typ

eor

Gra

deN

o.ks

i(M

Pa)

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

Nom

inal

Com

posi

tion

Pro

duct

For

m

SA

-312

TP

309S

S30

908

75(5

15)

82

...

...

102

...

23C

r–12

Ni

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

12T

P30

9HS

3090

975

(515

)8

2..

...

.10

2..

.23

Cr–

12N

iS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-312

TP

309C

bS

3094

075

(515

)8

2..

...

.10

2..

.23

Cr–

12N

i–C

bS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-312

TP

309H

Cb

S30

941

75(5

15)

82

...

...

102

...

23C

r–12

Ni–

Cb

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

12T

P31

0SS

3100

875

(515

)8

2..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

20N

iS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-312

TP

310H

S31

009

75(5

15)

82

...

...

102

...

25C

r–20

Ni

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

12T

P31

0Cb

S31

040

75(5

15)

82

...

...

102

...

25C

r–20

Ni–

Cb

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

12T

P31

0HC

bS

3104

175

(515

)8

2..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

20N

i–C

bS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-312

TP

310M

oLN

S31

050

78(5

40)

82

...

...

102

...

25C

r–22

Ni–

2Mo–

NW

elde

dpi

pe,

t>

1 ⁄ 4in

.(6

mm

)S

A-3

12T

P31

0MoL

NS

3105

084

(580

)8

2..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

22N

i–2M

o–N

Wel

ded

pipe

,t

≤1 ⁄ 4

in.

(6m

m)

SA

-312

S31

254

S31

254

94(6

50)

84

...

...

102

...

20C

r–18

Ni–

6Mo

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

12T

P31

6S

3160

075

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-312

TP

316L

S31

603

70(4

85)

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

12T

P31

6HS

3160

975

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-312

TP

316N

S31

651

80(5

50)

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo–

NS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-312

TP

316L

NS

3165

375

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

o–N

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

12T

P31

7S

3170

075

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

13N

i–3M

oS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-312

TP

317L

S31

703

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–13

Ni–

3Mo

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

12S

3172

5S

3172

575

(515

)8

4..

...

.10

2..

.19

Cr–

15N

i–4M

oS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-312

S31

726

S31

726

80(5

50)

84

...

...

102

...

19C

r–15

.5N

i–4M

oS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-312

TP

321

S32

100

70(4

85)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Ti

Sm

ls.

pipe

>3 ⁄ 8

in.

(10

mm

)S

A-3

12T

P32

1S

3210

075

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–T

iS

mls

.pi

pe≤

3 ⁄ 8in

.(1

0m

m)

SA

-312

TP

321

S32

100

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Ti

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-312

TP

321H

S32

109

70(4

85)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Ti

Sm

ls.

pipe

>3 ⁄ 8

in.

(10

mm

)S

A-3

12T

P32

1HS

3210

975

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–T

iS

mls

.pi

pe≤

3 ⁄ 8in

.(1

0m

m)

SA

-312

TP

321H

S32

109

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Ti

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-312

TP

347

S34

700

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

12T

P34

7HS

3470

975

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-312

TP

348

S34

800

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

12T

P34

8HS

3480

975

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-312

TP

XM

–15

S38

100

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–18

Ni–

2Si

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

pe

A31

2S

3456

5S

3456

511

5(7

95)

...

...

84

...

...

24C

r–17

Ni–

6Mn–

4.5M

o–N

Sm

ls.&

wel

ded

pipe

A33

186

20C

WG

8620

090

(620

)..

...

.3

3..

.10

20.

5Ni–

0.5C

r–M

oB

ar

SA

-333

6K

0300

660

(415

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

331

K03

008

55(3

80)

11

...

...

101

...

C–M

nS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-333

10..

.80

(550

)1

3..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

334

K11

267

60(4

15)

42

...

...

102

...

0.75

Cr–

0.75

Ni–

Cu–

Al

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

pe

2004 SECTION IX



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

87

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Fer

rous

(CO

NT

’D)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifie

dU

NS

Ten

sile

,P

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-S

pec.

No.

Typ

eor

Gra

deN

o.ks

i(M

Pa)

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

Nom

inal

Com

posi

tion

Pro

duct

For

m

SA

-333

7K

2190

365

(450

)9A

1..

...

.10

1..

.2.

5Ni

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

339

K22

035

63(4

35)

9A1

...

...

101

...

2Ni–

1Cu

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

333

K31

918

65(4

50)

9B1

...

...

101

...

3.5N

iS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-333

8K

8134

010

0(6

90)

11A

1..

...

.10

1..

.9N

iS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-334

6K

0300

660

(415

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-334

1K

0300

855

(380

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-334

7K

2190

365

(450

)9A

1..

...

.10

1..

.2.

5Ni

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-334

9K

2203

563

(435

)9A

1..

...

.10

1..

.2N

i–1C

uW

elde

dtu

beS

A-3

343

K31

918

65(4

50)

9B1

...

...

101

...

3.5N

iW

elde

dtu

beS

A-3

348

K81

340

100

(690

)11

A1

...

...

101

...

9Ni

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-335

P1

K11

522

55(3

80)

31

...

...

101

...

C–0

.5M

oS

mls

.pi

peS

A-3

35P

2K

1154

755

(380

)3

1..

...

.10

1..

.0.

5Cr–

0.5M

oS

mls

.pi

peS

A-3

35P

12K

1156

260

(415

)4

1..

...

.10

2..

.1C

r–0.

5Mo

Sm

ls.

pipe

SA

-335

P15

K11

578

60(4

15)

31

...

...

101

...

1.5S

i–0.

5Mo

Sm

ls.

pipe

SA

-335

P11

K11

597

60(4

15)

41

...

...

102

...

1.25

Cr–

0.5M

o–S

iS

mls

.pi

peS

A-3

35P

22K

2159

060

(415

)5A

1..

...

.10

2..

.2.

25C

r–1M

oS

mls

.pi

pe

SA

-335

P21

K31

545

60(4

15)

5A1

...

...

102

...

3Cr–

1Mo

Sm

ls.

pipe

SA

-335

P5c

K41

245

60(4

15)

5B1

...

...

102

...

5Cr–

0.5M

o–T

iS

mls

.pi

peS

A-3

35P

5K

4154

560

(415

)5B

1..

...

.10

2..

.5C

r–0.

5Mo

Sm

ls.

pipe

SA

-335

P5b

K51

545

60(4

15)

5B1

...

...

102

...

5Cr–

0.5M

o–S

iS

mls

.pi

peS

A-3

35P

9K

9094

160

(415

)5B

1..

...

.10

2..

.9C

r–1M

oS

mls

.pi

peS

A-3

35P

91K

9090

185

(585

)5B

2..

...

.10

2..

.9C

r–1M

o–V

Sm

ls.

pipe

SA

-336

F6

S41

000

85(5

85)

63

...

...

102

...

13C

rF

orgi

ngs

SA

-336

F12

K11

564

70(4

85)

41

...

...

102

...

1Cr–

0.5M

oF

orgi

ngs

SA

-336

F11

,C

l.1

K11

597

60(4

15)

41

...

...

102

...

1.25

Cr–

0.5M

o–S

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-336

F11

,C

l.2

K11

572

70(4

85)

41

...

...

102

...

1.25

Cr–

0.5M

o–S

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-336

F11

,C

l.3

K11

572

75(5

15)

41

...

...

102

...

1.25

Cr–

0.5M

o–S

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-336

F1

K12

520

70(4

85)

32

...

...

101

...

C–0

.5M

oF

orgi

ngs

SA

-336

F22

,C

l.1

K21

590

60(4

15)

5A1

...

...

102

...

2.25

Cr–

1Mo

For

ging

sS

A-3

36F

22,

Cl.

3K

2159

075

(515

)5A

1..

...

.10

2..

.2.

25C

r–1M

oF

orgi

ngs

SA

-336

F21

,C

l.1

K31

545

60(4

15)

5A1

...

...

102

...

3Cr–

1Mo

For

ging

sS

A-3

36F

21,

Cl.

3K

3154

575

(515

)5A

1..

...

.10

2..

.3C

r–1M

oF

orgi

ngs

SA

-336

F3V

K31

830

85(5

85)

5C1

...

...

102

...

3Cr–

1Mo–

V–T

i–B

For

ging

sS

A-3

36F

22V

K31

835

85(5

85)

5C1

...

...

102

...

2.25

Cr–

1Mo–

VF

orgi

ngs

SA

-336

F5

K41

545

60(4

15)

5B1

...

...

102

...

5Cr–

0.5M

oF

orgi

ngs

SA

-336

F5A

K42

544

80(5

50)

5B1

...

...

102

...

5Cr–

0.5M

oF

orgi

ngs

SA

-336

F9

K90

941

85(5

85)

5B1

...

...

102

...

9Cr–

1Mo

For

ging

s

WELDING DATA



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

88

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Fer

rous

(CO

NT

’D)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifie

dU

NS

Ten

sile

,P

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-S

pec.

No.

Typ

eor

Gra

deN

o.ks

i(M

Pa)

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

Nom

inal

Com

posi

tion

Pro

duct

For

m

SA

-336

F91

K90

901

85(5

85)

5B2

...

...

102

...

9Cr–

1Mo–

VF

orgi

ngs

SA

-336

F46

S30

600

78(5

40)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–15

Ni–

4Si

For

ging

sS

A-3

36F

XM

–19

S20

910

100

(690

)8

3..

...

.10

2..

.22

Cr–

13N

i–5M

nF

orgi

ngs

SA

-336

FX

M–1

1S

2190

490

(620

)8

3..

...

.10

2..

.21

Cr–

6Ni–

9Mn

For

ging

sS

A-3

36F

304

S30

400

70(4

85)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-336

F30

4LS

3040

365

(450

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

For

ging

sS

A-3

36F

304H

S30

409

70(4

85)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-336

F30

4NS

3045

180

(550

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni–

NF

orgi

ngs

SA

-336

F30

4LN

S30

453

70(4

85)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

i–N

For

ging

sS

A-3

36F

310

S31

000

75(5

15)

82

...

...

102

...

25C

r–20

Ni

For

ging

sS

A-3

36F

316

S31

600

70(4

85)

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

For

ging

sS

A-3

36F

316L

S31

603

65(4

50)

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

For

ging

s

SA

-336

F31

6HS

3160

970

(485

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oF

orgi

ngs

SA

-336

F31

6NS

3165

180

(550

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

o–N

For

ging

sS

A-3

36F

316L

NS

3165

370

(485

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

o–N

For

ging

sS

A-3

36F

321

S32

100

70(4

85)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Ti

For

ging

sS

A-3

36F

321H

S32

109

70(4

85)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Ti

For

ging

s

SA

-336

F34

7S

3470

070

(485

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bF

orgi

ngs

SA

-336

F34

7HS

3470

970

(485

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bF

orgi

ngs

SA

-336

F34

8S

3480

070

(485

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bF

orgi

ngs

SA

-336

F34

8HS

3480

965

(450

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bF

orgi

ngs

SA

-350

LF

1K

0300

960

(415

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

For

ging

sS

A-3

50L

F2

K03

011

70(4

85)

12

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-350

LF

5,C

l.1

K13

050

60(4

15)

9A1

...

...

101

...

1.5N

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-350

LF

5,C

l.2

K13

050

70(4

85)

9A1

...

...

101

...

1.5N

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-350

LF

9K

2203

663

(435

)9A

1..

...

.10

1..

.2N

i–1C

uF

orgi

ngs

SA

-350

LF

3K

3202

570

(485

)9B

1..

...

.10

1..

.3.

5Ni

For

ging

s

SA

-351

CF

3J9

2500

70(4

85)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iC

asti

ngs

SA

-351

CF

3AJ9

2500

77(5

30)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iC

asti

ngs

SA

-351

CF

8J9

2600

70(4

85)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iC

asti

ngs

SA

-351

CF

8AJ9

2600

77(5

30)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iC

asti

ngs

SA

-351

CF

8CJ9

2710

70(4

85)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

Cas

ting

sS

A-3

51C

F3M

J928

0070

(485

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oC

asti

ngs

SA

-351

CF

8MJ9

2900

70(4

85)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

Cas

ting

sS

A-3

51C

F10

J925

9070

(485

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.19

Cr–

9Ni–

0.5M

oC

asti

ngs

SA

-351

CF

10M

J929

0170

(485

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.19

Cr–

9Ni–

2Mo

Cas

ting

s

2004 SECTION IX



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

89

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Fer

rous

(CO

NT

’D)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifie

dU

NS

Ten

sile

,P

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-S

pec.

No.

Typ

eor

Gra

deN

o.ks

i(M

Pa)

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

Nom

inal

Com

posi

tion

Pro

duct

For

m

SA

-351

CG

8MJ9

3000

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

19C

r–10

Ni–

3Mo

Cas

ting

sS

A-3

51C

K3M

CuN

J932

5480

(550

)8

4..

...

.10

2..

.20

Cr–

18N

i–6M

oC

asti

ngs

SA

-351

CD

3MW

CuN

J933

8010

0(6

90)

...

...

10H

1..

.10

225

Cr–

8Ni–

3Mo–

W–C

u–N

Cas

ting

sS

A-3

51C

H8

J934

0065

(450

)8

2..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

12N

iC

asti

ngs

SA

-351

CH

20J9

3402

70(4

85)

82

...

...

102

...

25C

r–12

Ni

Cas

ting

sS

A-3

51C

G6M

MN

J937

9085

(585

)8

3..

...

.10

2..

.22

Cr–

12N

i–5M

nC

asti

ngs

SA

-351

CK

20J9

4202

65(4

50)

82

...

...

102

...

25C

r–20

Ni

Cas

ting

sS

A-3

51C

N7M

N08

007

62(4

25)

45..

...

...

.11

1..

.28

Ni–

19C

r–C

u–M

oC

asti

ngs

SA

-351

CT

15C

N08

151

63(4

35)

45..

...

...

.11

1..

.32

Ni–

45F

e–20

Cr–

Cb

Cas

ting

sS

A-3

51C

N3M

NJ9

4651

80(5

50)

45..

...

...

.11

1..

.46

Fe–

24N

i–21

Cr–

6Mo–

Cu–

NC

asti

ngs

A35

1C

A15

...

90(6

20)

...

...

63

...

102

13C

rC

asti

ngs

A35

1C

E20

N..

.80

(550

)..

...

.8

2..

.10

225

Cr–

8Ni–

NC

asti

ngs

A35

1C

F10

MC

J929

7170

(485

)..

...

.8

1..

.10

216

Cr–

14N

i–2M

oC

asti

ngs

A35

1C

H10

J934

0170

(485

)..

...

.8

2..

.10

225

Cr–

12N

iC

asti

ngs

A35

1H

K30

J942

0365

(450

)..

...

.8

2..

.10

225

Cr–

20N

i–0.

5Mo

Cas

ting

sA

351

HK

40J9

4204

62(4

25)

...

...

82

...

102

25C

r–20

Ni–

0.5M

oC

asti

ngs

A35

1H

T30

N08

603

65(4

50)

...

...

45..

...

.11

135

Ni–

15C

r–0.

5Mo

Cas

ting

s

SA

-352

LC

AJ0

2504

60(4

15)

11

...

...

101

...

C–S

iC

asti

ngs

SA

-352

LC

CJ0

2505

70(4

85)

12

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iC

asti

ngs

SA

-352

LC

BJ0

3003

65(4

50)

11

...

...

101

...

C–S

iC

asti

ngs

SA

-352

LC

1J1

2522

65(4

50)

31

...

...

101

...

C–0

.5M

oC

asti

ngs

SA

-352

LC

2J2

2500

70(4

85)

9A1

...

...

101

...

2.5N

iC

asti

ngs

SA

-352

LC

3J3

1550

70(4

85)

9B1

...

...

101

...

3.5N

iC

asti

ngs

SA

-352

LC

4J4

1500

70(4

85)

9C1

...

...

101

...

4.5N

iC

asti

ngs

SA

-352

LC

2–1

J422

1510

5(7

25)

11A

5..

...

.10

2..

.3N

i–1.

5Cr–

0.5M

oC

asti

ngs

SA

-352

CA

6NM

J915

4011

0(7

60)

64

...

...

102

...

13C

r–4N

iC

asti

ngs

SA

-353

...

K81

340

100

(690

)11

A1

...

...

101

...

9Ni

Pla

te

A35

61

J035

0270

(485

)..

...

.1

2..

.10

1C

–Si

Cas

ting

sA

356

2J1

2523

65(4

50)

...

...

31

...

101

C–0

.5M

oC

asti

ngs

A35

66

J120

7370

(485

)..

...

.4

1..

.10

21.

25C

r–0.

5Mo

Cas

ting

sA

356

8J1

1697

80(5

50)

...

...

41

...

102

1Cr–

1Mo–

VC

asti

ngs

A35

69

J216

1085

(585

)..

...

.4

1..

.10

21C

r–1M

o–V

Cas

ting

sA

356

10J2

2090

85(5

85)

...

...

5A1

...

102

2.25

Cr–

1Mo

Cas

ting

sA

356

12J8

0490

85(5

85)

...

...

5B2

...

102

9Cr–

1Mo–

VC

asti

ngs

SA

-358

XM

–19

S20

910

100

(690

)8

3..

...

.10

2..

.22

Cr–

13N

i–5M

nF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

58X

M–2

9S

2400

010

0(6

90)

83

...

...

102

...

18C

r–3N

i–12

Mn

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-358

304

S30

400

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

pe

WELDING DATA



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

90

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Fer

rous

(CO

NT

’D)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifie

dU

NS

Ten

sile

,P

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-S

pec.

No.

Typ

eor

Gra

deN

o.ks

i(M

Pa)

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

Nom

inal

Com

posi

tion

Pro

duct

For

m

SA

-358

304L

S30

403

70(4

85)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

5830

4HS

3040

975

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-358

304N

S30

451

80(5

50)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

i–N

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-358

304L

NS

3045

375

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni–

NF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

58S

3081

5S

3081

587

(600

)8

2..

...

.10

2..

.21

Cr–

11N

i–N

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-358

309S

S30

908

75(5

15)

82

...

...

102

...

23C

r–12

Ni

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-358

309C

bS

3094

075

(515

)8

2..

...

.10

2..

.23

Cr–

12N

i–C

bF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

5831

0SS

3100

875

(515

)8

2..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

20N

iF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

5831

0Cb

S31

040

75(5

15)

82

...

...

102

...

25C

r–20

Ni–

Cb

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-358

S31

254

S31

254

94(6

50)

84

...

...

102

...

20C

r–18

Ni–

6Mo

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-358

316

S31

600

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-358

316L

S31

603

70(4

85)

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-358

316H

S31

609

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-358

316N

S31

651

80(5

50)

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo–

NF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

5831

6LN

S31

653

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo–

NF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

pe

SA

-358

S31

725

S31

725

75(5

15)

84

...

...

102

...

19C

r–15

Ni–

4Mo

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-358

S31

726

S31

726

80(5

50)

84

...

...

102

...

19C

r–15

.5N

i–4M

oF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

5832

1S

3210

075

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–T

iF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

5834

7S

3470

075

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

peS

A-3

5834

8S

3480

075

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

pe

SA

-369

FP

AK

0250

148

(330

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Si

For

ged

pipe

SA

-369

FP

BK

0300

660

(415

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

For

ged

pipe

SA

-369

FP

1K

1152

255

(380

)3

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–0.5

Mo

For

ged

pipe

SA

-369

FP

2K

1154

755

(380

)3

1..

...

.10

1..

.0.

5Cr–

0.5M

oF

orge

dpi

peS

A-3

69F

P12

K11

562

60(4

15)

41

...

...

102

...

1Cr–

0.5M

oF

orge

dpi

pe

SA

-369

FP

11K

1159

760

(415

)4

1..

...

.10

2..

.1.

25C

r–0.

5Mo–

Si

For

ged

pipe

SA

-369

FP

22K

2159

060

(415

)5A

1..

...

.10

2..

.2.

25C

r–1M

oF

orge

dpi

peS

A-3

69F

P21

K31

545

60(4

15)

5A1

...

...

102

...

3Cr–

1Mo

For

ged

pipe

SA

-369

FP

5K

4154

560

(415

)5B

1..

...

.10

2..

.5C

r–0.

5Mo

For

ged

pipe

SA

-369

FP

9K

9094

160

(415

)5B

1..

...

.10

2..

.9C

r–1M

oF

orge

dpi

peS

A-3

69F

P91

K90

901

85(5

85)

5B2

...

...

102

...

9Cr–

1Mo–

VF

orge

dpi

pe

SA

-372

AK

0300

260

(415

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Si

For

ging

sS

A-3

72B

K04

001

75(5

15)

12

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-376

16–8

–2H

S16

800

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–8N

i–2M

oS

mls

.pi

peS

A-3

76T

P30

4S

3040

070

(485

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

Sm

ls.

pipe

≥0.

812

in.

(21

mm

)S

A-3

76T

P30

4S

3040

075

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

Sm

ls.

pipe

<0.

812

in.

(21

mm

)

2004 SECTION IX



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

91

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Fer

rous

(CO

NT

’D)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifie

dU

NS

Ten

sile

,P

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-S

pec.

No.

Typ

eor

Gra

deN

o.ks

i(M

Pa)

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

Nom

inal

Com

posi

tion

Pro

duct

For

m

SA

-376

TP

304H

S30

409

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iS

mls

.pi

peS

A-3

76T

P30

4NS

3045

180

(550

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni–

NS

mls

.pi

peS

A-3

76T

P30

4LN

S30

453

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

i–N

Sm

ls.

pipe

SA

-376

TP

316

S31

600

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

Sm

ls.

pipe

SA

-376

TP

316H

S31

609

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

Sm

ls.

pipe

SA

-376

TP

316N

S31

651

80(5

50)

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo–

NS

mls

.pi

peS

A-3

76T

P31

6LN

S31

653

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo–

NS

mls

.pi

peS

A-3

76S

3172

5S

3172

575

(515

)8

4..

...

.10

2..

.19

Cr–

15N

i–4M

oS

mls

.pi

peS

A-3

76S

3172

6S

3172

680

(550

)8

4..

...

.10

2..

.19

Cr–

15.5

Ni–

4Mo

Sm

ls.

pipe

SA

-376

TP

321

S32

100

70(4

85)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Ti

Sm

ls.

pipe

>3 ⁄ 8

in.

(10

mm

)S

A-3

76T

P32

1S

3210

075

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–T

iS

mls

.pi

pe≤

3 ⁄ 8in

.(1

0m

m)

SA

-376

TP

321H

S32

109

70(4

85)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Ti

Sm

ls.

pipe

>3 ⁄ 8

in.

(10

mm

)S

A-3

76T

P32

1HS

3210

975

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–T

iS

mls

.pi

pe≤

3 ⁄ 8in

.(1

0m

m)

SA

-376

TP

347

S34

700

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

Sm

ls.

pipe

SA

-376

TP

347H

S34

709

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

Sm

ls.

pipe

SA

-376

TP

348

S34

800

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

Sm

ls.

pipe

A38

1Y

35K

0301

360

(415

)..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Wel

ded

pipe

A38

1Y

42..

.60

(415

)..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Wel

ded

pipe

A38

1Y

48..

.62

(425

)..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Wel

ded

pipe

>3 ⁄ 8

in.

(10

mm

)A

381

Y46

...

63(4

35)

...

...

11

...

101

CW

elde

dpi

peA

381

Y50

...

64(4

40)

...

...

11

...

101

CW

elde

dpi

pe>

3 ⁄ 8in

.(1

0m

m)

A38

1Y

52..

.66

(455

)..

...

.1

2..

.10

1C

Wel

ded

pipe

>3 ⁄ 8

in.

(10

mm

)A

381

Y56

...

71(4

90)

...

...

12

...

101

CW

elde

dpi

pe>

3 ⁄ 8in

.(1

0m

m)

A38

1Y

52..

.72

(495

)..

...

.1

2..

.10

1C

Wel

ded

pipe

,to

3 ⁄ 8in

.(1

0m

m)

A38

1Y

56..

.75

(515

)..

...

.1

2..

.10

1C

Wel

ded

pipe

,to

3 ⁄ 8in

.(1

0m

m)

A38

1Y

60..

.75

(515

)..

...

.1

2..

.10

1C

Wel

ded

pipe

>3 ⁄ 8

in.

(10

mm

)A

381

Y60

...

78(5

40)

...

...

12

...

101

CW

elde

dpi

pe≤

3 ⁄ 8in

.(1

0m

m)

SA

-387

12,

Cl.

1K

1175

755

(380

)4

1..

...

.10

2..

.1C

r–0.

5Mo

Pla

teS

A-3

8712

,C

l.2

K11

757

65(4

50)

41

...

...

102

...

1Cr–

0.5M

oP

late

SA

-387

11,

Cl.

1K

1178

960

(415

)4

1..

...

.10

2..

.1.

25C

r–0.

5Mo–

Si

Pla

teS

A-3

8711

,C

l.2

K11

789

75(5

15)

41

...

...

102

...

1.25

Cr–

0.5M

o–S

iP

late

SA

-387

Gr.

2,C

l.1

K12

143

55(3

80)

31

...

...

101

...

0.5C

r–0.

5Mo

Pla

teS

A-3

87G

r.2,

Cl.

2K

1214

370

(485

)3

2..

...

.10

1..

.0.

5Cr–

0.5M

oP

late

SA

-387

22,

Cl.

1K

2159

060

(415

)5A

1..

...

.10

2..

.2.

25C

r–1M

oP

late

SA

-387

22,

Cl.

2K

2159

075

(515

)5A

1..

...

.10

2..

.2.

25C

r–1M

oP

late

SA

-387

21,

Cl.

1K

3154

560

(415

)5A

1..

...

.10

2..

.3C

r–1M

oP

late

SA

-387

21,

Cl.

2K

3154

575

(515

)5A

1..

...

.10

2..

.3C

r–1M

oP

late

WELDING DATA



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

92

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Fer

rous

(CO

NT

’D)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifie

dU

NS

Ten

sile

,P

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-S

pec.

No.

Typ

eor

Gra

deN

o.ks

i(M

Pa)

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

Nom

inal

Com

posi

tion

Pro

duct

For

m

SA

-387

5,C

l.1

K41

545

60(4

15)

5B1

...

...

102

...

5Cr–

0.5M

oP

late

SA

-387

5,C

l.2

K41

545

75(5

15)

5B1

...

...

102

...

5Cr–

0.5M

oP

late

SA

-387

Gr.

91,

Cl.

2K

9090

185

(585

)5B

2..

...

.10

2..

.9C

r–1M

o–V

Pla

te

SA

-403

WP

XM

–19

S20

910

100

(690

)8

3..

...

.10

2..

.22

Cr–

13N

i–5M

nW

roug

htpi

ping

fitti

ngs

SA

-403

WP

304

S30

400

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iW

roug

htpi

ping

fitti

ngs

SA

-403

WP

304L

S30

403

70(4

85)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iW

roug

htpi

ping

fitti

ngs

SA

-403

WP

304H

S30

409

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iW

roug

htpi

ping

fitti

ngs

SA

-403

WP

304N

S30

451

80(5

50)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

i–N

Wro

ught

pipi

ngfit

ting

s

SA

-403

WP

304L

NS

3045

375

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni–

NW

roug

htpi

ping

fitti

ngs

SA

-403

WP

309

S30

900

75(5

15)

82

...

...

102

...

23C

r–12

Ni

Wro

ught

pipi

ngfit

ting

sS

A-4

03W

P31

0S

3100

075

(515

)8

2..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

20N

iW

roug

htpi

ping

fitti

ngs

SA

-403

WP

316

S31

600

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

Wro

ught

pipi

ngfit

ting

sS

A-4

03W

P31

6LS

3160

370

(485

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oW

roug

htpi

ping

fitti

ngs

SA

-403

...

S31

254

94(6

50)

84

...

...

102

...

20C

r–18

Ni–

6Mo

Wro

ught

pipi

ngfit

ting

s

SA

-403

WP

316H

S31

609

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

Wro

ught

pipi

ngfit

ting

sS

A-4

03W

P31

6NS

3165

180

(550

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

o–N

Wro

ught

pipi

ngfit

ting

sS

A-4

03W

P31

6LN

S31

653

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo–

NW

roug

htpi

ping

fitti

ngs

SA

-403

WP

317

S31

700

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–13

Ni–

3Mo

Wro

ught

pipi

ngfit

ting

sS

A-4

03W

P31

7LS

3170

375

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

13N

i–3M

oW

roug

htpi

ping

fitti

ngs

SA

-403

WP

321

S32

100

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Ti

Wro

ught

pipi

ngfit

ting

sS

A-4

03W

P32

1HS

3210

975

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–T

iW

roug

htpi

ping

fitti

ngs

SA

-403

WP

347

S34

700

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

Wro

ught

pipi

ngfit

ting

sS

A-4

03W

P34

7HS

3470

975

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bW

roug

htpi

ping

fitti

ngs

SA

-403

WP

348

S34

800

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

Wro

ught

pipi

ngfit

ting

sS

A-4

03W

P34

8HS

3480

975

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bW

roug

htpi

ping

fitti

ngs

A40

3S

3456

5S

3456

511

5(7

95)

...

...

84

...

...

24C

r–17

Ni–

6Mn–

4.5M

o–N

Wro

ught

pipi

ngfit

ting

s

SA

-409

TP

304

S30

400

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iW

elde

dpi

peS

A-4

09T

P30

4LS

3040

370

(485

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-409

S30

815

S30

815

87(6

00)

82

...

...

102

...

21C

r–11

Ni–

NW

elde

dpi

peS

A-4

09T

P30

9SS

3090

875

(515

)8

2..

...

.10

2..

.23

Cr–

12N

iW

elde

dpi

peS

A-4

09T

P30

9Cb

S30

940

75(5

15)

82

...

...

102

...

23C

r–12

Ni–

Cb

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-409

TP

310S

S31

008

75(5

15)

82

...

...

102

...

25C

r–20

Ni

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-409

TP

310C

bS

3104

075

(515

)8

2..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

20N

i–C

bW

elde

dpi

peS

A-4

09S

3125

4S

3125

494

(650

)8

4..

...

.10

2..

.20

Cr–

18N

i–6M

oW

elde

dpi

peS

A-4

09T

P31

6S

3160

075

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oW

elde

dpi

peS

A-4

09T

P31

6LS

3160

370

(485

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oW

elde

dpi

pe

2004 SECTION IX



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

93

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Fer

rous

(CO

NT

’D)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifie

dU

NS

Ten

sile

,P

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-S

pec.

No.

Typ

eor

Gra

deN

o.ks

i(M

Pa)

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

Nom

inal

Com

posi

tion

Pro

duct

For

m

SA

-409

TP

317

S31

700

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–13

Ni–

3Mo

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-409

S31

725

S31

725

75(5

15)

84

...

...

102

...

19C

r–15

Ni–

4Mo

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-409

S31

726

S31

726

80(5

50)

84

...

...

102

...

19C

r–15

.5N

i–4M

oW

elde

dpi

peS

A-4

09T

P32

1S

3210

075

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–T

iW

elde

dpi

peS

A-4

09T

P34

7S

3470

075

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bW

elde

dpi

peS

A-4

09T

P34

8S

3480

075

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bW

elde

dpi

pe

SA

-414

AK

0150

145

(310

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

She

etS

A-4

14B

K02

201

50(3

45)

11

...

...

101

...

CS

heet

SA

-414

CK

0250

355

(380

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

She

etS

A-4

14D

K02

505

60(4

15)

11

...

...

101

...

C–M

nS

heet

SA

-414

EK

0270

465

(450

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn

She

etS

A-4

14F

K03

102

70(4

85)

12

...

...

101

...

C–M

nS

heet

SA

-414

GK

0310

375

(515

)1

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn

She

et

SA

-420

WP

L6

K03

006

60(4

15)

11

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iP

ipin

gfit

ting

SA

-420

WP

L9

K22

035

63(4

35)

9A1

...

...

101

...

2Ni–

1Cu

Pip

ing

fitti

ngS

A-4

20W

PL

3K

3191

865

(450

)9B

1..

...

.10

1..

.3.

5Ni

Pip

ing

fitti

ngS

A-4

20W

PL

8K

8134

010

0(6

90)

11A

1..

...

.10

1..

.9N

iP

ipin

gfit

ting

SA

-423

1K

1153

560

(415

)4

2..

...

.10

2..

.0.

75C

r–0.

5Ni–

Cu

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dtu

beS

A-4

232

K11

540

60(4

15)

42

...

...

102

...

0.75

Ni–

0.5C

u–M

oS

mls

.&

wel

ded

tube

SA

-426

CP

15J1

1522

60(4

15)

31

...

...

101

...

C–0

.5M

o–S

iC

entr

ifug

alca

stpi

peS

A-4

26C

P2

J115

4760

(415

)3

1..

...

.10

1..

.0.

5Cr–

0.5M

oC

entr

ifug

alca

stpi

peS

A-4

26C

P12

J115

6260

(415

)4

1..

...

.10

2..

.1C

r–0.

5Mo

Cen

trif

ugal

cast

pipe

SA

-426

CP

11J1

2072

70(4

85)

41

...

...

102

...

1.25

Cr–

0.5M

oC

entr

ifug

alca

stpi

peS

A-4

26C

P1

J125

2165

(450

)3

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–0.5

Mo

Cen

trif

ugal

cast

pipe

SA

-426

CP

22J2

1890

70(4

85)

5A1

...

...

102

...

2.25

Cr–

1Mo

Cen

trif

ugal

cast

pipe

SA

-426

CP

21J3

1545

60(4

15)

5A1

...

...

102

...

3Cr–

1Mo

Cen

trif

ugal

cast

pipe

SA

-426

CP

5J4

2045

90(6

20)

5B1

...

...

102

...

5Cr–

0.5M

oC

entr

ifug

alca

stpi

peS

A-4

26C

P5b

J515

4560

(415

)5B

1..

...

.10

2..

.5C

r–1.

5Si–

0.5M

oC

entr

ifug

alca

stpi

peS

A-4

26C

P9

J820

9090

(620

)5B

1..

...

.10

2..

.9C

r–1M

oC

entr

ifug

alca

stpi

peS

A-4

26C

PC

A15

J911

5090

(620

)6

3..

...

.10

2..

.13

Cr

Cen

trif

ugal

cast

pipe

SA

-430

FP

16–8

–2H

S16

800

70(4

85)

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–8N

i–2M

oF

orge

dpi

peS

A-4

30F

P30

4S

3040

070

(485

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

For

ged

pipe

SA

-430

FP

304H

S30

409

70(4

85)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iF

orge

dpi

peS

A-4

30F

P30

4NS

3045

175

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni–

NF

orge

dpi

peS

A-4

30F

P31

6S

3160

070

(485

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oF

orge

dpi

pe

WELDING DATA



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

94

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Fer

rous

(CO

NT

’D)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifie

dU

NS

Ten

sile

,P

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-S

pec.

No.

Typ

eor

Gra

deN

o.ks

i(M

Pa)

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

Nom

inal

Com

posi

tion

Pro

duct

For

m

SA

-430

FP

316H

S31

609

70(4

85)

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

For

ged

pipe

SA

-430

FP

316N

S31

651

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo–

NF

orge

dpi

peS

A-4

30F

P32

1S

3210

070

(485

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–T

iF

orge

dpi

peS

A-4

30F

P32

1HS

3210

970

(485

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–T

iF

orge

dpi

peS

A-4

30F

P34

7S

3470

070

(485

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bF

orge

dpi

peS

A-4

30F

P34

7HS

3470

970

(485

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bF

orge

dpi

pe

A44

11

K12

211

70(4

85)

...

...

12

...

101

Mn–

Cu–

VS

hape

sA

441

2K

1221

170

(485

)..

...

.1

2..

.10

1M

n–C

u–V

Sha

pes

A44

6A

...

45(3

10)

...

...

11

...

101

CS

heet

SA

-451

CP

F8

J926

0070

(485

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

Cen

trif

ugal

cast

pipe

SA

-451

CP

F8A

J926

0077

(530

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

Cen

trif

ugal

cast

pipe

SA

-451

CP

F8C

J927

1070

(485

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bC

entr

ifug

alca

stpi

peS

A-4

51C

PF

8MJ9

2900

70(4

85)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

Cen

trif

ugal

cast

pipe

SA

-451

CP

F3

J925

0070

(485

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

Cen

trif

ugal

cast

pipe

SA

-451

CP

F3M

J928

0070

(485

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oC

entr

ifug

alca

stpi

pe

SA

-451

CP

F3A

J925

0077

(530

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

Cen

trif

ugal

cast

pipe

SA

-451

CP

H8

J934

0065

(450

)8

2..

..

..10

2..

.25

Cr–

12N

iC

entr

ifug

alca

stpi

peS

A-4

51C

PH

20J9

3402

70(4

85)

82

...

...

102

...

25C

r–12

Ni

Cen

trif

ugal

cast

pipe

SA

-451

CP

K20

J942

0265

(450

)8

2..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

20N

iC

entr

ifug

alca

stpi

pe

A45

1C

PF

10M

CJ9

2971

70(4

85)

...

...

81

...

102

16C

r–14

Ni–

2Mo

Cen

trif

ugal

cast

pipe

A45

1C

PE

20N

...

80(5

50)

...

...

82

...

102

25C

r–8N

i–N

Cen

trif

ugal

cast

pipe

SA

-455

...

K03

300

70(4

85)

12

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iP

late

>0.

580–

0.75

0in

.(1

5–19

mm

)S

A-4

55..

.K

0330

073

(505

)1

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Pla

te>

0.37

5–0.

580

in.

(10–

15m

m)

SA

-455

...

K03

300

75(5

15)

12

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iP

late

,up

to0.

375

in.

(10

mm

)

SA

-479

XM

–19

S20

910

100

(690

)8

3..

...

.10

2..

.22

Cr–

13N

i–5M

nB

ars

&sh

apes

SA

-479

XM

–17

S21

600

90(6

20)

83

...

...

102

...

19C

r–8M

n–6N

i–M

o–N

Bar

s&

shap

esS

A-4

79X

M–1

8S

2160

390

(620

)8

3..

...

.10

2..

.19

Cr–

8Mn–

6Ni–

Mo–

NB

ars

&sh

apes

SA

-479

S21

800

S21

800

95(6

55)

83

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

i–4S

i–N

Bar

s&

shap

esS

A-4

79X

M–1

1S

2190

490

(620

)8

3..

...

.10

2..

.21

Cr–

6Ni–

9Mn

Bar

s&

shap

es

SA

-479

XM

–29

S24

000

100

(690

)8

3..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

3Ni–

12M

nB

ars

&sh

apes

SA

-479

302

S30

200

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iB

ars

&sh

apes

SA

-479

304

S30

400

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iB

ars

&sh

apes

SA

-479

304L

S30

403

70(4

85)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iB

ars

&sh

apes

SA

-479

304H

S30

409

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iB

ars

&sh

apes

2004 SECTION IX



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

95

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Fer

rous

(CO

NT

’D)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifie

dU

NS

Ten

sile

,P

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-S

pec.

No.

Typ

eor

Gra

deN

o.ks

i(M

Pa)

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

Nom

inal

Com

posi

tion

Pro

duct

For

m

SA

-479

304N

S30

451

80(5

50)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

i–N

Bar

s&

shap

esS

A-4

7930

4LN

S30

453

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

i–N

Bar

s&

shap

esS

A-4

79S

3060

0S

3060

078

(540

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

15N

i–4S

iB

ars

&sh

apes

SA

-479

S30

815

S30

815

87(6

00)

82

...

...

102

...

21C

r–11

Ni–

NB

ars

&sh

apes

SA

-479

309S

S30

908

75(5

15)

82

...

...

102

...

23C

r–12

Ni

Bar

s&

shap

esS

A-4

7930

9Cb

S30

940

75(5

15)

82

...

...

102

...

23C

r–12

Ni–

Cb

Bar

s&

shap

es

SA

-479

310S

S31

008

75(5

15)

82

...

...

102

...

25C

r–20

Ni

Bar

s&

shap

esS

A-4

7931

0Cb

S31

040

75(5

15)

82

...

...

102

...

25C

r–20

Ni–

Cb

Bar

s&

shap

esS

A-4

79S

3125

4S

3125

495

(655

)8

4..

...

.10

2..

.20

Cr–

18N

i–6M

oB

ars

&sh

apes

SA

-479

316

S31

600

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

Bar

s&

shap

esS

A-4

7931

6LS

3160

370

(485

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oB

ars

&sh

apes

SA

-479

316H

S31

609

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

Bar

s&

shap

esS

A-4

7931

6Ti

S31

635

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo–

Ti

Bar

s&

shap

esS

A-4

7931

6Cb

S31

640

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo–

Cb

Bar

s&

shap

esS

A-4

7931

6NS

3165

180

(550

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

o–N

Bar

s&

shap

esS

A-4

7931

6LN

S31

653

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo–

NB

ars

&sh

apes

SA

-479

S31

725

S31

725

75(5

15)

84

...

...

102

...

19C

r–15

Ni–

4Mo

Bar

s&

shap

esS

A-4

79S

3172

6S

3172

680

(550

)8

4..

...

.10

2..

.19

Cr–

15.5

Ni–

4Mo

Bar

s&

shap

esS

A-4

79..

.S

3180

390

(620

)10

H1

...

...

102

...

22C

r–5N

i–3M

o–N

Bar

s&

shap

esS

A-4

7932

1S

3210

075

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–T

iB

ars

&sh

apes

SA

-479

321H

S32

109

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Ti

Bar

s&

shap

esS

A-4

79S

3255

0S

3255

011

0(7

60)

10H

1..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

5Ni–

3Mo–

2Cu

Bar

s&

shap

es

SA

-479

347

S34

700

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

Bar

s&

shap

esS

A-4

7934

7HS

3470

975

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bB

ars

&sh

apes

SA

-479

348

S34

800

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

Bar

s&

shap

esS

A-4

7934

8HS

3480

975

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bB

ars

&sh

apes

SA

-479

403

S40

300

70(4

85)

61

...

...

102

...

12C

rB

ars

&sh

apes

SA

-479

405

S40

500

60(4

15)

71

...

...

102

...

12C

r–1A

lB

ars

&sh

apes

SA

-479

410

S41

000

70(4

85)

61

...

...

102

...

13C

rB

ars

&sh

apes

SA

-479

414

S41

400

115

(795

)6

4..

...

.10

2..

.12

.5C

r–2N

i–S

iB

ars

&sh

apes

SA

-479

S41

500

S41

500

115

(795

)6

4..

...

.10

2..

.13

Cr–

4.5N

i–M

oB

ars

&sh

apes

SA

-479

430

S43

000

70(4

85)

72

...

...

102

...

17C

rB

ars

&sh

apes

SA

-479

439

S43

035

70(4

85)

72

...

...

102

...

18C

r–T

iB

ars

&sh

apes

SA

-479

S44

400

S44

400

60(4

15)

72

...

...

102

...

18C

r–2M

oB

ars

&sh

apes

SA

-479

XM

–27

S44

627

65(4

50)

10I

1..

...

.10

2..

.27

Cr–

1Mo

Bar

s&

shap

esS

A-4

79S

4470

0S

4470

070

(485

)10

J1

...

...

102

...

29C

r–4M

oB

ars

&sh

apes

SA

-479

S44

800

S44

800

70(4

85)

10K

1..

...

.10

2..

.29

Cr–

4Mo–

2Ni

Bar

s&

shap

es

WELDING DATA



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

96

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Fer

rous

(CO

NT

’D)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifie

dU

NS

Ten

sile

,P

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-S

pec.

No.

Typ

eor

Gra

deN

o.ks

i(M

Pa)

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

Nom

inal

Com

posi

tion

Pro

duct

For

m

SA

-487

Gr.

16,

Cl.

AJ3

1200

70(4

85)

12

...

...

101

...

Low

C–M

n–N

iC

asti

ngs

SA

-487

Gr.

1,C

l.A

J130

0285

(585

)10

A1

...

...

101

...

Mn–

VC

asti

ngs

SA

-487

Gr.

1,C

l.B

J130

0290

(620

)10

A1

...

...

101

...

Mn–

VC

asti

ngs

SA

-487

Gr.

2,C

l.A

J130

0585

(585

)3

3..

...

.10

1..

.M

n–0.

25M

o–V

Cas

ting

sS

A-4

87G

r.2,

Cl.

BJ1

3005

90(6

20)

33

...

...

101

...

Mn–

0.25

Mo–

VC

asti

ngs

SA

-487

Gr.

4,C

l.A

J130

4790

(620

)3

3..

...

.10

1..

.0.

5Ni–

0.5C

r–0.

25M

o–V

Cas

ting

sS

A-4

87G

r.4,

Cl.

BJ1

3047

105

(725

)11

A3

...

...

101

...

0.5N

i–0.

5Cr–

0.25

Mo–

VC

asti

ngs

SA

-487

Gr.

4,C

l.E

J130

4711

5(7

95)

11A

3..

...

.10

1..

.0.

5Ni–

0.5C

r–0.

25M

o–V

Cas

ting

sS

A-4

87G

r.8,

Cl.

AJ2

2091

85(5

85)

5C1

...

...

102

...

2.25

Cr–

1Mo

Cas

ting

sS

A-4

87G

r.8,

Cl.

CJ2

2091

100

(690

)5C

4..

...

.10

2..

.2.

25C

r–1M

oC

asti

ngs

SA

-487

Gr.

8,C

l.B

J220

9110

5(7

25)

5C4

...

...

102

...

2.25

Cr–

1Mo

Cas

ting

sS

A-4

87C

A15

MC

l.A

J911

5190

(620

)6

3..

...

.10

2..

.13

Cr–

Mo

Cas

ting

sS

A-4

87C

A15

Cl.

CJ9

1150

90(6

20)

63

...

...

102

...

13C

rC

asti

ngs

SA

-487

CA

15C

l.B

J911

7190

(620

)6

3..

...

.10

2..

.13

Cr

Cas

ting

s

SA

-487

CA

15C

l.D

J911

7110

0(6

90)

63

...

...

102

...

13C

rC

asti

ngs

SA

-487

CA

6NM

Cl.

BJ9

1540

100

(690

)6

4..

...

.10

2..

.13

Cr–

4Ni

Cas

ting

sS

A-4

87C

A6N

MC

l.A

J915

4011

0(7

60)

64

...

...

102

...

13C

r–4N

iC

asti

ngs

SA

-494

CX

2MW

N26

022

80(5

50)

44..

...

...

.11

2..

.59

Ni–

22C

r–14

Mo–

4Fe–

3WC

asti

ngs

A49

4C

W-6

MN

3010

772

(495

)..

...

.44

...

...

112

56N

i–19

Mo–

18C

r–2F

eC

asti

ngs

A50

0C

K02

705

62(4

25)

...

...

11

...

101

CT

ube

A50

0B

K03

000

58(4

00)

...

...

11

...

101

CT

ube

A50

1..

.K

0300

058

(400

)..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Tub

e

SA

-508

3,C

l.1

K12

042

80(5

50)

33

...

...

101

...

0.75

Ni–

0.5M

o–C

r–V

For

ging

sS

A-5

083,

Cl.

2K

1204

290

(620

)3

3..

...

.10

2..

.0.

75N

i–0.

5Mo–

Cr–

VF

orgi

ngs

SA

-508

2,C

l.1

K12

766

80(5

50)

33

...

...

101

...

0.75

Ni–

0.5M

o–0.

3Cr–

VF

orgi

ngs

SA

-508

2,C

l.2

K12

766

90(6

20)

33

...

...

101

...

0.75

Ni–

0.5M

o–0.

3Cr–

VF

orgi

ngs

SA

-508

1K

1350

270

(485

)1

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Si

For

ging

s

SA

-508

1AK

1350

270

(485

)1

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

For

ging

sS

A-5

0822

,C

l.3

K21

590

85(5

85)

5C1

...

...

...

...

2.25

Cr–

1Mo

For

ging

sS

A-5

084N

,C

l.3

K22

375

90(6

20)

33

...

...

102

...

3.5N

i–1.

75C

r–0.

5Mo–

VF

orgi

ngs

SA

-508

4N,

Cl.

1K

2237

510

5(7

25)

11A

5..

...

.10

2..

.3.

5Ni–

1.75

Cr–

0.5M

o–V

For

ging

sS

A-5

084N

,C

l.2

K22

375

115

(795

)11

B10

...

...

102

...

3.5N

i–1.

75C

r–0.

5Mo–

VF

orgi

ngs

SA

-508

3VK

3183

085

(585

)5C

1..

...

.10

2..

.3C

r–1M

o–V

–Ti–

BF

orgi

ngs

SA

-508

5,C

l.1

K42

365

105

(725

)11

A5

...

...

102

...

3.5N

i–1.

75C

r–0.

5Mo–

VF

orgi

ngs

SA

-508

5,C

l.2

K42

365

115

(795

)11

B10

...

...

102

...

3.5N

i–1.

75C

r–0.

5Mo–

VF

orgi

ngs

SA

-513

1008

G10

080

42(2

90)

11

...

...

101

...

CT

ube

2004 SECTION IX



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

97

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Fer

rous

(CO

NT

’D)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifie

dU

NS

Ten

sile

,P

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-S

pec.

No.

Typ

eor

Gra

deN

o.ks

i(M

Pa)

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

Nom

inal

Com

posi

tion

Pro

duct

For

m

SA

-513

1010

G10

100

45(3

10)

11

...

...

101

...

CT

ube

SA

-513

1015

G10

150

48(3

30)

11

...

...

101

...

CT

ube

A51

310

15C

WG

1015

065

(450

)..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Tub

eA

513

1020

CW

G10

200

70(4

85)

...

...

12

...

101

CT

ube

A51

310

25C

WG

1025

075

(515

)..

...

.1

2..

.10

1C

Tub

eA

513

1026

CW

G10

260

80(5

50)

...

...

13

...

101

CT

ube

A51

4F

K11

576

110

(760

)..

...

.11

B3

...

101

0.75

Ni–

0.5C

r–0.

5Mo–

VP

late

,2

1 ⁄ 2in

.(6

4m

m)

max

.A

514

JK

1162

511

0(7

60)

...

...

11B

6..

.10

1C

–0.5

Mo

Pla

te,

11 ⁄ 4

in.

(32

mm

)m

ax.

A51

4B

K11

630

110

(760

)..

...

.11

B4

...

101

0.5C

r–0.

2Mo–

VP

late

,1

1 ⁄ 4in

.(3

2m

m)

max

.A

514

DK

1166

211

0(7

60)

...

...

11B

5..

.10

11C

r–0.

2Mo–

Si

Pla

te,

11 ⁄ 4

in.

(32

mm

)m

ax.

A51

4A

K11

856

110

(760

)..

...

.11

B1

...

101

0.5C

r–0.

25M

o–S

iP

late

,1

1 ⁄ 4in

.(3

2m

m)

max

.A

514

EK

2160

410

0(6

90)

...

...

11B

2..

.10

21.

75C

r–0.

5Mo–

Cu

Pla

te>

21 ⁄ 2–6

in.

(64–

152

mm

),in

cl.

A51

4E

K21

604

110

(760

)..

...

.11

B2

...

102

1.75

Cr–

0.5M

o–C

uP

late

,2

1 ⁄ 2in

.(6

4m

m)

max

.A

514

PK

2165

010

0(6

90)

...

...

11B

8..

.10

21.

25N

i–1C

r–0.

5Mo

Pla

te>

21 ⁄ 2–6

in.

(64–

152

mm

),in

cl.

A51

4P

K21

650

110

(760

)..

...

.11

B8

...

102

1.25

Ni–

1Cr–

0.5M

oP

late

,2

1 ⁄ 2in

.(6

4m

m)

max

.A

514

Q..

.10

0(6

90)

...

...

11B

9..

.10

21.

3Ni–

1.3C

r–0.

5Mo–

VP

late

>21 ⁄ 2–

6in

.(6

4–15

2m

m),

incl

.A

514

Q..

.11

0(7

60)

...

...

11B

9..

.10

21.

3Ni–

1.3C

r–0.

5Mo–

VP

late

,2

1 ⁄ 2in

.(6

4m

m)

max

.

SA

-515

60K

0240

160

(415

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

Pla

teS

A-5

1565

K02

800

65(4

50)

11

...

...

101

...

C–S

iP

late

SA

-515

70K

0310

170

(485

)1

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Si

Pla

te

SA

-516

55K

0180

055

(380

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Si

Pla

teS

A-5

1660

K02

100

60(4

15)

11

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iP

late

SA

-516

65K

0240

365

(450

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Pla

teS

A-5

1670

K02

700

70(4

85)

12

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iP

late

SA

-517

FK

1157

611

5(7

95)

11B

3..

...

.10

1..

.0.

75N

i–0.

5Cr–

0.5M

o–V

Pla

te≤

21 ⁄ 2in

.(6

4m

m)

SA

-517

JK

1162

511

5(7

95)

11B

6..

...

.10

1..

.C

–0.5

Mo

Pla

te≤

11 ⁄ 4in

.(3

2m

m)

SA

-517

BK

1163

011

5(7

95)

11B

4..

...

.10

1..

.0.

5Cr–

0.2M

o–V

Pla

te≤

11 ⁄ 4in

.(3

2m

m)

SA

-517

AK

1185

611

5(7

95)

11B

1..

...

.10

1..

.0.

5Cr–

0.25

Mo–

Si

Pla

te≤

11 ⁄ 4in

.(3

2m

m)

SA

-517

EK

2160

410

5(7

25)

11B

2..

...

.10

2..

.1.

75C

r–0.

5Mo–

Cu

Pla

te>

21 ⁄ 2–6

in.

(64–

152

mm

)S

A-5

17E

K21

604

115

(795

)11

B2

...

...

102

...

1.75

Cr–

0.5M

o–C

uP

late

≤21 ⁄ 2

in.

(64

mm

)S

A-5

17P

K21

650

105

(725

)11

B8

...

...

102

...

1.25

Ni–

1Cr–

0.5M

oP

late

>21 ⁄ 2–

4in

.(6

4–10

2m

m)

SA

-517

PK

2165

011

5(7

95)

11B

8..

...

.10

2..

.1.

25N

i–1C

r–0.

5Mo

Pla

te≤

21 ⁄ 2in

.(6

4m

m)

WELDING DATA



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

98

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Fer

rous

(CO

NT

’D)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifie

dU

NS

Ten

sile

,P

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-S

pec.

No.

Typ

eor

Gra

deN

o.ks

i(M

Pa)

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

Nom

inal

Com

posi

tion

Pro

duct

For

m

A51

910

18H

RG

1018

050

(345

)..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Tub

eA

519

1018

CW

G10

180

70(4

85)

...

...

12

...

101

CT

ube

A51

910

20H

RG

1020

050

(345

)..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Tub

eA

519

1020

CW

G10

200

70(4

85)

...

...

12

...

101

CT

ube

A51

910

22H

RG

1022

050

(345

)..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Tub

eA

519

1022

CW

G10

220

70(4

85)

...

...

12

...

101

CT

ube

A51

910

25H

RG

1025

055

(380

)..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Tub

eA

519

1025

CW

G10

250

75(5

15)

...

...

12

...

101

CT

ube

A51

910

26H

RG

1026

055

(380

)..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Tub

eA

519

1026

CW

G10

260

75(5

15)

...

...

12

...

101

CT

ube

A52

1C

l.C

C..

.60

(415

)..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

For

ging

sA

521

Cl.

CE

...

75(5

15)

...

...

12

...

101

CF

orgi

ngs

SA

-522

Typ

eII

K71

340

100

(690

)11

A1

...

...

101

...

8Ni

For

ging

sS

A-5

22T

ype

IK

8134

010

0(6

90)

11A

1..

...

.10

1..

.9N

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-524

IIK

0210

455

(380

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Sm

ls.

pipe

SA

-524

IK

0210

460

(415

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Sm

ls.

pipe

SA

-533

Typ

eA

,C

l.1

K12

521

80(5

50)

33

...

...

101

...

Mn–

0.5M

oP

late

SA

-533

Typ

eA

,C

l.2

K12

521

90(6

20)

33

...

...

101

...

Mn–

0.5M

oP

late

SA

-533

Typ

eA

,C

l.3

K12

521

100

(690

)11

A4

...

...

101

...

Mn–

0.5M

oP

late

SA

-533

Typ

eD

,C

l.1

K12

529

80(5

50)

33

...

...

101

...

Mn–

0.5M

o–0.

25N

iP

late

SA

-533

Typ

eD

,C

l.2

K12

529

90(6

20)

33

...

...

101

...

Mn–

0.5M

o–0.

25N

iP

late

SA

-533

Typ

eD

,C

l.3

K12

529

100

(690

)11

A4

...

...

101

...

Mn–

0.5M

o–0.

25N

iP

late

SA

-533

Typ

eB

,C

l.1

K12

539

80(5

50)

33

...

...

101

...

Mn–

0.5M

o–0.

5Ni

Pla

teS

A-5

33T

ype

B,

Cl.

2K

1253

990

(620

)3

3..

...

.10

1..

.M

n–0.

5Mo–

0.5N

iP

late

SA

-533

Typ

eB

,C

l.3

K12

539

100

(690

)11

A4

...

...

101

...

Mn–

0.5M

o–0.

5Ni

Pla

teS

A-5

33T

ype

C,

Cl.

1K

1255

480

(550

)3

3..

...

.10

1..

.M

n–0.

5Mo–

0.75

Ni

Pla

teS

A-5

33T

ype

C,

Cl.

2K

1255

490

(620

)3

3..

...

.10

1..

.M

n–0.

5Mo–

0.75

Ni

Pla

teS

A-5

33T

ype

C,

Cl.

3K

1255

410

0(6

90)

11A

4..

...

.10

1..

.M

n–0.

5Mo–

0.75

Ni

Pla

te

SA

-537

Cl.

1K

1243

765

(450

)1

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Pla

te>

21 ⁄ 2–

4in

.(6

4–10

2m

m)

SA

-537

Cl.

1K

1243

770

(485

)1

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Pla

te,

21 ⁄ 2

in.

(64

mm

)&

unde

rS

A-5

37C

l.2

K12

437

70(4

85)

13

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iP

late

>4–

6in

.(1

02–1

52m

m),

incl

.S

A-5

37C

l.2

K12

437

75(5

15)

13

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iP

late

>21 ⁄ 2–

4in

.(6

4–10

2m

m)

SA

-537

Cl.

2K

1243

780

(550

)1

3..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Pla

te,

21 ⁄ 2

in.

(64

mm

)&

unde

rS

A-5

37C

l.3

K12

437

70(4

85)

13

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iP

late

>4

in.

(102

mm

)S

A-5

37C

l.3

K12

437

75(5

15)

13

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iP

late

,2

1 ⁄ 2in

.<

t≤

4in

.(6

4m

m<

t≤

102

mm

)

2004 SECTION IX



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

99

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Fer

rous

(CO

NT

’D)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifie

dU

NS

Ten

sile

,P

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-S

pec.

No.

Typ

eor

Gra

deN

o.ks

i(M

Pa)

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

Nom

inal

Com

posi

tion

Pro

duct

For

m

SA

-537

Cl.

3K

1243

780

(550

)1

3..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Pla

te≤

21 ⁄ 2in

.(6

4m

m)

SA

-541

1K

0350

670

(485

)1

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Si

For

ging

sS

A-5

411A

K03

020

70(4

85)

12

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-541

11,

Cl.

4K

1157

280

(550

)4

1..

...

.10

2..

.1.

25C

r–0.

5Mo–

Si

For

ging

sS

A-5

413,

Cl.

1K

1204

580

(550

)3

3..

...

.10

1..

.0.

5Ni–

0.5M

o–V

For

ging

sS

A-5

413,

Cl.

2K

1204

590

(620

)3

3..

...

.10

1..

.0.

5Ni–

0.5M

o–V

For

ging

s

SA

-541

2,C

l.1

K12

765

80(5

50)

33

...

...

101

...

0.75

Ni–

0.5M

o–0.

3Cr–

VF

orgi

ngs

SA

-541

2,C

l.2

K12

765

90(6

20)

33

...

...

101

...

0.75

Ni–

0.5M

o–0.

3Cr–

VF

orgi

ngs

SA

-541

22,

Cl.

3K

2139

085

(585

)5C

1..

...

.10

2..

.2.

25C

r–1M

oF

orgi

ngs

SA

-541

22,

Cl.

4K

2139

010

5(7

25)

5C4

...

...

102

...

2.25

Cr–

1Mo

For

ging

sS

A-5

4122

,C

l.5

K21

390

115

(795

)5C

5..

...

.10

2..

.2.

25C

r–1M

oF

orgi

ngs

SA

-541

3VK

3183

085

(585

)5C

1..

...

.10

2..

.3C

r–1M

o–V

–Ti–

BF

orgi

ngs

SA

-541

22V

K31

835

85(5

85)

5C1

...

...

...

...

2.25

Cr–

1Mo–

VF

orgi

ngs

SA

-542

B,

Cl.

4aK

2159

085

(585

)5C

1..

...

.10

2..

.2.

25C

r–1M

oP

late

SA

-542

B,

Cl.

4K

2159

085

(585

)5C

1..

...

.10

2..

.2.

25C

r–1M

oP

late

SA

-542

A,

Cl.

4K

2159

085

(585

)5C

1..

...

.10

2..

.2.

25C

r–1M

oP

late

SA

-542

A,

Cl.

4aK

2159

085

(585

)5C

1..

...

.10

2..

.2.

25C

r–1M

oP

late

SA

-542

A,

Cl.

3K

2159

095

(655

)5C

3..

...

.10

2..

.2.

25C

r–1M

oP

late

SA

-542

B,

Cl.

3K

2159

095

(655

)5C

3..

...

.10

2..

.2.

25C

r–1M

oP

late

SA

-542

A,

Cl.

1K

2159

010

5(7

25)

5C4

...

...

102

...

2.25

Cr–

1Mo

Pla

teS

A-5

42B

,C

l.1

K21

590

105

(725

)5C

4..

...

.10

2..

.2.

25C

r–1M

oP

late

SA

-542

B,

Cl.

2K

2159

011

5(7

95)

5C5

...

...

102

...

2.25

Cr–

1Mo

Pla

teS

A-5

42A

,C

l.2

K21

590

115

(795

)5C

5..

...

.10

2..

.2.

25C

r–1M

oP

late

SA

-542

C,

Cl.

4K

3183

085

(585

)5C

1..

...

.10

2..

.3C

r–1M

o–V

–Ti–

BP

late

SA

-542

C,

Cl.

4aK

3183

085

(585

)5C

1..

...

.10

2..

.3C

r–1M

o–V

–Ti–

BP

late

SA

-542

C,

Cl.

3K

3183

095

(655

)5C

3..

...

.10

2..

.3C

r–1M

o–V

–Ti–

BP

late

SA

-542

C,

Cl.

1K

3183

010

5(7

25)

5C4

...

...

102

...

3Cr–

1Mo–

V–T

i–B

Pla

teS

A-5

42C

,C

l.2

K31

830

115

(795

)5C

5..

...

.10

2..

.3C

r–1M

o–V

–Ti–

BP

late

SA

-542

D,

Cl.

4aK

3183

585

(585

)5C

1..

...

...

...

.2.

25C

r–1M

o–V

Pla

te

SA

-543

B,

Cl.

3K

4233

990

(620

)3

3..

...

.10

2..

.3N

i–1.

75C

r–0.

5Mo

Pla

teS

A-5

43B

,C

l.1

K42

339

105

(725

)11

A5

...

...

102

...

3Ni–

1.75

Cr–

0.5M

oP

late

SA

-543

B,

Cl.

2K

4233

911

5(7

95)

11B

10..

...

.10

2..

.3N

i–1.

75C

r–0.

5Mo

Pla

teS

A-5

43C

,C

l.3

...

90(6

20)

33

...

...

102

...

2.75

Ni–

1.5C

r–0.

5Mo

Pla

teS

A-5

43C

,C

l.1

...

105

(725

)11

A5

...

...

102

...

2.75

Ni–

1.5C

r–0.

5Mo

Pla

teS

A-5

43C

,C

l.2

...

115

(795

)11

B10

...

...

102

...

2.75

Ni–

1.5C

r–0.

5Mo

Pla

te

SA

-553

IIK

7134

010

0(6

90)

11A

1..

...

.10

1..

.8N

iP

late

WELDING DATA



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

100

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Fer

rous

(CO

NT

’D)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifie

dU

NS

Ten

sile

,P

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-S

pec.

No.

Typ

eor

Gra

deN

o.ks

i(M

Pa)

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

Nom

inal

Com

posi

tion

Pro

duct

For

m

SA

-553

IK

8134

010

0(6

90)

11A

1..

...

.10

1..

.9N

iP

late

SA

-556

A2

K01

807

47(3

25)

11

...

...

101

...

CS

mls

.tu

beS

A-5

56B

2K

0270

760

(415

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Si

Sm

ls.

tube

SA

-556

C2

K03

006

70(4

85)

12

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iS

mls

.tu

be

SA

-557

A2

K01

807

47(3

25)

11

...

...

101

...

CE

.R.W

.tu

beS

A-5

57B

2K

0300

760

(415

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

E.R

.W.

tube

SA

-557

C2

K03

505

70(4

85)

12

...

...

101

...

C–M

nE

.R.W

.tu

be

SA

-562

...

K11

224

55(3

80)

11

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–T

iP

late

A57

030

K02

502

49(3

40)

...

...

11

...

101

CS

heet

&st

rip

A57

033

K02

502

52(3

60)

...

...

11

...

101

CS

heet

&st

rip

A57

036

K02

502

53(3

65)

...

...

11

...

101

CS

heet

&st

rip

A57

040

K02

502

55(3

80)

...

...

11

...

101

CS

heet

&st

rip

A57

045

K02

507

60(4

15)

...

...

11

...

101

CS

heet

&st

rip

A57

050

K02

507

65(4

50)

...

...

11

...

101

CS

heet

&st

rip

A57

242

...

60(4

15)

...

...

11

...

101

C–M

n–S

iP

late

&sh

apes

A57

250

...

65(4

50)

...

...

11

...

101

C–M

n–S

iP

late

&sh

apes

A57

260

...

75(5

15)

...

...

12

...

101

C–M

n–S

iP

late

&sh

apes

A57

358

...

58(4

00)

...

...

11

...

101

CP

late

A57

365

...

65(4

50)

...

...

11

...

101

CP

late

A57

370

...

70(4

85)

...

...

12

...

101

CP

late

A57

5M

1008

...

...

...

...

11

...

101

CB

arA

575

M10

10..

...

...

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Bar

A57

5M

1012

...

...

...

...

11

...

101

CB

arA

575

M10

15..

...

...

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Bar

A57

5M

1017

...

...

...

...

11

...

101

CB

arA

575

M10

20..

...

...

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Bar

A57

5M

1023

...

...

...

...

11

...

101

CB

arA

575

M10

25..

...

...

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Bar

A57

6G

1008

0..

...

...

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Bar

A57

6G

1010

0..

...

...

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Bar

A57

6G

1012

0..

...

...

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Bar

A57

6G

1015

0..

...

...

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Bar

A57

6G

1016

0..

...

...

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Bar

A57

6G

1017

0..

...

...

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Bar

A57

6G

1018

0..

...

...

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Bar

A57

6G

1019

0..

...

...

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Bar

2004 SECTION IX



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

101

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Fer

rous

(CO

NT

’D)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifie

dU

NS

Ten

sile

,P

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-S

pec.

No.

Typ

eor

Gra

deN

o.ks

i(M

Pa)

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

Nom

inal

Com

posi

tion

Pro

duct

For

m

A57

6G

1020

0..

...

...

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Bar

A57

6G

1021

0..

...

...

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Bar

A57

6G

1022

0..

...

...

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Bar

A57

6G

1023

0..

...

...

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Bar

A57

6G

1025

0..

...

...

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Bar

SA

-587

...

K11

500

48(3

30)

11

...

...

101

...

CE

.R.W

.pi

pe

A58

8A

,a

K11

430

63(4

35)

...

...

31

...

101

Mn–

0.5C

r–0.

3Cu–

Si–

VP

late

&ba

rA

588

A,

bK

1143

067

(460

)..

...

.3

1..

.10

1M

n–0.

5Cr–

0.3C

u–S

i–V

Pla

te&

bar

A58

8A

,c

K11

430

70(4

85)

...

...

31

...

101

Mn–

0.5C

r–0.

3Cu–

Si–

VP

late

&sh

apes

A58

8B

,a

K12

043

63(4

35)

...

...

31

...

101

Mn–

0.6C

r–0.

3Cu–

Si–

VP

late

&ba

rA

588

B,

bK

1204

367

(460

)..

...

.3

1..

.10

1M

n–0.

6Cr–

0.3C

u–S

i–V

Pla

te&

bar

A58

8B

,c

K12

043

70(4

85)

...

...

31

...

101

Mn–

0.6C

r–0.

3Cu–

Si–

VP

late

&sh

apes

SA

-592

FK

1157

610

5(7

25)

11B

3..

...

.10

1..

.0.

75N

i–0.

5Cr–

0.5M

o–V

For

ging

s,21 ⁄ 2–

4in

.(6

4–10

2m

m)

SA

-592

FK

1157

611

5(7

95)

11B

3..

...

.10

1..

.0.

75N

i–0.

5Cr–

0.5M

o–V

For

ging

s,2

1 ⁄ 2in

.(6

4m

m)

&un

der

SA

-592

EK

1169

510

5(7

25)

11B

2..

...

.10

2..

.1.

75C

r–0.

5Mo–

Cu

For

ging

s,2

1 ⁄ 2–4

in.

(64–

102

mm

)S

A-5

92E

K11

695

115

(795

)11

B2

...

...

102

...

1.75

Cr–

0.5M

o–C

uF

orgi

ngs,

21 ⁄ 2

in.

(64

mm

)&

unde

rS

A-5

92A

K11

856

105

(725

)11

B1

...

...

101

...

0.5C

r–0.

25M

o–S

iF

orgi

ngs,

21 ⁄ 2–

4in

.(6

4–10

2m

m)

SA

-592

AK

1185

611

5(7

95)

11B

1..

...

.10

1..

.0.

5Cr–

0.25

Mo–

Si

For

ging

s,2

1 ⁄ 2in

.(6

4m

m)

&un

der

A61

1A

G10

170

42(2

90)

...

...

11

...

101

CS

heet

A61

1B

G10

170

45(3

10)

...

...

11

...

101

CS

heet

A61

1C

G10

170

48(3

30)

...

...

11

...

101

CS

heet

SA

-612

...

K02

900

81(5

60)

10C

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Pla

te>

1 ⁄ 2–1

in.

(13–

25m

m)

SA

-612

...

K02

900

83(5

70)

10C

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Pla

te,

1 ⁄ 2in

.(1

3m

m)

&un

der

A61

8II

,b

K12

609

67(4

60)

...

...

12

...

101

Mn–

Cu–

VT

ube

>3 ⁄ 4–

11 ⁄ 2in

.(1

9–38

mm

)A

618

II,

aK

1260

970

(485

)..

...

.1

2..

.10

1M

n–C

u–V

Tub

e,3 ⁄ 4

in.

(19

mm

)&

unde

rA

618

III

K12

700

65(4

50)

...

...

11

...

101

Mn–

VT

ube

A63

3A

K01

802

63(4

35)

...

...

11

...

101

Mn–

Cb

Pla

te&

shap

esA

633

Cb

K12

000

65(4

50)

...

...

11

...

101

Mn–

Cb

Pla

te>

21 ⁄ 2–4

in.

(64–

102

mm

),sh

apes

A63

3C

aK

1200

070

(485

)..

...

.1

2..

.10

1M

n–C

bP

late

to2

1 ⁄ 2in

.(6

4m

m),

WELDING DATA



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

102

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Fer

rous

(CO

NT

’D)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifie

dU

NS

Ten

sile

,P

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-S

pec.

No.

Typ

eor

Gra

deN

o.ks

i(M

Pa)

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

Nom

inal

Com

posi

tion

Pro

duct

For

m

shap

esA

633

Db

K12

037

65(4

50)

...

...

11

...

101

C–M

n–S

iP

late

>21 ⁄ 2–

4in

.(6

4–10

2m

m),

shap

esA

633

Da

K12

037

70(4

85)

...

...

12

...

101

C–M

n–S

iP

late

to2

1 ⁄ 2in

.(6

4m

m),

shap

esA

633

EK

1220

280

(550

)..

...

.1

3..

.10

1C

–Mn–

Si–

VP

late

&sh

apes

SA

-645

...

K41

583

95(6

55)

11A

2..

...

.10

1..

.5N

i–0.

25M

oP

late

SA

-660

WC

AJ0

2504

60(4

15)

11

...

...

101

...

C–S

iC

entr

ifug

alca

stpi

peS

A-6

60W

CC

J025

0570

(485

)1

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Cen

trif

ugal

cast

pipe

SA

-660

WC

BJ0

3003

70(4

85)

12

...

...

101

...

C–S

iC

entr

ifug

alca

stpi

pe

SA

-662

AK

0170

158

(400

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Pla

teS

A-6

62C

K02

007

70(4

85)

12

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iP

late

SA

-662

BK

0220

365

(450

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Pla

te

A66

3..

...

...

...

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

Bar

SA

-666

201

S20

100

95(6

55)

83

...

...

102

...

17C

r–4N

i–6M

nP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-666

XM

–11

S21

904

90(6

20)

83

...

...

102

...

21C

r–6N

i–9M

nP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-666

302

S30

200

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-666

304

S30

400

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-666

304L

S30

403

70(4

85)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-666

304N

S30

451

80(5

50)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

i–N

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-6

6630

4LN

S30

453

80(5

50)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

i–N

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-6

6631

6S

3160

075

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SA

-666

316L

S31

603

70(4

85)

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

A-6

6631

6NS

3165

180

(550

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

o–N

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

p

A66

8C

l.B

G10

200

60(4

15)

...

...

11

...

101

CF

orgi

ngs

A66

8C

l.C

G10

250

66(4

55)

...

...

11

...

101

CF

orgi

ngs

A66

8C

l.D

G10

300

75(5

15)

...

...

12

...

101

C–M

nF

orgi

ngs

A66

8C

l.F

b..

.85

(585

)..

...

.1

3..

.10

1C

–Mn

For

ging

s>

4–10

in.

(102

–254

mm

)A

668

Cl.

Fa

...

90(6

20)

...

...

13

...

101

C–M

nF

orgi

ngs,

to4

in.

(102

mm

)

A66

8C

l.K

b..

.10

0(6

90)

...

...

43

...

101

CF

orgi

ngs

>7–

10in

.(1

78–2

54m

m)

A66

8C

l.K

a..

.10

5(7

25)

...

...

43

...

101

CF

orgi

ngs,

to7

in.

(178

mm

)A

668

Cl.

Lc

...

110

(760

)..

...

.4

3..

.10

1C

For

ging

s>

7–10

in.

(178

–254

mm

)A

668

Cl.

Lb

...

115

(795

)..

...

.4

3..

.10

1C

For

ging

s>

4–7

in.

2004 SECTION IX



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

103

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Fer

rous

(CO

NT

’D)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifie

dU

NS

Ten

sile

,P

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-S

pec.

No.

Typ

eor

Gra

deN

o.ks

i(M

Pa)

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

Nom

inal

Com

posi

tion

Pro

duct

For

m

(102

–178

mm

)A

668

Cl.

La

...

125

(860

)..

...

.4

3..

.10

1C

For

ging

s,to

4in

.(1

02m

m)

SA

-671

CC

60K

0210

060

(415

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-671

CE

55K

0220

255

(380

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-671

CD

70K

1243

770

(485

)1

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-671

CD

80K

1243

780

(550

)1

3..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-671

CB

60K

0240

160

(415

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-671

CE

60K

0240

260

(415

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-671

CC

65K

0240

365

(450

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-671

CC

70K

0270

070

(485

)1

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-671

CB

65K

0280

065

(450

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Si

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-671

CA

55K

0280

155

(380

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-671

CK

75K

0280

375

(515

)1

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-671

CB

70K

0310

170

(485

)1

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Si

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-672

A45

K01

700

45(3

10)

11

...

...

101

...

CF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

peS

A-6

72C

55K

0180

055

(380

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Si

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-672

B55

K02

001

55(3

80)

11

...

...

101

...

C–S

iF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

peS

A-6

72C

60K

0210

060

(415

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-672

A50

K02

200

50(3

45)

11

...

...

101

...

CF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

pe

SA

-672

E55

K02

202

55(3

80)

11

...

...

101

...

CF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

peS

A-6

72D

70K

1243

770

(485

)1

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-672

D80

K12

437

80(5

50)

13

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

peS

A-6

72B

60K

0240

160

(415

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-672

E60

K02

402

60(4

15)

11

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

pe

SA

-672

C65

K02

403

65(4

50)

11

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

peS

A-6

72C

70K

0270

070

(485

)1

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-672

B65

K02

800

65(4

50)

11

...

...

101

...

C–S

iF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

peS

A-6

72A

55K

0280

155

(380

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-672

N75

K02

803

75(5

15)

12

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

pe

SA

-672

B70

K03

101

70(4

85)

12

...

...

101

...

C–S

iF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

peS

A-6

72L

65K

1182

065

(450

)3

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–0.5

Mo

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-672

L70

K12

020

70(4

85)

32

...

...

101

...

C–0

.5M

oF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

peS

A-6

72H

75K

1202

175

(515

)3

2..

...

.10

1..

.M

n–0.

5Mo

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-672

H80

K12

022

80(5

50)

33

...

...

101

...

Mn–

0.5M

oF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

pe

SA

-672

L75

K12

320

75(5

15)

32

...

...

101

...

C–0

.5M

oF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

peS

A-6

72J1

00K

1252

110

0(6

90)

11A

4..

...

.10

1..

.M

n–0.

5Mo

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

WELDING DATA



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

104

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Fer

rous

(CO

NT

’D)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifie

dU

NS

Ten

sile

,P

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-S

pec.

No.

Typ

eor

Gra

deN

o.ks

i(M

Pa)

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

Nom

inal

Com

posi

tion

Pro

duct

For

m

SA

-672

J80

...

80(5

50)

33

...

...

101

...

Mn–

0.5M

o–0.

75N

iF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

peS

A-6

72J9

0..

.90

(620

)3

3..

...

.10

1..

.M

n–0.

5Mo–

0.75

Ni

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-675

45..

.45

(310

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

Bar

SA

-675

50..

.50

(345

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

Bar

SA

-675

55..

.55

(380

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

Bar

SA

-675

60..

.60

(415

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

Bar

SA

-675

65..

.65

(450

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

Bar

SA

-675

70..

.70

(485

)1

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

Bar

A67

575

...

75(5

15)

...

...

12

...

101

CB

ar

SA

-688

XM

–29

S24

000

100

(690

)8

3..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

3Ni–

12M

nW

elde

dtu

beS

A-6

88T

P30

4S

3040

075

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-688

TP

304L

S30

403

70(4

85)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iW

elde

dtu

beS

A-6

88T

P30

4NS

3045

180

(550

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni–

NW

elde

dtu

beS

A-6

88T

P30

4LN

S30

453

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

i–N

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-688

TP

316

S31

600

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-688

TP

316L

S31

603

70(4

85)

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-688

TP

316N

S31

651

80(5

50)

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo–

NW

elde

dtu

beS

A-6

88T

P31

6LN

S31

653

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo–

NW

elde

dtu

be

SA

-691

CM

SH

–70

K12

437

65(4

50)

12

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

pe>

21 ⁄ 2–

4in

.(6

4–10

2m

m)

SA

-691

CM

SH

–70

K12

437

70(4

85)

12

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

pe≤

21 ⁄ 2in

.(6

4m

m)

SA

-691

CM

SH

–80

K12

437

75(5

15)

13

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

pe>

21 ⁄ 2–4

in.

(64–

102

mm

)S

A-6

91C

MS

H–8

0K

1243

780

(550

)1

3..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

≤21 ⁄ 2

in.

(64

mm

)S

A-6

91C

MS

–75

K02

803

75(5

15)

12

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

peS

A-6

911C

R,

Cl.

1K

1175

755

(380

)4

1..

...

.10

2..

.1C

r–0.

5Mo

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-691

1CR

,C

l.2

K11

757

65(4

50)

41

...

...

102

...

1Cr–

0.5M

oF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

pe

SA

-691

1.25

CR

,C

l.1

K11

789

60(4

15)

41

...

...

102

...

1.25

Cr–

0.5M

o–S

iF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

peS

A-6

911.

25C

R,

Cl.

2K

1178

975

(515

)4

1..

...

.10

2..

.1.

25C

r–0.

5Mo–

Si

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-691

CM

–65

K11

820

65(4

50)

31

...

...

101

...

C–0

.5M

oF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

peS

A-6

91C

M–7

0K

1202

070

(485

)3

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–0.5

Mo

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-691

0.5C

R,

Cl.

1K

1214

355

(380

)3

1..

...

.10

1..

.0.

5Cr–

0.5M

oF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

pe

SA

-691

0.5C

R,

Cl.

2K

1214

370

(485

)3

2..

...

.10

1..

.0.

5Cr–

0.5M

oF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

peS

A-6

91C

M–7

5K

1232

075

(515

)3

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–0.5

Mo

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

2004 SECTION IX



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

105

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Fer

rous

(CO

NT

’D)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifie

dU

NS

Ten

sile

,P

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-S

pec.

No.

Typ

eor

Gra

deN

o.ks

i(M

Pa)

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

Nom

inal

Com

posi

tion

Pro

duct

For

m

SA

-691

2.25

CR

,C

l.1

K21

590

60(4

15)

5A1

...

...

102

...

2.25

Cr–

1Mo

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-691

2.25

CR

,C

l.2

K21

590

75(5

15)

5A1

...

...

102

...

2.25

Cr–

1Mo

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-691

3CR

,C

l.1

K31

545

60(4

15)

5A1

...

...

102

...

3Cr–

1Mo

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-691

3CR

,C

l.2

K31

545

75(5

15)

5A1

...

...

102

...

3Cr–

1Mo

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-691

5CR

,C

l.1

K41

545

60(4

15)

5B1

...

...

102

...

5Cr–

0.5M

oF

usio

nw

elde

dpi

peS

A-6

915C

R,

Cl.

2K

4154

575

(515

)5B

1..

...

.10

2..

.5C

r–0.

5Mo

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

A69

19C

R,

Cl.

2..

.85

(585

)..

...

.5B

2..

...

.9C

r-1M

o-V

Fus

ion

wel

ded

pipe

A69

4F

42K

0301

460

(415

)..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

–Mn

For

ging

sA

694

F46

K03

014

60(4

15)

...

...

11

...

101

C–M

nF

orgi

ngs

A69

4F

52K

0301

466

(455

)..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

–Mn

For

ging

sA

694

F56

K03

014

68(4

70)

...

...

12

...

101

C–M

nF

orgi

ngs

A69

4F

60K

0301

475

(515

)..

...

.1

2..

.10

1C

–Mn

For

ging

sA

694

F65

K03

014

77(5

30)

...

...

12

...

101

C–M

nF

orgi

ngs

A69

4F

70K

0301

482

(565

)..

...

.1

3..

.10

1C

–Mn

For

ging

s

SA

-695

Typ

eB

,G

r.35

K03

504

60(4

15)

11

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iB

arS

A-6

95T

ype

B,

Gr.

40K

0350

470

(485

)1

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Bar

SA

-696

BK

0320

060

(415

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Bar

SA

-696

CK

0320

070

(485

)1

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Bar

A71

4G

r.V

,T

p.E

K22

035

65(4

50)

...

...

9A1

...

102

2Ni–

1Cu

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peA

714

Gr.

VK

2203

565

(450

)..

...

.9A

1..

.10

22N

i–1C

uS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-724

AK

1183

190

(620

)1

4..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Pla

teS

A-7

24B

K12

031

95(6

55)

14

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iP

late

SA

-724

CK

1203

790

(620

)1

4..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Pla

te

SA

-727

...

K02

506

60(4

15)

11

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-731

S41

500

S41

500

115

(795

)6

4..

...

.10

2..

.13

Cr–

4.5N

i–M

oS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-731

TP

439

S43

035

60(4

15)

72

...

...

102

...

18C

r–T

iS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-731

18C

r–2M

oS

4440

060

(415

)7

2..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

2Mo

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

A-7

31T

PX

M–3

3S

4462

665

(450

)10

I1

...

...

102

...

27C

r–1M

o–T

iS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-731

TP

XM

–27

S44

627

65(4

50)

10I

1..

...

.10

2..

.27

Cr–

1Mo

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

A-7

31S

4466

0S

4466

085

(585

)10

K1

...

...

102

...

26C

r–3N

i–3M

oS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-731

S44

700

S44

700

80(5

50)

10J

1..

...

.10

2..

.29

Cr–

4Mo

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

A-7

31S

4480

0S

4480

080

(550

)10

K1

...

...

102

...

29C

r–4M

o–2N

iS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-737

BK

1200

170

(485

)1

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si–

Cb

Pla

teS

A-7

37C

K12

202

80(5

50)

13

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

i–V

Pla

te

WELDING DATA



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

106

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Fer

rous

(CO

NT

’D)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifie

dU

NS

Ten

sile

,P

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-S

pec.

No.

Typ

eor

Gra

deN

o.ks

i(M

Pa)

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

Nom

inal

Com

posi

tion

Pro

duct

For

m

SA

-738

AK

1244

775

(515

)1

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Pla

teS

A-7

38B

K12

001

85(5

85)

13

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

i–C

bP

late

,2

1 ⁄ 2in

.(6

4m

m)

&un

der

SA

-738

C..

.70

(485

)1

3..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Pla

te>

4–6

in.

(102

–152

mm

),in

cl.

SA

-738

C..

.75

(515

)1

3..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Pla

te>

21 ⁄ 2–4

in.

(64–

102

mm

)S

A-7

38C

...

80(5

50)

13

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iP

late

,2

1 ⁄ 2in

.(6

4m

m)

&un

der

SA

-739

B11

K11

797

70(4

85)

41

...

...

102

...

1.25

Cr–

0.5M

oB

arS

A-7

39B

22K

2139

075

(515

)5A

1..

...

.10

2..

.2.

25C

r–1M

oB

ar

SA

-765

IK

0304

660

(415

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

For

ging

sS

A-7

65II

K03

047

70(4

85)

12

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-765

III

K32

026

70(4

85)

9B1

...

...

101

...

3.5N

iF

orgi

ngs

SA

-765

IVK

0200

980

(550

)1

310

1C

–Mn–

Si

For

ging

s

SA

-789

S31

200

S31

200

100

(690

)10

H1

...

...

102

...

25C

r–6N

i–M

o–N

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dtu

beS

A-7

89S

3126

0S

3126

010

0(6

90)

10H

1..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

6.5N

i–3M

o–N

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dtu

beS

A-7

89S

3150

0S

3150

092

(635

)10

H1

...

...

102

...

18C

r–5N

i–3M

o–N

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dtu

beS

A-7

89S

3180

3S

3180

390

(620

)10

H1

...

...

102

...

22C

r–5N

i–3M

o–N

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dtu

beS

A-7

89S

3230

4S

3230

487

(600

)10

H1

...

...

102

...

23C

r–4N

i–M

o–C

u–N

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dtu

be>

1in

.(2

5m

m)

SA

-789

S32

304

S32

304

100

(690

)10

H1

...

...

102

...

23C

r–4N

i–M

o–C

u–N

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dtu

be≤

1in

.(2

5m

m)

SA

-789

S32

550

S32

550

110

(760

)10

H1

...

...

102

...

25C

r–5N

i–3M

o–2C

uS

mls

.&

wel

ded

tube

SA

-789

S32

750

S32

750

116

(800

)10

H1

...

...

102

...

25C

r–7N

i–4M

o–N

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dtu

beS

A-7

89S

3290

0S

3290

090

(620

)10

H1

...

...

102

...

26C

r–4N

i–M

oS

mls

.&

wel

ded

tube

SA

-789

S32

950

S32

950

100

(690

)10

H1

...

...

102

...

26C

r–4N

i–M

o–N

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dtu

be

SA

-789

S32

760

S32

760

109

(750

)..

...

.10

H1

...

102

25C

r–8N

i–3M

o–W

–Cu–

NS

mls

.&

wel

ded

tube

A78

9S

3220

5S

3220

595

(655

)..

...

.10

H1

...

102

22C

r–5N

i–3M

o–N

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dtu

be

SA

-790

S31

200

S31

200

100

(690

)10

H1

...

...

102

...

25C

r–6N

i–M

o–N

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

A-7

90S

3126

0S

3126

010

0(6

90)

10H

1..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

6.5N

i–3M

o–N

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

A-7

90S

3150

0S

3150

092

(635

)10

H1

...

...

102

...

18C

r–5N

i–3M

o–N

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

A-7

90S

3180

3S

3180

390

(620

)10

H1

...

...

102

...

22C

r–5N

i–3M

o–N

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

A-7

90S

3230

4S

3230

487

(600

)10

H1

...

...

102

...

23C

r–4N

i–M

o–C

u–N

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

pe

SA

-790

S32

550

S32

550

110

(760

)10

H1

...

...

102

...

25C

r–5N

i–3M

o–2C

uS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-790

S32

750

S32

750

116

(800

)10

H1

...

...

102

...

25C

r–7N

i–4M

o–N

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dtu

beS

A-7

90S

3290

0S

3290

090

(620

)10

H1

...

...

102

...

26C

r–4N

i–M

oS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

2004 SECTION IX



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

107

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Fer

rous

(CO

NT

’D)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifie

dU

NS

Ten

sile

,P

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-S

pec.

No.

Typ

eor

Gra

deN

o.ks

i(M

Pa)

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

Nom

inal

Com

posi

tion

Pro

duct

For

m

SA

-790

S32

950

S32

950

100

(690

)10

H1

...

...

102

...

26C

r–4N

i–M

o–N

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

pe

SA

-790

S32

760

S32

760

109

(750

)..

...

.10

H1

...

102

25C

r–8N

i–3M

o–W

–Cu–

NS

mls

.&

wel

ded

tube

A79

0S

3220

5S

3220

590

(620

)..

...

.10

H1

...

102

22C

r–5N

i–3M

o–N

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dtu

be

SA

-803

TP

439

S43

035

60(4

15)

72

...

...

102

...

18C

r–T

iW

elde

dtu

beS

A-8

0326

–3–3

S44

660

85(5

85)

10K

1..

...

.10

2..

.26

Cr–

3Ni–

3Mo

Wel

ded

tube

SA

-812

Gr.

65..

.85

(585

)1

3..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Cb

She

etS

A-8

12G

r.80

...

100

(690

)1

4..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si–

Cb

She

et

SA

-813

TP

XM

–19

S20

910

100

(690

)8

3..

...

.10

2..

.22

Cr–

13N

i–5M

nW

elde

dpi

peS

A-8

13T

PX

M–1

1S

2190

490

(620

)8

3..

...

.10

2..

.21

Cr–

6Ni–

9Mn

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-813

TP

XM

–29

S24

000

100

(690

)8

3..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

3Ni–

12M

nW

elde

dpi

peS

A-8

13T

P30

4S

3040

075

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-813

TP

304L

S30

403

70(4

85)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iW

elde

dpi

pe

SA

-813

TP

304H

S30

409

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iW

elde

dpi

peS

A-8

13T

P30

4NS

3045

180

(550

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

8Ni–

NW

elde

dpi

peS

A-8

13T

P30

4LN

S30

453

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

i–N

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-813

S30

815

S30

815

87(6

00)

82

...

...

102

...

21C

r–11

Ni–

NW

elde

dpi

peS

A-8

13T

P30

9SS

3090

875

(515

)8

2..

...

.10

2..

.23

Cr–

12N

iW

elde

dpi

pe

SA

-813

TP

309C

bS

3094

075

(515

)8

2..

...

.10

2..

.23

Cr–

12N

i–C

bW

elde

dpi

peS

A-8

13T

P31

0SS

3100

875

(515

)8

2..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

20N

iW

elde

dpi

peS

A-8

13T

P31

0Cb

S31

040

75(5

15)

82

...

...

102

...

25C

r–20

Ni–

Cb

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-813

S31

254

S31

254

94(6

50)

84

...

...

102

...

20C

r–18

Ni–

6Mo

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-813

TP

316

S31

600

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-813

TP

316L

S31

603

70(4

85)

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-813

TP

316H

S31

609

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-813

TP

316N

S31

651

80(5

50)

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo–

NW

elde

dpi

peS

A-8

13T

P31

6LN

S31

653

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo–

NW

elde

dpi

peS

A-8

13T

P31

7S

3170

075

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

13N

i–3M

oW

elde

dpi

peS

A-8

13T

P31

7LS

3170

375

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

13N

i–3M

oW

elde

dpi

peS

A-8

13T

P32

1S

3210

075

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–T

iW

elde

dpi

pe

SA

-813

TP

321H

S32

109

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Ti

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-813

TP

347

S34

700

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-813

TP

347H

S34

709

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-813

TP

348

S34

800

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-813

TP

348H

S34

809

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

Wel

ded

pipe

SA

-813

TP

XM

–15

S38

100

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–18

Ni–

2Si

Wel

ded

pipe

WELDING DATA



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

108

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Fer

rous

(CO

NT

’D)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifie

dU

NS

Ten

sile

,P

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-S

pec.

No.

Typ

eor

Gra

deN

o.ks

i(M

Pa)

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

Nom

inal

Com

posi

tion

Pro

duct

For

m

SA

-814

TP

XM

–19

S20

910

100

(690

)8

3..

...

.10

2..

.22

Cr–

13N

i–5M

nC

old

wor

ked

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-814

TP

XM

–11

S21

904

90(6

20)

83

...

...

102

...

21C

r–6N

i–9M

nC

old

wor

ked

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-814

TP

XM

–29

S24

000

100

(690

)8

3..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

3Ni–

12M

nC

old

wor

ked

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-814

TP

304

S30

400

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iC

old

wor

ked

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-814

TP

304L

S30

403

70(4

85)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iC

old

wor

ked

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-814

TP

304H

S30

409

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

iC

old

wor

ked

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-814

TP

304N

S30

451

80(5

50)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

i–N

Col

dw

orke

dw

elde

dpi

peS

A-8

14T

P30

4LN

S30

453

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–8N

i–N

Col

dw

orke

dw

elde

dpi

peS

A-8

14S

3081

5S

3081

587

(600

)8

2..

...

.10

2..

.21

Cr–

11N

i–N

Col

dw

orke

dw

elde

dpi

peS

A-8

14T

P30

9SS

3090

875

(515

)8

2..

...

.10

2..

.23

Cr–

12N

iC

old

wor

ked

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-814

TP

309C

bS

3094

075

(515

)8

2..

...

.10

2..

.23

Cr–

12N

i–C

bC

old

wor

ked

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-814

TP

310S

S31

008

75(5

15)

82

...

...

102

...

25C

r–20

Ni

Col

dw

orke

dw

elde

dpi

peS

A-8

14T

P31

0Cb

S31

040

75(5

15)

82

...

...

102

...

25C

r–20

Ni–

Cb

Col

dw

orke

dw

elde

dpi

peS

A-8

14S

3125

4S

3125

494

(650

)8

4..

...

.10

2..

.20

Cr–

18N

i–6M

oC

old

wor

ked

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-814

TP

316

S31

600

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

Col

dw

orke

dw

elde

dpi

peS

A-8

14T

P31

6LS

3160

370

(485

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

oC

old

wor

ked

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-814

TP

316H

S31

609

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo

Col

dw

orke

dw

elde

dpi

peS

A-8

14T

P31

6NS

3165

180

(550

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.16

Cr–

12N

i–2M

o–N

Col

dw

orke

dw

elde

dpi

peS

A-8

14T

P31

6LN

S31

653

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

16C

r–12

Ni–

2Mo–

NC

old

wor

ked

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-814

TP

317

S31

700

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–13

Ni–

3Mo

Col

dw

orke

dw

elde

dpi

peS

A-8

14T

P31

7LS

3170

375

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

13N

i–3M

oC

old

wor

ked

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-814

TP

321

S32

100

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Ti

Col

dw

orke

dw

elde

dpi

pe

SA

-814

TP

321H

S32

109

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Ti

Col

dw

orke

dw

elde

dpi

peS

A-8

14T

P34

7S

3470

075

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bC

old

wor

ked

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-814

TP

347H

S34

709

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

Col

dw

orke

dw

elde

dpi

peS

A-8

14T

P34

8S

3480

075

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

10N

i–C

bC

old

wor

ked

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-814

TP

348H

S34

809

75(5

15)

81

...

...

102

...

18C

r–10

Ni–

Cb

Col

dw

orke

dw

elde

dpi

peS

A-8

14T

PX

M–1

5S

3810

075

(515

)8

1..

...

.10

2..

.18

Cr–

18N

i–2S

iC

old

wor

ked

wel

ded

pipe

SA

-815

S31

803

S31

803

90(6

20)

10H

1..

...

.10

2..

.22

Cr–

5Ni–

3Mo–

NF

itti

ngs

SA

-815

S41

500

S41

500

110

(760

)6

4..

...

.10

2..

.13

Cr–

4.5N

i–M

oF

itti

ngs

SA

-815

S32

760

S32

760

109

(750

)..

...

.10

H1

...

102

25C

r–8N

i–3M

o–W

–Cu–

NF

itti

ngs

A81

5S

3220

5S

3220

595

(655

)..

...

.10

H1

...

102

22C

r–5N

i–3M

o–N

Fit

ting

s

SA

-832

21V

K31

830

85(5

85)

5C1

...

...

102

...

3Cr–

1Mo–

V–T

i–B

Pla

teS

A-8

3222

VK

3183

585

(585

)5C

1..

...

...

...

.2.

25C

r–1M

o–V

Pla

te

SA

-836

...

...

55(3

80)

11

...

...

101

...

C–S

i–T

iF

orgi

ngs

2004 SECTION IX



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

109

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Fer

rous

(CO

NT

’D)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifie

dU

NS

Ten

sile

,P

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-S

pec.

No.

Typ

eor

Gra

deN

o.ks

i(M

Pa)

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

Nom

inal

Com

posi

tion

Pro

duct

For

m

A89

0C

D3M

WC

uNJ9

3380

100

(690

)..

...

.10

H1

...

102

25C

r–8N

i–3M

o–W

–Cu–

NC

asti

ngs

A92

8..

.S

3276

010

9(7

50)

...

...

10H

1..

.10

225

Cr–

8Ni–

3Mo–

W–C

u–N

Wel

ded

pipe

A92

8S

3220

5S

3220

590

(620

)..

...

.10

H1

...

102

22C

r–5N

i–3M

o–N

Wel

ded

pipe

A99

2..

...

.65

(450

)..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

–Mn–

Si

Sha

pes

SA

-995

2AJ9

3345

95(6

55)

10H

1..

...

.10

2..

.24

Cr–

10N

i–4M

o–N

Cas

ting

sS

A-9

951B

J933

7210

0(6

90)

10H

1..

...

.10

2..

.25

Cr–

5Ni–

3Mo–

2Cu

Cas

ting

s

SA

-100

8C

ST

ype

A..

.40

(275

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

She

etS

A-1

008

CS

Typ

eB

...

40(2

75)

11

...

...

101

...

CS

heet

A10

08D

ST

ype

B..

.40

(275

)..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

She

et&

stri

pA

1011

CS

Typ

eB

...

40(2

75)

...

...

11

...

101

CS

heet

&st

rip

A10

11D

ST

ype

B..

.40

(275

)..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

She

et&

stri

p

AP

I5L

A25

,C

l.I

...

45(3

10)

...

...

11

...

101

C–M

nS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

&tu

bes

AP

I5L

A25

,C

l.II

...

45(3

10)

...

...

11

...

101

C–M

nS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

&tu

bes

AP

I5L

A..

.48

(330

)..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

–Mn

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

pe&

tube

sA

PI

5LB

...

60(4

15)

...

...

11

...

101

C–M

nS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

&tu

bes

AP

I5L

X42

...

60(4

15)

...

...

11

...

101

C–M

nS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

&tu

bes

AP

I5L

X46

...

63(4

35)

...

...

11

...

101

C–M

nS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

&tu

bes

AP

I5L

X52

...

66(4

55)

...

...

11

...

101

C–M

nS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

&tu

bes

AP

I5L

X56

...

71(4

90)

...

...

12

...

101

C–M

nS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

&tu

bes

AP

I5L

X60

...

75(5

15)

...

...

12

...

101

C–M

nS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

&tu

bes

AP

I5L

X65

...

77(5

30)

...

...

12

...

101

C–M

nS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

&tu

bes

AP

I5L

X70

...

82(5

65)

...

...

13

...

101

C–M

nS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

&tu

bes

AP

I5L

X80

...

90(6

20)

...

...

14

...

101

C–M

nS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

&tu

bes

MS

SS

P-7

5W

PH

Y-4

2..

.60

(415

)..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

–Mn

Sm

ls./w

elde

dfit

ting

sM

SS

SP

-75

WP

HY

-46

...

63(4

35)

...

...

11

...

101

C–M

nS

mls

./wel

ded

fitti

ngs

MS

SS

P-7

5W

PH

Y-5

2..

.66

(455

)..

...

.1

1..

.10

1C

–Mn

Sm

ls./w

elde

dfit

ting

sM

SS

SP

-75

WP

HY

-56

...

71(4

90)

...

...

12

...

101

C–M

nS

mls

./wel

ded

fitti

ngs

MS

SS

P-7

5W

PH

Y-6

0..

.75

(515

)..

...

.1

2..

.10

1C

–Mn

Sm

ls./w

elde

dfit

ting

sM

SS

SP

-75

WP

HY

-65

...

77(5

30)

...

...

12

...

101

C–M

nS

mls

./wel

ded

fitti

ngs

MS

SS

P-7

5W

PH

Y-7

0..

.82

(565

)..

...

.1

3..

.10

1C

–Mn

Sm

ls./w

elde

dfit

ting

s

SA

/AS

1548

5-49

0..

.71

(490

)1

2..

...

.10

1..

.C

Pla

teS

A/A

S15

487-

430

...

62.5

(430

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

Pla

teS

A/A

S15

487-

460

...

66.5

(460

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

Pla

teS

A/A

S15

487-

490

...

71(4

90)

12

...

...

101

...

CP

late

SA

/CS

A-G

40.2

1G

r.38

W..

.60

(415

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Pla

te,

bar,

&sh

apes

SA

/CS

A-G

40.2

1G

r.44

W..

.60

(415

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Pla

te,

bar,

&sh

apes

WELDING DATA



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

110

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Fer

rous

(CO

NT

’D)

Min

imum

Wel

ding

Bra

zing

Spe

cifie

dU

NS

Ten

sile

,P

-G

roup

S-

Gro

upP

-S

-S

pec.

No.

Typ

eor

Gra

deN

o.ks

i(M

Pa)

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

Nom

inal

Com

posi

tion

Pro

duct

For

m

SA

/EN

1002

8-2

295G

H..

.64

(440

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Pla

te>

4in

.(1

02m

m)

SA

/EN

1002

8-2

295G

H..

.67

(460

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

–Mn–

Si

Pla

te≤

4in

.(1

02m

m)

SA

/EN

1002

8-3

P27

5NH

...

53.5

(370

)1

1..

...

.10

1..

.C

Pla

te>

2in

.≤

4in

.(5

1–10

2m

m)

SA

/EN

1002

8-3

275G

H..

.56

.5(3

90)

11

...

...

101

...

CP

late

≤2

in.

(51

mm

)

SA

/JIS

G31

18S

GV

480

...

70(4

85)

12

...

...

101

...

C–M

n–S

iP

late

2004 SECTION IX



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

111

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Non

ferr

ous

Min

imum

Spe

cifie

dW

eldi

ngB

razi

ngU

NS

Allo

y,T

ype,

orT

ensi

le,

Spe

cN

o.N

o.G

rade

ksi(

MP

a)P

-No.

S-N

o.P

-No.

S-N

o.N

omin

alC

ompo

siti

onP

rodu

ctF

orm

B16

C36

000

...

48(3

30)

...

...

...

107

65C

u–Z

n–3P

bR

od≤

1in

.(2

5m

m)

B16

C36

000

...

44(3

05)

...

...

...

107

65C

u–Z

n–3P

bR

od>

1–2

in.

(25–

51m

m),

incl

.B

16C

3600

0..

.40

(275

)..

...

...

.10

765

Cu–

Zn–

3Pb

Rod

>2

in.

(51

mm

)B

16C

3600

0..

.44

(305

)..

...

...

.10

765

Cu–

Zn–

3Pb

Bar

≤1

in.

(25

mm

)B

16C

3600

0..

.40

(275

)..

...

...

.10

765

Cu–

Zn–

3Pb

Bar

>1

in.

(25

mm

)

B26

A24

430

...

17(1

15)

...

21..

.10

4A

l–S

iC

asti

ngs

B26

A03

560

T71

25(1

70)

...

21..

.10

4A

l–S

iC

asti

ngs

B26

A03

560

T6

30(2

05)

...

21..

.10

4A

l–S

iC

asti

ngs

SB

-42

C10

200

...

30(2

05)

31..

.10

7..

.99

.95C

u–P

Sm

ls.

pipe

SB

-42

C12

000

...

30(2

05)

31..

.10

7..

.99

.9C

u–P

Sm

ls.

pipe

SB

-42

C12

200

...

30(2

05)

31..

.10

7..

.99

.9C

u–P

Sm

ls.

pipe

SB

-43

C23

000

...

40(2

75)

32..

.10

7..

.85

Cu–

15Z

nS

mls

.pi

peS

B-6

1C

9220

0..

.30

(205

)..

...

.10

7..

.88

Cu–

Sn–

Zn–

Pb

Cas

ting

sS

B-6

2C

8360

0..

.28

(195

)..

...

.10

7..

.85

Cu–

5Sn–

5Zn–

5Pb

Cas

ting

s

B68

C10

200

102

30(2

05)

...

31..

.10

799

.95C

u–P

Tub

eB

68C

1200

012

030

(205

)..

.31

...

107

99.9

Cu–

PT

ube

B68

C12

200

122

30(2

05)

...

31..

.10

799

.9C

u–P

Tub

e

SB

-75

C10

200

...

30(2

05)

31..

.10

7..

.99

.95C

u–P

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-75

C12

000

...

30(2

05)

31..

.10

7..

.99

.9C

u–P

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-75

C12

200

...

30(2

05)

31..

.10

7..

.99

.9C

u–P

Sm

ls.

tube

B88

C10

200

102

30(2

05)

...

31..

.10

799

.95C

u–P

Tub

eB

88C

1200

012

030

(205

)..

.31

...

107

99.9

Cu–

PT

ube

B88

C12

200

122

30(2

05)

...

31..

.10

799

.9C

u–P

Tub

e

SB

-96

C65

500

...

50(3

45)

33..

.10

7..

.97

Cu–

3.3S

iP

late

,sh

t,st

rip,

&ba

rS

B-9

8C

6510

0..

.40

(275

)33

...

107

...

98.5

Cu–

1.5S

iR

od,

bar,

&sh

apes

SB

-98

C65

500

...

52(3

60)

33..

.10

7..

.97

Cu–

3Si

Rod

,ba

r,&

shap

esS

B-9

8C

6610

0..

.52

(360

)33

...

107

...

94C

u–3S

iR

od,

bar,

&sh

apes

SB

-111

C10

200

...

30(2

05)

31..

.10

7..

.99

.95C

u–P

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-111

C12

000

...

30(2

05)

31..

.10

7..

.99

.9C

u–P

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-111

C12

200

...

30(2

05)

31..

.10

7..

.99

.9C

u–P

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-111

C14

200

...

30(2

05)

31..

.10

7..

.99

.4C

u–A

s–P

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-111

C19

200

...

38(2

60)

31..

.10

7..

.99

.7C

u–F

e–P

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-111

C23

000

...

40(2

75)

32..

.10

7..

.85

Cu–

15Z

nS

mls

.tu

beS

B-1

11C

2800

0..

.50

(345

)32

...

107

...

60C

u–40

Zn

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-111

C44

300

...

45(3

10)

32..

.10

7..

.71

Cu–

28Z

n–1S

n–0.

06A

sS

mls

.tu

beS

B-1

11C

4440

0..

.45

(310

)32

...

107

...

71C

u–28

Zn–

1Sn–

0.06

Sb

Sm

ls.

tube

WELDING DATA



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

112

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Non

ferr

ous

(CO

NT

’D)

Min

imum

Spe

cifie

dW

eldi

ngB

razi

ngU

NS

Allo

y,T

ype,

orT

ensi

le,

Spe

cN

o.N

o.G

rade

ksi(

MP

a)P

-No.

S-N

o.P

-No.

S-N

o.N

omin

alC

ompo

siti

onP

rodu

ctF

orm

SB

-111

C44

500

...

45(3

10)

32..

.10

7..

.71

Cu–

28Z

n–1S

n–0.

06P

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-111

C60

800

...

50(3

45)

35..

.10

8..

.95

Cu–

5Al

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-111

C68

700

...

50(3

45)

32..

.10

8..

.78

Cu–

20Z

n–2A

lS

mls

.tu

beS

B-1

11C

7040

0..

.38

(260

)34

...

107

...

95C

u–5N

iS

mls

.tu

beS

B-1

11C

7060

0..

.40

(275

)34

...

107

...

90C

u–10

Ni

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-111

C71

000

...

45(3

10)

34..

.10

7..

.80

Cu–

20N

iS

mls

.tu

be

SB

-111

C71

500

...

52(3

60)

34..

.10

7..

.70

Cu–

30N

iS

mls

.tu

beS

B-1

11C

7164

0..

.63

(435

)34

...

107

...

66C

u–30

Ni–

2Fe–

2Mn

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-111

C72

200

...

45(3

10)

34..

.10

7..

.80

Cu–

16N

i–0.

75F

e–0.

5Cr

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-127

N04

400

...

70(4

85)

42..

.11

0..

.67

Ni–

30C

uP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-135

C23

000

...

40(2

75)

32..

.10

7..

.85

Cu–

15Z

nS

mls

.tu

beS

B-1

48C

9520

0..

.65

(450

)35

...

108

...

88C

u–9A

l-3F

eC

asti

ngs

SB

-148

C95

400

...

75(5

15)

35..

.10

8..

.85

Cu–

11A

l-4F

eC

asti

ngs

B14

8C

9530

0..

.65

(450

)..

.35

...

108

89C

u–10

Al–

1Fe

Cas

ting

s

B14

8C

9550

0..

.90

(620

)..

.35

...

108

82C

u–11

Al–

4Fe–

3Mn

Cas

ting

sB

148

C95

600

...

60(4

15)

...

35..

.10

890

Cu–

7Al–

3Si

Cas

ting

s

SB

-150

C61

400

...

70(4

85)

35..

.10

8..

.90

Cu–

7Al–

3Fe

Rod

&ba

rS

B-1

50C

6230

0..

.75

(515

)35

...

108

...

88C

u–9A

l–3F

eR

od(r

ound

)S

B-1

50C

6300

0..

.85

(585

)35

...

108

...

81C

u–10

Al–

5Ni–

3Fe

Rod

&ba

rS

B-1

50C

6420

0..

.70

(485

)35

...

108

...

91C

u–7A

l–2S

iR

od&

bar

SB

-151

C70

600

...

38(2

60)

34..

.10

7..

.90

Cu–

10N

iR

od&

bar

SB

-152

C10

200

...

30(2

05)

31..

.10

7..

.99

.95C

u–P

Plt

,sh

t,st

rip,

&ba

rS

B-1

52C

1040

0..

.30

(205

)31

...

107

...

99.9

5Cu

+A

gP

lt,

sht,

stri

p,&

bar

SB

-152

C10

500

...

30(2

05)

31..

.10

7..

.99

.95C

u+

Ag

Plt

,sh

t,st

rip,

&ba

rS

B-1

52C

1070

0..

.30

(205

)31

...

107

...

99.9

5Cu

+A

gP

lt,

sht,

stri

p,&

bar

SB

-152

C11

000

...

30(2

05)

31..

.10

7..

.99

.90C

uP

lt,

sht,

stri

p,&

bar

SB

-152

C12

200

...

30(2

05)

31..

.10

7..

.99

.9C

u–P

Plt

,sh

t,st

rip,

&ba

rS

B-1

52C

1230

0..

.30

(205

)31

...

107

...

99.9

Cu–

PP

lt,

sht,

stri

p,&

bar

SB

-152

C12

500

...

30(2

05)

31..

.10

7..

.99

.88C

uP

lt,

sht,

stri

p,&

bar

SB

-152

C14

200

...

30(2

05)

31..

.10

7..

.99

.4C

u–A

s–P

Plt

,sh

t,st

rip,

&ba

r

SB

-160

N02

200

...

55(3

80)

41..

.11

0..

.99

.0N

iR

od&

bar

SB

-160

N02

201

...

50(3

45)

41..

.11

0..

.99

.0N

i–L

owC

Rod

&ba

rS

B-1

61N

0220

0..

.55

(380

)41

...

110

...

99.0

Ni

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

beS

B-1

61N

0220

1..

.50

(345

)41

...

110

...

99.0

Ni–

Low

CS

mls

.pi

pe&

tube

SB

-162

N02

200

...

55(3

80)

41..

.11

0..

.99

.0N

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-162

N02

201

...

50(3

45)

41..

.11

0..

.99

.0N

i–L

owC

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

p

2004 SECTION IX



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

113

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Non

ferr

ous

(CO

NT

’D)

Min

imum

Spe

cifie

dW

eldi

ngB

razi

ngU

NS

Allo

y,T

ype,

orT

ensi

le,

Spe

cN

o.N

o.G

rade

ksi(

MP

a)P

-No.

S-N

o.P

-No.

S-N

o.N

omin

alC

ompo

siti

onP

rodu

ctF

orm

SB

-163

N02

200

...

55(3

80)

41..

.11

0..

.99

.0N

iS

mls

.tu

beS

B-1

63N

0220

1..

.50

(345

)41

...

110

...

99.0

Ni–

Low

CS

mls

.tu

beS

B-1

63N

0440

0..

.70

(485

)42

...

110

...

67N

i–30

Cu

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-163

N06

600

...

80(5

50)

43..

.11

1..

.72

Ni–

15C

r–8F

eS

mls

.tu

beS

B-1

63N

0669

0..

.85

(585

)43

...

111

...

58N

i–29

Cr–

9Fe

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-163

N08

800

...

75(5

15)

45..

.11

1..

.33

Ni–

42F

e–21

Cr

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-163

N08

810

...

65(4

50)

45..

.11

1..

.33

Ni–

42F

e–21

Cr

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-163

N08

811

...

65(4

50)

45..

...

...

.33

Ni–

42F

e–21

Cr–

Al–

Ti

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-163

N08

825

...

85(5

85)

45..

.11

1..

.42

Ni–

21.5

Cr–

3Mo–

2.3C

uS

mls

.tu

be

SB

-164

N04

400

...

70(4

85)

42..

.11

0..

.67

Ni–

30C

uR

od,

bar,

&w

ire

SB

-164

N04

405

...

70(4

85)

42..

.11

0..

.67

Ni–

30C

uR

od,

bar,

&w

ire

SB

-165

N04

400

...

70(4

85)

42..

.11

0..

.67

Ni–

30C

uS

mls

.pi

pe&

tube

SB

-166

N06

045

...

90(6

20)

46..

...

...

.46

Ni–

27C

r–23

Fe–

2.75

Si

Rod

,ba

r,&

wir

eS

B-1

66N

0660

0..

.80

(550

)43

...

111

...

72N

i–15

Cr–

8Fe

Rod

,ba

r,&

wir

eS

B-1

66N

0661

7..

.95

(655

)43

...

111

...

52N

i–22

Cr–

13C

o–9M

oR

od,

bar,

&w

ire

SB

-166

N06

690

...

85(5

85)

43..

.11

1..

.58

Ni–

29C

r–9F

eR

od,

bar,

&w

ire

SB

-167

N06

045

...

90(6

20)

46..

...

...

.46

Ni–

27C

r–23

Fe–

2.75

Si

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

beS

B-1

67N

0660

0..

.75

(515

)43

...

111

...

72N

i–15

Cr–

8Fe

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

beS

B-1

67N

0661

7..

.95

(655

)43

...

111

...

52N

i–22

Cr–

13C

o–9M

oS

mls

.pi

pe&

tube

SB

-167

N06

690

...

75(5

15)

43..

.11

1..

.58

Ni–

29C

r–9F

eS

mls

.pi

pe&

tube

SB

-168

N06

045

...

90(6

20)

46..

...

...

.46

Ni–

27C

r–23

Fe–

2.75

Si

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

B-1

68N

0660

0..

.80

(550

)43

...

111

...

72N

i–15

Cr–

8Fe

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

B-1

68N

0661

7..

.95

(655

)43

...

111

...

52N

i–22

Cr–

13C

o–9M

oP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-168

N06

690

...

85(5

85)

43..

.11

1..

.58

Ni–

29C

r–9F

eP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-169

C61

400

...

65(4

50)

35..

.10

8..

.90

Cu–

7Al–

3Fe

Plt

,sh

t,st

rip,

&ba

r

SB

-171

C36

500

...

40(2

75)

32..

.10

7..

.60

Cu–

39Z

n–P

bP

late

&sh

eet

SB

-171

C44

300

...

45(3

10)

32..

.10

7..

.71

Cu–

28Z

n–1S

n–0.

06A

sP

late

&sh

eet

SB

-171

C44

400

...

45(3

10)

32..

.10

7..

.71

Cu–

28Z

n–1S

n–0.

06S

bP

late

&sh

eet

SB

-171

C44

500

...

45(3

10)

32..

.10

7..

.71

Cu–

28Z

n–1S

n–0.

06P

Pla

te&

shee

tS

B-1

71C

4640

0..

.50

(345

)32

...

107

...

60C

u–39

Zn–

Sn

Pla

te&

shee

tS

B-1

71C

4650

0..

.50

(345

)32

...

107

...

60C

u–39

Zn–

As

Pla

te&

shee

tS

B-1

71C

6140

0..

.65

(450

)35

...

108

...

90C

u–7A

l–3F

eP

late

&sh

eet

>2–

5in

.(5

1–12

7m

m),

incl

.

SB

-171

C61

400

...

70(4

85)

35..

.10

8..

.90

Cu–

7Al–

3Fe

Pla

te&

shee

t≤

2in

.(5

1m

m)

SB

-171

C63

000

...

80(5

50)

35..

.10

8..

.81

Cu–

10A

l–5N

i–3F

eP

late

&sh

eet

>31 ⁄ 2–

5in

.(8

9–12

7m

m),

incl

.S

B-1

71C

6300

0..

.85

(585

)35

...

108

...

81C

u–10

Al–

5Ni–

3Fe

Pla

te&

shee

t>

2–3.

5in

.(5

1–89

mm

),in

cl.

SB

-171

C63

000

...

90(6

20)

35..

.10

8..

.81

Cu–

10A

l–5N

i–3F

eP

late

&sh

eet

≤2

in.

(51

mm

)S

B-1

71C

7060

0..

.40

(275

)34

...

107

...

90C

u–10

Ni

Pla

te&

shee

tS

B-1

71C

7150

0..

.45

(310

)34

...

107

...

70C

u–30

Ni

Pla

te&

shee

t>

2.5–

5in

.(6

4–12

7m

m),

incl

.

WELDING DATA



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

114

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Non

ferr

ous

(CO

NT

’D)

Min

imum

Spe

cifie

dW

eldi

ngB

razi

ngU

NS

Allo

y,T

ype,

orT

ensi

le,

Spe

cN

o.N

o.G

rade

ksi(

MP

a)P

-No.

S-N

o.P

-No.

S-N

o.N

omin

alC

ompo

siti

onP

rodu

ctF

orm

SB

-171

C71

500

...

50(3

45)

34..

.10

7..

.70

Cu–

30N

iP

late

&sh

eet

≤2.

5in

.(6

4m

m)

SB

-187

C10

200

O60

28(1

95)

31..

...

...

.99

.95C

u–P

Rod

&ba

rS

B-1

87C

1100

0O

6028

(195

)31

...

...

...

99.9

Cu

Rod

&ba

r

SB

-209

A91

060

1060

8(5

5)21

...

104

...

99.6

0Al

Pla

te&

shee

tS

B-2

09A

9110

011

0011

(76)

21..

.10

4..

.99

.0A

l–C

uP

late

&sh

eet

SB

-209

A93

003

3003

14(9

7)21

...

104

...

Al–

Mn–

Cu

Pla

te&

shee

tS

B-2

09A

9300

430

0422

(150

)22

...

104

...

Al–

Mn–

Mg

Pla

te&

shee

tS

B-2

09A

9505

250

5225

(170

)22

...

105

...

Al–

2.5M

gP

late

&sh

eet

SB

-209

A95

083

5083

36(2

50)

25..

.10

5..

.A

l–4.

4Mg–

Mn

Pla

te&

shee

t>

7–8

in.

(178

–203

mm

),in

cl.

SB

-209

A95

083

5083

37(2

55)

25..

.10

5..

.A

l–4.

4Mg–

Mn

Pla

te&

shee

t>

5–7

in.

(127

–178

mm

),in

cl.

SB

-209

A95

083

5083

38(2

60)

25..

.10

5..

.A

l–4.

4Mg–

Mn

Pla

te&

shee

t>

3–5

in.

(76–

127

mm

),in

cl.

SB

-209

A95

083

5083

39(2

70)

25..

.10

5..

.A

l–4.

4Mg–

Mn

Pla

te&

shee

t>

1.5–

3in

.(3

8–76

mm

),in

cl.

SB

-209

A95

083

5083

40(2

75)

25..

.10

5..

.A

l–4.

4Mg–

Mn

Pla

te&

shee

t>

0.05

–1.5

in.

(1.3

–38

mm

),in

cl.

SB

-209

A95

086

5086

34(2

35)

25..

.10

5..

.A

l–4.

0Mg–

Mn

Pla

te&

shee

t>

2–3

in.

(51–

76m

m),

incl

.

SB

-209

A95

086

5086

35(2

40)

25..

.10

5..

.A

l–4.

0Mg–

Mn

Pla

te&

shee

t>

0.05

–2in

.(1

.3–5

1m

m),

incl

.S

B-2

09A

9515

451

5430

(205

)22

...

105

...

Al–

3.5M

gP

late

&sh

eet

SB

-209

A95

254

5254

30(2

05)

22..

.10

5..

.A

l–3.

5Mg

Pla

te&

shee

tS

B-2

09A

9545

454

5431

(215

)22

...

105

...

Al–

2.7M

g–M

nP

late

&sh

eet

SB

-209

A95

456

5456

38(2

60)

25..

.10

5..

.A

l–5.

1Mg–

Mn

Pla

te&

shee

t>

7–8

in.

(178

–203

mm

),in

cl.

SB

-209

A95

456

5456

39(2

70)

25..

.10

5..

.A

l–5.

1Mg–

Mn

Pla

te&

shee

t>

5–7

in.

(127

–178

mm

),in

cl.

SB

-209

A95

456

5456

40(2

75)

25..

.10

5..

.A

l–5.

1Mg–

Mn

Pla

te&

shee

t>

3–5

in.

(76–

127

mm

),in

cl.

SB

-209

A95

456

5456

41(2

85)

25..

.10

5..

.A

l–5.

1Mg–

Mn

Pla

te&

shee

t>

1.5–

3in

.(3

8–76

mm

),in

cl.

SB

-209

A95

456

5456

42(2

90)

25..

.10

5..

.A

l–5.

1Mg–

Mn

Pla

te&

shee

t>

0.05

–1.5

in.

(1.3

–38

mm

),in

cl.

SB

-209

A95

652

5652

25(1

70)

22..

.10

5..

.A

l–2.

5Mg

Pla

te&

shee

tS

B-2

09A

9606

160

6124

(165

)23

...

105

...

Al–

Mg–

Si–

Cu

Pla

te&

shee

tS

B-2

09..

.A

lcla

d30

0313

(90)

21..

.10

4..

.A

l–M

n–C

uP

late

&sh

eet

>0.

05in

.<

0.5

in.

(>1.

3m

m<

13m

m)

SB

-209

...

Alc

lad

3003

14(9

7)21

...

104

...

Al–

Mn–

Cu

Pla

te&

shee

t≥

0.5–

3in

.(1

3–76

mm

),in

cl.

SB

-209

...

Alc

lad

3004

21(1

45)

22..

.10

4..

.A

l–M

n–M

gP

late

&sh

eet

>0.

05in

.<

0.5

in.

(>1.

3m

m<

13m

m)

SB

-209

...

Alc

lad

3004

22(1

50)

22..

.10

4..

.A

l–M

n–M

gP

late

&sh

eet

≥0.

5–3

in.

(13–

76m

m),

incl

.S

B-2

09..

.A

lcla

d60

6124

(165

)23

...

105

...

Al–

Mg–

Si–

Cu

Pla

te&

shee

t

B20

9A

9505

050

5018

(125

)..

.21

...

105

Al–

1.5M

gP

late

&sh

eet

SB

-210

A91

060

1060

8.5

(59)

21..

.10

4..

.99

.60A

lS

mls

.tu

beS

B-2

10..

.A

lcla

d30

0313

(90)

21..

.10

4..

.A

l–M

n–C

uS

mls

.tu

beS

B-2

10A

9300

330

0314

(97)

21..

.10

4..

.A

l–M

n–C

uS

mls

.tu

beS

B-2

10A

9505

250

5225

(170

)22

...

105

...

Al–

2.5M

gS

mls

.tu

beS

B-2

10A

9515

451

5430

(205

)22

...

105

...

Al–

3.5M

gS

mls

.tu

be

2004 SECTION IX



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

115

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Non

ferr

ous

(CO

NT

’D)

Min

imum

Spe

cifie

dW

eldi

ngB

razi

ngU

NS

Allo

y,T

ype,

orT

ensi

le,

Spe

cN

o.N

o.G

rade

ksi(

MP

a)P

-No.

S-N

o.P

-No.

S-N

o.N

omin

alC

ompo

siti

onP

rodu

ctF

orm

SB

-210

A96

061

6061

24(1

65)

23..

.10

5..

.A

l–M

g–S

i–C

uS

mls

.tu

beS

B-2

10A

9606

360

6317

(115

)23

...

105

...

Al–

Mg–

Si

Sm

ls.

tube

B21

0A

9508

350

8339

(270

)..

.25

...

105

Al–

4.4M

g–M

nS

mls

.tu

beB

210

A95

086

5086

35(2

40)

...

25..

.10

5A

l–4.

0Mg–

Mn

Sm

ls.

tube

B21

0A

9545

654

5641

(285

)..

.25

...

...

Al–

5.1M

g–M

nS

mls

.tu

be

SB

-211

A96

061

6061

24(1

65)

23..

.10

5..

.A

l–M

g–S

i–C

uB

ar,

rod,

&w

ire

SB

-221

A91

060

1060

8.5

(59)

21..

.10

4..

.99

.60A

lB

ar,

rod,

&sh

apes

SB

-221

A91

100

1100

11(7

6)21

...

104

...

99.0

Al–

Cu

Bar

,ro

d,&

shap

esS

B-2

21A

9300

330

0314

(97)

21..

.10

4..

.A

l–M

n–C

uB

ar,

rod,

&sh

apes

SB

-221

A95

083

5083

39(2

70)

25..

.10

5..

.A

l–4.

4Mg–

Mn

Bar

,ro

d,&

shap

esS

B-2

21A

9515

451

5430

(205

)22

...

105

...

Al–

3.5M

gB

ar,

rod,

&sh

apes

SB

-221

A95

454

5454

31(2

15)

22..

.10

5..

.A

l–2.

7Mg–

Mn

Bar

,ro

d,&

shap

esS

B-2

21A

9545

654

5641

(285

)25

...

105

...

Al–

5.1M

g–M

nB

ar,

rod,

&sh

apes

SB

-221

A96

061

6061

24(1

65)

23..

.10

5..

.A

l–M

g–S

i–C

uB

ar,

rod,

&sh

apes

SB

-221

A96

063

6063

17(1

15)

23..

.10

5..

.A

l–M

g–S

iB

ar,

rod,

&sh

apes

SB

-234

A91

060

1060

8.5

(59)

21..

.10

4..

.99

.60A

lS

mls

.tu

beS

B-2

34..

.A

lcla

d30

0313

(90)

21..

.10

4..

.A

l–M

n–C

uS

mls

.tu

beS

B-2

34A

9300

330

0314

(97)

21..

.10

4..

.A

l–M

n–C

uS

mls

.tu

beS

B-2

34A

9505

250

5225

(170

)22

...

105

...

Al–

2.5M

gS

mls

.tu

beS

B-2

34A

9545

454

5431

(215

)22

...

105

...

Al–

2.7M

g–M

nS

mls

.tu

beS

B-2

34A

9606

160

6124

(165

)23

...

105

...

Al–

Mg–

Si–

Cu

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-241

A91

060

1060

8.5

(59)

21..

.10

4..

.99

.60A

lS

mls

.pi

pe&

tube

SB

-241

A91

100

1100

11(7

6)21

...

104

...

99.0

Al–

Cu

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

beS

B-2

41..

.A

lcla

d30

0313

(90)

21..

.10

4..

.A

l–M

n–C

uS

mls

.pi

pe&

tube

SB

-241

A93

003

3003

14(9

7)21

...

104

...

Al–

Mn–

Cu

Pip

e&

tube

SB

-241

A95

052

5052

25(1

70)

22..

.10

5..

.A

l–2.

5Mg

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

beS

B-2

41A

9508

350

8339

(270

)25

...

105

...

Al–

4.4M

g–M

nS

mls

.pi

pe&

tube

SB

-241

A95

086

5086

35(2

40)

25..

.10

5..

.A

l–4.

0Mg–

Mn

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

beS

B-2

41A

9545

454

5431

(215

)22

...

105

...

Al–

2.7M

g–M

nS

mls

.pi

pe&

tube

SB

-241

A95

456

5456

41(2

85)

25..

.10

5..

.A

l–5.

1Mg–

Mn

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

beS

B-2

41A

9606

160

6124

(165

)23

...

105

...

Al–

Mg–

Si–

Cu

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

beS

B-2

41A

9606

360

6317

(115

)23

...

105

...

Al–

Mg–

Si

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

be

SB

-247

A93

003

3003

14(9

7)21

...

104

...

Al–

Mn–

Cu

For

ging

sS

B-2

47A

9508

350

8338

(260

)25

...

105

...

Al–

4.4M

g–M

nF

orgi

ngs

SB

-247

A96

061

6061

24(1

65)

23..

.10

5..

.A

l–M

g–S

i–C

uF

orgi

ngs

SB

-265

R50

250

135

(240

)51

...

115

...

Ti

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

B-2

65R

5040

02

50(3

45)

51..

.11

5..

.T

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

WELDING DATA



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

116

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Non

ferr

ous

(CO

NT

’D)

Min

imum

Spe

cifie

dW

eldi

ngB

razi

ngU

NS

Allo

y,T

ype,

orT

ensi

le,

Spe

cN

o.N

o.G

rade

ksi(

MP

a)P

-No.

S-N

o.P

-No.

S-N

o.N

omin

alC

ompo

siti

onP

rodu

ctF

orm

SB

-265

R50

550

365

(450

)52

...

115

...

Ti

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

B-2

65R

5225

011

35(2

40)

51..

.11

5..

.T

i–P

dP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-265

R52

252

1735

(240

)51

...

...

...

Ti–

Pd

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

B-2

65R

5225

427

35(2

20)

51..

.11

5..

.T

i–R

uP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-265

R52

400

750

(345

)51

...

115

...

Ti–

Pd

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

B-2

65R

5240

216

50(3

45)

51..

.11

5..

.T

i–P

dP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-265

R52

404

2650

(345

)51

...

115

...

Ti–

Ru

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

B-2

65R

5340

012

70(4

85)

52..

.11

5..

.T

i–0.

3Mo–

0.8N

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-265

R56

320

990

(620

)53

...

115

...

Ti–

3Al–

2.5V

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

p

SB

-271

C95

200

...

65(4

50)

35..

.10

8..

.88

Cu–

9Al–

3Fe

Cas

ting

sS

B-2

71C

9540

0..

.75

(515

)35

...

108

...

85C

u–11

Al–

4Fe

Cas

ting

s

B28

0C

1020

010

230

(205

)..

.31

...

107

99.9

5Cu–

PS

mls

.tu

beB

280

C12

000

120

30(2

05)

...

31..

.10

799

.9C

u–P

Sm

ls.

tube

B28

0C

1220

012

230

(205

)..

.31

...

107

99.9

Cu–

PS

mls

.tu

beB

283

C11

000

Cu

33(2

30)

...

31..

.10

799

.9C

uF

orgi

ngs

B28

3C

3770

0F

orgi

ngbr

ass

46(3

15)

...

...

...

107

60C

u–38

Zn–

2Pb

For

ging

s>

1.5

in.

(38

mm

)B

283

C37

700

For

ging

bras

s50

(345

)..

...

...

.10

760

Cu–

38Z

n–2P

bF

orgi

ngs

≤1.

5in

.(3

8m

m)

B28

3C

4640

0N

aval

bras

s64

(440

)..

.32

...

107

60C

u–39

Zn–

Sn

For

ging

sB

283

C65

500

Hig

hS

ibr

onze

52(3

60)

...

33..

.10

797

Cu–

3Si

For

ging

sB

283

C67

500

Mn

bron

ze72

(495

)..

.32

...

107

59C

u–39

Zn–

Fe–

Sn

For

ging

sB

302

C12

000

...

36(2

50)

...

31..

.10

799

.9C

u–P

Pip

eB

302

C12

200

...

36(2

50)

...

31..

.10

799

.9C

u–P

Pip

e

SB

-308

A96

061

6061

24(1

65)

23..

.10

5..

.A

l–M

g–S

i–C

uS

hape

sS

B-3

15C

6550

0..

.50

(345

)33

...

107

...

97C

u–3S

iS

mls

.pi

pe&

tube

SB

-333

N10

001

...

100

(690

)44

...

112

...

62N

i–28

Mo–

5Fe

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

p≥

0.18

75–2

.5in

.(4

.8–6

4m

m),

incl

.S

B-3

33N

1000

1..

.11

5(7

95)

44..

.11

2..

.62

Ni–

28M

o–5F

eP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

<0.

1875

in.

(48

mm

)S

B-3

33N

1062

9..

.11

0(7

60)

44..

...

...

.66

Ni–

28M

o–3F

e–1.

3Cr–

0.25

Al

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

B-3

33N

1066

5..

.11

0(7

60)

44..

.11

2..

.65

Ni–

28M

o–2F

eP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-333

N10

675

...

110

(760

)44

...

112

...

65N

i–29

.5M

o–2C

r–2F

e–M

n–W

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

p

SB

-335

N10

001

...

100

(690

)44

...

112

...

62N

i–28

Mo–

5Fe

Rod

>1.

5–3.

5in

.(3

8–89

mm

),in

cl.

SB

-335

N10

001

...

115

(795

)44

...

112

...

62N

i–28

Mo–

5Fe

Rod

≥0.

3125

–1.5

in.

(8–3

8m

m),

incl

.S

B-3

35N

1062

9..

.11

0(7

60)

44..

...

...

.66

Ni–

28M

o–3F

e–1.

3Cr–

0.25

Al

Rod

SB

-335

N10

665

...

110

(760

)44

...

112

...

65N

i–28

Mo–

2Fe

Rod

SB

-335

N10

675

...

110

(760

)44

...

112

...

65N

i–29

.5M

o–2C

r–2F

e–M

n–W

Rod

SB

-338

R50

250

135

(240

)51

...

115

...

Ti

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dtu

beS

B-3

38R

5040

02

50(3

45)

51..

.11

5..

.T

iS

mls

.&

wel

ded

tube

2004 SECTION IX



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

117

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Non

ferr

ous

(CO

NT

’D)

Min

imum

Spe

cifie

dW

eldi

ngB

razi

ngU

NS

Allo

y,T

ype,

orT

ensi

le,

Spe

cN

o.N

o.G

rade

ksi(

MP

a)P

-No.

S-N

o.P

-No.

S-N

o.N

omin

alC

ompo

siti

onP

rodu

ctF

orm

SB

-338

R50

550

365

(450

)52

...

115

...

Ti

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dtu

beS

B-3

38R

5240

07

50(3

45)

51..

.11

5..

.T

i–P

dS

mls

.&

wel

ded

tube

SB

-338

R52

402

1650

(345

)51

...

115

...

Ti–

Pd

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dtu

beS

B-3

38R

5240

426

50(3

45)

51..

.11

5..

.T

i–R

uS

mls

.&

wel

ded

tube

SB

-338

R53

400

1270

(485

)52

...

115

...

Ti–

0.3M

o–0.

8Ni

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dtu

beS

B-3

38R

5632

09

90(6

20)

53..

.11

5..

.T

i–3A

l–2.

5VS

mls

.&

wel

ded

tube

B34

5A

9106

010

608.

5(5

9)..

.21

...

104

99.6

0Al

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

beB

345

A93

003

3003

14(9

7)..

.21

...

104

Al–

Mn–

Cu

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

beB

345

A95

083

5083

39(2

70)

...

25..

.10

5A

l–4.

4Mg–

Mn

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

beB

345

A95

086

5086

37(2

55)

...

25..

.10

5A

l–4.

0Mg–

Mn

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

beB

345

A96

061

6061

24(1

65)

...

23..

.10

5A

l–M

g–S

i–C

uS

mls

.pi

pe&

tube

B34

5A

9606

360

6317

(115

)..

.23

...

105

Al–

Mg–

Si

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

be

SB

-348

R50

250

135

(240

)51

...

115

...

Ti

Bar

s&

bille

tsS

B-3

48R

5040

02

50(3

45)

51..

.11

5..

.T

iB

ars

&bi

llets

SB

-348

R50

550

365

(450

)52

...

115

...

Ti

Bar

s&

bille

tsS

B-3

48R

5240

07

50(3

45)

51..

.11

5..

.T

i–P

dB

ars

&bi

llets

SB

-348

R52

404

2650

(345

)51

...

115

...

Ti–

Ru

Bar

s&

bille

tsS

B-3

48R

5340

012

70(4

85)

52..

.11

5..

.T

i–0.

3Mo–

0.8N

iB

ars

&bi

llets

SB

-348

R52

402

1650

(345

)51

...

...

...

Ti–

Pd

Bar

s&

bille

tsS

B-3

48R

5632

09

90(6

20)

53..

.11

5..

.T

i–3A

l–2.

5VB

ars

&bi

llets

A35

1N

0860

3H

T30

65(4

50)

...

45..

.11

135

Ni–

15C

r–0.

5Mo

Cas

ting

s

SA

-351

J946

51C

N3M

N80

(550

)45

...

111

...

46F

e–24

Ni–

21C

r–6M

o–C

u–N

Cas

ting

sS

A-3

51N

0800

7C

N7M

62(4

25)

45..

.11

1..

.28

Ni–

19C

r–C

u–M

oC

asti

ngs

SA

-351

N08

151

CT

15C

63(4

35)

45..

.11

1..

.32

Ni–

45F

e–20

Cr–

Cb

Cas

ting

s

SB

-359

C10

200

...

30(2

05)

31..

.10

7..

.99

.95C

u–P

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-359

C12

000

...

30(2

05)

31..

.10

7..

.99

.9C

u–P

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-359

C12

200

...

30(2

05)

31..

.10

7..

.99

.9C

u–P

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-359

C14

200

...

30(2

05)

31..

.10

7..

.99

.4C

u–A

s-P

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-359

C19

200

...

38(2

60)

31..

.10

7..

.99

.7C

u–F

e–P

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-359

C23

000

...

40(2

75)

32..

.10

7..

.85

Cu–

15Z

nS

mls

.tu

beS

B-3

59C

4430

0..

.45

(310

)32

...

107

...

71C

u–28

Zn–

1Sn–

0.06

As

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-359

C44

400

...

45(3

10)

32..

.10

7..

.71

Cu–

28Z

n–1S

n–0.

06S

bS

mls

.tu

beS

B-3

59C

4450

0..

.45

(310

)32

...

107

...

71C

u–28

Zn–

1Sn–

0.06

PS

mls

.tu

beS

B-3

59C

6080

0..

.50

(345

)35

...

108

...

95C

u–5A

lS

mls

.tu

be

SB

-359

C68

700

...

50(3

45)

32..

.10

8..

.78

Cu–

20Z

n–2A

lS

mls

.tu

beS

B-3

59C

7040

0..

.38

(260

)34

...

107

...

95C

u–5N

iS

mls

.tu

be

WELDING DATA



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

118

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Non

ferr

ous

(CO

NT

’D)

Min

imum

Spe

cifie

dW

eldi

ngB

razi

ngU

NS

Allo

y,T

ype,

orT

ensi

le,

Spe

cN

o.N

o.G

rade

ksi(

MP

a)P

-No.

S-N

o.P

-No.

S-N

o.N

omin

alC

ompo

siti

onP

rodu

ctF

orm

SB

-359

C70

600

...

40(2

75)

34..

.10

7..

.90

Cu–

10N

iS

mls

.tu

beS

B-3

59C

7100

0..

.45

(310

)34

...

107

...

80C

u–20

Ni

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-359

C71

500

...

52(3

60)

34..

.10

7..

.70

Cu–

30N

iS

mls

.tu

be

B36

1A

9106

0W

P10

608

(55)

...

21..

.10

499

.60A

lF

itti

ngs

B36

1A

9110

0W

P11

0011

(76)

...

21..

.10

499

.0A

l–C

uF

itti

ngs

B36

1..

.W

PA

lcla

d30

0313

(90)

...

21..

.10

4A

l–M

n–C

uF

itti

ngs

B36

1A

9300

3W

P30

0314

(97)

...

21..

.10

4A

l–M

n–C

uF

itti

ngs

B36

1A

9508

350

8339

(270

)..

.25

...

105

Al–

4.4M

g–M

nF

itti

ngs

B36

1A

9515

451

5430

(205

)..

.22

...

105

Al–

3.5M

gF

itti

ngs

B36

1A

9606

1W

P60

6124

(165

)..

.23

...

105

Al–

Mg–

Si–

Cu

Fit

ting

sB

361

A96

063

WP

6063

17(1

15)

...

23..

.10

5A

l–M

g–S

iF

itti

ngs

SB

-363

R50

250

WP

T1

35(2

40)

51..

.11

5..

.T

iS

mls

.&

wel

ded

fitti

ngs

SB

-363

R50

400

WP

T2

50(3

45)

51..

.11

5..

.T

iS

mls

.&

wel

ded

fitti

ngs

SB

-363

R50

550

WP

T3

65(4

50)

52..

.11

5..

.T

iS

mls

.&

wel

ded

fitti

ngs

SB

-363

R52

400

750

(345

)51

...

115

...

Ti–

Pd

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

B-3

63R

5240

4W

PT

-26

50(3

45)

51..

.11

5..

.T

i–R

uS

mls

.&

wel

ded

fitti

ngs

SB

-363

R53

400

1270

(485

)52

...

115

...

Ti–

0.3M

o–0.

8Ni

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

B-3

63R

5632

0W

PT

-990

(620

)53

...

115

...

Ti–

3Al–

2.5V

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dfit

ting

s

SB

-366

N02

200

...

55(3

80)

41..

.11

0..

.99

Ni

Fit

ting

sS

B-3

66N

0220

1..

.50

(345

)41

...

110

...

99N

i-L

owC

Fit

ting

sS

B-3

66N

0440

0..

.70

(485

)42

...

110

...

67N

i–30

Cu

Fit

ting

sS

B-3

66N

0600

2..

.10

0(6

90)

43..

.11

1..

.47

Ni–

22C

r–18

Fe–

9Mo

Fit

ting

sS

B-3

66N

0600

7..

.90

(620

)45

...

111

...

47N

i–22

Cr–

19F

e–6M

oF

itti

ngs

SB

-366

N06

022

...

100

(690

)43

...

112

...

55N

i–21

Cr–

13.5

Mo

Fit

ting

sS

B-3

66N

0603

0..

.85

(585

)45

...

111

...

40N

i–29

Cr–

15F

e–5M

oF

itti

ngs

SB

-366

N06

045

...

90(6

20)

46..

.11

1..

.46

Ni–

27C

r–23

Fe–

2.75

Si

Fit

ting

sS

B-3

66N

0605

9..

.10

0(6

90)

43..

.11

2..

.59

Ni–

23C

r–16

Mo

Fit

ting

sS

B-3

66N

0620

0..

.10

0(6

90)

43..

.11

2..

.59

Ni–

23C

r–16

Mo–

1.6C

uF

itti

ngs

SB

-366

N06

230

...

110

(760

)43

...

...

...

53N

i–22

Cr–

14W

–Co–

Fe–

Mo

Fit

ting

sS

B-3

66N

0645

5..

.10

0(6

90)

43..

.11

2..

.61

Ni–

15M

o–16

Cr

Fit

ting

sS

B-3

66N

0660

0..

.80

(550

)43

...

111

...

72N

i–15

Cr–

8Fe

Fit

ting

sS

B-3

66N

0662

5..

.11

0(7

60)

43..

.11

1..

.60

Ni–

22C

r–9M

o–3.

5Cb

Fit

ting

sS

B-3

66N

0698

5..

.90

(620

)45

...

111

...

47N

i–22

Cr–

20F

e–7M

oF

itti

ngs

SB

-366

N08

020

...

80(5

50)

45..

.11

1..

.35

Ni–

35F

e–20

Cr–

Cb

Fit

ting

sS

B-3

66N

0803

1..

.94

(650

)45

...

111

...

31N

i–31

Fe–

27C

r–7M

oF

itti

ngs

SB

-366

N08

330

...

70(4

85)

46..

.11

1..

.35

Ni–

19C

r–1.

25S

lF

itti

ngs

SB

-366

N08

367

...

95(6

55)

45..

.11

1..

.46

Fe–

24N

i–21

Cr–

6Mo–

Co–

NF

itti

ngs

2004 SECTION IX



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

119

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Non

ferr

ous

(CO

NT

’D)

Min

imum

Spe

cifie

dW

eldi

ngB

razi

ngU

NS

Allo

y,T

ype,

orT

ensi

le,

Spe

cN

o.N

o.G

rade

ksi(

MP

a)P

-No.

S-N

o.P

-No.

S-N

o.N

omin

alC

ompo

siti

onP

rodu

ctF

orm

SB

-366

N08

800

...

75(5

15)

45..

.11

1..

.33

Ni–

42F

e–21

Cr

Fit

ting

s

SB

-366

N08

825

...

85(5

85)

45..

.11

1..

.42

Ni–

21.5

Cr–

3Mo–

2.3C

uF

itti

ngs

SB

-366

N08

925

...

87(6

00)

45..

.11

1..

.25

Ni–

20C

r–6M

o–C

u–N

Fit

ting

sS

B-3

66N

1000

1..

.10

0(6

90)

44..

.11

2..

.62

Ni–

28M

o–5F

eF

itti

ngs

SB

-366

N10

003

...

100

(690

)44

...

112

...

70N

i–16

Mo–

7Cr–

5Fe

Fit

ting

sS

B-3

66N

1027

6..

.10

0(6

90)

43..

.11

2..

.54

Ni–

16M

o–15

Cr

Fit

ting

s

SB

-366

N10

629

...

110

(760

)44

...

...

...

66N

i–28

Mo–

3Fe–

1.3C

r–0.

25A

lF

itti

ngs

SB

-366

N10

665

...

110

(760

)44

...

112

...

65N

i–28

Mo–

2Fe

Fit

ting

sS

B-3

66N

1067

5..

.11

0(7

60)

44..

.11

2..

.65

Ni–

29.5

Mo–

2Cr–

2Fe–

Mn–

WF

itti

ngs

SB

-366

N12

160

...

90(6

20)

46..

...

...

.37

Ni–

30C

o–28

Cr–

2.7S

iF

itti

ngs

SB

-366

R20

033

...

109

(750

)45

...

...

...

33C

r–31

Ni–

32F

e–1.

5Mo–

0.6C

u–N

Fit

ting

s

B36

6N

0892

6..

.94

(650

)..

.45

...

111

25N

i–20

Cr–

6Mo–

Cu–

NF

itti

ngs

SB

-367

R50

400

Gr.

C–2

50(3

45)

51..

.11

5..

.T

iC

asti

ngs

SB

-367

R50

550

Gr.

C–3

65(4

50)

52..

.11

5..

.T

iC

asti

ngs

SB

-369

C96

200

...

45(3

10)

34..

.10

7..

.87

.5C

u–10

Ni–

Fe–

Mn

Cas

ting

s

SB

-381

R50

250

F–1

35(2

40)

51..

.11

5..

.T

iF

orgi

ngs

SB

-381

R50

400

F–2

50(3

45)

51..

.11

5..

.T

iF

orgi

ngs

SB

-381

R50

550

F–3

65(4

50)

52..

.11

5..

.T

iF

orgi

ngs

SB

-381

R52

400

F–7

50(3

45)

51..

.11

5..

.T

i–P

dF

orgi

ngs

SB

-381

R52

402

F–1

650

(345

)51

...

...

...

Ti–

Pd

For

ging

sS

B-3

81R

5240

4F

–26

50(3

45)

51..

.11

5..

.T

i–R

uF

orgi

ngs

SB

-381

R53

400

F–1

270

(485

)52

...

115

...

Ti–

0.3M

o–0.

8Ni

For

ging

sS

B-3

81R

5632

0F

–990

(620

)53

...

115

...

Ti–

3Al–

2.5V

For

ging

s

SB

-395

C10

200

...

36(2

50)

31..

.10

7..

.99

.95C

u–P

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-395

C12

000

...

36(2

50)

31..

.10

7..

.99

.9C

u–P

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-395

C12

200

...

36(2

50)

31..

.10

7..

.99

.9C

u–P

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-395

C14

200

...

36(2

50)

31..

.10

7..

.99

.4C

u–A

s–P

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-395

C19

200

...

38(2

60)

31..

.10

7..

.99

.7C

u–F

e–P

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-395

C23

000

...

40(2

75)

32..

.10

7..

.85

Cu–

15Z

nS

mls

.tu

beS

B-3

95C

4430

0..

.45

(310

)32

...

107

...

71C

u–28

Zn–

1Sn–

0.06

As

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-395

C44

400

...

45(3

10)

32..

.10

7..

.71

Cu–

28Z

n–1S

n–0.

06S

bS

mls

.tu

beS

B-3

95C

4450

0..

.45

(310

)32

...

107

...

71C

u–28

Zn–

1Sn–

0.06

PS

mls

.tu

beS

B-3

95C

6080

0..

.50

(345

)35

...

108

...

95C

u–5A

lS

mls

.tu

be

SB

-395

C68

700

...

50(3

45)

32..

.10

8..

.78

Cu–

20Z

n–2A

lS

mls

.tu

beS

B-3

95C

7060

0..

.40

(275

)34

...

107

...

90C

u–10

Ni

Sm

ls.

tube

SB

-395

C71

000

...

45(3

10)

34..

.10

7..

.80

Cu–

20N

iS

mls

.tu

be

WELDING DATA



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

120

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Non

ferr

ous

(CO

NT

’D)

Min

imum

Spe

cifie

dW

eldi

ngB

razi

ngU

NS

Allo

y,T

ype,

orT

ensi

le,

Spe

cN

o.N

o.G

rade

ksi(

MP

a)P

-No.

S-N

o.P

-No.

S-N

o.N

omin

alC

ompo

siti

onP

rodu

ctF

orm

SB

-395

C71

500

...

52(3

60)

34..

.10

7..

.70

Cu–

30N

iS

mls

.tu

be

SB

-407

N08

800

...

75(5

15)

45..

.11

1..

.33

Ni–

42F

e–21

Cr

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

beS

B-4

07N

0881

0..

.65

(450

)45

...

111

...

33N

i–42

Fe–

21C

rS

mls

.pi

pe&

tube

SB

-407

N08

811

...

65(4

50)

45..

.11

1..

.33

Ni–

42F

e–21

Cr–

Al–

Ti

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

beS

B-4

08N

0880

0..

.75

(515

)45

...

111

...

33N

i–42

Fe–

21C

rR

od&

bar

SB

-408

N08

810

...

65(4

50)

45..

.11

1..

.33

Ni–

42F

e–21

Cr

Rod

&ba

rS

B-4

08N

0881

1..

.65

(450

)45

...

111

...

33N

i–42

Fe–

21C

r–A

l–T

iR

od&

bar

SB

-409

N08

800

...

75(5

15)

45..

.11

1..

.33

Ni–

42F

e–21

Cr

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

B-4

09N

0881

0..

.65

(450

)45

...

111

...

33N

i–42

Fe–

21C

rP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-409

N08

811

...

65(4

50)

45..

.11

1..

.33

Ni–

42F

e–21

Cr–

Al–

Ti

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

B-4

23N

0882

5..

.75

(515

)45

...

111

...

42N

i–21

.5C

r–3M

o–2.

3Cu

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

beS

B-4

24N

0882

5..

.85

(585

)45

...

111

...

42N

i–21

.5C

r–3M

o–2.

3Cu

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

B-4

25N

0882

5..

.85

(585

)45

...

111

...

42N

i–21

.5C

r–3M

o–2.

3Cu

Rod

&ba

r

SB

-434

N10

003

...

100

(690

)44

...

112

...

70N

i–16

Mo–

7Cr–

5Fe

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

B-4

35N

0600

2..

.95

(655

)43

...

111

...

47N

i–22

Cr–

9Mo–

18F

eP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-435

N06

230

...

110

(760

)43

...

111

...

53N

i–22

Cr–

14W

–Co–

Fe–

Mo

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

B-4

35N

1216

0..

.90

(620

)46

...

...

...

37N

i–30

Co–

28C

r–2.

7Si

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

B-4

35R

3055

6..

.10

0(6

90)

45..

.11

1..

.21

Ni–

30F

e–22

Cr–

18C

o–3M

o–3W

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

B-4

43N

0662

52

100

(690

)43

...

111

...

60N

i–22

Cr–

9Mo–

3.5C

bP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-443

N06

625

111

0(7

60)

43..

.11

1..

.60

Ni–

22C

r–9M

o–3.

5Cb

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

p

SB

-444

N06

625

112

0(8

25)

43..

.11

1..

.60

Ni–

22C

r–9M

o–3.

5Cb

Sm

ls.

Pip

e&

tube

SB

-444

N06

625

210

0(6

90)

43..

.11

1..

.60

Ni–

22C

r–9M

o–3.

5Cb

Sm

ls.

Pip

e&

tube

SB

-446

N06

625

112

0(8

25)

43..

.11

1..

.60

Ni–

22C

r–9M

o–3.

5Cb

Rod

&ba

rS

B-4

46N

0662

52

100

(690

)43

...

111

...

60N

i–22

Cr–

9Mo–

3.5C

bR

od&

bar

SB

-462

N06

022

...

100

(690

)43

...

112

...

55N

i–21

Cr–

13.5

Mo

For

ging

sS

B-4

62N

0603

0..

.85

(585

)45

...

111

...

40N

i–29

Cr–

15F

e–5M

oF

orgi

ngs

SB

-462

N06

200

...

100

(690

)43

...

112

...

59N

i–23

Cr–

16M

o–1.

6Cu

For

ging

sS

B-4

62N

0802

0..

.80

(550

)45

...

111

...

35N

i–35

Fe–

20C

r–C

bF

orgi

ngs

SB

-462

N08

367

...

95(6

55)

45..

.11

1..

.46

Fe–

24N

i–21

Cr–

6Mo–

Cu–

NF

orgi

ngs

SB

-462

N10

276

...

100

(690

)43

...

112

...

54N

i–16

Mo–

15C

rF

orgi

ngs

SB

-462

N10

665

...

110

(760

)44

...

112

...

65N

i–28

Mo–

2Fe

For

ging

sS

B-4

62N

1067

5..

.11

0(7

60)

44..

.11

2..

.65

Ni–

29.5

Mo–

2Fe–

2Cr

For

ging

sS

B-4

63N

0802

0..

.80

(550

)45

...

111

...

35N

i–35

Fe–

20C

r–C

bP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-463

N08

024

...

80(5

50)

45..

.11

1..

.37

Ni–

33F

e–23

Cr–

4Mo

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

B-4

63N

0802

6..

.80

(550

)45

...

111

...

35N

i–30

Fe–

24C

r–6M

o–3C

uP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-464

N08

020

...

80(5

50)

45..

.11

1..

.35

Ni–

35F

e–20

Cr–

Cb

Wel

ded

pipe

SB

-464

N08

024

...

80(5

50)

45..

.11

1..

.37

Ni–

33F

e–23

Cr–

4Mo

Wel

ded

pipe

2004 SECTION IX



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

121

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Non

ferr

ous

(CO

NT

’D)

Min

imum

Spe

cifie

dW

eldi

ngB

razi

ngU

NS

Allo

y,T

ype,

orT

ensi

le,

Spe

cN

o.N

o.G

rade

ksi(

MP

a)P

-No.

S-N

o.P

-No.

S-N

o.N

omin

alC

ompo

siti

onP

rodu

ctF

orm

SB

-464

N08

026

...

80(5

50)

45..

.11

1..

.35

Ni–

30F

e–24

Cr–

6Mo–

3Cu

Wel

ded

pipe

SB

-466

C70

600

...

38(2

60)

34..

.10

7..

.90

Cu–

10N

iS

mls

.P

ipe

&tu

beS

B-4

66C

7100

0..

.45

(310

)34

...

107

...

80C

u–20

Ni

Sm

ls.

Pip

e&

tube

SB

-466

C71

500

...

50(3

45)

34..

.10

7..

.70

Cu–

30N

iS

mls

.P

ipe

&tu

beS

B-4

67C

7060

0..

.38

(260

)34

...

107

...

90C

u–10

Ni

Wel

ded

pipe

>4.

5in

.(1

14m

m)

O.D

.

SB

-467

C70

600

...

40(2

75)

34..

.10

7..

.90

Cu–

10N

iW

elde

dpi

pe≤

4.5

in.

(114

mm

)O

.D.

SB

-467

C71

500

...

45(3

10)

34..

.10

7..

.70

Cu–

30N

iW

elde

dpi

pe>

4.5

in.

(114

mm

)O

.D.

SB

-467

C71

500

...

50(3

45)

34..

.10

7..

.70

Cu–

30N

iW

elde

dpi

pe≤

4.5

in.

(114

mm

)O

.D.

SB

-468

N08

020

...

80(5

50)

45..

.11

1..

.35

Ni–

35F

e–20

Cr–

Cb

Wel

ded

tube

SB

-468

N08

024

...

80(5

50)

45..

.11

1..

.37

Ni–

33F

e–23

Cr–

4Mo

Wel

ded

tube

SB

-468

N08

026

...

80(5

50)

45..

.11

1..

.35

Ni–

30F

e–24

Cr–

6Mo–

3Cu

Wel

ded

tube

SB

-473

N08

020

...

80(5

50)

45..

.11

1..

.35

Ni–

35F

e–20

Cr–

Cb

Bar

B49

1A

9300

330

0314

(97)

...

21..

.10

4A

l–M

n–C

uE

xtru

ded

tube

s

SB

-493

R60

702

R60

702

55(3

80)

61..

.11

7..

.99

.2Z

rF

orgi

ngs

SB

-493

R60

705

R60

705

70(4

85)

62..

.11

7..

.95

.5Z

r+2.

5Cb

For

ging

sS

A-4

94N

2602

2C

X2M

W80

(550

)43

...

...

...

59N

i–22

Cr–

14M

o–4F

e–3W

Cas

ting

sS

B-5

05C

9520

0..

.68

(470

)35

...

108

...

88C

u–9A

l–3F

eC

asti

ngs

SB

-511

N08

330

...

70(4

85)

46..

.11

1..

.35

Ni–

19C

r–1.

25S

iB

ars

&sh

apes

SB

-514

N08

800

...

75(5

15)

45..

.11

1..

.33

Ni–

42F

e–21

Cr

Wel

ded

pipe

SB

-514

N08

810

...

65(4

50)

45..

.11

1..

.33

Ni–

42F

e–21

Cr

Wel

ded

pipe

SB

-515

N08

800

...

75(5

15)

45..

.11

1..

.33

Ni–

42F

e–21

Cr

Wel

ded

tube

SB

-515

N08

810

...

65(4

50)

45..

.11

1..

.33

Ni–

42F

e–21

Cr

Wel

ded

tube

SB

-515

N08

811

...

65(4

50)

45..

...

...

.33

Ni–

42F

e–21

Cr–

Al–

Ti

Wel

ded

tube

SB

-516

N06

045

...

90(6

20)

46..

...

...

.46

Ni–

27C

r–23

Fe–

2.75

Si

Wel

ded

tube

SB

-516

N06

600

...

80(5

50)

43..

.11

1..

.72

Ni–

15C

r–8F

eW

elde

dtu

beS

B-5

17N

0604

5..

.90

(620

)46

...

...

...

46N

i–27

Cr–

23F

e–2.

75S

iW

elde

dpi

peS

B-5

17N

0660

0..

.80

(550

)43

...

111

...

72N

i–15

Cr–

8Fe

Wel

ded

pipe

SB

-523

R60

702

R60

702

55(3

80)

61..

.11

7..

.99

.2Z

rS

mls

.&

wel

ded

tube

SB

-523

R60

705

R60

705

80(5

50)

62..

.11

7..

.95

.5Z

r+2.

5Cb

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dtu

beS

B-5

35N

0833

0..

.70

(485

)46

...

111

...

35N

i–19

Cr–

1.25

Si

Sm

ls.

pipe

SB

-536

N08

330

...

70(4

85)

46..

.11

1..

.35

Ni–

19C

r–1.

25S

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-543

C12

200

...

30(2

05)

31..

.10

7..

.99

.9C

u–P

Wel

ded

tube

SB

-543

C19

400

...

45(3

10)

31..

.10

7..

.97

.5C

u–P

Wel

ded

tube

SB

-543

C23

000

...

40(2

75)

32..

.10

7..

.85

Cu–

15Z

nW

elde

dtu

beS

B-5

43C

4430

0..

.45

(310

)32

...

107

...

71C

u–28

Zn–

1Sn–

0.06

As

Wel

ded

tube

SB

-543

C44

400

...

45(3

10)

32..

.10

7..

.71

Cu–

28Z

n–1S

n–0.

06S

bW

elde

dtu

beS

B-5

43C

4450

0..

.45

(310

)32

...

107

...

71C

u–28

Zn–

1Sn–

0.06

PW

elde

dtu

be

WELDING DATA



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

122

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Non

ferr

ous

(CO

NT

’D)

Min

imum

Spe

cifie

dW

eldi

ngB

razi

ngU

NS

Allo

y,T

ype,

orT

ensi

le,

Spe

cN

o.N

o.G

rade

ksi(

MP

a)P

-No.

S-N

o.P

-No.

S-N

o.N

omin

alC

ompo

siti

onP

rodu

ctF

orm

SB

-543

C68

700

...

50(3

45)

32..

.10

8..

.78

Cu–

20Z

n–2A

lW

elde

dtu

beS

B-5

43C

7040

0..

.38

(260

)34

...

107

...

95C

u–5N

iW

elde

dtu

beS

B-5

43C

7060

0..

.40

(275

)34

...

107

...

90C

u–10

Ni

Wel

ded

tube

SB

-543

C71

500

...

52(3

60)

34..

.10

7..

.70

Cu–

30N

iW

elde

dtu

beS

B-5

43C

7164

0..

.63

(435

)34

...

107

...

66C

u–30

Ni–

2Fe–

2Mn

Wel

ded

tube

B54

7..

.A

lcla

d30

0313

(90)

...

21..

.10

4A

l–M

n–C

uW

elde

dtu

beB

547

A93

003

3003

14(9

7)..

.21

...

104

Al–

Mn–

Cu

Wel

ded

tube

B54

7A

9508

350

8340

(275

)..

.25

...

105

Al–

4.4M

g–M

nW

elde

dtu

beB

547

A95

454

5454

31(2

15)

...

22..

.10

5A

l–2.

7Mg–

Mn

Wel

ded

tube

B54

7A

9606

160

6124

(165

)..

.23

...

105

Al–

Mg–

Si–

Cu

Wel

ded

tube

SB

-550

R60

702

R60

702

55(3

80)

61..

.11

7..

.99

.2Z

rB

ar&

wir

eS

B-5

50R

6070

5R

6070

580

(550

)62

...

117

...

95.5

Zr+

2.5C

bB

ar&

wir

eS

B-5

51R

6070

2R

6070

255

(380

)61

...

117

...

99.2

Zr

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

B-5

51R

6070

5R

6070

580

(550

)62

...

117

...

95.5

Zr+

2.5C

bP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-564

N04

400

...

70(4

85)

42..

.11

0..

.67

Ni–

30C

uF

orgi

ngs

SB

-564

N06

022

...

100

(690

)43

...

112

...

55N

i–21

Cr–

13.5

Mo

For

ging

sS

B-5

64N

0604

5..

.90

(620

)46

...

...

...

46N

i–27

Cr–

23F

e–2.

75S

iF

orgi

ngs

SB

-564

N06

059

...

100

(690

)43

...

111

...

59N

i–23

Cr–

16M

oF

orgi

ngs

SB

-564

N06

200

...

100

(690

)43

...

112

...

59N

i–23

Cr–

16M

o–1.

6Cu

For

ging

s

SB

-564

N06

230

...

110

(760

)43

...

...

...

53N

i–22

Cr–

14W

–Co–

Fe–

Mo

For

ging

sS

B-5

64N

0660

0..

.80

(550

)43

...

111

...

72N

i–15

Cr–

8Fe

For

ging

sS

B-5

64N

0661

7..

.95

(655

)43

...

111

...

52N

i–22

Cr–

13C

o–9M

oF

orgi

ngs

SB

-564

N06

625

...

110

(760

)43

...

111

...

60N

i–22

Cr–

9Mo–

3.5C

bF

orgi

ngs

>4

–10

in.

(102

–254

mm

),in

cl.

SB

-564

N06

686

...

100

(690

)43

...

111

...

58N

i–21

Cr–

16M

o–3.

5WF

orgi

ngs

SB

-564

N06

625

...

120

(825

)43

...

111

...

60N

i–22

Cr–

9Mo–

3.5C

bF

orgi

ngs

≤4

in.

(102

mm

)S

B-5

64N

0669

0..

.85

(585

)43

...

...

...

58N

i–29

Cr–

9Fe

For

ging

sS

B-5

64N

0803

1..

.94

(650

)45

...

111

...

31N

i–31

Fe–

27C

r–7M

oF

orgi

ngs

SB

-564

N08

367

...

95(6

55)

45..

.11

1..

.46

Fe–

24N

i–21

Cr–

6Mo–

Cu–

NF

orgi

ngs

SB

-564

N08

800

...

75(5

15)

45..

.11

1..

.33

Ni–

42F

e–21

Cr

For

ging

s

SB

-564

N08

810

...

65(4

50)

45..

.11

1..

.33

Ni–

42F

e–21

Cr

For

ging

sS

B-5

64N

0881

1..

.65

(450

)45

...

...

...

33N

i–42

Fe–

21C

r–A

l–T

iF

orgi

ngs

SB

-564

N08

825

...

85(5

85)

45..

.11

1..

.42

Ni–

21.5

Cr–

3Mo–

2.3C

uF

orgi

ngs

SB

-564

N10

276

...

100

(690

)43

...

112

...

54N

i–16

Mo–

15C

rF

orgi

ngs

SB

-564

N10

629

...

110

(760

)44

...

...

...

66N

i–28

Mo–

3Fe–

1.3C

r–0.

25A

lF

orgi

ngs

SB

-564

N10

675

...

110

(760

)44

...

112

...

65N

i–29

.5M

o–2C

r–2F

e–M

n–W

For

ging

sS

B-5

64R

2003

3..

.10

9(7

50)

45..

...

...

.33

Cr–

31N

i–32

Fe–

1.5M

o–0.

6Cu–

NF

orgi

ngs

2004 SECTION IX



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

123

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Non

ferr

ous

(CO

NT

’D)

Min

imum

Spe

cifie

dW

eldi

ngB

razi

ngU

NS

Allo

y,T

ype,

orT

ensi

le,

Spe

cN

o.N

o.G

rade

ksi(

MP

a)P

-No.

S-N

o.P

-No.

S-N

o.N

omin

alC

ompo

siti

onP

rodu

ctF

orm

SB

-564

N12

160

...

90(6

20)

46..

...

...

.37

Ni–

30C

o–28

Cr–

2.7S

iF

orgi

ngs

B56

4N

0882

5..

.85

(585

)..

.45

...

111

42N

i–21

.5C

r–3M

o–2.

3Cu

For

ging

s

SB

-572

N06

002

...

95(6

55)

43..

.11

1..

.47

Ni–

22C

r–9M

o–18

Fe

Rod

SB

-572

N06

230

...

110

(760

)43

...

111

...

53N

i–22

Cr–

14W

–Co–

Fe–

Mo

Rod

SB

-572

N12

160

...

90(6

20)

46..

...

...

.37

Ni–

30C

o–28

Cr–

2.7S

iR

odS

B-5

72R

3055

6..

.10

0(6

90)

45..

.11

1..

.21

Ni–

30F

e–22

Cr–

18C

o–3M

o–3W

Rod

SB

-573

N10

003

...

100

(690

)44

...

112

...

70N

i–16

Mo–

7Cr–

5Fe

Rod

SB

-574

N06

022

...

100

(690

)43

...

112

...

55N

i–21

Cr–

13.5

Mo

Rod

SB

-574

N06

059

...

100

(690

)43

...

112

...

59N

i–23

Cr–

16M

oR

odS

B-5

74N

0620

0..

.10

0(6

90)

43..

.11

2..

.59

Ni–

23C

r–16

Mo–

1.6C

uR

odS

B-5

74N

0645

5..

.10

0(6

90)

43..

.11

2..

.61

Ni–

16M

o–16

Cr

Rod

SB

-574

N06

686

...

100

(690

)43

...

111

...

58N

i–21

Cr–

16M

o–3.

5WR

odS

B-5

74N

1027

6..

.10

0(6

90)

43..

.11

2..

.54

Ni–

16M

o–15

Cr

Rod

SB

-575

N06

022

...

100

(690

)43

...

112

...

55N

i–21

Cr–

13.5

Mo

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

B-5

75N

0605

9..

.10

0(6

90)

43..

.11

2..

.59

Ni–

23C

r–16

Mo

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

B-5

75N

0620

0..

.10

0(6

90)

43..

.11

2..

.59

Ni–

23C

r–16

Mo–

1.6C

uP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-575

N06

455

...

100

(690

)43

...

112

...

61N

i–16

Mo–

16C

rP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-575

N06

686

...

100

(690

)43

...

111

...

58N

i–21

Cr–

16M

o–3.

5WP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-575

N10

276

...

100

(690

)43

...

112

...

54N

i–16

Mo–

15C

rP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-581

N06

007

...

85(5

85)

45..

.11

1..

.47

Ni–

22C

r–19

Fe–

6Mo

Rod

>0.

75–3

.5in

.(1

9–89

mm

),in

cl.

SB

-581

N06

007

...

90(6

20)

45..

.11

1..

.47

Ni–

22C

r–19

Fe–

6Mo

Rod

,0.

3125

–0.7

5in

.(8

–19

mm

),in

cl.

SB

-581

N06

030

...

85(5

85)

45..

.11

1..

.40

Ni–

29C

r–15

Fe–

5Mo

Rod

SB

-581

N06

975

...

85(5

85)

45..

.11

1..

.49

Ni–

25C

r–18

Fe–

6Mo

Rod

SB

-581

N06

985

...

85(5

85)

45..

.11

1..

.47

Ni–

22C

r–20

Fe–

7Mo

Rod

>0.

75–3

.5in

.(1

9–89

mm

),in

cl.

SB

-581

N06

985

...

90(6

20)

45..

.11

1..

.47

Ni–

22C

r–20

Fe–

7Mo

Rod

,0.

3125

–0.7

5in

.(8

–19

mm

),in

cl.

SB

-581

N08

031

...

94(6

50)

45..

.11

1..

.31

Ni–

31F

e–27

Cr–

7Mo

Rod

SB

-582

N06

007

...

85(5

85)

45..

.11

1..

.47

Ni–

22C

r–19

Fe–

6Mo

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

p>

0.75

–2.5

in.

(19–

64m

m),

incl

.S

B-5

82N

0600

7..

.90

(620

)45

...

111

...

47N

i–22

Cr–

19F

e–6M

oP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

≤0.

75in

.(1

9m

m)

SB

-582

N06

030

...

85(5

85)

45..

.11

1..

.40

Ni–

29C

r–15

Fe–

5Mo

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

B-5

82N

0697

5..

.85

(585

)45

...

111

...

49N

i–25

Cr–

18F

e–6M

oP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-582

N06

985

...

85(5

85)

45..

.11

1..

.47

Ni–

22C

r–20

Fe–

7Mo

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

p>

0.75

–2.5

in.

(19–

64m

m),

incl

.S

B-5

82N

0698

5..

.90

(620

)45

...

111

...

47N

i–22

Cr–

20F

e–7M

oP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

≤0.

75in

.(1

9m

m)

SB

-599

N08

700

...

80(5

50)

45..

.11

1..

.25

Ni–

47F

e–21

Cr–

5Mo

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

p

SB

-619

N06

002

...

100

(690

)43

...

111

...

47N

i–22

Cr–

9Mo–

18F

eW

elde

dpi

pe

WELDING DATA



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

124

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Non

ferr

ous

(CO

NT

’D)

Min

imum

Spe

cifie

dW

eldi

ngB

razi

ngU

NS

Allo

y,T

ype,

orT

ensi

le,

Spe

cN

o.N

o.G

rade

ksi(

MP

a)P

-No.

S-N

o.P

-No.

S-N

o.N

omin

alC

ompo

siti

onP

rodu

ctF

orm

SB

-619

N06

007

...

90(6

20)

45..

.11

1..

.47

Ni–

22C

r–19

Fe–

6Mo

Wel

ded

pipe

SB

-619

N06

022

...

100

(690

)43

...

112

...

55N

i–21

Cr–

13.5

Mo

Wel

ded

pipe

SB

-619

N06

030

...

85(5

85)

45..

.11

1..

.40

Ni–

29C

r–15

Fe–

5Mo

Wel

ded

pipe

SB

-619

N06

059

...

100

(690

)43

...

112

...

59N

i–23

Cr–

16M

oW

elde

dpi

pe

SB

-619

N06

200

...

100

(690

)43

...

112

...

59N

i–23

Cr–

16M

o–1.

6Cu

Wel

ded

pipe

SB

-619

N06

230

...

110

(760

)43

...

111

...

53N

i–22

Cr–

14W

–Co–

Fe–

Mo

Wel

ded

pipe

SB

-619

N06

455

...

100

(690

)43

...

112

...

61N

i–16

Mo–

16C

rW

elde

dpi

peS

B-6

19N

0668

6..

.10

0(6

90)

43..

.11

1..

.58

Ni–

21C

r–16

Mo–

3.5W

Wel

ded

pipe

SB

-619

N06

975

...

85(5

85)

45..

.11

1..

.49

Ni–

25C

r–18

Fe–

6Mo

Wel

ded

pipe

SB

-619

N06

985

...

90(6

20)

45..

.11

1..

.47

Ni–

22C

r–20

Fe–

7Mo

Wel

ded

pipe

SB

-619

N08

031

...

94(6

50)

45..

.11

1..

.31

Ni–

31F

e–27

Cr–

7Mo

Wel

ded

pipe

SB

-619

N08

320

...

75(5

15)

45..

.11

1..

.26

Ni–

22C

r–5M

o–T

iW

elde

dpi

peS

B-6

19N

1000

1..

.10

0(6

90)

44..

.11

2..

.62

Ni–

28M

o–5F

eW

elde

dpi

peS

B-6

19N

1027

6..

.10

0(6

90)

43..

.11

2..

.54

Ni–

16M

o–15

Cr

Wel

ded

pipe

SB

-619

N10

629

...

110

(760

)44

...

...

...

66N

i–28

Mo–

3Fe–

1.3C

r–0.

25A

lW

elde

dpi

peS

B-6

19N

1066

5..

.11

0(7

60)

44..

.11

2..

.65

Ni–

28M

o–2F

eW

elde

dpi

pe

SB

-619

N10

675

...

110

(760

)44

...

112

...

65N

i–29

.5M

o–2C

r–2F

e–M

n–W

Wel

ded

pipe

SB

-619

N12

160

...

90(6

20)

46..

...

...

.37

Ni–

30C

o–28

Cr–

2.7S

iW

elde

dpi

peS

B-6

19R

2003

3..

.10

9(7

50)

45..

...

...

.33

Cr–

31N

i–32

Fe–

1.5M

o–0.

6Cu–

NW

elde

dpi

peS

B-6

19R

3055

6..

.10

0(6

90)

45..

.11

1..

.21

Ni–

30F

e–22

Cr–

18C

o–3M

o–3W

Wel

ded

pipe

SB

-620

N08

320

...

75(5

15)

45..

.11

1..

.26

Ni–

22C

r–5M

o–T

iP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-621

N08

320

...

75(5

15)

45..

.11

1..

.26

Ni–

22C

r–5M

o–T

iR

od

SB

-622

N06

002

...

100

(690

)43

...

111

...

47N

i–22

Cr–

9Mo–

18F

eS

mls

.pi

pe&

tube

SB

-622

N06

007

...

90(6

20)

45..

.11

1..

.47

Ni–

22C

r–19

Fe–

6Mo

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

beS

B-6

22N

0602

2..

.10

0(6

90)

43..

.11

2..

.55

Ni–

21C

r–13

.5M

oS

mls

.pi

pe&

tube

SB

-622

N06

030

...

85(5

85)

45..

.11

1..

.40

Ni–

29C

r–15

Fe–

5Mo

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

beS

B-6

22N

0605

9..

.10

0(6

90)

43..

.11

2..

.59

Ni–

23C

r–16

Mo

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

be

SB

-622

N06

200

...

100

(690

)43

...

112

...

59N

i–23

Cr–

16M

o–1.

6Cu

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

beS

B-6

22N

0623

0..

.11

0(7

60)

43..

.11

1..

.53

Ni–

22C

r–14

W–C

o–F

e–M

oS

mls

.pi

pe&

tube

SB

-622

N06

455

...

100

(690

)43

...

112

...

61N

i–16

Mo–

16C

rS

mls

.pi

pe&

tube

SB

-622

N06

686

...

100

(690

)43

...

111

...

58N

i–21

Cr–

16M

o–3.

5WS

mls

.pi

pean

dtu

beS

B-6

22N

0697

5..

.85

(585

)45

...

111

...

49N

i–25

Cr–

18F

e–6M

oS

mls

.pi

pe&

tube

SB

-622

N06

985

...

90(6

20)

45..

.11

1..

.47

Ni–

22C

r–20

Fe–

7Mo

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

beS

B-6

22N

0803

1..

.94

(650

)45

...

111

...

31N

i–31

Fe–

27C

r–7M

oS

mls

.pi

pe&

tube

SB

-622

N08

320

...

75(5

15)

45..

.11

1..

.26

Ni–

22C

r–5M

o–T

iS

mls

.pi

pe&

tube

SB

-622

N10

001

...

100

(690

)44

...

112

...

62N

i–28

Mo–

5Fe

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

beS

B-6

22N

1027

6..

.10

0(6

90)

43..

.11

2..

.54

Ni–

16M

o–15

Cr

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

be

2004 SECTION IX



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

125

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Non

ferr

ous

(CO

NT

’D)

Min

imum

Spe

cifie

dW

eldi

ngB

razi

ngU

NS

Allo

y,T

ype,

orT

ensi

le,

Spe

cN

o.N

o.G

rade

ksi(

MP

a)P

-No.

S-N

o.P

-No.

S-N

o.N

omin

alC

ompo

siti

onP

rodu

ctF

orm

SB

-622

N10

629

...

110

(760

)44

...

...

...

66N

i–28

Mo–

3Fe–

1.3C

r–0.

25A

lS

mls

.pi

pe&

tube

SB

-622

N10

665

...

110

(760

)44

...

112

...

65N

i–28

Mo–

2Fe

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

beS

B-6

22R

2003

3..

.10

9(7

50)

45..

...

...

.33

Cr–

31N

i–32

Fe–

1.5M

o–0.

6Cu–

NS

mls

pipe

&tu

beS

B-6

22R

3055

6..

.10

0(6

90)

45..

.11

1..

.21

Ni–

30F

e–22

Cr–

18C

o–3M

o–3W

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

beS

B-6

22N

1067

5..

.11

0(7

60)

44..

.11

2..

.65

Ni–

29.5

Mo–

2Cr–

2Fe–

Mo–

WS

mls

.pi

pe&

tube

SB

-622

N12

160

...

90(6

20)

46..

...

...

.37

Ni–

30C

o–28

Cr–

2.7S

iS

mls

.pi

pe&

tube

B62

5N

0892

6..

.94

(650

)..

.45

...

111

25N

i–20

Cr–

6Mo–

Co–

NP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-625

N08

031

...

94(6

50)

45..

.11

1..

.31

Ni–

31F

e–27

Cr–

7Mo

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

B-6

25N

0890

4..

.71

(490

)45

...

111

...

44F

e–25

Ni–

21C

r–M

oP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-625

N08

925

...

87(6

00)

45..

.11

1..

.25

Ni–

20C

r–6M

o–C

u–N

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

pS

B-6

25R

2003

3..

.10

9(7

50)

45..

...

...

.33

Cr–

31N

i–32

Fe–

1.5M

o–0.

6Cu–

NP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-626

N06

002

...

100

(690

)43

...

111

...

47N

i–22

Cr–

9Mo–

18F

eW

elde

dtu

be

SB

-626

N06

007

...

90(6

20)

45..

.11

1..

.47

Ni–

22C

r–19

Fe–

6Mo

Wel

ded

tube

SB

-626

N06

022

...

100

(690

)43

...

112

...

55N

i–21

Cr–

13.5

Mo

Wel

ded

tube

SB

-626

N06

030

...

85(5

85)

45..

.11

1..

.40

Ni–

29C

r–15

Fe–

5Mo

Wel

ded

tube

SB

-626

N06

059

...

100

(690

)43

...

112

...

59N

i–23

Cr–

16M

oW

elde

dtu

beS

B-6

26N

0620

0..

.10

0(6

90)

43..

.11

2..

.59

Ni–

23C

r–16

Mo–

1.6C

uW

elde

dtu

be

SB

-626

N06

230

...

110

(760

)43

...

111

...

53N

i–22

Cr–

14W

–Co–

Fe–

Mo

Wel

ded

tube

SB

-626

N06

455

...

100

(690

)43

...

112

...

61N

i–16

Mo–

16C

rW

elde

dtu

beS

B-6

26N

0668

6..

.10

0(6

90)

43..

.11

1..

.58

Ni–

21C

r–16

Mo–

3.5W

Wel

ded

tube

SB

-626

N06

975

...

85(5

85)

45..

.11

1..

.49

Ni–

25C

r–18

Fe–

6Mo

Wel

ded

tube

SB

-626

N06

985

...

90(6

20)

45..

.11

1..

.47

Ni–

22C

r–20

Fe–

7Mo

Wel

ded

tube

SB

-626

N08

031

...

94(6

50)

45..

.11

1..

.31

Ni–

31F

e–27

Cr–

7Mo

Wel

ded

tube

SB

-626

N08

320

...

75(5

15)

45..

.11

1..

.26

Ni–

22C

r–5M

o–T

iW

elde

dtu

beS

B-6

26N

1000

1..

.10

0(6

90)

44..

.11

2..

.62

Ni–

28M

o–5F

eW

elde

dtu

beS

B-6

26N

1027

6..

.10

0(6

90)

43..

.11

2..

.54

Ni–

16M

o–15

Cr

Wel

ded

tube

SB

-626

N10

629

...

110

(760

)44

...

...

...

66N

i–28

Mo–

3Fe–

1.3C

r–0.

25A

lW

elde

dtu

be

SB

-626

N10

665

...

110

(760

)44

...

112

...

65N

i–28

Mo–

2Fe

Wel

ded

tube

SB

-626

R20

033

...

109

(750

)45

...

...

...

33C

r–31

Ni–

32F

e–1.

5Mo–

0.6C

u–N

Wel

ded

tube

SB

-626

R30

556

...

100

(690

)45

...

111

...

21N

i–30

Fe–

22C

r–18

Co–

3Mo–

3WW

elde

dtu

beS

B-6

26N

1067

5..

.11

0(7

60)

44..

.11

2..

.65

Ni–

29.5

Mo–

2Cr–

2Fe–

Mn–

WW

elde

dtu

beS

B-6

26N

1216

0..

.90

(620

)46

...

...

...

37N

i–30

Co–

28C

r–2.

7Si

Wel

ded

tube

B64

9N

0892

6..

.94

(650

)..

.45

...

111

25N

i–20

Cr–

6Mo–

Cu–

NB

ar&

wir

e

SB

-649

N08

904

...

71(4

90)

45..

.11

1..

.44

Fe–

25N

i–21

Cr–

Mo

Bar

&w

ire

SB

-649

N08

925

...

87(6

00)

45..

.11

1..

.25

Ni–

20C

r–6M

o–C

u–N

Bar

&w

ire

SB

-649

R20

033

...

109

(750

)45

...

...

...

33C

r–31

Ni–

32F

e–1.

5Mo–

0.6C

u–N

Bar

&W

ire

WELDING DATA



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

126

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Non

ferr

ous

(CO

NT

’D)

Min

imum

Spe

cifie

dW

eldi

ngB

razi

ngU

NS

Allo

y,T

ype,

orT

ensi

le,

Spe

cN

o.N

o.G

rade

ksi(

MP

a)P

-No.

S-N

o.P

-No.

S-N

o.N

omin

alC

ompo

siti

onP

rodu

ctF

orm

SB

-658

R60

702

R60

702

55(3

80)

61..

.11

7..

.99

.2Z

rS

mls

.&

wel

ded

pipe

SB

-658

R60

705

R60

705

80(5

50)

62..

.11

7..

.95

.5Z

r+2.

5Cb

Sm

ls.

&w

elde

dpi

peS

B-6

68N

0802

8..

.73

(505

)45

...

111

...

31N

i–31

Fe–

29C

r–M

oS

mls

.tu

beS

B-6

72N

0870

0..

.80

(550

)45

...

111

...

25N

i–47

Fe–

21C

r–5M

oB

ar&

wir

e

B67

3N

0892

6..

.94

(650

)..

.45

...

111

25N

i–20

Cr–

6Mo–

Cu–

NW

elde

dpi

pe

SB

-673

N08

904

...

71(4

90)

45..

.11

1..

.44

Fe–

25N

i–21

Cr–

Mo

Wel

ded

pipe

SB

-673

N08

925

...

87(6

00)

45..

.11

1..

.25

Ni–

20C

r–6M

o–C

u–N

Wel

ded

pipe

SB

-674

N08

904

...

71(4

90)

45..

.11

1..

.44

Fe–

25N

i–21

Cr–

Mo

Wel

ded

tube

SB

-674

N08

925

...

87(6

00)

45..

.11

1..

.25

Ni–

20C

r–6M

o–C

u–N

Wel

ded

tube

B67

4N

0892

6..

.94

(650

)..

.45

...

111

25N

i–20

Cr–

6Mo–

Cu–

NW

elde

dtu

be

SB

-675

N08

367

...

95(6

55)

45..

.11

1..

.46

Fe–

24N

i–21

Cr–

6Mo–

Cu–

NW

elde

dpi

peS

B-6

76N

0836

7..

.10

0(6

90)

45..

.11

1..

.46

Fe–

24N

i–21

Cr–

6Mo–

Cu–

NW

elde

dtu

be

B67

7N

0892

6..

.94

(650

)..

.45

...

111

25N

i–20

Cr–

6Mo–

Cu–

NS

mls

.pi

pe&

tube

SB

-677

N08

904

...

71(4

90)

45..

.11

1..

.44

Fe–

25N

i–21

Cr–

Mo

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

beS

B-6

77N

0892

5..

.87

(600

)45

...

111

...

25N

i–20

Cr–

6Mo–

Cu–

NS

mls

.pi

pe&

tube

SB

-688

N08

367

...

104

(715

)45

...

111

...

46F

e–24

Ni–

21C

r–6M

o–C

u–N

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

p<3 ⁄ 16

in.

(4.8

mm

)S

B-6

88N

0836

7..

.10

0(6

90)

45..

...

...

.46

Fe–

24N

i–21

Cr–

6Mo–

Cu–

NP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

≥3 ⁄ 16in

.≤3 ⁄ 4

in.

(≥4.

8m

m≤

19m

m)

SB

-688

N08

367

...

95(6

55)

45..

...

...

.46

Fe–

24N

i–21

Cr–

6Mo–

Cu–

NP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

>3 ⁄ 4in

.(1

9m

m)

SB

-690

N08

367

...

104

(715

)45

...

111

...

46F

e–24

Ni–

21C

r–6M

o–C

u–N

Sm

ls.

pipe

&tu

beS

B-6

91N

0836

7..

.95

(655

)45

...

111

...

46F

e–24

Ni–

21C

r–6M

o–C

u–N

Rod

,ba

r,&

wir

eS

B-7

04N

0662

5..

.12

0(8

25)

43..

.11

1..

.60

Ni–

22C

r–9M

o–3.

5Cb

Wel

ded

tube

SB

-704

N08

825

...

85(5

85)

45..

.11

1..

.42

Ni–

21.5

Cr–

3Mo–

2.3C

uW

elde

dtu

beS

B-7

05N

0662

5..

.12

0(8

25)

43..

.11

1..

.60

Ni–

22C

r–9M

o–3.

5Cb

Wel

ded

pipe

SB

-705

N08

825

...

85(5

85)

45..

.11

1..

.42

Ni–

21.5

Cr–

3Mo–

2.3C

uW

elde

dpi

peS

B-7

09N

0802

8..

.73

(505

)45

...

111

...

31N

i–31

Fe–

29C

r–M

oP

late

,sh

eet,

&st

rip

SB

-710

N08

330

...

70(4

85)

46..

.11

1..

.35

Ni–

19C

r–1.

25S

iW

elde

dpi

peS

B-7

29N

0802

0..

.80

(550

)45

...

...

111

35N

i–35

Fe–

20C

r–C

bS

mls

.pi

pe&

tube

B72

5N

0220

0..

.55

(380

)..

.41

...

110

99.0

Ni

Wel

ded

pipe

SB

-815

R31

233

...

120

(825

)49

...

...

...

Co–

26C

r–9N

i–5M

o–3F

e–2W

Rod

SB

-818

R31

233

...

120

(825

)49

...

...

...

Co–

26C

r–9N

i–5M

o–3F

e–2W

Pla

te,

shee

t,&

stri

p

B81

9C

1220

0C

1220

030

(205

)..

...

...

.10

799

.9C

u–P

Wro

ught

pipe

SB

-861

R50

250

135

(240

)51

...

115

...

Ti

Sm

ls.

pipe

SB

-861

R50

400

250

(345

)51

...

115

...

Ti

Sm

ls.

pipe

SB

-861

R50

550

365

(450

)52

...

115

...

Ti

Sm

ls.

pipe

2004 SECTION IX



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

127

QW

/QB

-422

FE

RR

OU

S/N

ON

FE

RR

OU

SP

-NU

MB

ER

SA

ND

S-N

UM

BE

RS

(CO

NT

’D)

Gro

upin

gof

Bas

eM

etal

sfo

rQ

ualifi

cati

on

Non

ferr

ous

(CO

NT

’D)

Min

imum

Spe

cifie

dW

eldi

ngB

razi

ngU

NS

Allo

y,T

ype,

orT

ensi

le,

Spe

cN

o.N

o.G

rade

ksi(

MP

a)P

-No.

S-N

o.P

-No.

S-N

o.N

omin

alC

ompo

siti

onP

rodu

ctF

orm

SB

-861

R52

400

750

(345

)51

...

115

...

Ti–

Pd

Sm

ls.

pipe

SB

-861

R52

404

2650

(345

)51

...

115

...

Ti–

Ru

Sm

ls.

pipe

SB

-861

R53

400

1270

(485

)52

...

115

...

Ti–

0.3M

o–0.

8Ni

Sm

ls.

pipe

SB

-861

R56

320

990

(620

)53

...

115

...

Ti–

3Al–

2.5V

Sm

ls.

pipe

SB

-862

R50

250

135

(240

)51

...

115

...

Ti

Wel

ded

pipe

SB

-862

R50

400

250

(345

)51

...

115

...

Ti

Wel

ded

pipe

SB

-862

R50

550

365

(450

)52

...

115

...

Ti

Wel

ded

pipe

SB

-862

R52

400

750

(345

)51

...

115

...

Ti–

Pd

Wel

ded

pipe

SB

-862

R52

404

2650

(345

)51

...

115

...

Ti–

Ru

Wel

ded

pipe

SB

-862

R53

400

1270

(485

)52

...

115

...

Ti–

0.3M

o–0.

8Ni

Wel

ded

pipe

SB

-862

R56

320

990

(620

)53

...

115

...

Ti–

3Al–

2.5V

Wel

ded

pipe

B16

.18

C83

600

...

40(2

75)

...

...

...

107

5Sn–

5Zn–

5Pb

Cas

tfit

ting

sB

16.1

8C

8380

0..

.40

(275

)..

...

...

.10

74S

n–6.

5Zn–

6Pb

Cas

tfit

ting

sB

16.1

8C

8440

0..

.40

(275

)..

...

...

.10

72.

5Sn–

8.5Z

n–7P

bC

ast

fitti

ngs

B16

.22

C10

200

...

30(2

05)

...

...

...

107

99.9

5Cu–

PW

roug

htpi

pefit

ting

sB

16.2

2C

1200

0..

.30

(205

)..

...

...

.10

799

.9C

u–P

Wro

ught

pipe

fitti

ngs

B16

.22

C12

200

...

30(2

05)

...

...

...

107

99.9

Cu–

PW

roug

htpi

pefit

ting

sB

16.2

2C

2300

0..

.30

(205

)..

...

...

.10

785

Cu–

15Z

nW

roug

htpi

pefit

ting

s

WELDING DATA



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

04

04

04


QW-423 Alternate Base Materials for WelderQualification

QW-423.1 Base metal used for welder qualificationmay be substituted for the metal specified in the WPS inaccordance with the following table. When a base metalshown in the left column is used for welder qualification,the welder is qualified to weld all combinations of basemetals shown in the right column, including unassignedmetals of similar chemical composition to these metals.

Base Metals for Welder Qualified ProductionQualification Base Metals

P- or S-No. 1 through P- or S- P- or S-No. 1 through P- or S-No. 11, P- or S-No. 34, and No. 11, P- or S-No. 34, andP- or S-No. 41 through P- or P- or S-No. 41 through P- orS-No. 49 S-No. 49

P- or S-No. 21 through P- or S- P- or S-No. 21 through P- or S-No. 25 No. 25

P- or S-No. 51 through P- or P- or S-No. 51 through P- or S-S-No. 53 or P- or S-No. 61 No. 53 and P- or S-No. 61through P- or S-No. 62 through P- or S-No. 62

QW-423.2 Metals used for welder qualification con-forming to national or international standards or specifi-cations may be considered as having the same P- orS-Number as an assigned metal provided it meets themechanical and chemical requirements of the assignedmetal. The base metal specification and correspondingP- or S-Number shall be recorded on the qualificationrecord.

QW-424 Base Metals Used for ProcedureQualification

QW-424.1 Base metals are assigned P- or S-Numbersin table QW/QB-422; metals that do not appear in tableQW/QB-422 are considered to be unassigned metalsexcept as otherwise defined in QW-420.1 for base metalshaving the same UNS numbers. Unassigned metals shallbe identified in the WPS and on the PQR by specification,type and grade, or by chemical analysis and mechanicalproperties. The minimum tensile strength shall be definedby the organization that specified the unassigned metalif the tensile strength of that metal is not defined by thematerial specification.

128

Base Metal(s) Used forProcedure Qualification Coupon Base Metals Qualified

One metal from a P-Number to Any metals assigned that P-or S-any metal from the same P- NumberNumber

One metal from a P-Number to Any metal assigned the first P-any metal from any other P- or S-Number to any metalNumber assigned the second P- or S-

NumberOne metal from P-No. 3 to any Any P- or S-No. 3 metal to any

metal from P-No. 3 metal assigned P- or S-No. 3or 1

One metal from P-No. 4 to any Any P- or S-No. 4 metal to anymetal from P-No. 4 metal assigned P- or S-No. 4,

3, or 1One metal from P-No. 5A to any Any P- or S-No. 5A metal to any

metal from P-No. 5A metal assigned P- or S-No.5A, 4, 3, or 1

One metal from P-No. 5A to a Any P- or S-No. 5A metal to anymetal from P-No. 4, or P-No. metal assigned to P- or S-No.3, or P-No. 1 4, 3, or 1

One metal from P-No. 4 to a Any P- or S-No. 4 metal to anymetal from P-No. 3 or P-No. 1 metal assigned to P- or S-No.

3 or 1Any unassigned metal to the The unassigned metal to itself

same unassigned metalAny unassigned metal to any P- The unassigned metal to any

Number metal metal assigned to the same P-or S-Number as the qualifiedmetal

Any unassigned metal to any The first unassigned metal to theother unassigned metal second unassigned metal

QW-430 F-NUMBERSQW-431 General

The following F-Number grouping of electrodes andwelding rods in table QW-432 is based essentially on theirusability characteristics, which fundamentally determinethe ability of welders to make satisfactory welds with agiven filler metal. This grouping is made to reduce thenumber of welding procedure and performance qualifica-tions, where this can logically be done. The groupingdoes not imply that base metals or filler metals within agroup may be indiscriminately substituted for a metal thatwas used in the qualification test without consideration ofthe compatibility of the base and filler metals from thestandpoint of metallurgical properties, postweld heattreatment design and service requirements, and mechani-cal properties.QW-432.1 Steel and Steel AlloysQW-432.2 Aluminum and Aluminum-Base AlloysQW-432.3 Copper and Copper-Base AlloysQW-432.4 Nickel and Nickel-Base AlloysQW-432.5 Titanium and Titanium AlloysQW-432.6 Zirconium and Zirconium AlloysQW-432.7 Hard-Facing Weld Metal Overlay



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

WELDING DATA

QW-432F-NUMBERS

Grouping of Electrodes and Welding Rods for Qualification

F-No. ASME Specification AWS Classification UNS No.

Steel and Steel Alloys

04

1 SFA-5.1 EXX20 . . .1 SFA-5.1 EXX22 . . .1 SFA-5.1 EXX24 . . .1 SFA-5.1 EXX27 . . .1 SFA-5.1 EXX28 . . .1 SFA-5.4 EXXX(X)-25 . . .1 SFA-5.4 EXXX(X)-26 . . .1 SFA-5.5 EXX20-X . . .1 SFA-5.5 EXX27-X . . .

2 SFA-5.1 EXX12 . . .2 SFA-5.1 EXX13 . . .2 SFA-5.1 EXX14 . . .2 SFA-5.1 EXX19 . . .2 SFA-5.5 E(X)XX13-X . . .

3 SFA-5.1 EXX10 . . .3 SFA-5.1 EXX11 . . .3 SFA-5.5 E(X)XX10-X . . .3 SFA-5.5 E(X)XX11-X . . .

4 SFA-5.1 EXX15 . . .4 SFA-5.1 EXX16 . . .4 SFA-5.1 EXX18 . . .4 SFA-5.1 EXX18M . . .4 SFA-5.1 EXX48 . . .4 SFA-5.4 other than austenitic and duplex EXXX(X)-15 . . .4 SFA-5.4 other than austenitic and duplex EXXX(X)-16 . . .4 SFA-5.4 other than austenitic and duplex EXXX(X)-17 . . .4 SFA-5.5 E(X)XX15-X . . .4 SFA-5.5 E(X)XX16-X . . .4 SFA-5.5 E(X)XX18-X . . .4 SFA-5.5 E(X)XX18M . . .4 SFA-5.5 E(X)XX18M1 . . .5 SFA-5.4 austenitic and duplex EXXX(X)-15 . . .5 SFA-5.4 austenitic and duplex EXXX(X)-16 . . .5 SFA-5.4 austenitic and duplex EXXX(X)-17 . . .6 SFA-5.2 All classifications . . .6 SFA-5.9 All classifications . . .6 SFA-5.17 All classifications . . .6 SFA-5.18 All classifications . . .6 SFA-5.20 All classifications . . .6 SFA-5.22 All classifications . . .6 SFA-5.23 All classifications . . .6 SFA-5.25 All classifications . . .6 SFA-5.26 All classifications . . .6 SFA-5.28 All classifications . . .6 SFA-5.29 All classifications . . .6 SFA-5.30 INMs-X . . .6 SFA-5.30 IN5XX . . .6 SFA-5.30 IN3XX(X) . . .

129



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX

QW-432F-NUMBERS (CONT’D)



Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys

21 SFA-5.3 E1100 A9110021 SFA-5.3 E3003 A9300321 SFA-5.10 ER1100 A9110021 SFA-5.10 ER1188 A9118821 SFA-5.10 R1100 A9110021 SFA-5.10 R1188 A9118822 SFA-5.10 ER5183 A9518322 SFA-5.10 ER5356 A9535622 SFA-5.10 ER5554 A9555422 SFA-5.10 ER5556 A9555622 SFA-5.10 ER5654 A9565422 SFA-5.10 R5183 A9518322 SFA-5.10 R5356 A9535622 SFA-5.10 R5554 A9555422 SFA-5.10 R5556 A9555622 SFA-5.10 R5654 A9565423 SFA-5.3 E4043 A9404323 SFA-5.10 ER4009 A9400923 SFA-5.10 ER4010 A9401023 SFA-5.10 ER4043 A9404323 SFA-5.10 ER4047 A9404723 SFA-5.10 ER4145 A9414523 SFA-5.10 ER4643 A9464323 SFA-5.10 R4009 A9400923 SFA-5.10 R4010 A9401023 SFA-5.10 R4011 A9401123 SFA-5.10 R4043 A9404323 SFA-5.10 R4047 A9404723 SFA-5.10 R4145 A9414523 SFA-5.10 R4643 A9464324 SFA-5.10 R-A356.0 A1356024 SFA-5.10 R-A357.0 A1357024 SFA-5.10 R-C355.0 A3355024 SFA-5.10 R206.0 A0206024 SFA-5.10 R357.0 A0357025 SFA-5.10 ER2319 A9231925 SFA-5.10 R2319 A92319

Copper and Copper Alloys

31 SFA-5.6 ECu W6018931 SFA-5.7 ERCu C1898032 SFA-5.6 ECuSi W6065632 SFA-5.7 ERCuSi-A C6560033 SFA-5.6 ECuSn-A W6051833 SFA-5.6 ECuSn-C W6052133 SFA-5.7 ERCuSn-A WC5180034 SFA-5.6 ECuNi W6071534 SFA-5.7 ERCuNi C7158034 SFA-5.30 IN67 C7158135 SFA-5.8 RBCuZn-A C4700035 SFA-5.8 RBCuZn-B C6800035 SFA-5.8 RBCuZn-C C6810035 SFA-5.8 RBCuZn-D C7730036 SFA-5.6 ECuAl-A2 W6061436 SFA-5.6 ECuAl-B W6061936 SFA-5.7 ERCuAl-A1 C61000

130



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

WELDING DATA




Copper and Copper Alloys (CONT’D)

36 SFA-5.7 ERCuAl-A2 C6180036 SFA-5.7 ERCuAl-A3 C6240037 SFA-5.6 ECuMnNiAl C6063337 SFA-5.6 ECuNiAl C6063237 SFA-5.7 ERCuMnNiAl C6338037 SFA-5.7 ERCuNiAl C63280

Nickel and Nickel Alloys

41 SFA-5.11 ENi-1 W8214141 SFA-5.14 ERNi-1 N0206141 SFA-5.30 IN61 N0206142 SFA-5.11 ENiCu-7 W8419042 SFA-5.14 ERNiCu-7 N0406042 SFA-5.14 ERNiCu-8 N0550442 SFA-5.30 IN60 N0406043 SFA-5.11 ENiCrCoMo-1 W8611743 SFA-5.11 ENiCrFe-1 W8613243 SFA-5.11 ENiCrFe-2 W8613343 SFA-5.11 ENiCrFe-3 W8618243 SFA-5.11 ENiCrFe-4 W8613443 SFA-5.11 ENiCrFe-7 W8615243 SFA-5.11 ENiCrFe-9 W8609443 SFA-5.11 ENiCrFe-10 W8609543 SFA-5.11 ENiCrMo-2 W8600243 SFA-5.11 ENiCrMo-3 W8611243 SFA-5.11 ENiCrMo-4 W8027643 SFA-5.11 ENiCrMo-5 W8000243 SFA-5.11 ENiCrMo-6 W8662043 SFA-5.11 ENiCrMo-7 W8645543 SFA-5.11 ENiCrMo-10 W8602243 SFA-5.11 ENiCrMo-12 W8603243 SFA-5.11 ENiCrMo-13 W8605943 SFA-5.11 ENiCrMo-14 W8602643 SFA-5.14 ERNiCr-3 N0608243 SFA-5.14 ERNiCr-4 N0607243 SFA-5.14 ERNiCr-6 N0607643 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrCoMo-1 N0661743 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrFe-5 N0606243 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrFe-6 N0709243 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrFe-7 N0605243 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrFe-8 N0706943 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrFe-11 N0660143 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrMo-2 N0600243 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrMo-3 N0662543 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrMo-4 N1027643 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrMo-7 N0645543 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrMo-10 N0602243 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrMo-13 N0605943 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrMo-14 N0668643 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrWMo-1 N0623143 SFA-5.30 IN52 N0605243 SFA-5.30 IN62 N0606243 SFA-5.30 IN6A N0709243 SFA-5.30 IN82 N0608244 SFA-5.11 ENiMo-1 W80001

131



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX




Nickel and Nickel Alloys (CONT’D)

44 SFA-5.11 ENiMo-3 W8000444 SFA-5.11 ENiMo-7 W8066544 SFA-5.11 ENiMo-8 W8000844 SFA-5.11 ENiMo-9 W8000944 SFA-5.11 ENiMo-10 W8067544 SFA-5.14 ERNiMo-1 N1000144 SFA-5.14 ERNiMo-2 N1000344 SFA-5.14 ERNiMo-3 N1000444 SFA-5.14 ERNiMo-7 N1066544 SFA-5.14 ERNiMo-8 N1000844 SFA-5.14 ERNiMo-9 N1000944 SFA-5.14 ERNiMo-10 N1067545 SFA-5.11 ENiCrMo-1 W8600745 SFA-5.11 ENiCrMo-9 W8698545 SFA-5.11 ENiCrMo-11 W8603045 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrMo-1 N0600745 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrMo-8 N0697545 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrMo-9 N0698545 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrMo-11 N0603045 SFA-5.14 ERNiFeCr-1 N08065

Titanium and Titanium Alloys

51 SFA-5.16 ERTi-1 R5010051 SFA-5.16 ERTi-2 R5012051 SFA-5.16 ERTi-3 R5012551 SFA-5.16 ERTi-4 R5013052 SFA-5.16 ERTi-7 R5240153 SFA-5.16 ERTi-9 R5632053 SFA-5.16 ERTi-9ELI R5632154 SFA-5.16 ERTi-12 R5340055 SFA-5.16 ERTi-5 R5640055 SFA-5.16 ERTi-5ELI R5640255 SFA-5.16 ERTi-6 R5452255 SFA-5.16 ERTi-6ELI R5452355 SFA-5.16 ERTi-15 R56210

Zirconium and Zirconium Alloys61 SFA-5.24 ERZr2 R6070261 SFA-5.24 ERZr3 R6070461 SFA-5.24 ERZr4 R60705

Hard-Facing Weld Metal Overlay

71 SFA-5.13 ECoCr-A W7300671 SFA-5.13 ECoCr-B W7301271 SFA-5.13 ECoCr-C W7300171 SFA-5.13 ECoCr-E W7302171 SFA-5.13 ECuAl-A2 W6061771 SFA-5.13 ECuAl-B W6061971 SFA-5.13 ECuAl-C W6062571 SFA-5.13 ECuAl-D W6162571 SFA-5.13 ECuAl-E W6262571 SFA-5.13 ECuMnNiAl W6063371 SFA-5.13 ECuNi W6071571 SFA-5.13 ECuNiAl W60632

132



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

WELDING DATA




Hard-Facing Weld Metal Overlay (CONT’D)

71 SFA-5.13 ECuSi W6065671 SFA-5.13 ECuSn-A W6051871 SFA-5.13 ECuSn-C W6052171 SFA-5.13 EFe1 W7400171 SFA-5.13 EFe2 W7400271 SFA-5.13 EFe3 W7400371 SFA-5.13 EFe4 W7400471 SFA-5.13 EFe5 W7511071 SFA-5.13 EFe6 W7751071 SFA-5.13 EFe7 W7761071 SFA-5.13 EFeCr-A1A W7401171 SFA-5.13 EFeCr-A2 W7401271 SFA-5.13 EFeCr-A3 W7401371 SFA-5.13 EFeCr-A4 W7401471 SFA-5.13 EFeCr-A5 W7401571 SFA-5.13 EFeCr-A6 W7401671 SFA-5.13 EFeCr-A7 W7401771 SFA-5.13 EFeCr-A8 W7401871 SFA-5.13 EFeCr-E1 W7421171 SFA-5.13 EFeCr-E2 W7421271 SFA-5.13 EFeCr-E3 W7421371 SFA-5.13 EFeCr-E4 W7421471 SFA-5.13 EFeMn-A W7911071 SFA-5.13 EFeMn-B W7931071 SFA-5.13 EFeMn-C W7921071 SFA-5.13 EFeMn-D W7941071 SFA-5.13 EFeMn-E W7951071 SFA-5.13 EFeMn-F W7961071 SFA-5.13 EFeMnCr W7971071 SFA-5.13 ENiCr-C W8960671 SFA-5.13 ENiCrFeCo W8300271 SFA-5.13 ENiCrMo-5A W8000271 SFA-5.13 EWCX-12/30 . . .71 SFA-5.13 EWCX-20/30 . . .71 SFA-5.13 EWCX-30/40 . . .71 SFA-5.13 EWCX-40 . . .71 SFA-5.13 EWCX-40/120 . . .72 SFA-5.21 ERCCoCr-A W7303672 SFA-5.21 ERCCoCr-B W7304272 SFA-5.21 ERCCoCr-C W7303172 SFA-5.21 ERCCoCr-E W7304172 SFA-5.21 ERCCoCr-G W7303272 SFA-5.21 ERCCuAl-A2 W6061872 SFA-5.21 ERCCuAl-A3 W6062472 SFA-5.21 ERCCuAl-C W6062672 SFA-5.21 ERCCuAl-D W6162672 SFA-5.21 ERCCuAl-E W6262672 SFA-5.21 ERCCuSi-A W6065772 SFA-5.21 ERCCuSn-A W6051872 SFA-5.21 ERCCuSn-D W6052472 SFA-5.21 ERCFe-1 W7403072 SFA-5.21 ERCFe-1A W7403172 SFA-5.21 ERCFe-2 W7403272 SFA-5.21 ERCFe-3 W7403372 SFA-5.21 ERCFe-5 W74035

133



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX





72 SFA-5.21 ERCFe-6 W7753072 SFA-5.21 ERCFe-8 W7753872 SFA-5.21 ERCFeCr-A W7453172 SFA-5.21 ERCFeCr-A1A W7453072 SFA-5.21 ERCFeCr-A3A W7453372 SFA-5.21 ERCFeCr-A4 W7453472 SFA-5.21 ERCFeCr-A5 W7453572 SFA-5.21 ERCFeCr-A9 W7453972 SFA-5.21 ERCFeCr-A10 W7454072 SFA-5.21 ERCFeMn-C W7923072 SFA-5.21 ERCFeMn-F W7963072 SFA-5.21 ERCFeMn-G W7923172 SFA-5.21 ERCFeMn-H W7923272 SFA-5.21 ERCFeMnCr W7973072 SFA-5.21 ERCNiCr-A W8963472 SFA-5.21 ERCNiCr-B W8963572 SFA-5.21 ERCNiCr-C W8963672 SFA-5.21 ERCNiCrFeCo W8303272 SFA-5.21 ERCNiCrMo-5A W8003672 SFA-5.21 ERCoCr-A R3000672 SFA-5.21 ERCoCr-B R3001272 SFA-5.21 ERCoCr-C R3000172 SFA-5.21 ERCoCr-E R3002172 SFA-5.21 ERCoCr-F R3000272 SFA-5.21 ERCoCr-G R3001472 SFA-5.21 ERCuAl-A2 C6180072 SFA-5.21 ERCuAl-A3 C6240072 SFA-5.21 ERCuAl-C C6258072 SFA-5.21 ERCuAl-D C6258172 SFA-5.21 ERCuAl-E C6258272 SFA-5.21 ERCuSi-A C6560072 SFA-5.21 ERCuSn-A C5180072 SFA-5.21 ERCuSn-D C5240072 SFA-5.21 ERFe-1 T7400072 SFA-5.21 ERFe-1A T7400172 SFA-5.21 ERFe-2 T7400272 SFA-5.21 ERFe-3 T7400372 SFA-5.21 ERFe-5 T7400572 SFA-5.21 ERFe-6 T7400672 SFA-5.21 ERFe-8 T7400872 SFA-5.21 ERFeCr-A . . .72 SFA-5.21 ERFeCr-A1A . . .72 SFA-5.21 ERFeCr-A3A . . .72 SFA-5.21 ERFeCr-A4 . . .72 SFA-5.21 ERFeCr-A5 . . .72 SFA-5.21 ERFeCr-A9 . . .72 SFA-5.21 ERFeCr-A10 . . .72 SFA-5.21 ERFeMn-C . . .72 SFA-5.21 ERFeMn-F . . .72 SFA-5.21 ERFeMn-G . . .72 SFA-5.21 ERFeMn-H . . .72 SFA-5.21 ERFeMnCr . . .72 SFA-5.21 ERNiCr-A N9964472 SFA-5.21 ERNiCr-B N9964572 SFA-5.21 ERNiCr-C N99646

134



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

WELDING DATA





72 SFA-5.21 ERNiCr-D N9964772 SFA-5.21 ERNiCr-E N9964872 SFA-5.21 ERNiCrFeCo F4610072 SFA-5.21 ERNiCrMo-5A N1000672 SFA-5.21 ERWCX-20/30 . . .72 SFA-5.21 ERWCX-30/40 . . .72 SFA-5.21 ERWCX-40 . . .72 SFA-5.21 ERWCX-40/120 . . .72 SFA-5.21 RWCX-20/30 . . .72 SFA-5.21 RWCX-30/40 . . .72 SFA-5.21 RWCX-40 . . .72 SFA-5.21 RWCX-40/120 . . .

135



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


04 QW-433 Alternate F-Numbers for WelderPerformance Qualification

The following tables identify the filler metal or elec-trode that the welder used during qualification testing as

F-No. 1 F-No. 1 F-No. 2 F-No. 2 F-No. 3 F-No. 3 F-No. 4 F-No. 4 F-No. 5 F-No. 5Qualified With →With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without

Qualified For ↓ Backing Backing Backing Backing Backing Backing Backing Backing Backing Backing

F-No. 1 WithX X X X X X X X X X

Backing

F-No. 1 WithoutX

Backing

F-No. 2 WithX X X X X X

Backing

F-No. 2 WithoutX

Backing

F-No. 3 WithX X X X

Backing

F-No. 3 WithoutX

Backing

F-No. 4 WithX X

Backing

F-No. 4 WithoutX

Backing

F-No. 5 WithX X

Backing

F-No. 5 WithoutX

Backing

Qualified With Qualified For

Any F-No. 6 All F-No. 6 [Note (1)]

Any F-No. 21 through F-No. 25 All F-No. 21 through F-No. 25

Any F-No. 31, F-No. 32, F-No. Only the same F-Number as was33, F-No. 35, F-No. 36, or F- used during the qualification

No. 37 test

F-No. 34 or any F-No. 41 F-No. 34 and all F-No. 41through F-No. 45 through F-No. 45

Any F-No. 51 through F-No. 55 All F-No. 51 through F-No. 55

Any F-No. 61 All F-No. 61

Any F-No. 71 through F-No. 72 Only the same F-Number as wasused during the qualification

test

NOTE:

(1) Deposited weld metal made using a bare rod not covered by anSFA Specification but which conforms to an analysis listed in QW-442 shall be considered to be classified as F-No. 6.

136

“Qualified With,” and the electrodes or filler metals thatthe welder is qualified to use in production welding as“Qualified For.” See table QW-432 for the F-Numberassignments.



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

QW-440 WELDING DATA QW-442

QW-440 WELD METAL CHEMICALCOMPOSITION

QW-441 General

Identification of weld metal chemical composition des-ignated on the PQR and WPS shall be as given inQW-404.5.

QW-442A-NUMBERS

Classification of Ferrous Weld Metal Analysis for Procedure Qualification

Analysis, % [Note (1)]Types of WeldA-No. Deposit C Cr Mo Ni Mn Si

1 Mild Steel 0.20 . . . . . . . . . 1.60 1.00

2 Carbon-Molybdenum 0.15 0.50 0.40–0.65 . . . 1.60 1.00

3 Chrome (0.4% to 2%)–Molybdenum 0.15 0.40–2.00 0.40–0.65 . . . 1.60 1.004 Chrome (2% to 6%)–Molybdenum 0.15 2.00–6.00 0.40–1.50 . . . 1.60 2.005 Chrome (6% to 10.5%)–Molybdenum 0.15 6.00–10.50 0.40–1.50 . . . 1.20 2.00

6 Chrome-Martensitic 0.15 11.00–15.00 0.70 . . . 2.00 1.00

7 Chrome-Ferritic 0.15 11.00–30.00 1.00 . . . 1.00 3.00

8 Chromium–Nickel 0.15 14.50–30.00 4.00 7.50–15.00 2.50 1.009 Chromium–Nickel 0.30 19.00–30.00 6.00 15.00–37.00 2.50 1.00

10 Nickel to 4% 0.15 . . . 0.55 0.80–4.00 1.70 1.00

11 Manganese–Molybdenum 0.17 . . . 0.25–0.75 0.85 1.25–2.25 1.00

12 Nickel–Chrome—Molybdenum 0.15 1.50 0.25–0.80 1.25–2.80 0.75–2.25 1.00

NOTE:(1) Single values shown above are maximum.

137



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


QW

-450

SPE

CIM

EN

S

QW

-451

Pro

cedu

reQ

ualifi

cati

onT

hick

ness

Lim

its

and

Tes

tSp

ecim

ens

04

QW-4

51.1

GR

OOV

E-W

ELD

TEN

SION

TEST

SA

ND

TRA

NSV

ER

SE-B

EN

DTE

STS

Ran

geof

Thic

knes

sT

ofTy

pean

dN

umbe

rof

Test

sR

equi

red

Bas

eM

etal

,Qua

lified

,(T

ensi

onan

dG

uide

d-B

end

Test

s)[N

ote

(2)]

Max

imum

Thic

knes

st

ofin

.(m

m)

Dep

osite

dW

eld

Met

al,Q

ualifi

ed,

Side

Face

Roo

t[N

otes

(1)

and

(2)]

Thic

knes

sT

ofTe

stCo

upon

,Wel

ded,

in.(

mm

)Te

nsio

n,B

end,

Ben

d,B

end,

in.(

mm

)M

in.

Max

.[N

otes

(1)

and

(2)]

QW-1

50QW

-160

QW-1

60QW

-160

Les

sth

an1 ⁄ 16

(1.5

)T

2T2t

2..

.2

2

1 ⁄ 16to

3 ⁄ 8(1

.5to

10),

incl

.1 ⁄ 16

2T2t

2N

ote

(5)

22

(1.5

)

Ove

r3 ⁄ 8

(10)

,bu

tle

ssth

an3 ⁄ 4

3 ⁄ 16(5

)2T

2t2

Not

e(5

)2

2(1

9)

3 ⁄ 4(1

9)to

less

than

11 ⁄ 2(3

8)3 ⁄ 16

(5)

2T2t

whe

nt

<3 ⁄ 4

(19)

2[N

ote

(4)]

4..

...

.3 ⁄ 4

(19)

tole

ssth

an11 ⁄ 2

(38)

3 ⁄ 16(5

)2T

2Tw

hen

t≥

3 ⁄ 4(1

9)2

[Not

e(4

)]4

...

...

11 ⁄ 2(3

8)an

dov

er3 ⁄ 16

(5)

8(2

00)

[Not

e(3

)]2t

whe

nt

<3 ⁄ 4

(19)

2[N

ote

(4)]

4..

...

.1 ⁄ 2

(38)

and

over

3 ⁄ 16(5

)8

(200

)[N

ote

(3)]

8(2

00)

[Not

e(3

)]w

hen

t≥

3 ⁄ 4(1

9)2

[Not

e(4

)]4

...

...

NO

TE

S:

(1)

The

follo

win

gva

riab

les

furt

her

rest

rict

the

limit

ssh

own

inth

ista

ble

whe

nth

eyar

ere

fere

nced

inQ

W-2

50fo

rth

epr

oces

sun

der

cons

ider

atio

n:Q

W-4

03.9

,Q

W-4

03.1

0,Q

W-4

04.3

2,an

dQ

W-4

07.4

.A

lso,

QW

-202

.2,

QW

-202

.3,

and

QW

-202

.4pr

ovid

eex

empt

ions

that

supe

rsed

eth

elim

its

ofth

ista

ble.

(2)

For

com

bina

tion

ofw

eldi

ngpr

oced

ures

,se

eQ

W-2

00.4

.(3

)F

orth

ew

eldi

ngpr

oces

ses

ofQ

W-4

03.7

only

;ot

herw

ise

per

Not

e(1

)or

2T,

or2t

,w

hich

ever

isap

plic

able

.(4

)S

eeQ

W-1

51.1

,Q

W-1

51.2

,an

dQ

W-1

51.3

for

deta

ilson

mul

tipl

esp

ecim

ens

whe

nco

upon

thic

knes

ses

are

over

1in

.(2

5m

m).

(5)

Fou

rsi

de-b

end

test

sm

aybe

subs

titu

ted

for

the

requ

ired

face

-an

dro

ot-b

end

test

s,w

hen

thic

knes

sT

is3 ⁄ 8

in.

(10

mm

)an

dov

er.

138



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

WELDING DATA

04

QW

-451

.2G

RO

OV

E-W

EL

DT

EN

SIO

NT

ES

TS

AN

DL

ON

GIT

UD

INA

L-B

EN

DT

ES

TS

Thi

ckne

sst

ofR

ange

ofT

hick

ness

TD

epos

ited

Wel

dM

etal

ofB

ase

Met

alQ

ualifi

ed,

Typ

ean

dN

umbe

rof

Tes

tsR

equi

red

Qua

lified

,in

.(m

m)

in.

(mm

)(T

ensi

onan

dG

uide

d-B

end

Tes

ts)

[Not

es(1

)an

d(2

)][N

otes

(1)

and

(2)]

[Not

e(2

)]

Fac

eR

oot

Thi

ckne

ssT

ofT

est

Ten

sion

,B

end,

Ben

d,C

oupo

nW

elde

d,in

.(m

m)

Min

.M

ax.

Max

.Q

W-1

50Q

W-1

60Q

W-1

60

Les

sth

an1 ⁄ 16

(1.5

)T

2T2t

22

21 ⁄ 16

to3 ⁄ 8

(1.5

to10

),in

cl.

1 ⁄ 16(1

.5)

2T2t

22

2O

ver

3 ⁄ 8(1

0)3 ⁄ 16

(5)

2T2t

22

2

NO

TE

S:

(1)

The

follo

win

gva

riab

les

furt

her

rest

rict

the

limit

ssh

own

inth

ista

ble

whe

nth

eyar

ere

fere

nced

inQ

W-2

50fo

rth

epr

oces

sun

der

cons

ider

atio

n:Q

W-4

03.9

,Q

W-4

03.1

0,Q

W-4

04.3

2,an

dQ

W-4

07.4

.A

lso,

QW

-202

.2,

QW

-202

.3,

and

QW

-202

.4pr

ovid

eex

empt

ions

that

supe

rsed

eth

elim

its

ofth

ista

ble.

(2)

For

com

bina

tion

ofw

eldi

ngpr

oced

ures

,se

eQ

W-2

00.4

.

139



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX

QW-451.3FILLET-WELD TESTS

Type and Number of TestsType of Thickness of Test Required [QW-462.4(a) or QW-462.4(d)]

Joint Coupons as Welded, in. Range Qualified Macro

Fillet Per QW-462.4(a) All fillet sizes on all base 5metal thicknesses and alldiameters

Fillet Per QW-462.4(d) 4

GENERAL NOTE: A production assembly mockup may be substituted in accordance with QW-181.1.1. When a production assembly mockupis used, the range qualified shall be limited to the fillet weld size, base metal thickness, and configuration of the mockup. Alternatively, multipleproduction assembly mockups may be qualified. The range of thickness of the base metal qualified shall be no less than the thickness of thethinner member tested and no greater than the thickness of the thicker member tested. The range for fillet weld sizes qualified shall be limitedto no less than the smallest fillet weld tested and no greater than the largest fillet weld tested. The configuration of production assemblies shallbe the same as that used in the production assembly mockup.

QW-451.4FILLET WELDS QUALIFIED BY GROOVE-WELD TESTS

Thickness T of TestCoupon (Plate or Pipe) Type and Number of Tests

as Welded Range Qualified Required

All groove tests All fillet sizes on all base Fillet welds are qualified whenmetal thicknesses and all the groove weld is qualifieddiameters in accordance with either

QW-451.1 or QW-451.2(see QW-202.2)

140



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

QW-452 WELDING DATA QW-452.1(b)

QW-452 Performance Qualification ThicknessLimits and Test Specimens

QW-452.1 Groove-Weld Test. The following tablesidentify the required type and number of tests and thethickness of weld metal qualified.

QW-452.1(a)TEST SPECIMENS

Type and Number of Examinations and Test Specimens Required

Face Bend Root BendQW-462.3(a) QW-462.3(a)

Visual Side Bend or QW- or QW-Thickness of Weld Examination QW-462.2 462.3(b) 462.3(b)Metal, in. (mm) per QW-302.4 [Note (1)] [Notes (1), (2)] [Notes (1), (2)]

Less than 3⁄8 (10) X . . . 1 13⁄8 (10) to less than X 2 [Note (3)] Note (3) Note (3)

3⁄4 (19)3⁄4 (19) and over X 2 . . . . . .

GENERAL NOTE: The “Thickness of Weld Metal” is the total weld metal thickness deposited by all weldersand all processes in the test coupon exclusive of the weld reinforcement.

NOTES:(1) To qualify using positions 5G or 6G, a total of four bend specimens are required. To qualify using a

combination of 2G and 5G in a single test coupon, a total of six bend specimens are required. See QW-302.3. The type of bend test shall be based on weld metal thickness.

(2) Coupons tested by face and root bends shall be limited to weld deposit made by one welder with one ortwo processes or two welders with one process each. Weld deposit by each welder and each process shallbe present on the convex surface of the appropriate bent specimen.

(3) One face and root bend may be substituted for the two side bends.

QW-452.1(b)THICKNESS OF WELD METAL QUALIFIED

Thickness, t, of Weld Metal in Thickness of Weldthe Coupon, in. (mm) [Notes Metal Qualified

(1) and (2)] [Note (3)]

All 2t1⁄2 (13) and over with a Maximum to be

minimum of three layers welded

NOTES:(1) When more than one welder and/or more than one process and

more than one filler metal F-Number is used to deposit weld metalin a coupon, the thickness, t, of the weld metal in the coupondeposited by each welder with each process and each filler metalF-Number in accordance with the applicable variables under QW-404 shall be determined and used individually in the “Thickness,t, of Weld Metal in the Coupon” column to determine the “Thick-ness of Weld Metal Qualified.”

(2) Two or more pipe test coupons with different weld metal thicknessmay be used to determine the weld metal thickness qualified andthat thickness may be applied to production welds to the smallestdiameter for which the welder is qualified in accordance withQW-452.3.

(3) Thickness of test coupon of 3⁄4 in. (19 mm) or over shall be usedfor qualifying a combination of three or more welders each ofwhom may use the same or a different welding process.

141



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

04

2004 SECTION IX

QW-452.3GROOVE-WELD DIAMETER LIMITS

Outside DiameterQualified, in. (mm)Outside Diameter

of Test Coupon, in. (mm) Min. Max.

Less than 1 (25) Size welded Unlimited

1 (25) to 27⁄8 (73) 1 (25) Unlimited

Over 27⁄8 (73) 27⁄8 (73) Unlimited

GENERAL NOTES:(a) Type and number of tests required shall be in accordance with

QW-452.1.(b) 27⁄8 in. (73 mm) O.D. is the equivalent of NPS 21⁄2 (DN 65).

QW-452.4SMALL DIAMETER FILLET-WELD TEST

Minimum Outside Diameter,Outside Diameter of Test Coupon, Qualified, Qualified

in. (mm) in. (mm) Thickness

Less than 1 (25) Size welded All

1 (25) to 27⁄8 (73) 1 (25) All

Over 27⁄8 (73) 27⁄8 (73) All

GENERAL NOTES:(a) Type and number of tests required shall be in accordance with QW-452.5.(b) 27⁄8 in. (73 mm) O.D. is considered the equivalent of NPS 21⁄2 (DN 65).

142



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

WELDING DATA

QW-452.5FILLET-WELD TEST

Type and Number of Tests RequiredThickness of Test[QW-462.4(b) or QW-462.4(c)]Coupon as Welded,

Type of Joint in. (mm) Qualified Range Macro Fracture

Tee fillet 3⁄16–3⁄8 (5–10) All base material thicknesses, fillet sizes, and diameters 1 127⁄8(73) O.D. and over [Note (1)]

Less than 3⁄16 (5) T to 2T base material thickness, T maximum fillet size, 1 1and all diameters 27⁄8 (73) O.D. and over [Note (1)]

GENERAL NOTE: Production assembly mockups may be substituted in accordance with QW-181.2.1. When production assembly mockupsare used, range qualified shall be limited to the fillet sizes, base metal thicknesses, and configuration of the mockup.

NOTE:(1) 27⁄8 in. (73 mm) O.D. is considered the equivalent of NPS 21⁄2 (DN 65). For smaller diameter qualifications, refer to QW-452.4 or QW-452.6.

QW-452.6FILLET QUALIFICATION BY GROOVE-WELD TESTS

Thickness of Test Coupon as Welded, Type and Number ofType of Joint in. (mm) Qualified Range Tests Required

Any groove All thicknesses All base material thicknesses, Fillet welds are qualified when a welder/weldingfillet sizes, and diameters operator qualifies on a groove weld test

143



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX

QW-453PROCEDURE/PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATION THICKNESS LIMITS AND TEST

SPECIMENS FOR HARD-FACING (WEAR-RESISTANT) AND CORROSION-RESISTANT OVERLAYS

Corrosion-Resistant [Note (1)] Hard-facing Overlay (Wear-Resistant)Overlay [Note (2)]

Thickness of Test Nominal Base Metal Type and Number of Nominal Base Metal Type and NumberCoupon (T ) Thickness Qualified (T ) Tests Required Thickness Qualified (T ) of Tests Required

Procedure QualificationTesting

Less than 1 in. (25 mm)TNotes (4), (5), and (9) Notes (3), (7), (8), and (9)

T qualified to unlimited

1 in. (25 mm)

to unlimited�1 in. (25 mm) and over T

T qualified up to 1 in.

(25 mm)

1 in. (25 mm) to

unlimited�

PerformanceQualificationTesting

Less than 1 in. (25 mm) TNote (6) Notes (8) and (10)


1 in. (25 mm)

to unlimited�


1 in. (25 mm)

to unlimited�1 in. (25 mm) and over T

NOTES:(1) The qualification test coupon shall consist of base metal not less than 6 in. (150 mm) � 6 in. (150 mm). The weld overlay cladding shall

be a minimum of 11⁄2 in. (38 mm) wide by approximately 6 in. (150 mm) long. For qualification on pipe, the pipe length shall be a minimumof 6 in. (150 mm), and a minimum diameter to allow the required number of test specimens. The weld overlay shall be continuous aroundthe circumference of the test coupon. For processes (performance qualification only) depositing a weld bead width greater than 1⁄2 in. (13mm) wide, the weld overlay shall consist of a minimum of three weld beads in the first layer.

(2) The test base metal coupon shall have minimum dimensions of 6 in. (150 mm) wide � approximately 6 in. (150 mm) long with a hard-faced layer a minimum of 11⁄2 in. (38 mm) wide � 6 in. (150 mm) long. The minimum hard-faced thickness shall be as specified in theWelding Procedure Specification. Alternatively, the qualification may be performed on a test base metal coupon that represents the size ofthe production part. For qualification on pipe, the pipe length shall be 6 in. (150 mm) minimum, and of a minimum diameter to allow therequired number of test specimens. The weld overlay shall be continuous around the circumference of the test coupon.

(3) The hard-facing surface shall be examined by the liquid penetrant method and shall meet the acceptance standards in QW-195.2 or asspecified in the WPS. Surface conditioning prior to liquid penetrant examination is permitted.

(4) The corrosion-resistant surface shall be examined by the liquid penetrant method and shall meet the acceptance standards as specified inQW-195.

(5) Following the liquid penetrant examination, four guided side-bend tests shall be made from the test coupon in accordance with QW-161.The test specimens shall be cut so that there are either two specimens parallel and two specimens perpendicular to the direction of thewelding, or four specimens perpendicular to the direction of the welding. For coupons that are less than 3⁄8 in. (10 mm) thick, the width ofthe side-bend specimens may be reduced to the thickness of the test coupon. The side-bend specimens shall be removed from locations specifiedin QW-462.5(c) or QW-462.5(d).

(6) The test coupon shall be sectioned to make side-bend test specimens perpendicular to the direction of the welding in accordance with QW-161. Test specimens shall be removed at locations specified in QW-462.5(c) or QW-462.5(d).

(7) After surface conditioning to the minimum thickness specified in the WPS, a minimum of three hardness readings shall be made on each ofthe specimens from the locations shown in QW-462.5(b) or QW-462.5(e). All readings shall meet the requirements of the WPS.

(8) The base metal shall be sectioned transversely to the direction of the hard-facing overlay. The two faces of the hard-facing exposed bysectioning shall be polished and etched with a suitable etchant and shall be visually examined with �5 magnification for cracks in the basemetal or the heat-affected zone, lack of fusion, or other linear defects. The overlay and the base metal shall meet the requirements specifiedin the WPS. All exposed faces shall be examined. See QW-462.5(b) for pipe and QW-462.5(e) for plate.

(9) When a chemical composition is specified in the WPS, chemical analysis specimens shall be removed at locations specified in QW-462.5(b)or QW-462.5(e). The chemical analysis shall be performed in accordance with QW-462.5(a) and shall be within the range specified in theWPS. This chemical analysis is not required when a chemical composition is not specified on the WPS.

(10) At a thickness greater than or equal to the minimum thickness specified in the WPS, the weld surface shall be examined by the liquidpenetrant method and shall meet the acceptance standards in QW-195.2 or as specified in the WPS. Surface conditioning prior to liquidpenetrant examination is permitted.

144



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


QW-460 GRAPHICS

QW-461 Positions

QW-461.1 POSITIONS OF WELDS — GROOVE WELDS

145



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX

QW-461.2 POSITIONS OF WELDS — FILLET WELDS

146



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

WELDING DATA

QW-461.3 GROOVE WELDS IN PLATE — TEST POSITIONS

QW-461.4 GROOVE WELDS IN PIPE — TEST POSITIONS

QW-461.5 FILLET WELDS IN PLATE — TEST POSITIONS

147



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX

QW-461.6 FILLET WELDS IN PIPE — TEST POSITIONS

148



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

WELDING DATA

QW-461.7 STUD WELDS — TEST POSITIONS

QW-461.8 STUD WELDS — WELDING POSITIONS

149



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX

QW-461.9PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATION — POSITION AND DIAMETER LIMITATIONS

(Within the Other Limitations of QW-303)

Position and Type Weld Qualified [Note (1)]

Groove

Plate and PipeQualification Test FilletOver 24 in. Pipe ≤ 24 in.

Weld Position (610 mm) O.D. (610 mm) O.D. Plate and Pipe

Plate — Groove 1G F F [Note (2)] F2G F,H F,H [Note (2)] F,H3G F,V F [Note (2)] F,H,V4G F,O F [Note (2)] F,H,O

3G and 4G F,V,O F [Note (2)] All2G, 3G, and 4G All F,H [Note (2)] All

Special Positions (SP) SP,F SP,F SP,F

Plate — Fillet 1F . . . . . . F [Note (2)]2F . . . . . . F,H [Note (2)]3F . . . . . . F,H,V [Note (2)]4F . . . . . . F,H,O [Note (2)]

3F and 4F . . . . . . All [Note (2)]Special Positions (SP) . . . . . . SP,F [Note (2)]

Pipe — Groove [Note (3)] 1G F F F2G F,H F,H F,H5G F,V,O F,V,O All6G All All All

2G and 5G All All AllSpecial Positions (SP) SP,F SP,F SP,F

Pipe — Fillet [Note (3)] 1F . . . . . . F2F . . . . . . F,H

2FR . . . . . . F,H4F . . . . . . F,H,O5F . . . . . . All

Special Positions (SP) . . . . . . SP,F

NOTES:(1) Positions of welding as shown in QW-461.1 and QW-461.2.

F p FlatH p HorizontalV p VerticalO p Overhead

(2) Pipe 27⁄8 in. (72 mm) O.D. and over.(3) See diameter restrictions in QW-452.3, QW-452.4, and QW-452.6.

150



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

QW-462 WELDING DATA QW-462.1(a)

QW-462 Test Specimens

The purpose of the QW-462 figures is to give themanufacturer or contractor guidance in dimensioning testspecimens for tests required for procedure and perform-ance qualifications. Unless a minimum, maximum, ortolerance is given in the figures (or as QW-150, QW-160,

Cold straightening of the test coupon is permitted prior to removal of weld reinforcement

Parallel length equals widest width of weld plus 1/2 in. (13 mm) added length

This section machined preferably by milling

These edges may be thermally cut

Weld reinforcement shall be machined flush with base metal. Machine minimum amount to obtain approx. parallel surfaces.

y

x

W

10 in. (250 mm) or as required

1/4 in. (6 mm) 1/4 in. (6 mm)

1/4 in. (6 mm)

1/4 in. (6 mm)

1 in. (25 mm

)

R min.

Edge of widest face of weld

Length sufficient to extend into grip equal to two-thirds grip length

Distortion

QW-462.1(a) TENSION — REDUCED SECTION — PLATE

151

or QW-180 requires), the dimensions are to be consideredapproximate. All welding processes and filler material tobe qualified must be included in the test specimen.

x p coupon thickness including reinforcementy p specimen thicknessT p coupon thickness excluding reinforcement

W p specimen width, 3⁄4 in. (19 mm)



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX

This section machined preferably by milling

Grind or machine the minimum amount needed to obtain plane parallel faces over the reduced section W. No more material than is needed to perform the test shall be removed.

y

W

x 1/4 in. (6 mm)

1/4 in. (6 mm)

1/4 in. (6 mm)

1/4 in. (6 mm)

1 in

. (25

mm

)

R m

in.


On ferrous material these edges may

be thermally cut10 in. (250 mm) or as required

QW-462.1(b) TENSION — REDUCED SECTION — PIPE

T [Note (1)]

y

x

3 in. (75 mm) min.

11/16 in. (27 mm)

1/2 in. (13 mm)

Rad. 1 in. (25 mm) min.


NOTES:(1) The weld reinforcement shall be ground or machined so that

the weld thickness does not exceed the base metal thicknessT. Machine minimum amount to obtain approximately parallelsurfaces.

(2) The reduced section shall not be less than the width of the weld plus 2y.

Reduced section [Note (2)]

QW-462.1(c) TENSION — REDUCED SECTION ALTERNATE FOR PIPE

152



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

WELDING DATA

D

AB

C

B

R

Wel

d Sta

ndar

dD

imen

sion

s,in

.(m

m)

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

0.50

5S

peci

men

0.35

3S

peci

men

0.25

2S

peci

men

0.18

8S

peci

men

A—

Len

gth

ofre

duce

dse

ctio

nN

ote

(1)

Not

e(1

)N

ote

(1)

Not

e(1

)D

—D

iam

eter

0.50

0±

0.01

0(1

2.7

±0.

350

±0.

007

(8.8

9±

0.25

0±

0.00

5(6

.35

±0.

188

±0.

003

(4.7

8±

0.25

)0.

18)

0.13

)0.

08)

R—

Rad

ius

offil

let

3 ⁄ 8(1

0)m

in.

1 ⁄ 4(6

)m

in.

3 ⁄ 16(5

)m

in.

1 ⁄ 8(3

)m

in.

B—

Len

gth

ofen

dse

ctio

n13 ⁄ 8

(35)

appr

ox.

11 ⁄ 8(2

9)ap

prox

.7 ⁄ 8

(22)

appr

ox.

1 ⁄ 2(1

3)ap

prox

.C

—D

iam

eter

ofen

dse

ctio

n3 ⁄ 4

(19)

1 ⁄ 2(1

3)3 ⁄ 8

(10)

1 ⁄ 4(6

)

GE

NE

RA

LN

OT

ES

:(a

)U

sem

axim

umdi

amet

ersp

ecim

en(a

),(b

),(c

),or

(d)

that

can

becu

tfr

omth

ese

ctio

n.(b

)W

eld

shou

ldbe

ince

nter

ofre

duce

dse

ctio

n.(c

)W

here

only

asi

ngle

coup

onis

requ

ired

,th

ece

nter

ofth

esp

ecim

ensh

ould

bem

idw

aybe

twee

nth

esu

rfac

es.

(d)

The

ends

may

beof

any

shap

eto

fitth

eho

lder

sof

the

test

ing

mac

hine

insu

cha

way

that

the

load

isap

plie

dax

ially

.

NO

TE

:(1

)R

educ

edse

ctio

nA

shou

ldno

tbe

less

than

wid

thof

wel

dpl

us2

D.

QW

-462

.1(d

)T

EN

SIO

N—

RE

DU

CE

DS

EC

TIO

N—

TU

RN

ED

SP

EC

IME

NS

153



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX

QW-462.1(e) TENSION — FULL SECTION — SMALL DIAMETER PIPE

154



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

WELDING DATA

x Ty

w

1/8 in. (3 mm) min.R1 = 1/8 in. (3 mm) min.


(1a) For procedure qualification of materials other than P-No. 1 in QW-422, if the surfaces of the side bend test specimens are gas cut, removal by machining or grinding of not less than 1/8 in. (3 mm) from the surface shall be required.

GENERAL NOTE: Weld reinforcement and backing strip orbacking ring, if any, may be removed flush with the surfaceof the specimen. Thermal cutting, machining, or grindingmay be employed. Cold straightening is permitted prior toremoval of the reinforcement.

NOTE:(1) When specimen thickness T exceeds 11/2 in. (38 mm), use one of the following.

(a) Cut specimen into multiple test specimens y of approx-imately equal dimensions [3/4 in. (19 mm) to 11/2 in.(38 mm)]. y = tested specimen thickness when multiplespecimens are taken from one coupon.

(b) The specimen may be bent at full width. See requirements on jig width in QW-466.1.

(1b) Such removal is not required for P-No. 1 materials, but any resulting roughness shall be dressed by machining or grinding.

(2) For performance qualification of all materials in QW-422, if the surfaces of side bend tests are gas cut, any resulting roughness shall be dressed by machining or grinding.

3/8 to 11/2 (10 to 38), incl.

>11/2 (38) 1/8 (3) 3/8 (10)

1/8 (3) 3/8 (10)

w, in. (mm)y, in. (mm)

Note (1)

T, in. (mm)

T

P-No. 23,F-No. 23, orP-No. 35

All other metals

QW-462.2 SIDE BEND

155



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX

y

y


11/2 in. (38 mm)R = 1/8 in. (3 mm)

max.

T

T

Ty

(Pipe)(Plate)

Face-Bend Specimen — Plate and Pipe

y

y


11/2 in. (38 mm)R = 1/8 in. (3 mm)

max.

TT

Ty

(Pipe)(Plate)

Root-Bend Specimen — Plate and Pipe

Y, in. (mm)

P-No. 23, F-No. 23, All OtherT, in. (mm) or P-No. 35 Metals

1⁄16 < 1⁄8 (1.5 < 3) T T1⁄8–

3⁄8 (3–10) 1⁄8 (3) T>3⁄8 (10) 1⁄8 (3) 3⁄8 (10)

GENERAL NOTES:(a) Weld reinforcement and backing strip or backing ring, if any,

shall be removed flush with the surface of the specimen. If arecessed ring is used, this surface of the specimen may be machinedto a depth not exceeding the depth of the recess to remove thering, except that in such cases the thickness of the finished speci-men shall be that specified above. Do not flame-cut nonferrousmaterial.

(b) If the pipe being tested has a diameter of NPS 4 (DN 100) orless, the width of the bend specimen may be 3⁄4 in. (19 mm) forpipe diameters NPS 2 (DN 50) to and including NPS 4 (DN 100).The bend specimen width may be 3⁄8 in. (10 mm) for pipe diametersless than NPS 2 (DN 50) down to and including NPS 3⁄8 (DN 10)and as an alternative, if the pipe being tested is equal to or lessthan NPS 1 (DN 25) pipe size, the width of the bend specimensmay be that obtained by cutting the pipe into quarter sections,less an allowance for saw cuts or machine cutting. These specimenscut into quarter sections are not required to have one surfacemachined flat as shown in QW-462.3(a). Bend specimens takenfrom tubing of comparable sizes may be handled in a similarmanner.

QW-462.3(a) FACE AND ROOT BENDS —TRANSVERSE

156

y


11/2 in. (38 mm)R = 1/8 in. (3 mm) max.

TFaceBend

RootBend

y

T

Y, in. (mm)

P-No. 23, F-No. 23, All OtherT, in. (mm) or P-No. 35 Metals

1⁄16 < 1⁄8 (1.5 < 3) T T1⁄8–

3⁄8 (3–10) 1⁄8 (3) T>3⁄8 (10) 1⁄8 (3) 3⁄8 (10)

GENERAL NOTE: Weld reinforcements and backing strip or back-ing ring, if any, shall be removed essentially flush with the undisturbedsurface of the base material. If a recessed strip is used, this surfaceof the specimen may be machined to a depth not exceeding the depthof the recess to remove the strip, except that in such cases the thicknessof the finished specimen shall be that specified above.

QW-462.3(b) FACE AND ROOT BENDS —LONGITUDINAL



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

WELDING DATA

12 in

. (30

0 mm

) min

.

6 in. (150 mm) min.

GENERAL NOTE: Macro-test — the fillet shall show fusion at the root of theweld but not necessarily beyond the root. The weld metal and heat-affectedzone shall be free of cracks.

Discard 1 in. (25 mm)

Discard 1 in. (25 mm)

Size of fillet = thickness of T2 not greater than 3/4 in. (19 mm)

1/8 in. (3 mm) and less

Over 1/8 in. (3 mm) Equal to or less than T1, but not less than 1/8 in. (3 mm)

6 in. (150 mm) min.

T1

T2

T2T1

T1

Macro-Test Specimen

QW-462.4(a) FILLET WELDS — PROCEDURE

Direction of bending

Stop and restart weld near the center

4 in. (100 mm) min.

Max. fillet size = T

3 in. (75 mm) min.

T

Macro-Test SpecimenBase metal thickness ≥ T

GENERAL NOTE: Refer to QW-452.5 for T thickness/qualification ranges.

6 in. (150 mm)

min.4 in. (1

00 mm)

a

pprox.

QW-462.4(b) FILLET WELDS — PERFORMANCE

157



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX

GENERAL NOTE: Either pipe-to-plate or pipe-to-pipe may be used as shown.

Base metal thickness ≥ T

3 in. (75 mm) min.

2 in. (50 mm) min.

Direction of bendQuarter section: Macro specimen

Quarter section: Fracture specimen

Start and stop of weld near center of bend

Wall thickness ≥ T

T = wall thickness


QW-462.4(c) FILLET WELDS IN PIPE — PERFORMANCE

GENERAL NOTES:(a) Either pipe-to-plate or pipe-to-pipe may be used as shown.(b) Macro test: (1) The fillet shall show fusion at the root of the weld but not necessarily beyond the root. (2) The weld metal and the heat-affected zone shall be free of cracks.

Base metal thickness ≥ T

3 in. (75 mm) min.

2 in. (50 mm) min.

Quarter section: Macro specimen (four required)

Start and stop of weld near center of specimen

Wall thickness ≥ T

T = wall thickness


QW-462.4(d) FILLET WELDS IN PIPE — PROCEDURE

158



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

WELDING DATA

Note (1) Note (2) Note (3)

Original test coupon thickness

Approximate weld interface

Prepared surfaceAs welded surface

Fusion face

Chemistry samples

NOTES:(1) When a chemical analysis or hardness test is conducted on the as welded surface, the distance from the

approximate weld interface to the final as welded surface shall become the minimum qualified overlay thickness. The chemical analysis may be performed directly on the as welded surface or on chips of material taken from the as welded surface.

(2) When a chemical analysis or hardness test is conducted after material has been removed from the as welded surface, the distance from the approximate weld interface to the prepared surface shall become the minimum qualified overlay thickness. The chemical analysis may be made directly on the prepared surface or from chips removed from the prepared surface.

(3) When a chemical analysis test is conducted on material removed by a horizontal drilled sample, the distance from the approximate weld interface to the uppermost side of the drilled cavity shall become the minimum qualified overlay thickness. The chemical analysis shall be performed on chips of material removed from the drilled cavity.

QW-462.5(a) CHEMICAL ANALYSIS AND HARDNESS SPECIMEN CORROSION-RESISTANT AND HARD-FACINGWELD METAL OVERLAY

159



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX

GENERAL NOTE:Overlay may be on the inside or outside of pipe.

NOTES:(1) Location of required test specimen removal (QW-453). Refer to QW-462.5(a) for chemical analysis and hardness test surface locations and

minimum qualified thickness.(2) Testing of circumferential hard-facing weld metal on pipe procedure qualification coupons may be limited to a single segment (completed

utilizing the vertical, up-hill progression) for the chemical analysis, hardness, and macro-etch tests required in QW-453. Removal is requiredfor a change from vertical down to vertical up-hill progression (but not vice-versa).

(3) Location of test specimens shall be in accordance with the angular position limitations of QW-120.(4) When overlay welding is performed using machine or automatic welding and the vertical travel direction of adjacent weld beads is reversed

on alternate passes, only one chemical analysis or hardness specimen is required to represent the vertical portion. Qualification is thenrestricted in production to require alternate pass reversal of rotation direction method.

QW-462.5(b) CHEMICAL ANALYSIS SPECIMEN, HARD-FACING OVERLAY HARDNESS, AND MACRO TESTLOCATION(S) FOR CORROSION-RESISTANT AND HARD-FACING WELD METAL OVERLAY

160



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

WELDING DATA

QW-462.5(c) PIPE BEND SPECIMEN — CORROSION-RESISTANT WELD METAL OVERLAY

161



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX

NOTES:(1) Location for required test specimen removal — Procedure (QW-453). Four-side-bend test specimens are required for each position.(2) Location for required test specimen removal — Performance (QW-453). Two-side-bend test specimens are required for each position.

Discard

Discard

Discard

Discard

Longitudinal side bends [Note (1)]

Transverse side bends [Notes (1), (2)]

As

req

uir

ed 6

in. (

150

mm

) m

in.

6 in

. (15

0 m

m)

min

.

6 in. (150 mm) min.

6 in. (150 mm) min.

Transverse side bends [Note (1)]

QW-462.5(d) PLATE BEND SPECIMENS — CORROSION-RESISTANT WELD METAL OVERLAY

162



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

WELDING DATA

GENERAL NOTES:(a) Location of required test specimen removal (QW-453). One required for each position. Refer to QW-462.5(a) for chemical analysis and

hardness test surface locations and minimum qualified thickness.(b) Removal required for a change from vertical up to vertical down and vice versa.

QW-462.5(e) PLATE MACRO, HARDNESS, AND CHEMICAL ANALYSIS SPECIMENS — CORROSION-RESISTANTAND HARD-FACING WELD METAL OVERLAY

163



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

04

2004 SECTION IX

Resistance seam weld

or Braze

6 in. (150 mm)

6 in

. (15

0 m

m)

QW-462.7 RESISTANCE SEAM WELD

QW-462.8 SPOT WELDS IN SHEETS

164



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

WELDING DATA

5 in. (125 mm) min.

(a) Single SpotShear Specimen

(b) Multiple SpotShear Specimen

[Note (2)]

W W

W

W

L [Note (1)]

L

Nominal Thickness of Thinner W, in.Sheet, in. (mm) (mm) Min.

Over 0.008 to 0.030 (0.20 to 0.8) 0.68 (17)Over 0.030 to 0.100 (0.8 to 2.5) 1.00 (25)Over 0.100 to 0.130 (2.5 to 3) 1.25 (30)Over 0.130 (3) 1.50 (38)

NOTES:(1) L shall be not less than 4W.(2) Sketch (b) shall be made of 5 specimens or more.

QW-462.9 SPOT WELDS IN SHEET

165



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX

QW

-462

.10

SH

EA

RS

TR

EN

GT

HR

EQ

UIR

EM

EN

TS

FO

RS

PO

TO

RP

RO

JEC

TIO

NW

EL

DS

PE

CIM

EN

S

Cus

tom

ary

Uni

tsS

IU

nits

P-N

o.1

Thr

ough

P-N

o.11

and

P-N

o.41

Thr

ough

P-N

o.47

Met

als

P-1

Thr

ough

P-1

1an

dP

-4X

Met

als

Ult

imat

eS

tren

gth

Ult

imat

eS

tren

gth

Ult

imat

eS

tren

gth

620

Ult

imat

eS

tren

gth

90,0

00to

149,

000

psi

Bel

ow90

,000

psi

MP

ato

102

7M

Pa

Bel

ow62

0M

Pa

Nom

inal

Thi

ckne

ssN

omin

alT

hick

ness

lbpe

rS

pot

lbpe

rS

pot

kgpe

rS

pot

kgpe

rS

pot

ofT

hinn

erS

heet

,of

Thi

nner

She

et,

in.

Min

.M

in.

Avg

.M

in.

Min

.A

vg.

mm

Min

.M

in.

Avg

.M

in.

Min

.A

vg.

0.00

913

016

010

012

50.

259

7345

570.

010

160

195

115

140

0.25

7388

5264

0.01

220

024

515

018

50.

3091

111

6884

0.01

629

536

521

526

00.

4113

416

698

118

0.01

834

041

525

030

50.

4615

418

811

313

80.

020

390

480

280

345

0.51

177

218

127

156

0.02

245

055

033

040

50.

5620

424

915

018

40.

025

530

655

400

495

0.64

240

297

181

225

0.02

863

578

546

557

50.

7128

835

621

126

10.

032

775

955

565

695

0.81

352

433

256

315

0.03

692

01,

140

690

860

0.91

417

517

313

390

0.04

01,

065

1,31

081

51,

000

1.0

483

594

370

454

0.04

51,

285

1,58

51,

005

1,24

01.

158

371

945

656

20.

050

1,50

51,

855

1,19

51,

475

1.3

683

841

542

669

0.05

61,

770

2,18

51,

460

1,80

01.

480

399

166

281

60.

063

2,11

02,

595

1,76

02,

170

1.6

957

117

779

898

40.

071

2,53

53,

125

2,08

02,

560

1.8

115

01

418

943

116

10.

080

3,00

53,

705

2,45

53,

025

2.0

136

31

681

111

41

372

0.09

03,

515

4,33

52,

885

3,56

02.

31

594

196

61

309

161

50.

100

4,00

04,

935

3,30

04,

070

2.54

181

42

239

149

71

846

0.11

24,

545

5,61

03,

795

4,67

52.

842

062

254

51

721

212

10.

125

5,06

56,

250

4,30

05,

310

3.18

229

72

835

195

02

409

166



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

WELDING DATA

QW

-462

.11

SH

EA

RS

TR

EN

GT

HR

EQ

UIR

EM

EN

TS

FO

RS

PO

TO

RP

RO

JEC

TIO

NW

EL

DS

PE

CIM

EN

S

U.S

.C

usto

mar

yU

nits

SI

Uni

ts

P-N

o.21

Thr

ough

P-N

o.25

Alu

min

umA

lloys

P-2

XA

lum

inum

Allo

ys

Ult

imat

eU

ltim

ate

Ult

imat

eS

tren

gth

Ult

imat

eS

tren

gth

Ult

imat

eU

ltim

ate

Str

engt

hS

tren

gth

Str

engt

h35

,000

to55

,999

19,5

00to

34,9

99S

tren

gth

Bel

ow24

1M

Pa

to38

613

4M

Pa

toB

elow

psi,

psi,

19,5

00ps

i,lb

MP

a,24

1M

Pa,

134

MP

a,N

omin

alN

omin

allb

per

Spo

tlb

per

Spo

tpe

rS

pot

kgpe

rS

pot

kgpe

rS

pot

kgpe

rS

pot

Thi

ckne

ssof

Thi

ckne

ssof

Thi

nner

She

et,

Min

.M

in.

Min

.T

hinn

erS

heet

,M

in.

Min

.M

in.

in.

Min

.A

vg.

Min

.A

vg.

Min

.A

vg.

mm

Min

.A

vg.

Min

.A

vg.

Min

.A

vg.

0.01

050

65..

...

...

...

.0.

2523

29..

...

...

...

.0.

012

6585

3040

2025

0.30

2939

1418

911

0.01

610

012

570

9050

650.

4145

5732

4123

290.

018

115

145

8511

065

850.

4652

6639

5029

39

0.02

013

517

010

012

580

100

0.51

6177

4557

3645

0.02

215

519

512

015

095

120

0.56

7088

5468

4354

0.02

517

520

014

518

511

014

00.

6479

9166

8450

640.

028

205

260

175

220

135

170

0.71

9311

879

100

6177

0.03

223

529

521

026

516

521

00.

8110

713

495

120

7595

0.03

627

534

525

532

019

524

50.

9112

515

611

614

588

111

0.04

031

039

030

037

522

528

51.

014

117

713

617

010

212

90.

045

370

465

350

440

260

325

1.1

168

211

159

200

118

147

0.05

043

054

040

050

029

537

01.

319

524

518

122

713

416

80.

057

515

645

475

595

340

425

1.45

234

293

215

270

154

193

0.06

361

076

557

071

539

549

51.

627

734

725

932

417

922

50.

071

720

900

645

810

450

565

1.8

327

408

293

367

204

256

0.08

085

51,

070

765

960

525

660

2.0

388

485

347

435

238

299

0.09

01,

000

1,25

087

01,

090

595

745

2.3

454

567

395

494

270

338

0.10

01,

170

1,46

594

01,

175

675

845

2.54

531

665

426

533

306

383

0.11

21,

340

1,67

51,

000

1,25

573

592

02.

8460

876

045

456

933

341

7

0.12

51,

625

2,03

51,

050

1,31

578

598

53.

1873

792

347

659

635

644

70.

140

1,92

02,

400

...

...

...

...

3.56

871

108

9..

...

...

...

.0.

160

2,44

03,

050

...

...

...

...

4.06

110

71

383

...

...

...

...

0.18

03,

000

3,75

0..

...

...

...

.4.

571

361

170

1..

...

...

...

.

0.19

03,

240

4,05

0..

...

...

...

.4.

831

470

183

7..

...

...

...

.0.

250

6,40

08,

000

...

...

...

...

6.35

290

33

629

...

...

...

...

167



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX

No

te (

1)N

ote

(1)

No

te (

1)

No

te (

1)

LE

GE

ND

See

No

te (

2)

Wel

d B

ead

s ag

ain

st B

ase

Met

al

Firs

t La

yer

Tem

per

ing

Bea

ds

Sec

on

d L

ayer

Tem

per

ing

Bea

ds

Fill

Wel

d B

ead

s

Su

rfac

e Te

mp

er W

eld

Rei

nfo

rcin

g B

ead

s

Pa

rtia

lly

Co

mp

lete

d P

art

ial-

Pe

ne

tra

tio

n W

eld

Co

mp

lete

d P

art

ial-

Pe

ne

tra

tio

n W

eld

Ty

pic

al

Gro

ov

e W

eld

Ty

pic

al

Fil

let

We

ld

Ov

erl

ay

We

ld

GE

NE

RA

LN

OT

ES

(a)

Wel

dbe

ads

show

nab

ove

may

bede

posi

ted

inan

yse

quen

ceth

atw

illre

sult

inpl

acem

ent

ofth

ebe

ads

assh

own.

(b)

Sur

face

tem

per

bead

sm

ayor

may

not

beus

ed,

may

cove

rth

een

tire

wel

dsu

rfac

e,or

may

only

bepl

aced

atth

eto

eof

the

wel

d.

NO

TE

S:

(1)

Thi

sis

the

dist

ance

from

the

edge

ofth

esu

rfac

ete

mpe

rbe

ads

toth

eto

eof

the

wel

d.(2

)B

eads

near

the

finis

hed

surf

ace

may

bebo

thte

mpe

ring

bead

san

dsu

rfac

ete

mpe

rre

info

rcin

gbe

ads.

QW

-462

.12

NO

ME

NC

LA

TU

RE

FO

RT

EM

PE

RB

EA

DW

EL

DIN

G0

4

168



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

WELDING DATA

QW-463.1(a) PLATES — LESS THAN 3⁄4 in. (19 mm)THICKNESS PROCEDURE QUALIFICATION

QW-463.1(c) PLATES — LONGITUDINAL PROCEDURE QUALIFICATION

169

QW-463.1(b) PLATES — 3⁄4 in. (19 mm) AND OVERTHICKNESS AND ALTERNATE FROM 3⁄8 in. (10 mm)

BUT LESS THAN 3⁄4 in. (19 mm) THICKNESSPROCEDURE QUALIFICATION



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX

QW-463.1(d) PROCEDURE QUALIFICATION

QW-463.1(e) PROCEDURE QUALIFICATION

170



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

WELDING DATA

QW-463.1(f) NOTCH-TOUGHNESS TEST SPECIMEN LOCATION

QW-463.2(a) PLATES — LESS THAN 3⁄4 in. (19 mm)THICKNESS PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATION

171

QW-463.2(b) PLATES — 3⁄4 in. (19 mm) AND OVERTHICKNESS AND ALTERNATE FROM 3⁄8 in. (10 mm)

BUT LESS THAN 3⁄4 in. (19 mm) THICKNESSPERFORMANCE QUALIFICATION



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX

QW--463.2(c) PLATES — LONGITUDINAL PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATION

QW-463.2(d) PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATION

172

QW-463.2(e) PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATION



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

WELDING DATA

QW-463.2(f) PIPE — NPS 10 (DN 250) ASSEMBLY PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATION

173



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX

QW-463.2(g) NPS 6 (DN 150) OR NPS 8 (DN 200) ASSEMBLY PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATION

174



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

WELDING DATA

QW-463.2(h) PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATION

175



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX

Discard

Discard

Tension shear specimen

Transverse metal specimen

Longitudinal metal specimen











1 in. (25 mm) min.

1 in. (25 mm) min.

3/4 in. (19 mm) min.


W

W

L

T

RecommendedThickness of Thinner, Specimen Width, Length,

Sheet, T, in. (mm) W, in. (mm) L, in. (mm)

Up to 0.029 (0.74) 5⁄8 (16) 3 (75)0.031 to 0.050 (0.79 to 1.2) 3⁄4 (19) 3 (75)0.051 to 0.100 (1.3 to 2.54) 1 (25) 4 (100)0.101 to 0.130 (2.57 to 3.30) 11⁄4 (32) 5 (125)0.131 to 0.190 (3.33 to 4.83) 11⁄2 (38) 5 (125)0.191 (4.85) and over 2 (50) 6 (150)

QW-464.1 PROCEDURE QUALIFICATION TEST COUPON ANDTEST SPECIMENS

176



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

WELDING DATA

Discard

Peel test specimen

Peel test specimen

Discard

1 in. (25 mm) min. Discard

Discard

11/2 in. (38 mm) min.1/2 in. (13 mm)

(b) Metallurgical ExaminationCoupon and Transverse Specimens

1 in. (25 mm) min.

3/4 in. (19 mm) min.

W

LT

Cu

t in

to 6

str

ips

o

f eq

ual

wid

th

6 in

. (15

2 m

m)

min

.

Thickness of RecommendedThinner Sheet, Specimen Width, Length,

T, in. (mm) W, in. (mm) L, in. (mm)

Up to 0.029 (0.74) 5⁄8 (16) 2 (50)0.030 to 0.058 (0.75 to 1.4) 1 (25) 3 (75)0.059 to 0.125 (1.5 to 3.2) 11⁄2 (38) 4 (100)

(a) Peel Test Coupon and Specimens

QW-464.2 PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATION TEST COUPONSAND TEST SPECIMENS

177



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX

As required As required

Tapped hole to suit testing machine

Hardened rollers 11/2 in. (38 mm) may be substituted for jig shoulders

Shoulders hardened and greased

3/4 in. (19 mm)

3/4 in. (19 mm)

3/4 in. R(19 mm)

B R

D RC

A

3/4 in. (19 mm)

71/2 in. (190 mm)9 in. (225 mm)

3/4 in. (19 mm)1/2 in. (13 mm)

11/8 in. (29 mm)

1/8 in. (3 mm)

63 /

4 in

.

(17

0 m

m)

3 in

. min

.

(75

mm

)2

in. m

in.

(

50 m

m)

3/4 in. (19 mm)

11/8 in. (29 mm)

37/8 in. (97 mm)

2 in. (50 mm)

1/4 in. (6 mm)

Yoke

Plunger

Customary Units

Thickness ofMaterial Specimen, in. A, in. B, in. C, in. D, in.

P-No. 23 to P-No. 21 through P-No 25; P-No. 1⁄8 21⁄16 11⁄32 23⁄8 13⁄16

21 through P-No. 25 with F-No. 23; P-No. 35; t p 1⁄8 or less 161⁄2t 81⁄4t 181⁄2t + 1⁄16 91⁄4t + 1⁄32

any P-No. metal with F-No. 33, 36, or 37

P-No. 11; P-No. 25 to P-No. 21 or P-No. 22 or 3⁄8 21⁄2 11⁄4 33⁄8 111⁄16

P-No. 25 t p 3⁄8 or less 62⁄3t 31⁄3t 82⁄3t + 1⁄8 41⁄3t + 1⁄16

P-No. 51; P-No. 49 3⁄8 3 11⁄2 37⁄8 115⁄16

t p 3⁄8 or less 8t 4t 10t + 1⁄8 5t + 1⁄16

P-No. 52, P-No. 53, P-No. 61, P-No. 62 3⁄8 33⁄4 17⁄8 45⁄8 25⁄16

t p 3⁄8 or less 10t 5t 12t + 1⁄8 6t + 1⁄16

All others with greater than or equal to 20% elon- 3⁄8 11⁄23⁄4 23⁄8 13⁄16

gation t p 3⁄8 or less 4t 2t 6t + 1⁄8 3t + 1⁄16

All others with less than 20% elongation t p (see Note b) 327⁄8t, 167⁄16t, 347⁄8t + 1⁄16, 177⁄16t + 1⁄32,max. max. max. max.

QW-466.1 TEST JIG DIMENSIONS04

178



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

WELDING DATA

SI Units

Thickness ofMaterial Specimen, mm A, mm B, mm C, mm D, mm

P-No. 23 to P-No. 21 through P-No. 25; P-No. 3 52.4 26.2 60.4 30.221 through P-No. 25 with F-No. 23; P-No. 35; t p 3 or less 161⁄2t 81⁄4t 181⁄2t + 1.6 91⁄4t + 0.8any P-No. metal with F-No. 33, 36, or 37

P-No. 11; P-No.25 to P-No. 21 or P-No. 22 or 10 63.5 31.8 85.8 42.9P-No. 25 t p 10 or less 62⁄3t 31⁄3t 82⁄3t + 3.2 41⁄3t + 1.6

P-No. 51; P-No. 49 10 76.2 38.1 98.4 49.2t p 10 or less 8t 4t 10t + 3.2 5t + 1.6

P-No. 52; P-No. 53; P-No. 61; P-No. 62 10 95.2 47.6 117.5 58.7t p 10 or less 10t 5t 12t + 3.2 6t + 1.6

All others with greater than or equal to 20% elon- 10 38.1 19.0 60.4 30.2gation t p 10 or less 4t 2t 6t + 3.2 3t + 1.6

All others with less than 20% elongation t p (see Note b) 327⁄8t, 167⁄16t, 347⁄8t + 1.6 177⁄16t + 0.8max. max. max. max.

GENERAL NOTES:(a) For P-Numbers, see QW/QB-422; for F-Numbers, see QW-432.(b) The dimensions of the test jig shall be such as to give the bend test specimen a calculated percent outer fiber elongation equal to at least

that of the base material with the lower minimum elongation as specified in the base material specification.

percent outer fiber elongation p100tA + t

The following formula is provided for convenience in calculating the bend specimen thickness:

thickness of specimen (t) pA � percent elongation

[100 − (percent elongation)]

(c) For guided-bend jig configuration, see QW-466.2, QW-466.3, and QW-466.4.(d) The weld and heat-affected zone, in the case of a transverse weld bend specimen, shall be completely within the bend portion of the specimen

after testing.

QW-466.1 TEST JIG DIMENSIONS (CONT’D)

179



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX

Notes (1), (2)

Note (3)

Notes (4), (5)

GENERAL NOTE: See QW-466.1 for jig dimensions and general notes.

NOTES:(1) Either hardened and greased shoulders or hardened rollers free to rotate shall be used.(2) The shoulders or rollers shall have a minimum bearing surface of 2 in. (50 mm) for placement

of the specimen. The rollers shall be high enough above the bottom of the jig so that thespecimens will clear the rollers when the ram is in the low position.

(3) The ram shall be fitted with an appropriate base and provision made for attachment tothe testing machine, and shall be of a sufficiently rigid design to prevent deflection andmisalignment while making the bend test. The body of the ram may be less than the dimen-sions shown in column A of QW-466.1.

(4) If desired, either the rollers or the roller supports may be made adjustable in the horizontaldirection so that specimens of t thickness may be tested on the same jig.

(5) The roller supports shall be fitted with an appropriate base designed to safeguard againstdeflection and misalignment and equipped with means for maintaining the rollers centeredmidpoint and aligned with respect to the ram.

C

A

R min.

R min. = 3/4 in. (19 mm)

B = 1/2 A

QW-466.2 GUIDED-BEND ROLLER JIG

GENERAL NOTES: (a) See QW-466.1 for jig dimensions and other general notes.(b) Dimensions not shown are the option of the designer. The essential consideration is to have

adequate rigidity so that the jig parts will not spring.(c) The specimen shall be firmly clamped on one end so that there is no sliding of the specimen

during the bending operation.(d) Test specimens shall be removed from the jig when the outer roll has been removed 180 deg from the starting point.

A

T

T + 1/16 in. (1.5 mm) max.

B = 1/2 A

Roller

QW-466.3 GUIDED-BEND WRAP AROUND JIG

180



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

WELDING DATA

Bend adapter

Max. diameter of stud + 1/64 in. (0.40 mm)

Weld

15 deg min.

A

11/4 in. (32 mm)

12 in. (300 mm)

Use AdapterFor Stud Diameter, Gap,

in. (mm) A, in. (mm)1⁄8 (3) 1⁄8 (3)

3⁄16 (5) 1⁄8 (3)1⁄4 (6) 3⁄16 (5)

3⁄8 (10) 7⁄32 (5.5)1⁄2 (13) 5⁄16 (8)5⁄8 (16) 11⁄32 (9)3⁄4 (19) 15⁄32 (12)7⁄8 (22) 15⁄32 (12)1 (25) 19⁄32 (15)

QW-466.4 STUD-WELD BEND JIG

181



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX

QW-466.5 TORQUE TESTING ARRANGEMENT FORSTUD WELDS

QW-469.1 BUTT JOINT

182

QW-466.6 SUGGESTED TYPE TENSILE TESTFIGURE FOR STUD WELDS

371/2 deg max.

T /2 max. T /3 max. but not greater than 1/8 in. (3 mm)

T

QW-469.2 ALTERNATIVE BUTT JOINT



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


QW-470 ETCHING — PROCESSES ANDREAGENTS

QW-471 General

The surfaces to be etched should be smoothed by filing,machining, or grinding on metallographic papers. Withdifferent alloys and tempers, the etching period will varyfrom a few seconds to several minutes, and should becontinued until the desired contrast is obtained. As aprotection from the fumes liberated during the etchingprocess, this work should be done under a hood. Afteretching, the specimens should be thoroughly rinsed andthen dried with a blast of warm air. Coating the surfacewith a thin clear lacquer will preserve the appearance.

QW-472 For Ferrous Metals

Etching solutions suitable for carbon and low alloysteels, together with directions for their use, are suggestedin QW-472.1 through QW-472.4.

QW-472.1 Hydrochloric Acid. Hydrochloric (muri-atic) acid and water, equal parts, by volume. The solutionshould be kept at or near the boiling temperature duringthe etching process. The specimens are to be immersedin the solution for a sufficient period of time to reveal alllack of soundness that might exist at their cross-sectionalsurfaces.

QW-472.2 Ammonium Persulfate. One part ofammonium persulfate to nine parts of water, by weight.The solution should be used at room temperature, andshould be applied by vigorously rubbing the surface tobe etched with a piece of cotton saturated with the solu-tion. The etching process should be continued until thereis a clear definition of the structure in the weld.

QW-472.3 Iodine and Potassium Iodide. One partof powdered iodine (solid form), two parts of powderedpotassium iodide, and ten parts of water, all by weight.The solution should be used at room temperature, andbrushed on the surface to be etched until there is a cleardefinition or outline of the weld.

QW-472.4 Nitric Acid. One part of nitric acid andthree parts of water, by volume.

CAUTION: Always pour the acid into the water. Nitric acid causesbad stains and severe burns.

The solution may be used at room temperature andapplied to the surface to be etched with a glass stirring rod.The specimens may also be placed in a boiling solution ofthe acid, but the work should be done in a well-ventilatedroom. The etching process should be continued for asufficient period of time to reveal all lack of soundnessthat might exist at the cross-sectional surfaces of the weld.

183

QW-473 For Nonferrous Metals

The following etching reagents and directions for theiruse are suggested for revealing the macrostructure.

QW-473.1 Aluminum and Aluminum-Base Alloys

Hydrochloric acid (concentrated) 15 mlHydrofluoric acid (48%) 10 mlWater 85 ml

This solution is to be used at room temperature, andetching is accomplished by either swabbing or immersingthe specimen.

QW-473.2 For Copper and Copper-Base Alloys:Cold Concentrated Nitric Acid. Etching is accom-plished by either flooding or immersing the specimen forseveral seconds under a hood. After rinsing with a floodof water, the process is repeated with a 50-50 solutionof concentrated nitric acid and water.

In the case of the silicon bronze alloys, it may benecessary to swab the surface to remove a white (SiO2)deposit.

QW-473.3 For Nickel and Nickel-Base Alloys

Material Formula

Nickel Nitric Acid or Lepito’s EtchLow Carbon Nickel Nitric Acid or Lepito’s EtchNickel–Copper (400) Nitric Acid or Lepito’s EtchNickel–Chromium–Iron Aqua Regia or Lepito’s Etch

(600 and 800)

MAKEUP OF FORMULAS FOR AQUA REGIA ANDLEPITO’S ETCH

Aqua Lepito’sRegia Etch

[(1), (3)] [(2), (3)]

Nitric Acid, Concentrated — HNO3 1 part 3 mlHydrochloric Acid, Concentrated —

HCL 2 parts 10 mlAmmonium Sulfate —

(NH4)2(SO4) . . . 1.5 gFerric Chloride — FeCl3 . . . 2.5 gWater . . . 7.5 ml

NOTES:

(1) Warm the parts for faster action.

(2) Mix solution as follows:(a) Dissolve (NH4)2(SO4) in H2O.(b) Dissolve powdered FeCl3 in warm HCl.(c) Mix (a) and (b) above and add HNO3.

(3) Etching is accomplished by either swabbing or immersing thespecimen.



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

04

QW-473.4 2004 SECTION IX QW/QB-492

QW-473.4 For Titanium

Kroll’s Etch Keller’s Etch

Hydrofluoric acid (48%) 1 to 3 ml 1⁄2 mlNitric acid (concentrated) 2 to 6 ml 21⁄2 mlHydrochloric Acid . . . 11⁄2 ml

(concentrated)Water To make 100 ml To make 100 ml

QW-473.5 For Zirconium

Hydrofluoric acid 3 mlNitric acid (concentrated) 22 mlWater 22 ml

Apply by swab and rinse in cold water.These are general purpose etchants which are applied

at room temperature by swabbing or immersion of thespecimen.

QW-490 DEFINITIONS

QW/QB-491 General

Definitions of the more common terms relating to weld-ing/brazing are defined in QW/QB-492. These are identi-cal to, or substantially in agreement with the definitionsof the American Welding Society document, AWS A3.0,Standard Welding Terms and Definitions. There are termslisted that are specific to ASME Section IX and are notpresently defined in AWS A3.0. Several definitions havebeen modified slightly from A3.0 so as to better definethe context/intent as used in ASME Section IX.

QW/QB-492 Definitions

arc seam weld — a seam weld made by an arc weldingprocess

arc spot weld — a spot weld made by an arc weldingprocess

arc strike — any inadvertent discontinuity resulting froman arc, consisting of any localized remelted metal, heat-affected metal, or change in the surface profile of anymetal object. The arc may be caused by arc weldingelectrodes, magnetic inspection prods, or frayed electri-cal cable.

arc welding — a group of welding processes whereincoalescence is produced by heating with an arc or arcs,with or without the application of pressure, and with orwithout the use of filler metal

as-brazed — adj. pertaining to the condition ofbrazements after brazing, prior to any subsequent thermal,mechanical, or chemical treatments

184

as-welded — adj. pertaining to the condition of weldmetal, welded joints, and weldments after welding butprior to any subsequent thermal, mechanical, or chemicaltreatments

backgouging — the removal of weld metal and base metalfrom the weld root side of a welded joint to facilitatecomplete fusion and complete joint penetration upon sub-sequent welding from that side

backhand welding — a welding technique in which thewelding torch or gun is directed opposite to the progressof welding

backing — a material placed at the root of a weld jointfor the purpose of supporting molten weld metal so asto facilitate complete joint penetration. The material mayor may not fuse into the joint. See retainer.

backing gas — a gas, such as argon, helium, nitrogen,or reactive gas, which is employed to exclude oxygenfrom the root side (opposite from the welding side) ofweld joints

base metal — the metal or alloy that is welded, brazed,or cut

bond line (brazing and thermal spraying) — the crosssection of the interface between a braze or thermal spraydeposit and the substrate

braze — a joint produced by heating an assembly tosuitable temperatures and by using a filler metal havinga liquidus above 840°F and below the solidus of thebase materials. The filler metal is distributed between theclosely fitted surfaces of the joint by capillary action.

brazer — one who performs a manual or semiautomaticbrazing operation

brazing — a group of metal joining processes whichproduces coalescence of materials by heating them to asuitable temperature, and by using a filler metal havinga liquidus above 840°F (450°C) and below the solidusof the base materials. The filler metal is distributedbetween the closely fitted surfaces of the joint by capillaryaction.

brazing, automatic — brazing with equipment which per-forms the brazing operation without constant observationand adjustment by a brazing operator. The equipmentmay or may not perform the loading and unloading ofthe work.

brazing, block (BB) — a brazing process that uses heatfrom heated blocks applied to the joint. This is an obsoleteor seldom used process.



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

QW/QB-492 WELDING DATA QW/QB-492

brazing, dip (DB) — a brazing process in which the heatrequired is furnished by a molten chemical or metal bath.When a molten chemical bath is used, the bath may actas a flux; when a molten metal bath is used, the bathprovides the filler metal.

brazing, furnace (FB) — a brazing process in which theworkpieces are placed in a furnace and heated to thebrazing temperature

brazing, induction (IB) — a brazing process that usesheat from the resistance of the workpieces to inducedelectric current

brazing, machine — brazing with equipment which per-forms the brazing operation under the constant observa-tion and control of a brazing operator. The equipmentmay or may not perform the loading and unloading ofthe work.

brazing, manual — a brazing operation performed andcontrolled completely by hand. See automatic brazingand machine brazing.

brazing, resistance (RB) — a brazing process that usesheat from the resistance to electric current flow in a circuitof which the workpieces are a part

brazing, semiautomatic — brazing with equipment whichcontrols only the brazing filler metal feed. The advanceof the brazing is manually controlled.

brazing, torch (TB) — a brazing process that uses heatfrom a fuel gas flame

brazing operator — one who operates machine or auto-matic brazing equipment

brazing temperature — the temperature to which the basemetal(s) is heated to enable the filler metal to wet thebase metal(s) and form a brazed joint

brazing temperature range — the temperature rangewithin which brazing can be conducted

build-up of base metal/restoration of base metal thick-ness — this is the application of a weld material to abase metal so as to restore the design thickness and/orstructural integrity. This build-up may be with a chemistrydifferent from the base metal chemistry which has beenqualified via a standard butt welded test coupon. Also,may be called base metal repair or buildup.

butt joint — a joint between two members aligned approx-imately in the same plane

buttering — the addition of material, by welding, on oneor both faces of a joint, prior to the preparation of the

185

joint for final welding, for the purpose of providing asuitable transition weld deposit for the subsequent com-pletion of the joint

clad brazing sheet — a metal sheet on which one or bothsides are clad with brazing filler metal

coalescence — the growing together or growth into onebody of the materials being joined

complete fusion — fusion which has occurred over theentire base material surfaces intended for welding, andbetween all layers and beads

composite — a material consisting of two or more discretematerials with each material retaining its physical identity

consumable insert — filler metal that is placed at thejoint root before welding, and is intended to be completelyfused into the root to become part of the weld

contact tube — a device which transfers current to acontinuous electrode

corner joint — a joint between two members locatedapproximately at right angles to each other in the formof an L

coupon — see test coupon

crack — a fracture-type discontinuity characterized by asharp tip and high ratio of length and width to openingdisplacement

defect — a discontinuity or discontinuities that by natureor accumulated effect (for example, total crack length)render a part or product unable to meet minimum applica-ble acceptance standards or specifications. This term des-ignates rejectability. See also discontinuity and flaw.

direct current electrode negative (DCEN) — the arrange-ment of direct current arc welding leads in which theelectrode is the negative pole and the workpiece is thepositive pole of the welding arc

direct current electrode positive (DCEP) — the arrange-ment of direct current arc welding leads in which theelectrode is the positive pole and the workpiece is thenegative pole of the welding arc

discontinuity — an interruption of the typical structureof a material, such as a lack of homogeneity in its mechan-ical, metallurgical, or physical characteristics. A disconti-nuity is not necessarily a defect. See also defect and flaw.

double-welded joint — a joint that is welded from bothsides



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

QW/QB-492 2004 SECTION IX QW/QB-492

double-welded lap joint — a lap joint in which the over-lapped edges of the members to be joined are weldedalong the edges of both members

dwell — the time during which the energy source pausesat any point in each oscillation

electrode, arc welding — a component of the weldingcircuit through which current is conducted

electrode, bare — a filler metal electrode that has beenproduced as a wire, strip, or bar with no coating or cov-ering other than that incidental to its manufacture orpreservation

electrode, carbon — a nonfiller material electrode usedin arc welding and cutting, consisting of a carbon orgraphite rod, which may be coated with copper or othermaterials

electrode, composite — a generic term of multicompo-nent filler metal electrodes in various physical forms,such as stranded wires, tubes, and covered electrodes

electrode, covered — a composite filler metal electrodeconsisting of a core of a bare electrode or metal-coredelectrode to which a covering sufficient to provide a slaglayer on the weld metal has been applied. The coveringmay contain materials providing such functions asshielding from the atmosphere, deoxidation, and arc stabi-lization, and can serve as a source of metallic additionsto the weld.

electrode, electroslag welding — a filler metal componentof the welding circuit through which current is conductedbetween the electrode guiding member and the moltenslag

NOTE: Bare electrodes and composite electrodes as defined under arcwelding electrode are used for electroslag welding. A consumable guidemay also be used as part of the electroslag welding electrode system.

electrode, emissive — a filler metal electrode consistingof a core of a bare electrode or a composite electrode towhich a very light coating has been applied to producea stable arc

electrode, flux-cored — a composite filler metal electrodeconsisting of a metal tube or other hollow configurationcontaining ingredients to provide such functions asshielding atmosphere, deoxidation, arc stabilization, andslag formation. Alloying materials may be included inthe core. External shielding may or may not be used.

electrode, lightly coated — a filler metal electrode con-sisting of a metal wire with a light coating applied subse-quent to the drawing operation, primarily for stabilizingthe arc

186

electrode, metal — a filler or nonfiller metal electrodeused in arc welding and cutting that consists of a metalwire or rod that has been manufactured by any methodand that is either bare or covered

electrode, metal-cored — a composite filler metal elec-trode consisting of a metal tube or other hollow configu-ration containing alloying ingredients. Minor amounts ofingredients providing such functions as arc stabilizationand fluxing of oxides may be included. External shieldinggas may or may not be used.

electrode, resistance welding — the part of a resistancewelding machine through which the welding current and,in most cases, force are applied directly to the workpiece.The electrode may be in the form of a rotating wheel,rotating roll, bar, cylinder, plate, clamp, chuck, or modi-fication thereof.

electrode, stranded — a composite filler metal electrodeconsisting of stranded wires which may mechanicallyenclose materials to improve properties, stabilize the arc,or provide shielding

electrode, tungsten — a nonfiller metal electrode usedin arc welding, arc cutting, and plasma spraying, madeprincipally of tungsten

face feed — the application of filler metal to the faceside of a joint

ferrite number — an arbitrary, standardized value desig-nating the ferrite content of an austenitic stainless steelweld metal. It should be used in place of percent ferrite orvolume percent ferrite on a direct one-to-one replacementbasis. See the latest edition of AWS A4.2, Standard Proce-dures for Calibrating Magnetic Instruments to Measurethe Delta Ferrite Content of Austenitic Stainless SteelWeld Metal.

filler metal — the metal or alloy to be added in makinga welded, brazed, or soldered joint

filler metal, brazing — the metal or alloy used as a fillermetal in brazing, which has a liquidus above 840°F(450°C) and below the solidus of the base metal

filler metal, powder — filler metal in particle form

filler metal, supplemental — in electroslag welding or ina welding process in which there is an arc between oneor more consumable electrodes and the workpiece, a pow-der, solid, or composite material that is introduced intothe weld other than the consumable electrode(s)

fillet weld — a weld of approximately triangular crosssection joining two surfaces approximately at right angles



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


to each other in a lap joint, tee joint, or corner joint

flaw — an undesirable discontinuity. See also defect.

flux (welding/brazing) — a material used to dissolve,prevent, or facilitate the removal of oxides or other unde-sirable surface substances. It may act to stabilize thearc, shield the molten pool, and may or may not evolveshielding gas by decomposition.

flux, active (SAW) — a flux from which the amount ofelements deposited in the weld metal is dependent uponthe welding conditions, primarily arc voltage

flux, alloy (SAW) — a flux which provides alloying ele-ments in the weld metal deposit

flux, neutral (SAW) — a flux which will not cause asignificant change in the weld metal composition whenthere is a large change in the arc voltage

flux cover — metal bath dip brazing and dip soldering.A layer of molten flux over the molten filler metal bath.

forehand welding — a welding technique in which thewelding torch or gun is directed toward the progress ofwelding

frequency — the completed number of cycles which theoscillating head makes in 1 min or other specified timeincrement

fuel gas — a gas such as acetylene, natural gas, hydrogen,propane, stabilized methylacetylene propadiene, andother fuels normally used with oxygen in one of theoxyfuel processes and for heating

fused spray deposit (thermal spraying) — a self-fluxingthermal spray deposit which is subsequently heated tocoalescence within itself and with the substrate

fusion (fusion welding) — the melting together of fillermetal and base metal, or of base metal only, to producea weld

fusion face — a surface of the base metal that will bemelted during welding

fusion line — a non-standard term for weld interface

gas backing — see backing gas

globular transfer (arc welding) — a type of metal transferin which molten filler metal is transferred across the arcin large droplets

groove weld — a weld made in a groove formed withina single member or in the groove between two members

187

to be joined. The standard types of groove weld are asfollows:

square groove weldsingle-Vee groove weldsingle-bevel groove weldsingle-U groove weldsingle-J groove weldsingle-flare-bevel groove weldsingle-flare-Vee groove welddouble-Vee groove welddouble-bevel groove welddouble-U groove welddouble-J groove welddouble-flare-bevel groove welddouble-flare-Vee groove weld

heat-affected zone — that portion of the base metal whichhas not been melted, but whose mechanical properties ormicrostructures have been altered by the heat of weldingor cutting

interpass temperature — the highest temperature in theweld joint immediately prior to welding, or in the caseof multiple pass welds, the highest temperature in thesection of the previously deposited weld metal, immedi-ately before the next pass is started

joint — the junction of members or the edges of memberswhich are to be joined or have been joined

joint penetration — the distance the weld metal extendsfrom the weld face into a joint, exclusive of weld rein-forcement

keyhole welding — a technique in which a concentratedheat source penetrates partially or completely through aworkpiece, forming a hole (keyhole) at the leading edgeof the weld pool. As the heat source progresses, themolten metal fills in behind the hole to form the weldbead.

lap or overlap — the distance measured between theedges of two plates when overlapping to form the joint

lap joint — a joint between two overlapping membersin parallel planes

lower transformation temperature — the temperature atwhich austenite begins to form during heating

melt-in — a technique of welding in which the intensityof a concentrated heat source is so adjusted that a weldpass can be produced from filler metal added to the lead-ing edge of the molten weld metal

oscillation — for a machine or automatic process, analternating motion relative to the direction of travel of



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


welding, brazing, or thermal spray device. See alsoweave bead.

overlay — a non-standard term, used in Section IX, forsurfacing. See hard-facing and corrosion-resistantoverlay.

overlay, corrosion-resistant weld metal — deposition ofone or more layers of weld metal to the surface of a basematerial in an effort to improve the corrosion resistanceproperties of the surface. This would be applied at a levelabove the minimum design thickness as a nonstructuralcomponent of the overall wall thickness.

overlay, hard-facing weld metal — deposition of one ormore layers of weld metal to the surface of a material inan effort to improve the wear resistance properties ofthe surface. This would be applied at a level above theminimum design thickness as a nonstructural componentof the overall wall thickness.

pass — a single progression of a welding or surfacingoperation along a joint, weld deposit, or substrate. Theresult of a pass is a weld bead or layer.

pass, cover — a final or cap pass(es) on the face of a weld

pass, wash — pass to correct minor surface aberrationsand/or prepare the surface for nondestructive testing

peel test — a destructive method of testing that mechani-cally separates a lap joint by peeling

peening — the mechanical working of metals usingimpact blows

performance qualification — the demonstration of awelder’s or welding operator’s ability to produce weldsmeeting prescribed standards

plug weld — a weld made in a circular, or other geometri-cally shaped hole (like a slot weld) in one member of alap or tee joint, joining that member to the other. Thewalls of the hole may or may not be parallel, and thehole may be partially or completely filled with weld metal.(A fillet-welded hole or spot weld should not be construedas conforming to this definition.)

polarity, reverse — the arrangement of direct current arcwelding leads with the work as the negative pole and theelectrode as the positive pole of the welding arc; a syn-onym for direct current electrode positive

polarity, straight — the arrangement of direct current arcwelding leads in which the work is the positive pole andthe electrode is the negative pole of the welding arc; a

188

synonym for direct current electrode negative

postbraze heat treatment — any heat treatment subse-quent to brazing

postheating — the application of heat to an assemblyafter welding, brazing, soldering, thermal spraying, orthermal cutting

postweld heat treatment — any heat treatment subsequentto welding

postweld hydrogen bakeout — holding a completed orpartially completed weld at elevated temperature below800°F (425°C) for the purpose of allowing hydrogendiffusion from the weld

powder — see filler metal, powder

preheat maintenance — practice of maintaining the mini-mum specified preheat temperature, or some specifiedhigher temperature for some required time interval afterwelding or thermal spraying is finished or until post weldheat treatment is initiated

preheat temperature — the minimum temperature in theweld joint preparation immediately prior to the welding;or in the case of multiple pass welds, the minimum tem-perature in the section of the previously deposited weldmetal, immediately prior to welding

preheating — the application of heat to the base metalimmediately before a welding or cutting operation toachieve a specified minimum preheat temperature

pulsed power welding — any arc welding method inwhich the power is cyclically programmed to pulse sothat effective but short duration values of a parameter canbe utilized. Such short duration values are significantlydifferent from the average value of the parameter. Equiva-lent terms are pulsed voltage or pulsed current welding.See also pulsed spray welding.

pulsed spray welding — an arc welding process variationin which the current is pulsed to utilize the advantagesof the spray mode of metal transfer at average currentsequal to or less than the globular to spray transitioncurrent

rabbet joint — typical design is indicated in figures QB-462.1(c), QB-462.4, QB-463.1(c), and QB-463.2(a)

retainer — nonconsumable material, metallic or nonme-tallic, which is used to contain or shape molten weldmetal. See backing.

seal weld — any weld designed primarily to provide aspecific degree of tightness against leakage



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


seam weld — a continuous weld made between or uponoverlapping members in which coalescence may start andoccur on the faying surfaces, or may have proceededfrom the surface of one member. The continuous weldmay consist of a single weld bead or a series of overlap-ping spot welds. See resistance welding.

short-circuiting transfer (gas metal-arc welding) — metaltransfer in which molten metal from a consumable elec-trode is deposited during repeated short circuits. See alsoglobular transfer and spray transfer.

single-welded joint — a joint welded from one side only

single-welded lap joint — a lap joint in which the over-lapped edges of the members to be joined are weldedalong the edge of one member only

slag inclusion — nonmetallic solid material entrapped inweld metal or between weld metal and base metal

specimen — refer to test specimen

spot weld — a weld made between or upon overlappingmembers in which coalescence may start and occur onthe faying surfaces or may proceed from the outer surfaceof one member. The weld cross section (plan view) isapproximately circular.

spray-fuse — a thermal spraying technique in which thedeposit is reheated to fuse the particles and form a metal-lurgical bond with the substrate

spray transfer (arc welding) — metal transfer in whichmolten metal from a consumable electrode is propelledaxially across the arc in small droplets

stringer bead — a weld bead formed without appreciableweaving

surface temper bead reinforcing layer — a subset oftemper bead welding in which one or more layers of weldmetal are applied on or above the surface layers of acomponent and are used to modify the properties of pre-viously deposited weld metal or the heat-affected zone.Surface layer may cover a surface or only the perimeterof the weld.

surfacing — the application by welding, brazing, or ther-mal spraying of a layer(s) of material to a surface toobtain desired properties or dimensions, as opposed tomaking a joint

tee joint (T) — a joint between two members locatedapproximately at right angles to each other in the formof a T

189

temper bead welding — a weld bead placed at a specificlocation in or at the surface of a weld for the purpose ofaffecting the metallurgical properties of the heat-affectedzone or previously deposited weld metal. The bead maybe above, flush with, or below the surrounding base metalsurface. If above the base metal surface, the beads maycover all or only part of the weld deposit and may ormay not be removed following welding.

test coupon — a weld or braze assembly for procedureor performance qualification testing. The coupon may beany product from plate, pipe, tube, etc., and may be afillet weld, overlay, deposited weld metal, etc.

test specimen — a sample of a test coupon for specifictest. The specimen may be a bend test, tension test, impacttest, chemical analysis, macrotest, etc. A specimen maybe a complete test coupon, for example, in radiographictesting or small diameter pipe tension testing.

thermal cutting (TC) — a group of cutting processes thatsevers or removes metal by localized melting, burning,or vaporizing of the workpieces

throat, actual (of fillet) — the shortest distance from theroot of a fillet weld to its face

throat, effective (of fillet) — the minimum distance fromthe fillet face, minus any convexity, to the weld root. Inthe case of fillet welds combined with a groove weld,the weld root of the groove weld shall be used.

throat, theoretical (of fillet) — the distance from thebeginning of the joint root perpendicular to the hypote-nuse of the largest right triangle that can be inscribedwithin the cross-section of a fillet weld. This dimensionis based on the assumption that the root opening is equalto zero.

undercut — a groove melted into the base metal adjacentto the weld toe or weld root and left unfilled by weld metal

upper transformation temperature — the temperature atwhich transformation of the ferrite to austenite is com-pleted during heating

usability — a measure of the relative ease of applicationof a filler metal to make a sound weld or braze joint

weave bead — for a manual or semiautomatic process,a weld bead formed using weaving. See also oscillation.

weaving — a welding technique in which the energysource is oscillated transversely as it progresses alongthe weld path

weld — a localized coalescence of metals or nonmetalsproduced either by heating the materials to the welding



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


temperature, with or without the application of pressure,or by the application of pressure alone and with or withoutthe use of filler material

weld, autogenous — a fusion weld made without fillermetal

weld bead — a weld deposit resulting from a pass. Seestringer bead and weave bead.

weld face — the exposed surface of a weld on the sidefrom which welding was done

weld interface — the interface between the weld metaland base metal in a fusion weld

weld metal — metal in a fusion weld consisting of thatportion of the base metal and filler metal melted duringwelding

weld reinforcement — weld metal on the face or root ofa groove weld in excess of the metal necessary for thespecified weld size

weld size: groove welds — the depth of chamfering plusany penetration beyond the chamfering, resulting in thestrength carrying dimension of the weld

weld size: for equal leg fillet welds — the leg lengths ofthe largest isosceles right triangle which can be inscribedwithin the fillet weld cross section

weld size: for unequal leg fillet welds — the leg lengthsof the largest right triangle which can be inscribed withinthe fillet weld cross section

welder — one who performs manual or semiautomaticwelding

welding, arc stud (SW) — an arc welding process thatuses an arc between a metal stud, or similar part, and theother workpiece. The process is used without filler metal,with or without shielding gas or flux, with or withoutpartial shielding from a ceramic or graphite ferrule sur-rounding the stud, and with the application of pressureafter the faying surfaces are sufficiently heated.

welding, automatic — welding with equipment whichperforms the welding operation without adjustment ofthe controls by a welding operator. The equipment mayor may not perform the loading and unloading of thework. See machine welding.

welding, consumable guide electroslag — an electroslagwelding process variation in which filler metal is suppliedby an electrode and its guiding member

190

welding, electrogas (EGW) — an arc welding processthat uses an arc between a continuous filler metal elec-trode and the weld pool, employing approximately verti-cal welding progression with retainers to confine the weldmetal. The process is used with or without an externallysupplied shielding gas and without the application ofpressure. Shielding for use with solid or metal-cored elec-trodes is obtained from a gas or gas mixture. Shieldingfor use with flux-cored electrodes may or may not beobtained from an externally supplied gas or gas mixture.

welding, electron beam (EBW) — a welding process thatproduces coalescence with a concentrated beam com-posed primarily of high velocity electrons, impinging onthe joint. The process is used without shielding gas andwithout the application of pressure.

welding, electroslag (ESW) — a welding process produc-ing coalescence of metals with molten slag which meltsthe filler metal and the surfaces of the work to be welded.The molten weld pool is shielded by this slag whichmoves along the full cross section of the joint as weldingprogresses. The process is initiated by an arc which heatsthe slag. The arc is then extinguished and the conductiveslag is maintained in a molten condition by its resistanceto electric current passing between the electrode and thework. See electroslag welding electrode and consumableguide electroslag welding.

welding, flux-cored arc (FCAW) — a gas metal-arc weld-ing process that uses an arc between a continuous fillermetal electrode and the weld pool. The process is usedwith shielding gas from a flux contained within the tubularelectrode, with or without additional shielding from anexternally supplied gas, and without the application ofpressure.

welding, friction (FRW) — a solid state welding processthat produces a weld under compressive force contact ofworkpieces rotating or moving relative to one another toproduce heat and plastically displace material from thefaying surfaces

welding, friction, inertia and continuous drive — pro-cesses and types of friction welding (solid state weldingprocess) wherein coalescence is produced after heatingis obtained from mechanically induced sliding motionbetween rubbing surfaces held together under pressure.Inertia welding utilizes all of the kinetic energy storedin a revolving flywheel spindle system. Continuous drivefriction welding utilizes the energy provided by a continu-ous drive source such as an electric or hydraulic motor.

welding, gas metal-arc (GMAW) — an arc welding pro-cess that uses an arc between a continuous filler metal



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


electrode and the weld pool. The process is used withshielding from an externally supplied gas and withoutthe application of pressure.

welding, gas metal-arc, pulsed arc (GMAW-P) — a varia-tion of the gas metal-arc welding process in which thecurrent is pulsed. See also pulsed power welding.

welding, gas metal-arc, short-circuiting arc (GMAW-S) — a variation of the gas metal-arc welding processin which the consumable electrode is deposited duringrepeated short circuits. See also short-circuiting transfer.

welding, gas tungsten-arc (GTAW) — an arc weldingprocess which produces coalescence of metals by heatingthem with an arc between a tungsten (nonconsumable)electrode and the work. Shielding is obtained from a gasor gas mixture. Pressure may or may not be used andfiller metal may or may not be used. (This process hassometimes been called TIG welding, a nonpreferredterm.)

welding, gas tungsten-arc, pulsed arc (GTAW-P) — avariation of the gas tungsten-arc welding process in whichthe current is pulsed. See also pulsed power welding.

welding, induction (IW) — a welding process that pro-duces coalescence of metals by the heat obtained fromresistance of the workpieces to the flow of induced highfrequency welding current with or without the applicationof pressure. The effect of the high-frequency weldingcurrent is to concentrate the welding heat at the desiredlocation.

welding, laser beam (LBW) — a welding process whichproduces coalescence of materials with the heat obtainedfrom the application of a concentrated coherent light beamimpinging upon the members to be joined

welding, machine — welding with equipment that hascontrols that are manually adjusted by the welding opera-tor in response to visual observation of the welding, withthe torch, gun, or electrode holder held by a mechanicaldevice. See welding, automatic.

welding, manual — welding wherein the entire weldingoperation is performed and controlled by hand

welding, operator — one who operates machine or auto-matic welding equipment

welding, oxyfuel gas (OFW) — a group of welding pro-cesses which produces coalescence by heating materialswith an oxyfuel gas flame or flames, with or without theapplication of pressure, and with or without the use offiller metal

191

welding, plasma-arc (PAW) — an arc welding processwhich produces coalescence of metals by heating themwith a constricted arc between an electrode and the work-piece (transferred arc), or the electrode and the con-stricting nozzle (nontransferred arc). Shielding isobtained from the hot, ionized gas issuing from the torchorifice which may be supplemented by an auxiliary sourceof shielding gas. Shielding gas may be an inert gas or amixture of gases. Pressure may or may not be used, andfiller metal may or may not be supplied.

welding, projection (PW) — a resistance welding processthat produces coalescence by the heat obtained from theresistance of the flow of welding current. The resultingwelds are localized at predetermined points by projec-tions, embossments, or intersections. The metals to bejoined lap over each other.

welding, resistance (RW) — a group of welding processesthat produces coalescence of the faying surfaces with theheat obtained from resistance of the workpieces to theflow of the welding current in a circuit of which theworkpieces are a part, and by the application of pressure

welding, resistance seam (RSEW) — a resistance weldingprocess that produces a weld at the faying surfaces ofoverlapped parts progressively along a length of a joint.The weld may be made with overlapping weld nuggets,a continuous weld nugget, or by forging the joint as it isheated to the welding temperature by resistance to theflow of the welding current.

welding, resistance spot (RSW) — a resistance weldingprocess that produces a weld at the faying surfaces of ajoint by the heat obtained from resistance to the flow ofwelding current through the workpieces from electrodesthat serve to concentrate the welding current and pressureat the weld area

welding, resistance stud — a resistance welding processwherein coalescence is produced by the heat obtainedfrom resistance to electric current at the interface betweenthe stud and the workpiece, until the surfaces to be joinedare properly heated, when they are brought together underpressure

welding, semiautomatic arc — arc welding with equip-ment which controls only the filler metal feed. Theadvance of the welding is manually controlled.

welding, shielded metal-arc (SMAW) — an arc weldingprocess with an arc between a covered electrode and theweld pool. The process is used with shielding from thedecomposition of the electrode covering, without theapplication of pressure, and with filler metal from theelectrode



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


welding, stud — a general term for the joining of a metalstud or similar part to a workpiece. Welding may beaccomplished by arc, resistance, friction, or other suitableprocess with or without external gas shielding.

welding, submerged-arc (SAW) — an arc welding processthat uses an arc or arcs between a bare metal electrodeor electrodes and the weld pool. The arc and moltenmetal are shielded by a blanket of granular flux on the

192

workpieces. The process is used without pressure andwith filler metal from the electrode and sometimes froma supplemental source (welding rod, flux, or metalgranules).

weldment — an assembly whose constituent parts arejoined by welding, or parts which contain weld metaloverlay



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

ARTICLE VSTANDARD WELDING PROCEDURE SPECIFICATIONS

(SWPSs)

QW-500 GENERAL

The SWPSs listed in Appendix E are acceptable forconstruction in which the requirements of the ASMEBoiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX are specified.Any requirements of the applicable Construction CodeSection regarding SWPS take precedence over therequirements of Section IX. These SWPSs are not permit-ted for construction where impact testing of the WPS isrequired by the Construction Code.

Only SWPSs (including edition) that have beenaccepted in Appendix E within the 1998 Edition or anylater edition of Section IX may be used in accordancewith this Article. Adoption of SWPSs (including edition)shall be in accordance with the current edition (see Fore-word) and addenda of Section IX.

QW-510 ADOPTION OF SWPSs

Prior to use, the manufacturer or contractor that willbe responsible for and provide operational control overproduction welding shall comply with the following foreach SWPS that it intends to use, except as noted inQW-520.

(a) Enter the name of the manufacturer or contractoron the SWPS.

(b) An employee of that manufacturer or contractorshall sign and date the SWPS.

(c) The applicable Code Section(s) (Section VIII,B31.1, etc.) and/or any other fabrication document (con-tract, specification, etc.) that must be followed duringwelding shall be listed on the SWPS.

(d) The manufacturer or contractor shall weld and testone groove weld test coupon following that SWPS. Thefollowing information shall be recorded:

(1) the specification, type, and grade of the basemetal welded

(2) groove design(3) initial cleaning method(4) presence or absence of backing

193

(5) The ASME or AWS specification and AWSclassification of electrode or filler metal used and manu-facturer’s trade name

(6) size and classification of tungsten electrode forGTAW

(7) size of consumable electrode or filler metal

(8) shielding gas and flow rate for GTAW andGMAW

(9) preheat temperature

(10) position of the groove weld and, if applicable,the progression

(11) if more than one process or electrode type isused, the approximate weld metal deposit thickness foreach process or electrode type

(12) maximum interpass temperature

(13) post weld heat treatment used, including hold-ing time and temperature range

(14) visual inspection and mechanical testing results

(15) the results of radiographic examination whenpermitted as an alternative to mechanical testing byQW-304

(e) The coupon shall be visually examined in accor-dance with QW-302.4 and mechanically tested in accor-dance with QW-302.1 or radiographically examined inaccordance with QW-302.2. If visual examination, radio-graphic examination, or any test specimen fails to meetthe required acceptance criteria, the test coupon shall beconsidered as failed and a new test coupon shall be weldedbefore the organization may use the SWPS.

QW-511 Use of Demonstrated SWPSs

Code Sections or fabrication documents that arerequired to be referenced by QW-510(c) may be addedor deleted from a demonstrated SWPS without furtherdemonstrations.



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


QW-520 USE OF SWPSs WITHOUTDISCRETE DEMONSTRATION

Once an SWPS has been demonstrated, additionalSWPSs that are similar to the SWPS that was demon-strated may be used without further demonstration. Suchadditional SWPSs shall be compared to the SWPS thatwas used for the demonstration, and the following limita-tions shall not be exceeded:

(a) a change in the welding process.(b) a change in the P- or S-Number.(c) a change from the as-welded condition to the heat-

treated condition. This limitation also applies for SWPSsthat allow use in both conditions (e.g., SWPS B2.1-021allows production welding with or without heat treatment;if the demonstration was performed without heat treat-ment, production welding with heat treatment is not per-mitted). Once heat treatment has been demonstrated forany SWPS, this limitation no longer applies.

(d) a change from a gas-shielded flux-cored wire orsolid wire to a self-shielded flux-cored wire or vice versa.

(e) a change from spray, globular, or pulsed transfermode to short-circuiting transfer mode or vice-versa.

(f) a change in the F-Number of the welding electrode.(g) the addition of preheat above ambient temperature.(h) a change from an SWPS that is identified as for

sheet metal to one that is not and vice versa.

QW-530 FORMS

A suggested Form QW-485 for documenting the weld-ing conditions and test results of the demonstration isprovided in Nonmandatory Appendix B.

QW-540 PRODUCTION USE OF SWPSs

As with any WPS, welding that is done following anSWPS shall be done in strict accordance with the SWPS.

194

In addition, the following conditions apply to the use ofSWPSs:

(a) The manufacturer or contractor may not deviatefrom the welding conditions specified on the SWPS.

(b) SWPSs may not be supplemented with PQRs orrevised in any manner except for reference to the applica-ble Code Section or other fabrication documents as pro-vided by QW-511.

(c) Only the welding processes shown on an SWPSshall be used in given production joint. When a multi-process SWPS is selected, the processes shown on theSWPS shall be used in the order and manner specifiedon the SWPS.

(d) SWPSs shall not be used in the same productionjoint together with WPSs qualified by the manufactureror contractor.

(e) The manufacturer or contractor may supplementan SWPS by attaching additional instructions to providethe welder with further direction for making productionwelds to Code or other requirements. When SWPSs aresupplemented with instructions that address any conditionshown on the SWPS, such instructions shall be withinthe limits of the SWPS. For example, when an SWPSpermits use of several electrode sizes, supplementalinstructions may direct the welder to use only one elec-trode size out of those permitted by the SWPS; however,the supplemental instructions may not permit the welderto use a size other than one or more of those permittedby the SWPS.

(f) SWPSs may not be used until the demonstrationof QW-510 has been satisfactorily welded, tested, andcertified.

(g) The identification number of the Supporting Dem-onstration shall be noted on each SWPS that it supportsprior to using the SWPS.

(h) The certified Supporting Demonstration Recordshall be available for review by Authorized Inspector.



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

PART QB BRAZING

ARTICLE XIBRAZING GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

QB-100 GENERAL

Section IX of the ASME Boiler and Pressure VesselCode relates to the qualification of welders, welding oper-ators, brazers, and brazing operators, and the proceduresthat they employ in welding and brazing according to theASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code and the ASMEB31 Code for Pressure Piping. It is divided into two parts:Part QW gives requirements for welding and Part QBcontains requirements for brazing.

QB-100.1 The purpose of the Brazing ProcedureSpecification (BPS) and Procedure Qualification Record(PQR) is to determine that the brazement proposed forconstruction is capable of providing the required proper-ties for its intended application. It is presupposed thatthe brazer or brazing operator performing the brazingprocedure qualification test is a skilled workman. Thatis, the brazing procedure qualification test establishes theproperties of the brazement, not the skill of the brazer orbrazing operator. Briefly, a BPS lists the variables, bothessential and nonessential, and the acceptable ranges ofthese variables when using the BPS. The BPS is intendedto provide direction for the brazer or brazing operator.The PQR lists what was used in qualifying the BPS andthe test results.

QB-100.2 In performance qualification, the basic cri-terion established for brazer qualification is to determinethe brazer’s ability to make a sound brazed joint. Thepurpose of the performance qualification test for the braz-ing operator is to determine the operator’s mechanicalability to operate the brazing equipment.

QB-100.3 Brazing Procedure Specifications (BPS)written and qualified in accordance with the rules ofthis Section, and brazers and operators of automatic andmachine brazing equipment also qualified in accordance

195

with these rules may be used in any construction built tothe requirements of the ASME Boiler and Pressure VesselCode or the ASME B31 Code for Pressure Piping.

However, other Sections of the Code state the condi-tions under which Section IX requirements are manda-tory, in whole or in part, and give additional requirements.The reader is advised to take these provisions into consid-eration when using this Section.

Brazing Procedure Specifications, Procedure Qualifi-cation Records, and Brazer or Brazing Operator Perform-ance Qualifications made in accordance with therequirements of the 1962 Edition or any later Edition ofSection IX may be used in any construction built to theASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code or the ASMEB31 Code for Pressure Piping.

Brazing Procedure Specifications, Procedure Qualifi-cation Records, and Brazer or Brazing Operator Perform-ance Qualifications made in accordance with therequirements of the Editions of Section IX prior to 1962,in which all of the requirements of the 1962 Edition orlater Editions are met, may also be used.

Brazing Procedure Specifications and Brazer/BrazingOperator Performance Qualification Records meeting theabove requirements do not need to be amended to includeany variables required by later Editions and Addenda.

Qualification of new Brazing Procedure Specificationsor Brazers/Brazing Operators and requalification ofexisting Brazing Procedure Specifications orBrazers/Brazing Operators shall be in accordance withthe current Edition (see Foreword) and Addenda of Sec-tion IX.

QB-101 Scope

The rules in this Section apply to the preparation ofBrazing Procedure Specifications, and the qualification



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

QB-101 2004 SECTION IX QB-141.1

of brazing procedures, brazers, and brazing operators forall types of manual and machine brazing processes per-mitted in this Section. These rules may also be applied,insofar as they are applicable, to other manual or machinebrazing processes, permitted in other Sections.

QB-102 Terms and Definitions

Some of the more common terms relating to brazingare defined in QW/QB-492. These are in substantialagreement with the definitions of the American WeldingSociety given in its document, A3.0-89, Standard Weld-ing Terms and Definitions.

Wherever the word pipe is designated, tubes shall alsobe applicable.

QB-103 ResponsibilityQB-103.1 Brazing. Each manufacturer1 or contractor1

is responsible for the brazing done by his organization,and shall conduct the tests required in this Section toqualify the brazing procedures he uses in the constructionof the brazed assemblies built under this Code and theperformance of brazers and brazing operators who applythese procedures.

QB-103.2 Records. Each manufacturer or contractorshall maintain a record of the results obtained in brazingprocedure and brazer or brazing operator performancequalifications. These records shall be certified by themanufacturer or contractor and shall be accessible to theAuthorized Inspector. Refer to recommended Forms inNonmandatory Appendix B.

QB-110 BRAZE ORIENTATION

The orientations of brazes with respect to planes ofreference are classified in accordance with figureQB-461.1 into four positions2 (A, B, C, and D in column1), based on the basic flow of brazing filler metal throughjoints. These positions are flat flow, vertical downflow,vertical upflow, and horizontal flow.

The maximum permitted angular deviation from thespecified flow plane is ±45 deg.

QB-120 TEST POSITIONS FOR LAP, BUTT,SCARF, OR RABBET JOINTS

Brazed joints may be made in test coupons orientedin any of the positions in figure QB-461.2 and as described

1 Wherever these words are used in Section IX, they shall includeinstaller or assembler.

2 In the following paragraphs the word position is synonymous withflow position.

196

in the following paragraphs, except that angular deviationfrom the specified horizontal and vertical flow planes inaccordance with column 1 of figure QB-461.2 is permittedduring brazing.

QB-121 Flat-Flow Position

The test coupon joints in position suitable for applyingbrazing filler metal in rod, strip, or other suitable formunder the flat-flow conditions are shown in illustrations(1) through (5) of Line A in figure QB-461.2. The maxi-mum permitted angular deviation from the specified flowplane is ±15 deg.

QB-122 Vertical-Downflow Position

The test coupon joints in a position suitable forapplying brazing filler metal in rod, strip, or other suitableform under the vertical-downflow conditions are shownin illustrations (1) through (4) of Line B in figureQB-461.2. The brazing filler metal flows by capillaryaction with the aid of gravity downward into the joint. Themaximum permitted angular deviation from the specifiedflow plane is ±15 deg.

QB-123 Vertical-Upflow Position

The test coupon joints in position suitable for applyingbrazing filler metal in rod, strip, or other suitable formunder the vertical-upflow conditions are shown in illustra-tions (1) through (4) of Line C in figure QB-461.2. Thebrazing filler metal flows by capillary action through thejoint. The maximum permitted angular deviation fromthe specified flow plane is ±15 deg.

QB-124 Horizontal-Flow Position

The test coupon joints in a position suitable forapplying brazing filler metal in rod, strip, or other suitableform under the horizontal-flow conditions are shown inillustrations (1) and (2) of Line D of figure QB-461.2.The brazing filler metal flows horizontally by capillaryaction through the joint. The maximum permitted angulardeviation from the specified flow plane is ±15 deg.

QB-140 TYPES AND PURPOSES OF TESTSAND EXAMINATIONS

QB-141 Tests

Tests used in brazing procedure and performance quali-fications are specified in QB-141.1 through QB-141.6.

QB-141.1 Tension Tests. Tension tests, as describedin QB-150, are used to determine the ultimate strength



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

QB-141.1 BRAZING GENERAL REQUIREMENTS QB-153.1

of brazed butt, scarf, lap, and rabbet joints.

QB-141.2 Guided-Bend Tests. Guided-bend tests, asdescribed in QB-160, are used to determine the degreeof soundness and ductility of butt and scarf joints.

QB-141.3 Peel Tests. Peel tests, as described inQB-170, are used to determine the quality of the bondand the amount of defects in lap joints.

QB-141.4 Sectioning Tests. Sectioning tests, i.e., thesectioning of test coupons, as described in QB-180, areused to determine the soundness of workmanship couponsor test specimens. Sectioning tests are also a substitutefor the peel test when the peel test is impractical toperform, e.g., when the strength of brazing filler materialis equal to or greater than the strength of the base metals.

QB-141.5 Workmanship Coupons. Workmanshipcoupons, as described in QB-182, are used to determinethe soundness of joints other than the standard butt, scarf,lap, and rabbet joints.

QB-141.6 Visual Examination. Visual examinationof brazed joints is used for estimating the soundness byexternal appearance, such as continuity of the brazingfiller metal, size, contour, and wetting of fillet along thejoint and, where appropriate, to determine if filler metalflowed through the joint from the side of application tothe opposite side.

QB-150 TENSION TESTS

QB-151 Specimens

Tension test specimens shall conform to one of thetypes illustrated in figures QB-462.1(a) throughQB-462.1(f), and shall meet the requirements of QB-153.

QB-151.1 Reduced Section — Plate. Reduced-sec-tion specimens conforming to the requirements given infigures QB-462.1(a) and QB-462.1(c) may be used fortension tests on all thicknesses of plate. The specimensmay be tested in a support fixture in substantial accor-dance with figure QB-462.1(f).


(b) For plate thicknesses greater than 1 in. (25 mm),full thickness specimens or multiple specimens may beused, provided QB-151.1(c) and QB-151.1(d) are com-plied with.

(c) When multiple specimens are used in lieu of fullthickness specimens, each set shall represent a singletension test of the full plate thickness. Collectively, allof the specimens required to represent the full thickness

197

of the brazed joint at one location shall comprise a set.(d) When multiple specimens are necessary, the entire

thickness shall be mechanically cut into a minimum num-ber of approximately equal strips of a size that can betested in the available equipment. Each specimen of theset shall be tested and meet the requirements of QB-153.

QB-151.2 Reduced Section — Pipe. Reduced-sec-tion specimens conforming to the requirements given infigure QB-462.1(b) may be used for tension tests on allthicknesses of pipe or tube having an outside diametergreater than 3 in. (75 mm). The specimens may be testedin a support fixture in substantial accordance with figureQB-462.1(f).


(b) For pipe thicknesses greater than 1 in. (25 mm),full thickness specimens or multiple specimens may beused, provided QB-151.2(c) and QB-151.2(d) are com-plied with.

(c) When multiple specimens are used in lieu of fullthickness specimens, each set shall represent a singletension test of the full pipe thickness. Collectively, all ofthe specimens required to represent the full thickness ofthe brazed joint at one location shall comprise a set.

(d) When multiple specimens are necessary, the entirethickness shall be mechanically cut into a minimum num-ber of approximately equal strips of a size that can betested in the available equipment. Each specimen of theset shall be tested and meet the requirements of QB-153.

QB-151.3 Full-Section Specimens for Pipe. Tensionspecimens conforming to the dimensions given in figureQB-462.1(e) may be used for testing pipe with an outsidediameter of 3 in. (75 mm) or less.

QB-152 Tension Test Procedure

The tension test specimen shall be ruptured under ten-sile load. The tensile strength shall be computed by divid-ing the ultimate total load by the least cross-sectionalarea of the specimen as measured before the load isapplied.

QB-153 Acceptance Criteria — Tension TestsQB-153.1 Tensile Strength. Minimum values for pro-

cedure qualification are provided under the column head-ing “Minimum Specified Tensile” of table QW/QB-422.In order to pass the tension test, the specimen shall havea tensile strength that is not less than:

(a) the specified minimum tensile strength of the basemetal in the annealed condition; or



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

QB-153.1 2004 SECTION IX QB-162.1

(b) the specified minimum tensile strength of theweaker of the two in the annealed condition, if basemetals of different specified minimum tensile strengthsare used; or

(c) if the specimen breaks in the base metal outsideof the braze, the test shall be accepted as meeting therequirements, provided the strength is not more than 5%below the minimum specified tensile strength of the basemetal in the annealed condition.

(d) the specified minimum tensile strength is for fullthickness specimens including cladding for AluminumAlclad materials (P-No. 104 and P-No. 105) less than1⁄2 in. (13 mm). For Aluminum Alclad materials 1⁄2 in.(13 mm) and greater, the specified minimum tensilestrength is for both full thickness specimens that includecladding and specimens taken from the core.

QB-160 GUIDED-BEND TESTS

QB-161 Specimens

Guided-bend test specimens shall be prepared by cut-ting the test plate or pipe to form specimens of approxi-mately rectangular cross section. The cut surfaces shallbe designated the sides of the specimen. The other twosurfaces shall be designated the first and second surfaces.The specimen thickness and bend radius are shown infigures QB-466.1, QB-466.2, and QB-466.3. Guided-bend specimens are of five types, depending on whetherthe axis of the joint is transverse or parallel to the longitu-dinal axis of the specimen, and which surface (first orsecond) is on the convex (outer) side of the bent specimen.The five types are defined as follows (QB-161.1 throughQB-161.6).

QB-161.1 Transverse First Surface Bend. The jointis transverse to the longitudinal axis of the specimen,which is bent so that the first surface becomes the convexsurface of the bent specimen. In general, the first surfaceis defined as that surface from which the brazing fillermetal is applied and is fed by capillary attraction intothe joint. Transverse first surface bend specimens shallconform to the dimensions shown in figure QB-462.2(a).For subsize first surface bends, see QB-161.3.

QB-161.2 Transverse Second Surface Bend. Thejoint is transverse to the longitudinal axis of the specimen,which is bent so that the second surface becomes theconvex surface of the bent specimen. In general, thesecond surface is defined as the surface opposite to thatfrom which the brazing filler metal is placed or fed, butdefinitely is the surface opposite to that designated as thefirst surface, irrespective of how the brazing filler metalis fed. Transverse second surface bend specimens shall

198

conform to the dimensions shown in figure QB-462.2(a).For subsize first surface bends, see QB-161.3.

QB-161.3 Subsize Transverse Bend. In those caseswhere the wall thickness of the tube or pipe is less than3⁄8 in. (10 mm) and the diameter-to-thickness ratio doesnot permit the preparation of full-size rectangular guided-bend specimens, the 11⁄2 in. (38 mm) wide standardguided-bend specimen shown in figure QB-462.2(a) maybe replaced by three subsize specimens having a widthof 3⁄8 in. (10 mm) or 4t, whichever is less.

QB-161.4 Longitudinal-Bend Tests. Longitudinal-bend tests may be used in lieu of the transverse-bendtests for testing braze metal or base metal combinations,which differ markedly in bending properties between

(a) the two base metals; or(b) the braze metal and the base metal.

QB-161.5 Longitudinal First Surface Bend. Thejoint is parallel to the longitudinal axis of the specimen,which is bent so that the first surface becomes the convexsurface of the bent specimen. The definition of first sur-face is as given in QB-161.1. Longitudinal first surfacebend specimens shall conform to the dimensions givenin figure QB-462.2(b).

QB-161.6 Longitudinal Second Surface Bend. Thejoint is parallel to the longitudinal axis of the specimen,which is bent so that the second surface becomes theconvex surface of the specimen. The definition of thesecond surface is given in QB-161.2. Longitudinal secondsurface bend specimens shall conform to the dimensionsgiven in figure QB-462.2(b).

QB-162 Guided-Bend Test Procedure

QB-162.1 Jigs. Guided-bend specimens shall be bentin test jigs that are in substantial accordance with QB-466.When using the jigs in accordance with figure QB-466.1or figure QB-466.2, the side of the specimen turnedtoward the gap of the jig shall be the first surface for firstsurface bend specimens (defined in QB-161.1), and thesecond surface for second surface bend specimens(defined in QB-161.2). The specimen shall be forced intothe die by applying load on the plunger until the curvatureof the specimen is such that a 1⁄8 in. (3 mm) diameterwire cannot be inserted between the specimen and thedie of figure QB-466.1, or the specimen is bottom ejected,if the roller type of jig (figure QB-466.2) is used.

When using the wrap around jig (figure QB-466.3) theside of the specimen turned toward the roller shall be thefirst surface for first surface bend specimens, and thesecond surface for second surface bend specimens.



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

QB-163 BRAZING GENERAL REQUIREMENTS QB-182

QB-163 Acceptance Criteria — Bend Tests

The joint of a transverse-bend specimen shall be com-pletely within the bent portion of the specimen aftertesting.

The guided-bend specimens shall have no open discon-tinuities exceeding 1⁄8 in. (3 mm), measured in any direc-tion on the convex surface of the specimen after bending.Cracks occurring on the corners of the specimen duringtesting shall not be considered, unless there is definiteevidence that they result from flux inclusions, voids, orother internal discontinuities.

QB-170 PEEL TESTS

QB-171 Specimens

The dimensions and preparation of the peel test speci-men shall conform to the requirements of figureQB-462.3.

QB-172 Acceptance Criteria — Peel Test

In order to pass the peel test, the specimens shall showevidence of brazing filler metal along each edge of thejoint. Specimens shall be separated or peeled either byclamping Section A and striking Section B with a suitabletool such that the bending occurs at the fulcrum point(see figure QB-462.3), or by clamping Section A andSection B in a machine suitable for separating the sectionsunder tension. The separated faying surfaces of jointsshall meet the following criteria:

199

(a) The total area of discontinuities (unbrazed areas,flux inclusions, etc.) shall not exceed 25% of the totalarea of any individual faying surface.

(b) The sum of the lengths of the discontinuities mea-sured on any one line in the direction of the lap shall notexceed 25% of the lap.

(c) No discontinuity shall extend continuously fromone edge of the joint to the other edge, irrespective ofits direction.

QB-180 SECTIONING TESTS ANDWORKMANSHIP COUPONS

QB-181 Sectioning Test Specimens

The dimensions and configuration of the sectioningtest specimens shall conform to the requirements of figureQB-462.4. Each side of the specimen shall be polishedand examined with at least a four-power magnifyingglass. The sum of the length of unbrazed areas on eitherside, considered individually, shall not exceed 20% ofthe length of the joint overlap.

QB-182 Workmanship Coupons

The dimensions and configuration of the workmanshipcoupon shall conform to the nearest approximation of theactual application. Some typical workmanship couponsare shown in figure QB-462.5. Each side of the specimenshall be polished and examined with at least a four-powermagnifying glass. The sum of the length of unbrazedareas on either side, considered individually, shall notexceed 20% of the length of the joint overlap.



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

ARTICLE XIIBRAZING PROCEDURE QUALIFICATIONS

QB-200 GENERALQB-200.1 Each manufacturer or contractor shall pre-

pare written Brazing Procedure Specifications, which aredefined as follows.

(a) Brazing Procedure Specification (BPS). A BPS isa written qualified brazing procedure prepared to providedirection for making production brazes to Code require-ments. The BPS or other documents [see QB-200.1(e)]may be used to provide direction to the brazer or brazingoperator to assure compliance with the Code require-ments.

(b) Contents of the BPS. The completed BPS shalldescribe all of the essential and nonessential variablesfor each brazing process used in the BPS. These variablesare listed in QB-250 and are defined in Article XIV,Brazing Data.

The BPS shall reference the supporting ProcedureQualification Record(s) (PQR) described in QB-200.2.The manufacturer or contractor may include any otherinformation in the BPS that may be helpful in making aCode braze.

(c) Changes to the BPS. Changes may be made inthe nonessential variables of a BPS to suit productionrequirements without requalification provided suchchanges are documented with respect to the essential andnonessential variables for each process. This may be byamendment to the BPS or by use of a new BPS.

Changes in essential variables require requalificationof the BPS [new or additional PQRs to support the changein essential variable(s)].

(d) Format of the BPS. The information required tobe in the BPS may be in any format, written or tabular,to fit the needs of each manufacturer or contractor, aslong as every essential and nonessential variable outlinedin QB-250 is included or referenced.

Form QB-482 (see Nonmandatory Appendix B) hasbeen provided as a guide for the BPS. It is only a guideand does not list all required data for all brazing processes.

(e) Availability of the BPS. A BPS used for Codeproduction brazing shall be available for reference andreview by the Authorized Inspector (AI) at the fabrica-tion site.

200

QB-200.2 Each manufacturer or contractor shall berequired to prepare a procedure qualification record,which is defined as follows.

(a) Procedure Qualification Record (PQR). A PQR isa record of the brazing data used to braze a test coupon.The PQR is a record of variables recorded during thebrazing of the test coupons. It also contains the test resultsof the tested specimens. Recorded variables normally fallwithin a small range of the actual variables that will beused in production brazing.

(b) Contents of the PQR. The completed PQR shalldocument all essential variables of QB-250 for each braz-ing process used during the brazing of the test coupon.Nonessential or other variables used during the brazingof the test coupon may be recorded at the manufacturer’sor contractor’s option. All variables, if recorded, shall bethe actual variables (including ranges) used during thebrazing of the test coupon. If variables are not monitoredduring brazing, they shall not be recorded. It is notintended that the full range or the extreme of a givenrange of variables to be used in production be used duringqualification unless required due to a specific essentialvariable.

The PQR shall be certified accurate by the manufac-turer or contractor. The manufacturer or contractor maynot subcontract the certification function. This certifica-tion is intended to be the manufacturer’s or contractor’sverification that the information in the PQR is a truerecord of the variables that were used during the brazingof the test coupon and that the resulting tensile, bend,peel, or section (as required) test results are in compliancewith Section IX.

(c) Changes to the PQR. Changes to the PQR are notpermitted, except as described below. It is a record ofwhat happened during a particular brazing test. Editorialcorrections or addenda to the PQR are permitted. Anexample of an editorial correction is an incorrect P-Num-ber or F-Number that was assigned to a particular basematerial or filler metal. An example of an addendumwould be a change resulting from a Code change. Forexample, Section IX may assign a new F-Number to afiller material or adopt a new filler material under an



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

QB-200.2 BRAZING PROCEDURE QUALIFICATIONS QB-201

established F-Number. This may permit, depending onthe particular construction Code requirements, a manufac-turer or contractor to use other filler metals that fall withinthat particular F-Number where, prior to the Code revi-sion, the manufacturer or contractor was limited to theparticular electrode classification that was used duringqualification. Additional information can be incorporatedinto a PQR at a later date provided the information issubstantiated as having been part of the original qualifica-tion condition by lab record or similar data.

All changes to a PQR require recertification (includingdate) by the manufacturer or contractor.

(d) Format of the PQR. Form QB-483 (see Nonmanda-tory Appendix B) has been provided as a guide for thePQR. The information required to be in the PQR may bein any format, to fit the needs of each manufacturer orcontractor, as long as every essential variable, requiredby QB-250, is included. Also the type of tests, number oftests, and test results shall be listed in the PQR. Additionalsketches or information may be attached or referencedto record the required variables.

(e) Availability of the PQR. PQRs used to supportBPSs shall be available, upon request, for review by theAuthorized Inspector (AI). The PQR need not be availableto the brazer or brazing operator.

(f) Multiple BPSs With One PQR/Multiple PQRs WithOne BPS. Several BPSs may be prepared from the dataon a single PQR (e.g., a vertical-upflow pipe PQR maysupport BPSs for the vertical-upflow and downflow posi-tions on pipe within all other essential variables). A singleBPS may cover several essential variable changes as longas a supporting PQR exists for each essential variable.

QB-200.3 To reduce the number of brazing procedurequalifications required, P-Numbers are assigned to basemetals dependent on characteristics such as composition,brazability, and mechanical properties, where this canlogically be done, and for ferrous and nonferrous metals.

The assignments do not imply that base metals maybe indiscriminately substituted for a base metal whichwas used in the qualification test without considerationof the compatibility from the standpoint of metallurgicalproperties, postbraze heat treatment, design, mechanicalproperties, and service requirements. For certain materialspermitted by the ASME/ANSI B31 Code for PressurePiping or by selected Code Cases of the ASME Boiler andPressure Vessel Code, S-Number groupings are assigned.These groupings are similar to the P-Number groupingsof table QW/QB-422. Qualification limits are given inQW-420.2.

QB-200.4 Dissimilar Base Metal Thicknesses. ABPS qualified on test coupons of equal thickness shall beapplicable for production brazements between dissimilar

201

base metal thicknesses provided the thickness of bothbase metals are within the qualified thickness range per-mitted by QB-451. A BPS qualified on test coupons ofdifferent thicknesses shall be applicable for productionbrazements between dissimilar base metal thicknessesprovided the thickness of each base metal is within thequalified range of thickness (based on each test couponthickness) permitted by QB-451.

QB-201 Manufacturer’s or Contractor’sResponsibility

Each manufacturer or contractor shall list the parame-ters applicable to brazing that he performs in constructionof brazements built in accordance with this Code. Theseparameters shall be listed in a document known as aBrazing Procedure Specification (BPS).

Each manufacturer or contractor shall qualify the BPSby the brazing of test coupons and the testing of specimens(as required in this Code), and the recording of the brazingdata and test results in a document known as a ProcedureQualification Record (PQR). The brazers or brazing oper-ators used to produce brazements to be tested for qualifi-cation of procedures shall be under the full supervisionand control of the manufacturer or contractor during theproduction of these test brazements. It is not permissiblefor the manufacturer or contractor to have the brazing ofthe test brazements performed by another organization.It is permissible, however, to subcontract any or all ofthe work of preparation of test metal for brazing andsubsequent work on preparation of test specimens fromthe completed brazement, performance of nondestructiveexamination, and mechanical tests, provided the manufac-turer or contractor accepts the responsibility for anysuch work.

The Code recognizes a manufacturer or contractor asthe organization which has responsible operational con-trol of the production of the brazements to be made inaccordance with this Code. If in an organization effectiveoperational control of brazing procedure qualification fortwo or more companies of different names exists, thecompanies involved shall describe in their Quality Con-trol system/Quality Assurance Program, the operationalcontrol of procedure qualifications. In this case separatebrazing procedure qualifications are not required, pro-vided all other requirements of Section IX are met.

A BPS may require the support of more than one PQR,while alternatively, one PQR may support a number ofBPSs.

The manufacturer or contractor shall certify that hehas qualified each Brazing Procedure Specification, per-formed the procedure qualification test, and documented



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

QB-201 2004 SECTION IX QB-212

it with the necessary Procedure Qualification Record(PQR).

QB-201.1 The Code recognizes that manufacturersor contractors may maintain effective operational controlof PQRs and BPSs under different ownership than existedduring the original procedure qualification. When a manu-facturer or contractor or part of a manufacturer or contrac-tor is acquired by a new owner(s), the PQRs and BPSsmay be used by the new owner(s) without requalificationprovided all of the following are met:

(a) the new owner(s) takes responsibility for the BPSsand PQRs

(b) the BPSs reflect the name of the new owner(s)

(c) the Quality Control System/Quality AssuranceProgram reflects the source of the PQRs as being fromthe former manufacturer or contractor

QB-202 Type of Tests Required

QB-202.1 Tests. The type and number of test speci-mens which shall be tested to qualify a brazing procedureare given in QB-451, and shall be removed in a mannersimilar to that shown in QB-463. If any test specimenrequired by QB-451 fails to meet the applicable accept-ance criteria, the test coupon shall be considered as failed.

When it can be determined that the cause of failure isnot related to brazing parameters, another test couponmay be brazed using identical brazing parameters. Alter-natively, if adequate material of the original test couponexists, additional test specimens may be removed as closeas practicable to the original specimen location to replacethe failed test specimens.

When it has been determined that the test failure wascaused by an essential variable, a new test coupon maybe brazed with appropriate changes to the variable(s) thatwere determined to cause the test failure. If the new testpasses, the essential variables shall be documented onthe PQR.

When it is determined that the test failure was causedby one or more brazing conditions other than essentialvariables, a new test coupon may be brazed with theappropriate changes to brazing conditions that were deter-mined to cause the test failure. If the new test passes, thebrazing conditions that were determined to cause theprevious test failure shall be addressed by the manufac-turer to assure that the required properties are achievedin the production brazement.

202

QB-202.2 Base Metals. The procedure qualificationshall encompass the thickness ranges to be used in produc-tion for the base metals to be joined or repaired. Therange of thickness qualified is given in QB-451.

QB-203 Limits of Qualified Flow Positions forProcedures (See Figs. QB-461.1 andQB-461.2)

QB-203.1 For plate, qualification in the flat-flow, ver-tical-upflow, or horizontal-flow position shall qualify forthe vertical-downflow position. For pipe, qualificationin the horizontal-flow or vertical-upflow position shallqualify for the vertical-downflow position.

Qualification in pipe shall qualify for plate, but notvice versa. Horizontal-flow in pipe shall also qualify forflat-flow in plate.

QB-203.2 Special Flow Positions. A fabricator whodoes production brazing in a special orientation may makethe tests for procedure qualification in this specific orien-tation. Such qualifications are valid only for the flowpositions actually tested, except that an angular deviationof ±15 deg is permitted in the inclination of the brazeplane, as defined in figures QB-461.1 and QB-461.2.

QB-203.3 The brazing process must be compatible,and the brazing filler metals, such as defined in the speci-fications of Section II, Part C, must be suitable for theiruse in specific flow positions. A brazer or brazing operatormaking and passing the BPS qualification test is therebyqualified for the flow position tested (see QB-301.2).

QB-210 PREPARATION OF TEST COUPON

QB-211 Base Metal and Filler Metal

The base metals and filler metals shall be one or moreof those listed in the BPS. The dimensions of the testassembly shall be sufficient to provide the required testspecimens.

The base metals may consist of either plate, pipe, orother product forms. Qualification in pipe also qualifiesfor plate brazing, but not vice versa.

QB-212 Type and Dimension of Joints

The test coupon shall be brazed using a type of jointdesign proposed in the BPS for use in construction.



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

QB-250 BRAZING PROCEDURE QUALIFICATIONS QB-251.3

QB-250 BRAZING VARIABLES

QB-251 GeneralQB-251.1 Types of Variables for Brazing Proce-

dure Specification (BPS). Brazing variables (listed foreach brazing process in tables QB-252 through QB-257)are subdivided into essential and nonessential variables(QB-401).

QB-251.2 Essential Variables. Essential variablesare those in which a change, as described in the specific

203

variables, is considered to affect the mechanical proper-ties of the brazement, and shall require requalification ofthe BPS.

QB-251.3 Nonessential Variables. Nonessentialvariables are those in which a change, as described inthe specific variables, may be made in the BPS withoutrequalification.



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX

QB-252TORCH BRAZING (TB)

252.1 Essential Variables 252.2 Nonessential Variables

QB-402 Base Metal QB-402.1 . . .QB-402.3 . . .

QB-403 Brazing Filler Metal QB-403.1 . . .QB-403.2 . . .

QB-406 Brazing Flux, Gas, orQB-406.1 QB-406.3

Atmosphere

QB-407 Flow Position QB-407.1 . . .

QB-408 Joint Design QB-408.2 . . .QB-408.4 . . .

QB-409 Postbraze Heat Treatment QB-409.1 . . .QB-409.2 . . .QB-409.3 . . .

QB-410 Technique . . . QB-410.1. . . QB-410.2. . . QB-410.3. . . QB-410.4. . . QB-410.5

204



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

BRAZING PROCEDURE QUALIFICATIONS

QB-253FURNACE BRAZING (FB)




QB-404 Brazing Temperature QB-404.1 . . .

QB-406 Brazing Flux, Gas, or QB-406.1 . . .Atmosphere QB-406.2 . . .




QB-410 Technique . . . QB-410.1. . . QB-410.2

205



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX

QB-254INDUCTION BRAZING (IB)





QB-406 Brazing Flux, Gas, orQB-406.1 . . .

Atmosphere





206



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


QB-255RESISTANCE BRAZING (RB)






Atmosphere





207



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX

QB-256DIP BRAZING — SALT OR FLUX BATH (DB)






Atmosphere





208



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


QB-257DIP BRAZING — MOLTEN METAL BATH (DB)






Atmosphere





209



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

ARTICLE XIIIBRAZING PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATIONS

QB-300 GENERALQB-300.1 This Article lists the brazing processes sep-

arately, with the essential variables which apply to brazerand brazing operator performance qualifications.

The brazer qualification is limited by the essential vari-ables given for each brazing process. These variables arelisted in QB-350, and are defined in Article XIV, BrazingData. The brazing operator qualification is limited bythe essential variables given in QB-350 for each brazingprocess.

QB-300.2(a) The basic premises of responsibility in regard to

brazing are contained within QB-103 and QB-301.2.These paragraphs require that each manufacturer or con-tractor shall be responsible for conducting tests to qualifythe performance of brazers and brazing operators in accor-dance with one of his qualified Brazing Procedure Speci-fications, which his organization employs in theconstruction of brazements built in accordance with theCode. The purpose of this requirement is to ensure thatthe manufacturer or contractor has determined that hisbrazers and brazing operators using his procedures arecapable of developing the minimum requirements speci-fied for an acceptable brazement. This responsibility can-not be delegated to another organization.

(b) The brazers or brazing operators used to producesuch brazements shall be tested under the full supervisionand control of the manufacturer or contractor during theproduction of these test brazements. It is not permissiblefor the manufacturer or contractor to have the brazingperformed by another organization. It is permissible, how-ever, to subcontract any or all of the work of preparationof test materials for brazing, subsequent work on thepreparation of test specimens from the completedbrazement, and performance of nondestructive examina-tion and mechanical tests, provided the manufacturer orcontractor accepts full responsibility for any such work.

(c) The Code recognizes a manufacturer or contractoras the organization which has responsible operationalcontrol of the production of the brazement to be made inaccordance with this Code. If in an organization effective

210

operational control of the brazer performance qualifica-tion for two or more companies of different names exists,the companies involved must establish, to the satisfactionof the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Committee,that the necessary controls are applied, in which caserequalification of brazers and brazing operators within thecompanies of such an organization will not be required,provided all other requirements of Section IX are met.

(d) The Code recognizes that manufacturers or con-tractors may maintain effective operational control ofBrazer/Brazing Operator Performance Qualification(BPQ) records under different ownership than existedduring the original Brazer or Brazing Operator qualifica-tion. When a manufacturer or contractor or part of amanufacturer or contractor is acquired by a new owner(s),the BPQs may be used by the new owner(s) withoutrequalification, provided all of the following are met:

(1) the new owner(s) takes responsibility for theBPQs

(2) the BPQs reflect the name of the new owner(s)(3) the Quality Control System/Quality Assurance

Program reflects the source of the BPQs as being fromthe former manufacturer or contractor

QB-300.3 More than one manufacturer or contractormay simultaneously qualify one or more brazers or braz-ing operators. When simultaneous qualifications are con-ducted, each participating organization shall berepresented by a responsible employee during brazing ofthe test coupons.

The brazing procedure specifications (BPS) that arefollowed during simultaneous qualifications shall be com-pared by the participating organizations. The BPSs shallbe identical for all essential variables, except that theflow position, base metal thickness, and overlap lengthsneed not be identical, but they shall be adequate to permitbrazing of the test coupons. Alternatively, the participat-ing organizations shall agree upon the use of a single BPS,provided each participating organization has a PQR(s) tosupport the BPS covering the range of variables to befollowed in the performance qualification. When a singleBPS is to be followed, each participating organizationshall review and accept that BPS.

04



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

QB-300.3 BRAZING PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATIONS QB-303.4

Each participating organization’s representative shallpositively identify each brazer or brazing operator whois being tested. Each organizational representative shallalso verify marking of the test coupon with the brazer’sor brazing operator’s identification, and marking of thetop of the test coupon when the orientation must be knownin order to remove test specimens.

Each organizational representative shall complete andsign a Record of Brazer or Brazing Operator Qualification(Form QB-484 or equivalent) for each brazer or brazingoperator.

When a brazer or brazing operator changes employers,that new participating organization shall verify that thebrazer’s continuity of qualifications has been maintainedas required by QB-322 by previous employers since hisqualification date. If the brazer or brazing operator hashad his qualification withdrawn for specific reasons, theemploying organization shall notify all participating orga-nizations that the brazer’s or brazing operator’s qualifica-tion(s) has been revoked in accordance with QB-322(b).The new organization shall determine that the brazer orbrazing operator can perform satisfactory work in accor-dance with this Section.

When a brazer’s or brazing operator’s qualificationsare renewed in accordance with the provisions of QB-322,each renewing organization shall be represented by aresponsible employee and the testing procedures shallfollow the rules of this paragraph.

QB-301 Tests

QB-301.1 Intent of Tests. The performance qualifi-cation tests are intended to determine the ability of brazersand brazing operators to make sound braze joints.

QB-301.2 Qualification Tests. Each manufacturer orcontractor shall qualify each brazer or brazing operatorfor each brazing process to be used in production brazing.The performance qualification test shall be brazed inaccordance with one of any of his qualified Brazing Proce-dure Specifications (BPS).

The brazer or brazing operator who prepares the BPSqualification test coupons is also qualified within the lim-its of the performance qualifications, listed in QB-304for brazers and in QB-305 for brazing operators. He isqualified only for the positions tested in the procedurequalification in accordance with QB-407.

The performance test may be terminated at any stageof the testing procedure, whenever it becomes apparentto the supervisor conducting the tests that the brazer orbrazing operator does not have the required skill to pro-duce satisfactory results.

211

QB-301.3 Identification of Brazers and BrazingOperators. Each qualified brazer and brazing operatorshall be assigned an identifying number, letter, or symbolby the manufacturer or contractor, which shall be usedto identify the work of that brazer or brazing operator.

QB-301.4 Record of Tests. The record of Brazer orBrazing Operator Performance Qualification (BPQ) testsshall include the essential variables (QB-350), the typeof tests and the test results, and the ranges qualified inaccordance with QB-452 for each brazer and brazingoperator. A suggested form for these records is given inForm QB-484 (see Nonmandatory Appendix B).

QB-302 Type of Test RequiredQB-302.1 Test Specimens. The type and number of

test specimens required shall be in accordance withQB-452, and shall be removed in a manner similar tothat shown in QB-463.

All test specimens shall meet the requirements pre-scribed in QB-170 or QB-180, as applicable. Tests forbrazing operators shall meet the requirements of QB-305.

QB-302.2 Test Coupons in Pipe. For test couponsmade in pipe, specimens shall be removed as shown infigure QB-463.2(c) at approximately 180 deg apart.

QB-302.3 Combination of Base Metal Thicknesses.When joints are brazed between two base metals of differ-ent thicknesses, a performance qualification shall be madefor the applicable combination of thicknesses, eventhough qualification tests have been made for each ofthe individual base metals brazed to itself. The range ofthickness of each of the base metals shall be determinedindividually per QB-452.

QB-303 Limits of Qualified Positions(See Figs. QB-461.1 and QB-461.2)

QB-303.1 For plate, qualification in the flat-flow, ver-tical-upflow, or horizontal-flow positions shall qualify forthe vertical-downflow position.

QB-303.2 For pipe, qualification in either the hori-zontal-flow or vertical-upflow position shall qualify forthe vertical-downflow position.

QB-303.3 Qualification in pipe shall qualify for plate,but not vice versa. Horizontal-flow in pipe shall qualifyfor flat-flow in plate.

QB-303.4 Special Positions. A fabricator who doesproduction brazing in a special orientation may makethe tests for performance qualification in this specificorientation. Such qualifications are valid only for the flowpositions actually tested, except that an angular deviation



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

04

QB-303.4 2004 SECTION IX QB-351

of ±15 deg is permitted in the inclination of the brazeplane, as defined in figures QB-461.1 and QB-461.2.

QB-304 Brazers

Each brazer who brazes under the rules of this Codeshall have passed the tests prescribed in QB-302 for per-formance qualifications.

A brazer qualified to braze in accordance with onequalified BPS is also qualified to braze in accordancewith other qualified BPSs, using the same brazing process,within the limits of the essential variables of QB-350.

QB-305 Brazing Operators

The brazing operator who prepares brazing procedurequalification test specimens meeting requirements ofQB-451 is thereby qualified. Alternatively, each brazingoperator who brazes on vessels constructed under therules of this Code shall be qualified for each combinationof essential variables under which brazing is performedusing semiautomatic or automatic processes (such as theresistance, induction, or furnace processes) as follows:

(a) A typical joint or workmanship coupon embodyingthe requirements of a qualified brazing procedure shallbe brazed and sectioned. Typical joints are shown infigure QB-462.5.

(b) In order to ensure that the operator can carry outthe provisions of the brazing procedure, the test sectionsrequired in QB-305(a) shall meet the requirements ofQB-452.

QB-310 QUALIFICATION TEST COUPONSQB-310.1 Test Coupons. The test coupons may be

plate, pipe, or other product forms. The dimensions ofthe test coupon and length of braze shall be sufficient toprovide the required test specimens.

QB-310.2 Braze Joint. The dimensions of the brazejoint at the test coupon used in making qualification testsshall be the same as those in the Brazing Procedure Speci-fication (BPS).

QB-310.3 Base Metals. When a brazer or brazingoperator is to be qualified, the test coupon shall be basemetal of the P-Number or P-Numbers to be joined inproduction brazing.

QB-320 RETESTS AND RENEWAL OFQUALIFICATION

QB-321 Retests

A brazer or brazing operator who fails to meet therequirements for one or more of the test specimens pre-scribed in QB-452 may be retested under the followingconditions.

212

QB-321.1 Immediate Retest. When an immediateretest is made, the brazer or brazing operator shall maketwo consecutive test coupons for each position which hehas failed, all of which shall pass the test requirements.

QB-321.2 Further Training. When the brazer orbrazing operator has had further training or practice, acomplete retest shall be made for each position on whichhe failed to meet the requirements.

QB-322 Renewal of Qualification

Renewal of qualification of a performance qualificationis required

(a) when a brazer or brazing operator has not used thespecific brazing process for a period of 6 months ormore; or

(b) when there is a specific reason to question hisability to make brazes that meet the specification.Renewal of qualification for a specific brazing processunder QB-322(a) may be made with specific brazing pro-cess by making only one test joint (plate or pipe) withall the essential variables used on any one of the brazer’sor brazing operator’s previous qualification test joints.This will reestablish the brazer’s or brazing operator’squalification for all conditions for which he had pre-viously qualified with the specific brazing process.

QB-350 BRAZING VARIABLES FORBRAZERS AND BRAZINGOPERATORS

QB-351 General

A brazer or brazing operator shall be requalified when-ever a change is made in one or more of the essentialvariables for each brazing process, as follows:

(a) Torch Blazing (TB)

(b) Furnace Brazing (FB)

(c) Induction Brazing (IB)

(d) Resistance Brazing (RB)

(e) Dip Brazing (DB)



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

QB-351.1 BRAZING PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATIONS QB-351.2

QB-351.1 Essential Variables — Manual, Semiau-tomatic, and Machine Brazing

QB-402 Base MetalQB-402.2QB-402.3

QB-403 Brazing Filler MetalQB-403.1QB-403.2

QB-407 Flow PositionQB-407.1

213

QB-408 Joint DesignQB-408.1QB-408.3

QB-410 TechniqueQB-410.5

QB-351.2 Essential Variables — Automatic

(a) A change from automatic to machine brazing.

(b) A change in brazing process.



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

ARTICLE XIVBRAZING DATA

QB-400 VARIABLESQB-401 General

QB-401.1 Each brazing variable described in thisArticle is applicable as an essential or nonessential vari-able for procedure qualification when referenced inQB-250 for each specific process. Essential variables forperformance qualification are referenced in QB-350 foreach specific brazing process. A change from one brazingprocess to another brazing process is an essential variableand requires requalification.

QB-402 Base MetalQB-402.1 A change from a base metal listed under

one P-Number in table QW/QB-422 to any of the fol-lowing:

(a) a metal listed under another P-Number(b) any other base metal not listed in table

QW/QB-422(c) as permitted in QW-420.2 (for S-Numbers)The brazing of dissimilar metals need not be requalified

if each base metal involved is qualified individually forthe same brazing filler metal, flux, atmosphere, and pro-cess. Similarly, the brazing of dissimilar metals qualifiesfor the individual base metal brazed to itself and for thesame brazing filler metal, flux, atmosphere, and process,provided the requirements of QB-153.1(a) are met.

QB-402.2 A change from a base metal listed underone P-Number in table QW/QB-422 to any of the fol-lowing:

(a) a metal listed under another P-Number(b) any other metal not listed in table QW/QB-422(c) as permitted in QW-420.2 (for S-Numbers)The brazing of dissimilar metals need not be requalified

if each base metal involved is qualified individually forthe same brazing filler metal, flux, atmosphere, and pro-cess. Similarly, the brazing of dissimilar metals qualifiesfor the individual base metal brazed to itself and for thesame brazing filler metal, flux, atmosphere, and process.

QB-402.3 A change in base metal thickness beyondthe range qualified in QB-451 for procedure qualification,or QB-452 for performance qualification.

214

QB-403 Brazing Filler MetalQB-403.1 A change from one F-Number in table

QB-432 to any other F-Number, or to any other fillermetal not listed in table QB-432.

QB-403.2 A change in filler metal from one productform to another (for example, from preformed ring topaste).

QB-404 Brazing TemperatureQB-404.1 A change in brazing temperature to a value

outside the range specified in the BPS.

QB-406 Brazing Flux, Fuel Gas, or AtmosphereQB-406.1 The addition or deletion of brazing flux or

a change in AWS classification of the flux. Nominalchemical composition or the trade name of the flux maybe used as an alternative to the AWS classification.

QB-406.2 A change in the furnace atmosphere fromone basic type to another type. For example:

(a) reducing to inert(b) carburizing to decarburizing(c) hydrogen to disassociated ammonia

QB-406.3 A change in the type of fuel gas(es).

QB-407 Flow Position

QB-407.1 The addition of other brazing positions thanthose already qualified (see QB-120 through QB-124,QB-203 for procedure, and QB-303 for performance).

(a) If the brazing filler metal is preplaced or facefedfrom outside the joint, then requalification is required inaccordance with the positions defined in figures QB-461.1and QB-461.2 under the conditions of QB-120 throughQB-124.

(b) If the brazing filler metal is preplaced in a joint ina manner that major flow does occur, then requalificationis required in accordance with the positions defined infigures QB-461.1 and QB-461.2 under the conditions ofQB-120 through QB-124.



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

QB-407.1 BRAZING DATA QB-431

(c) If the brazing filler metal is preplaced in a joint sothat there is no major flow, then the joint may be brazedin any position without requalification.

QB-408 Joint DesignQB-408.1 A change in the joint type, i.e., from a butt

to a lap or socket, from that qualified. For lap or socketjoints, an increase in lap length of more than 25% fromthe overlap used on the brazer performance qualificationtest coupon.

QB-408.2 A change in the joint clearances to a valueoutside the range specified in the BPS and as recordedin the PQR.

QB-408.3 A change in the joint clearances to a valueoutside the range specified in the BPS.

QB-408.4 A change in the joint type, e.g., from abutt to a lap or socket, from that qualified. For lap andsocket joints, a decrease in overlap length from that qual-ified.

QB-409 Postbraze Heat TreatmentQB-409.1 A separate procedure qualification is

required for each of the following conditions:(a) For P-Nos. 101 and 102 materials, the following

postbraze heat treatment conditions apply:(1) no postbraze heat treatment(2) postbraze heat treatment below the lower trans-

formation temperature(3) postbraze heat treatment above the upper trans-

formation temperature (e.g., normalizing)(4) postbraze heat treatment above the upper trans-

formation temperature followed by heat treatment belowthe lower transformation temperature (e.g., normalizingor quenching followed by tempering)

(5) postbraze heat treatment between the upper andlower transformation temperatures

(b) For all other materials, the following post weldheat treatment conditions apply:

(1) no postbraze heat treatment(2) postbraze heat treatment within a specified tem-

perature range

QB-409.2 A change in the postbraze heat treatment(see QB-409.1) temperature and time range requires aPQR.

The procedure qualification test shall be subjected topostbraze heat treatment essentially equivalent to that

215

encountered in the fabrication of production brazements,including at least 80% of the aggregate time at tempera-ture(s). The postbraze heat treatment total time(s) at tem-perature(s) may be applied in one heating cycle.

QB-409.3 For a procedure qualification test couponreceiving a postbraze heat treatment in which the uppertransformation temperature is exceeded, the maximumqualified thickness for production brazements is 1.1 timesthe thickness of the test coupon.

QB-410 TechniqueQB-410.1 A change in the method of preparing the

base metal, i.e., method of precleaning the joints (forexample, from chemical cleaning to cleaning by abrasiveor mechanical means).

QB-410.2 A change in the method of postbraze clean-ing (for example, from chemical cleaning to cleaning bywire brushing or wiping with a wet rag).

QB-410.3 A change in the nature of the flame (forexample, a change from neutral or slightly reducing).

QB-410.4 A change in the brazing tip sizes.

QB-410.5 A change from manual to mechanical torchbrazing and vice versa.

QB-420 P-NUMBERS

(See Part QW, Welding — QW-420)

QB-430 F-NUMBERS

QB-431 General

The following F-Number grouping of brazing fillermetals in table QB-432 is based essentially on their usabil-ity characteristics, which fundamentally determine theability of brazers and brazing operators to make satisfac-tory brazements with a given filler metal. This groupingis made to reduce the number of brazing procedure andperformance qualifications, where this can logically bedone. The grouping does not imply that filler metalswithin a group may be indiscriminately substituted for afiller metal which was used in the qualification test with-out consideration of the compatibility from the standpointof metallurgical properties, design, mechanical proper-ties, postbraze heat treatment, and service requirements.



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX

QB-432F-NUMBERS

Grouping of Brazing Filler Metals for Procedure and Performance Qualification SFA-5.8

QB F-No. AWS Classification No.

432.1 101 BAg-1BAg-1aBAg-8BAg-8aBAg-22BAg-23BVAg-0BVAg-8BVAg-8bBVAg-30

432.2 102 BAg-2BAg-2aBAg-3BAg-4BAg-5BAg-6BAg-7BAg-9BAg-10BAg-13BAg-13aBAg-18BAg-19BAg-20BAg-21BAg-24BAg-26BAg-27BAg-28BAg-33BAg-34BAg-35BAg-36BAg-37BVAg-6bBVAg-18BVAg-29BVAg-31BVAg-32

432.3 103 BCuP-1BCuP-2BCuP-3BCuP-4BCuP-5BCuP-6BCuP-7

216



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

BRAZING DATA

QB-432F-NUMBERS (CONT’D)

Grouping of Brazing Filler Metals for Procedure and Performance Qualification SFA-5.8

QB F-No. AWS Classification No.

432.4 104 BAlSi-2BAlSi-3BAlSi-4BAlSi-5BAlSi-7BAlSi-9BAlSi-11

432.5 105 BCu-1BVCu-1xBCu-1aBCu-2

432.6 106 RBCuZn-ARBCuZn-BRBCuZn-CRBCuZn-D

432.7 107 BNi-1BNi-1aBNi-2BNi-3BNi-4BNi-5BNi-5aBNi-6BNi-7BNi-8BNi-9BNi-10BNi-11

432.8 108 BAu-1BAu-2BAu-3BAu-4BAu-5BAu-6BVAu-2BVAu-4BVAu-7BVAu-8

432.9 109 BMg-1

432.10 110 BCo-1

432.11 111 BVPd-1

217



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


QB-450 SPECIMENSQB-451 Procedure Qualification Specimens

QB-451.1TENSION TESTS AND TRANSVERSE-BEND TESTS — BUTT AND SCARF JOINTS

Range of Thickness of Type and Number of Test Specimens RequiredMaterials Qualified by Test First Surface Second Surface

Plate or Pipe, in. (mm)Thickness T of Test Coupon as Tension, QB- Bend, QB- Bend, QB-Brazed, in. (mm) Min. Max. 462.1 462.2(a) 462.2(a)

Less than 1⁄8 (3) 0.5T 2T 2 2 21⁄8 to 3⁄8 (3 to 10), incl. 1⁄16 (1.5) 2T 2 2 2Over 3⁄8 (10) 3⁄16 (5) 2T 2 [Note (1)] 2 2

NOTE:(1) See QB-151 for details on multiple specimens when coupon thicknesses are over 1 in. (25 mm).

QB-451.2TENSION TESTS AND LONGITUDINAL BEND TESTS — BUTT AND SCARF JOINTS

Type and Number of Test Specimens RequiredRange of Thickness of First

Materials Qualified by Test Surface SecondPlate or Pipe, in. (mm)Thickness T of Test Coupon as Tension, Bend, Surface Bend,

Brazed, in. (mm) Min. Max. QB-462.1 QB-462.2(b) QB-462.2(b)

Less than 1⁄8 (3) 0.5T 2T 2 2 21⁄8 to 3⁄8 (3 to 10), incl. 1⁄16 (1.5) 2T 2 2 2Over 3⁄8 (10) 3⁄16 (5) 2T 2 [Note (1)] 2 2

NOTE:(1) See QB-151 for details on multiple specimens when coupon thicknesses are over 1 in. (25 mm).

QB-451.3TENSION TESTS AND PEEL TESTS — LAP JOINTS

Type and Number ofTest Specimens Required

Range of Thickness of Materials PeelQualified by Test Plate or Pipe, in. (mm)Thickness T of Test Coupon as Tension, QB-462.3

Brazed, in. (mm) Min. Max. QB-462.1 [Notes (1) and (2)]

Less than 1⁄8 (3) 0.5T 2T 2 21⁄8 to 3⁄8 (3 to 10), incl. 1⁄16 (1.5) 2T 2 2Over 3⁄8 (10) 3⁄16 (5) 2T 2 2

NOTES:(1) Sectioning tests may be substituted for peel tests. The specimens shall be sectioned as shown in QB-462.4.(2) The overlap length must be equal to or greater than the overlap length of the Tension Test specimen.

218



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

BRAZING DATA

QB-451.4TENSION TESTS AND SECTION TESTS — RABBET JOINTS

Range of Thickness ofMaterials Qualified by Type and Number of

Test Plate or Pipe, Test Specimens RequiredThickness T ofin. (mm)Test Coupon as Tension, Section,

Brazed, in. (mm) Min. Max. QB-462.1 QB-462.4

Less than 1⁄8 (3) 0.5T 2T 2 21⁄8 to 3⁄8 (3 to 10), incl. 1⁄16 (1.5) 2T 2 2Over 3⁄8 (10) 3⁄16 (5) 2T 2 2

QB-451.5SECTION TESTS — WORKMANSHIP COUPON JOINTS

Range of Thicknessof Materials Qualified by Type and Number of

Test Plate or Pipe, Test Specimens RequiredThickness T ofin. (mm)Test Coupon as Section,

Brazed, in. (mm) Min. Max. QB-462.5 [Note (1)]

Less than 1⁄8 (3) 0.5T 2T 21⁄8 to 3⁄8 (3 to 10), incl. 1⁄16 (1.5) 2T 2Over 3⁄8 (10) 3⁄16 (5) 2T 2

NOTE:(1) This test in itself does not constitute procedure qualification but must be validated by conductance of tests of butt or lap joints as appropriate.

For joints connecting tension members, such as the stay or partition type in QB-462.5, the validation data may be based upon butt joints;for joints connecting members in shear, such as saddle or spud joints, the validation data may be based on lap joints.

219



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

04


QB-452 Performance Qualification Specimens

QB-452.1PEEL OR SECTION TESTS — BUTT, SCARF, LAP, RABBET JOINTS

Range of Thickness of Type and Number ofMaterials Qualified by Test Specimens RequiredThickness T of

Test Plate or Pipe, in. (mm)Test Coupon as Peel, QB-462.3Brazed, in. (mm) Min. Max. [Note (1)]


NOTE:(1) For a joint brazed with a filler metal having a tensile strength equal to or greater than that of the metal being joined, the specimens shall

be sectioned as shown in QB-462.4.

QB-452.2SECTION TESTS — WORKMANSHIP SPECIMEN JOINTS

Range of Thickness of Materials Type and Number ofQualified by Test Plate or Test Specimens RequiredThickness T of Test

Pipe, in. (mm)Coupon as Brazed, Section,in. (mm) Min. Max. QB-462.5


220



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

QB-460 BRAZING DATA QB-461.1

QB-460 GRAPHICS

L

L

L

L

C

C

C

C

B

A

C

D

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(4)

(4)

(3)

(3)

(3)

(2)

(2)

(2)

(2) (4) (5)

Horizontal Flow

Vertical Upflow

Vertical Downflow

Flat Flow

45 deg

45 deg

Flow

Flow

Flow

Flat Flow

45 deg

45 deg

45 deg

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

(a) C p joint clearance(b) L p length of lap or thickness

QB-461.1 FLOW POSITIONS

221



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX

L

L

L

L

C

C

C

C

B

A

C

D

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(4)

(4)

(3)

(3)

(3)

(2)

(2)

(2)

(2) (4) (5)

Horizontal Flow

Vertical Upflow

Vertical Downflow

Flat Flow

15 deg

15 deg

Flow

Flow

Flow

Flat Flow

15 deg

15 deg

15 deg

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

(a) C p joint clearance(b) L p length of lap or thickness

QB-461.2 TEST FLOW POSITIONS

222



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

BRAZING DATA

10 in. (250 mm) approx. [Note (1)]

2 in. (50 mm) R Edge of joint

This section machined, preferably by milling

NOTE:(1) Length may vary to fit testing machine.

1/4 in. (6 mm) 1/4 in. (6 mm)

1/4 in. (6 mm)

3/4 in. (19 mm)

QB-462.1(a) TENSION-REDUCED SECTION FOR BUTT AND SCARF JOINTS — PLATE


2 in. (50 mm) R Edge of joint Machine the minimum amount

needed to obtain plane parallel faces over the 3/4 in. (19 mm) wide reduced section



1/4 in. (6 mm) 1/4 in. (6 mm)

1/4 in. (6 mm)

3/4 in. (19 mm)

QB-462.1(b) TENSION-REDUCED SECTION FOR BUTT AND SCARF JOINTS — PIPE

223



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

04

2004 SECTION IX


X[Note (3)]

TT min.

X X

XX

X

T

T

T

T min.

3/4 in. (19 mm)

1/4 in. (6 mm)

1/4 in. (6 mm)

21/4 in. (57 mm) min.


A, min. [Note (2)]

2 in. (50 mm) R

As specified by design



For Rabbet Joints

Alternate Designs

For Lap Joints

T

T

A, min. [Note (2)]


3/4 in. (19 mm)

1/4 in. (6 mm)

1/4 in. (6 mm)

21/4 in. (57 mm) min.


A, min. [Note (2)]

2 in. (50 mm) R

A, min. [Note (2)]

Alternate Pin-Loaded Specimen


0.5 in. (13 mm) diameter

1 in. (25 mm)

NOTES:(1) Length may vary to fit testing machine.(2) A p greater of 1⁄4 in. (6 mm) or 2T(3) X p test specimen overlap

QB-462.1(c) TENSION — FULL SECTION FOR LAP AND RABBET JOINTS — PLATE

224



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

BRAZING DATA

QB-462.1(e) TENSION — FULL SECTION FOR LAP AND BUTT JOINTS — SMALL DIAMETER PIPE

225



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX

Jaws of testing machine

Front View

Restrainer Bars GENERAL NOTE: The restraining fixture is intended to provide a snugfit between the fixture and the contour of the tension specimen. Thefixture shall be tightened, but only to the point where a minimum of0.001 in. (0.03 mm) clearance exists between the sides of the fixtureand the tension specimen.

Side View

33

2

4

4

11

1

Spacers2

Reduced-Section Tension Specimen3

Bolts, Body-Bound4

4 Locknuts5

4 Nuts6

2

65

3

QB-462.1(f) SUPPORT FIXTURE FOR REDUCED-SECTION TENSION SPECIMENS

226



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

BRAZING DATA

GENERAL NOTE: For the first surface bend specimens,machine from the second surface as necessary until therequired thickness is obtained. For second surface bendspecimens, machine from the first surface as necessaryuntil the required thickness is obtained.

6 in. (150 mm) min.

y

y, in. (mm)T, in. (mm)

All ferrous and nonferrous materials

3/8 (10)>3/8 (>10)

1/16 – 3/8 (1.5–10) T

y

T

T

Plate

yT

y

T

Pipe

11/2 in. (38 mm)

QB-462.2(a) TRANSVERSE FIRST AND SECOND SURFACE BENDS — PLATE AND PIPE

y, in. (mm)T, in. (mm)

All ferrous and nonferrous materials

3/8 (10)>3/8 (>10)

1/16 – 3/8 (1.5–10) T

6 in. (150 mm) min.T

R

y

y

T

11/2 in. (38 mm)

T

R = 1/8 in. (3 mm) max.

y

y

T

GENERAL NOTE: For the first surface bend specimens,machine from the second surface as necessary until therequired thickness is obtained. For second surface bendspecimens, machine from the first surface as necessaryuntil the required thickness is obtained.

QB-462.2(b) LONGITUDINAL FIRST AND SECOND SURFACE BENDS — PLATE

227



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX

GENERAL NOTES: (a) Flange Y may be omitted from Section B when “peeling” is to be accomplished in a

suitable tension machine.(b) Specimen shall be brazed from side marked Z.



Section A

Approximately, or sufficient for peeling purposesFulcrum point

T

XZ

Y

11/2 in. (38 mm)

Section B

X = 4T min. or as required by design

QB-462.3 LAP JOINT PEEL SPECIMEN

GENERAL NOTE: Specimen shall be brazed from the side marked Z.

Section A

Discard

Section

Discard

this piece

specimen

this piece

T

XZ

1/3 W

1/3 W

1/3 W

W = 11/2 in. (38 mm)

11/2 in. (38 mm)

Alternate for Rabbet Joint

Section B

X = 4T min. or as required by design

QB-462.4 LAP JOINT SECTION SPECIMEN (See QB-181)

228



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

BRAZING DATA

QB-462.5 WORKMANSHIP COUPONS

229



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

QB-463 2004 SECTION IX QB-463.1(b)

QB-463 Order of Removal

QB-463.1(a) PLATES PROCEDURE QUALIFICATION

230

QB-463.1(b) PLATES PROCEDURE QUALIFICATION



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

BRAZING DATA

NOTES: (1) Required for rabbet joints.(2) The sectioning specimen in this view may be used as an alternate to sectioning the peel test specimens of QB-463.1(d) when the peel test cannot be used. This section test specimen should be approximately 1/2 in. (13 mm) wide.

Discard this piece

specimenReduced section tensile Alternate Lap Joint

[Note (2)]

Rabbet Joint

Alternate Lap Joint

[Note (2)]

Alternate Lap Joint

[Note (2)]

[Note (1)]

specimenReduced section tensile

Sectioning specimen

Sectioning specimen

Discard this piece

QB-463.1(c) PLATES PROCEDURE QUALIFICATION

231



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX

QB-463.1(d) PLATES PROCEDURE QUALIFICATION

232



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

BRAZING DATA

First surface bend (if required)

First surface bend(if required)

Reduced section tensile

Reduced section tensile

Horizontal plane

Bottom

TopSpecimen location No. 1

Specimen location No. 2

Plane of cutfor half-sectionspecimens

GENERAL NOTES:(a) Figure shown is for coupons over 3 in. (75 mm) O.D. Locations No. 1 and 2 are for:

(1) second surface specimens for butt and scarf joints(2) peel or section specimens for lap joints(3) section specimens for rabbet joints

(b) For coupons 3 in. (75 mm) O.D. and smaller, two coupons shall be brazed and one specimen shall be removed from each coupon. If brazedin the horizontal flow position, the specimen shall be taken at specimen location No. 1. Alternatively, each coupon shall be cut longitudinallyand the specimen shall consist of both sides of one half-section of each coupon.

(c) When coupon is brazed in the horizontal flow position, specimens locations shall be as shown relative to the horizontal plane of the coupon,and for half-section specimens, plane of cut shall be oriented as shown relative to the horizontal plane of the coupon.

(d) When both ends of a coupling are brazed, each end is considered a separate test coupon.

QB-463.1(e) PIPE — PROCEDURE QUALIFICATION

233



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX

NOTES: (1) Required for rabbet joints.(2) The sectioning specimen in this view may be used as

an alternate to sectioning the peel test specimens ofQB-463.2 (b) when the peel test cannot be used. Thissection test specimen should be approximately 1/2 in.(13 mm) wide.

Alternate Lap Joint

[Note (2)]

Alternate Lap Joint

[Note (2)]

Alternate Lap Joint

[Note (2)]

Rabbet Joint

[Note (1)]

Alternate Scarf Joint

[Note (2)]

Alternate Butt Joint

[Note (2)]

Discard this piece

Sectioning specimen

Discard this piece

Sectioning specimen

Discard this piece

QB-463.2(a) PLATES PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATION

234



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

BRAZING DATA

QB-463.2(b) PLATES PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATION

235



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX

GENERAL NOTES:(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

For coupons over 3 in. (75 mm) O.D., one specimenshall be removed from each location shown.For coupons 3 in. (75 mm) O.D. and smaller, twocoupons shall be brazed and one specimenshall be removed from each coupon. If brazed inthe horizontal flow position, the specimen shallbe taken at specimen location No. 1. Alternatively,each coupon shall be cut longitudinally and the specimen shall be both sides of one half-section of each coupon.When the coupon is brazed in the horizontal flow position,specimen locations shall be as shown relative to the horizontal plane of the coupon. For half-section specimens, plane of cut shall be oriented as shown relative to the horizontal plane of the coupon.When both ends of a coupling are brazed, each endis considered a separate test coupon.

Top

Bottom



Plane of cut for half-section specimens

Horizontal plane

QB-463.2(c) PIPE PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATION

236



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

QB-466 BRAZING DATA QB-466.1

QB-466 Test Jigs

As required As required

Tapped hole to suit testing machine

Hardened rollers 11/2 in. (38 mm) diameter may be substituted for jig shoulders

Shoulders hardened and greased

3/4 in. (19 mm)

3/4 in. (19 mm)

3/4 in. R

B R

D RC

A

3/4 in. (19 mm)

71/2 in. (190 mm)9 in. (225 mm)

3/4 in. (19 mm)1/2 in. (13 mm)

11/8 in. (28 mm)

1/8 in. (3 mm)

63 /

4 in

.

(17

0 m

m)

3 in

. min

.

(75

mm

)2

in. m

in.

(

50 m

m)

3/4 in. (19 mm)

11/8 in. (29 mm)

37/8 in. (97 mm)

2 in. (50 mm)

1/4 in. (6 mm)

Yoke

Plunger

(19 mm)

Thickness ofSpecimen, A, B, C, D,in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm)

3⁄8 (10) 11⁄2 (38) 3⁄4 (19) 23⁄8 (60) 13⁄16 (30)t 4t 2t 6t + 3.2 3t + 1.6

QB-466.1 GUIDED-BEND JIG

237



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX

Notes (1), (2)

Note (3)

Notes (4), (5)C

A

R min.

R min. = 3/4 in. (19 mm)

B = 1/2 A

Thickness of Speci- A, B, C,men, in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm)

3⁄8 (10) 11⁄2 (38) 3⁄4 (19) 23⁄8 (60)t 4t 2t 6t + 1⁄8 (3)

GENERAL NOTE: The braze joint in the case of a transverse bendspecimen shall be completely within the bend portion of the specimenafter testing.

NOTES:(1) Either hardened and greased shoulders or hardened rollers free

to rotate shall be used.(2) The shoulders of rollers shall have a minimum bearing surface

of 2 in. (50 mm) for placement of the specimen. The rollers shallbe high enough above the bottom of the jig so that the specimenswill clear the rollers when the ram is in the low position.

(3) The ram shall be fitted with an appropriate base and provisionmade for attachment to the testing machine, and shall be of asufficiently rigid design to prevent deflection and misalignmentwhile making the bend test. The body of the ram may be less thanthe dimensions shown in column A.

(4) If desired, either the rollers or the roller supports may be madeadjustable in the horizontal direction so that specimens of t thick-ness may be tested on the same jig.

(5) The roller supports shall be fitted with an appropriate basedesigned to safeguard against deflection or misalignment andequipped with means for maintaining the rollers centered midpointand aligned with respect to the ram.

QB-466.2 GUIDED-BEND ROLLER JIG

238

A

T

T + 1/16 in. (1.5 mm) max.

B = 1/2 A

Roller

Thickness of Speci- A, B,men, in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm)

3⁄8 (10) 11⁄2 (38) 3⁄4 (19)t 4t 2t

GENERAL NOTES:(a) Dimensions not shown are the option of the designer. The

essential consideration is to have adequate rigidity so that thejig parts will not spring.

(b) The specimen shall be firmly clamped on one end so that thereis no sliding of the specimen during the bending operation.

(c) Test specimens shall be removed from the jig when the outerroll has been removed 180 deg from the starting point.

QB-466.3 GUIDED-BEND WRAP AROUND JIG



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

MANDATORY APPENDIX ASUBMITTAL OF

TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO THE BOILERAND PRESSURE VESSEL COMMITTEE

A-100 INTRODUCTION

The ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Committee andits Subcommittees, Subgroups, and Working Groups meetregularly to consider revisions of the Code rules, newCode rules as dictated by technological development,Code Cases, and Code interpretations. This Appendixprovides guidance to Code users for submitting technicalinquiries to the Committee. Technical inquiries includerequests for revisions or additions to the Code rules,requests for Code Cases, and requests for Code interpreta-tions.

Code Cases may be issued by the Committee whenthe need is urgent. Code Cases clarify the intent ofexisting Code requirements or provide alternative require-ments. Code Cases are written as a question and a replyand are usually intended to be incorporated into the Codeat a later date. Code interpretations provide the meaningof or the intent of existing rules in the Code and are alsopresented as a question and a reply. Both Code Casesand Code interpretations are published by the Committee.

The Code rules, Code Cases, and Code interpretationsestablished by the Committee are not to be consideredas approving, recommending, certifying, or endorsing anyproprietary or specific design or as limiting in any waythe freedom of manufacturers or constructors to chooseany method of design or any form of construction thatconforms to the Code rules.

As an alternative to the requirements of this Appendix,members of the Committee and its Subcommittees, Sub-groups, and Working Groups may introduce requests forCode revisions or additions, Code Cases, and Code inter-pretations at their respective Committee meetings or maysubmit such requests to the secretary of a Subcommittee,Subgroup, or Working Group.

Inquiries that do not comply with the provisions of thisAppendix or that do not provide sufficient information forthe Committee’s full understanding may result in therequest being returned to the inquirer with no action.

239

A-200 INQUIRY FORMAT

Submittals to the Committee shall include:(a) Scope. Specify one of the following:

(1) revision of present Code rule(s)(2) new or additional Code rule(s)(3) Code Case(4) Code interpretation

(b) Background. Provide the information needed forthe Committee’s understanding of the inquiry, being sureto include reference to the applicable Code Section, Divi-sion, Edition, Addenda, paragraphs, figures, and tables.Preferably, provide a copy of the specific referenced por-tions of the Code.

(c) Presentations. The inquirer may desire or beasked to attend a meeting of the Committee to makea formal presentation or to answer questions from theCommittee members with regard to the inquiry. Atten-dance at a Committee meeting shall be at the expense ofthe inquirer. The inquirer’s attendance or lack of atten-dance at a meeting shall not be a basis for acceptance orrejection of the inquiry by the Commitee.

A-300 CODE REVISIONS OR ADDITIONS

Requests for Code revisions or additions shall providethe following:

(a) Proposed Revision(s) or Addition(s). For revi-sions, identify the rules of the Code that require revisionand submit a copy of the appropriate rules as they appearin the Code marked up with the proposed revision. Foradditions, provide the recommended wording referencedto the existing Code rules.

(b) Statement of Need. Provide a brief explanation ofthe need for the revision(s) or addition(s).

(c) Background Information. Provide backgroundinformation to support the revision(s) or addition(s)including any data or changes in technology that form



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

A-300 2004 SECTION IX A-600

the basis for the request that will allow the Committeeto adequately evaluate the proposed revision(s) or addi-tion(s). Sketches, tables, figures, and graphs should besubmitted as appropriate. When applicable, identify anypertinent paragraph in the Code that would be affectedby the revision(s) or addition(s) and paragraphs in theCode that reference the paragraphs that are to be revisedor added.

A-400 CODE CASES

Requests for Code Cases shall provide a Statement ofNeed and Background Information similar to that definedin A-300(b) and A-300(c), respectively, for Code revi-sions or additions. The proposed Code Case should iden-tify the Code Section and Division and be written as aQuestion and a Reply in the same format as existing CodeCases.

A-500 CODE INTERPRETATIONS

Requests for Code interpretations shall provide thefollowing:

(a) Inquiry. Provide a condensed and precise ques-tion, omitting superfluous background information, and,when possible, composed in such a way that a “yes” ora “no” Reply, possibly with brief provisos, is acceptable.The question should be technically and editorially correct.

240

(b) Reply. Provide a proposed Reply that will clearlyand concisely answer the Inquiry question. Preferably,the Reply should be “yes” or “no” with brief provisos.

(c) Background Information. Provide any back-ground information that will assist the Committee inunderstanding the proposed Inquiry and Reply.

A-600 SUBMITTALS

Submittals to and responses from the Committee shallmeet the following:

(a) Submittal. Inquiries from Code users shall prefera-bly be submitted in typewritten form; however, legiblehandwritten inquiries will also be considered. They shallinclude the name, address, telephone number, and a faxnumber, if available, of the inquirer and be mailed to thefollowing address:

SecretaryASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel CommitteeThree Park AvenueNew York, N.Y. 10016-5990

(b) Response. The Secretary of the ASME Boiler andPressure Vessel Committee or of the appropriate Subcom-mittee shall acknowledge receipt of each properly pre-pared inquiry and shall provide a written response to theinquirer upon completion of the requested action by theCode Committee.



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

NONMANDATORY APPENDIX BWELDING AND BRAZING FORMS

B-100 FORMS

This Nonmandatory Appendix illustrates sample for-mats for Welding and Brazing Procedure Specifications,Procedure Qualification Records, and Performance Quali-fication.

B-101 Welding

Form QW-482 is a suggested format for Welding Pro-cedure Specifications (WPS); Form QW-483 is a sug-gested format for Procedure Qualification Records(PQR). These forms are for the shielded metal-arc(SMAW), submerged-arc (SAW), gas metal-arc(GMAW), and gas tungsten-arc (GTAW) welding pro-cesses, or a combination of these processes.

Forms for other welding processes may follow thegeneral format of Forms QW-482 and QW-483, as appli-cable.

241

Form QW-484 is a suggested format for Welder/Weld-ing Operator/Performance Qualification (WPQ) forgroove or fillet welds.

Form QW-485 is a suggested format for Demonstrationof Standard Welding Procedure Specifications.

B-102 Brazing

Form QB-482 is a suggested format for Brazing Proce-dure Specifications (BPS); Form QB-483 is a suggestedformat for Procedure Qualifications Records (PQR).These forms are for torch brazing (TB), furnace brazing(FB), induction brazing (IB, resistance brazing (RB), anddip brazing (DB) processes.

Forms for other brazing processes may follow the gen-eral format of Forms QB-482 and QB-483, as applicable.

Form QB-484 is a suggested format for Brazer/BrazingOperator/Performance Qualification (BPQ).



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX

QW-482 SUGGESTED FORMAT FOR WELDING PROCEDURE SPECIFICATIONS (WPS)

(See QW-200.1, Section IX, ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code)

Company Name By:Welding Procedure Specification No. Date Supporting PQR No.(s)

Revision No. Date

Welding Process(es) Type(s)(Automatic, Manual, Machine, or Semi-Auto.)

JOINTS (QW-402) Details

Joint Design

Backing (Yes) (No)

Backing Material (Type)(Refer to both backing and retainers.)

� Metal � Nonfusing Metal

� Nonmetallic � Other

Sketches, Production Drawings, Weld Symbols or Written Descriptionshould show the general arrangement of the parts to be welded. Whereapplicable, the root spacing and the details of weld groove may bespecified.

(At the option of the Mfgr., sketches may be attached to illustrate jointdesign, weld layers and bead sequence, e.g., for notch toughness proce-dures, for multiple process procedures, etc.)

*BASE METALS (QW-403)

P-No. Group No. to P-No. Group No.OR

Specification type and grade

to Specification type and grade

OR

Chem. Analysis and Mech. Prop.to Chem. Analysis and Mech. Prop.

Thickness Range:

Base Metal: Groove Fillet

Other

*FILLER METALS (QW-404)Spec. No. (SFA)

AWS No. (Class)

F-No.

A-No.

Size of Filler Metals

Weld MetalThickness Range:

Groove

Fillet

Electrode-Flux (Class)

Flux Trade Name

Consumable InsertOther

*Each base metal-filler metal combination should be recorded individually.

This form (E00006) may be obtained from the Order Dept., ASME, 22 Law Drive, Box 2300, Fairfield, NJ 07007-2300

242



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

NONMANDATORY APPENDIX B

Preheat Temp. Min.PREHEAT (QW-406)

QW-482 (Back)

Tungsten Electrode Size and Type

Current AC or DC PolarityELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (QW-409)

String or Weave BeadTECHNIQUE (QW-410)

Orifice or Gas Cup SizeInitial and Interpass Cleaning (Brushing, Grinding, etc.)

OscillationContact Tube to Work Distance Multiple or Single Pass (per side)Multiple or Single ElectrodesTravel Speed (Range)PeeningOther

WeldLayer(s)

TypePolar.

AmpRange

VoltRange

TravelSpeedRange

Other(e.g., Remarks, Com-

ments, Hot WireAddition, Technique,

Torch Angle, etc.)Process Class Dia.

Filler Metal Current

Method of Back Gouging

Amps (Range)

(Amps and volts range should be recorded for each electrode size,position, and thickness, etc. This information may be listed in a tab-ular form similar to that shown below.)

Volts (Range)

Interpass Temp. Max.Preheat Maintenance

Position(s) of GroovePOSITIONS (QW-405)

Temperature RangePOSTWELD HEAT TREATMENT (QW-407)

GAS (QW-408)

Shielding

Gas(es)

(Pure Tungsten, 2% Thoriated, etc.)

Mode of Metal Transfer for GMAW

Electrode Wire feed speed range

(Spray arc, short circuiting arc, etc.)

(Mixture)Percent Composition

Flow Rate

TrailingBacking

Time Range

WPS No. Rev.

Welding Progression: Up DownPosition(s) of Fillet

(Continuous or special heating, where applicable, should be recorded)

243



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX

QW-483 SUGGESTED FORMAT FOR PROCEDURE QUALIFICATION RECORDS (PQR)

(See QW-200.2, Section IX, ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code)

Record Actual Conditions Used to Weld Test Coupon.

Company Name

JOINTS (QW-402)

Groove Design of Test Coupon(For combination qualifications, the deposited weld metal thickness shall be recorded for each filler metal or process used.)

Procedure Qualification Record No. DateWPS No.Welding Process(es)

Material Spec.BASE METALS (QW-403)

Type or GradeP-No. to P-No.

TemperaturePOSTWELD HEAT TREATMENT (QW-407)

GAS (QW-408)

TimeOther

CurrentELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (QW-409)

PolarityAmps. VoltsTungsten Electrode SizeOther

Travel SpeedTECHNIQUE (QW-410)

String or Weave BeadOscillationMultipass or Single Pass (per side)Single or Multiple ElectrodesOther

Thickness of Test Coupon

SFA SpecificationFILLER METALS (QW-404)

AWS ClassificationFiller Metal F-No.Weld Metal Analysis A-No.

Position of GroovePOSITION (QW-405)

Weld Progression (Uphill, Downhill)Other

Preheat Temp.PREHEAT (QW-406)

Interpass Temp.

This form (E00007) may be obtained from the Order Dept., ASME, 22 Law Drive, Box 2300, Fairfield, NJ 07007-2300

Other

Size of Filler MetalOther

Weld Metal Thickness

Diameter of Test CouponOther

Types (Manual, Automatic, Semi-Auto.)

Shielding

Gas(es) (Mixture)Percent Composition

Flow Rate

TrailingBacking

244



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


QW-483 (Back)

Tensile Test (QW-150)

Other Tests

Fillet-Weld Test (QW-180)

Toughness Tests (QW-170)

Guided-Bend Tests (QW-160)

PQR No.

Comments:

SpecimenNo. Width Thickness Area

UltimateTotal Load,

lb

UltimateUnit Stress,

psi

Result

Impact Values

% Shear Mils Drop Weight Break (Y/N)ft-lbTest

Temp.Specimen

SizeSpecimen

No.Notch

Location

Type and Figure No.

Type ofFailure &Location

Result — Satisfactory: Yes No NoPenetration into Parent Metal: Yes

Macro — Results

Type of TestDeposit AnalysisOther

Welder’s Name

Date(Detail of record of tests are illustrative only and may be modified to conform to the type and number of tests required by the Code.)

By

Manufacturer

Tests conducted by:Clock No. Stamp No.

Laboratory Test No.We certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the test welds were prepared, welded, and tested in accordance with therequirements of Section IX of the ASME Code.

245



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX

RESULTS

Longitudinal r462.5(c)];

246



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Welding operator's name

Lo[QW-462.3(a)]

sistant overlay [QW- test for fusion [QW

247



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX

Preheat Temperature (�F or �C):

Measured InterpassTemperature (�F or �C):

248



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Br

Flux Type or Trade Name:Fuel Gas:Flame Type:

Recommended Brazing Temperature:

Other:

249



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX

250



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


04

QB-484 SUGGESTED FORMAT FOR BRAZER/BRAZING OPERATOR PERFORMANCE

QUALIFICATIONS (BPQ)

(See QB-301, Section IX, ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code)

Brazer’s/Operator’s Name:

Identification of BPS followed during brazing of test coupon:

Specification of First Test Coupon Base Metal:

Specification of Second Test Coupon Base Metal:

Brazing Process(es):

Type of Brazing (manual, semi-automatic, automatic):

Base Metal P- or S-Number to P- or S-Number

Plate Pipe (enter diameter if pipe or tube):

First Base Metal thickness (in.):

Second Base Metal thickness (in.):

Joint Type (Butt, Lap, Scarf, Socket, etc.):

If Lap or Socket, Overlap Length (in.):

Joint Clearance (in.):

Filler Metal (SFA) Specification(s) (info. only):

Filler Metal Classification(s) (info. only):

Filler Metal/F-Number:

Filler Metal Product Form:

First Brazing Position:

Second Brazing Position:

We certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the test coupons were prepared, brazed, and tested in accordance with the

requirements of Section IX of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.

Company Name:

By: Date:

Brazing Supervised by:

Mechanical Tests Conducted by:

Specimens Evaluated by:

Lab Test No.:

Company:

Company:

Company:

Identification No.

Testing Conditions and Ranges Qualified

Actual Values Range QualifiedBrazing Variables

Testing and Results

Visual Examination of Completed Joint:

Mechanical Test Peel (QB-462.3) Section (QB-462.4) Tension [QB-462.1(e)]

Date of Test:

Position Result Position Result Position Result

251



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

04 NONMANDATORY APPENDIX DP-NUMBER LISTING

P- Grp. Type, Grade, orNo. No. Spec. No. UNS No.

Steel and Steel Alloys1 1 SA-36 . . .1 1 SA-53 Type E, Gr. A1 1 SA-53 Type E, Gr. B1 1 SA-53 Type F1 1 SA-53 Type S, Gr. A1 1 SA-53 Type S, Gr. B

1 1 SA-106 A1 1 SA-106 B1 1 SA-134 . . .1 1 SA-135 A1 1 SA-135 B

1 1 SA-178 A1 1 SA-178 C1 1 SA-179 . . .1 1 SA-181 Cl. 601 1 SA-192 . . .

1 1 SA-210 A-11 1 SA-214 . . .1 1 SA-216 WCA1 1 SA-234 WPB1 1 SA-283 A

1 1 SA-283 B1 1 SA-283 C1 1 SA-283 D1 1 SA-285 A1 1 SA-285 B

1 1 SA-285 C1 1 SA-333 11 1 SA-333 61 1 SA-334 11 1 SA-334 6

1 1 SA-350 LF11 1 SA-352 LCA1 1 SA-352 LCB1 1 SA-369 FPA1 1 SA-369 FPB

1 1 SA-372 A1 1 SA-414 A1 1 SA-414 B1 1 SA-414 C1 1 SA-414 D

1 1 SA-414 E1 1 SA-420 WPL61 1 SA-513 1008

252


1 1 SA-513 10101 1 SA-513 1015

1 1 SA-515 601 1 SA-515 651 1 SA-516 551 1 SA-516 601 1 SA-516 65

1 1 SA-524 I1 1 SA-524 II1 1 SA-556 A21 1 SA-556 B21 1 SA-557 A2

1 1 SA-557 B21 1 SA-562 . . .1 1 SA-587 . . .1 1 SA-660 WCA1 1 SA-662 A

1 1 SA-662 B1 1 SA-671 CA551 1 SA-671 CB601 1 SA-671 CB651 1 SA-671 CC60

1 1 SA-671 CC651 1 SA-671 CE551 1 SA-671 CE601 1 SA-672 A451 1 SA-672 A50

1 1 SA-672 A551 1 SA-672 B551 1 SA-672 B601 1 SA-672 B651 1 SA-672 C55

1 1 SA-672 C601 1 SA-672 C651 1 SA-672 E551 1 SA-672 E601 1 SA-675 45

1 1 SA-675 501 1 SA-675 551 1 SA-675 601 1 SA-675 651 1 SA-695 Type B, Gr. 35

1 1 SA-696 B1 1 SA-727 . . .



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

NONMANDATORY APPENDIX D


1 1 SA-765 I1 1 SA-836 . . .1 1 SA-1008 CS Type A

1 1 SA-1008 CS Type B1 1 SA/AS 7-430

15481 1 SA/AS 7-460

15481 1 SA/CSA Gr. 38W

G40.211 1 SA/CSA Gr. 44W

G40.211 1 SA/EN 295GH

10028-21 1 SA/EN 275NH

10028-3

1 2 SA-105 . . .1 2 SA-106 C1 2 SA-178 D1 2 SA-181 Cl. 701 2 SA-210 C

1 2 SA-216 WCB1 2 SA-216 WCC1 2 SA-234 WPC1 2 SA-266 21 2 SA-266 3

1 2 SA-266 41 2 SA-299 . . .1 2 SA-350 LF21 2 SA-352 LCC1 2 SA-372 B

1 2 SA-414 F1 2 SA-414 G1 2 SA-455 . . .1 2 SA-487 Gr. 16, Cl. A1 2 SA-508 1

1 2 SA-508 1A1 2 SA-515 701 2 SA-516 701 2 SA-537 Cl. 11 2 SA-541 1

1 2 SA-541 1A1 2 SA-556 C21 2 SA-557 C21 2 SA-660 WCB1 2 SA-660 WCC

1 2 SA-662 C1 2 SA-671 CB701 2 SA-671 CC701 2 SA-671 CD701 2 SA-671 CK75

1 2 SA-672 B701 2 SA-672 C701 2 SA-672 D701 2 SA-672 N751 2 SA-675 70

253


1 2 SA-691 CMS-751 2 SA-691 CMSH-701 2 SA-695 Type B, Gr. 401 2 SA-696 C1 2 SA-737 B

1 2 SA-738 A1 2 SA-765 II1 2 SA/AS 5-490

15481 2 SA/AS 7-490

15481 2 SA/JIS SGV480

G3118

1 3 SA-333 101 3 SA-537 Cl. 21 3 SA-537 Cl. 31 3 SA-671 CD801 3 SA-672 D80

1 3 SA-691 CMSH-801 3 SA-737 C1 3 SA-738 B1 3 SA-738 C1 3 SA-765 IV1 3 SA-812 65

1 4 SA-724 A1 4 SA-724 B1 4 SA-724 C1 4 SA-812 80

3 1 SA-204 A3 1 SA-209 T13 1 SA-209 T1a3 1 SA-209 T1b3 1 SA-213 T2

3 1 SA-217 WC13 1 SA-234 WP13 1 SA-250 T13 1 SA-250 T1a3 1 SA-250 T1b

3 1 SA-250 T23 1 SA-335 P13 1 SA-335 P23 1 SA-335 P153 1 SA-352 LC1

3 1 SA-369 FP13 1 SA-369 FP23 1 SA-387 Gr. 2, Cl. 13 1 SA-426 CP13 1 SA-426 CP2

3 1 SA-426 CP153 1 SA-672 L653 1 SA-691 1⁄2CR3 1 SA-691 CM-65

3 2 SA-182 F13 2 SA-182 F2



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX


3 2 SA-204 B3 2 SA-204 C3 2 SA-302 A

3 2 SA-336 F13 2 SA-387 Gr. 2, Cl. 23 2 SA-672 H753 2 SA-672 L703 2 SA-672 L75

3 2 SA-691 1⁄2CR, Cl. 23 2 SA-691 CM-703 2 SA-691 CM-75

3 3 SA-302 B3 3 SA-302 C3 3 SA-302 D3 3 SA-487 Gr. 2, Cl. A3 3 SA-487 Gr. 2, Cl. B

3 3 SA-487 Gr. 4, Cl. A3 3 SA-508 2, Cl. 13 3 SA-508 2, Cl. 23 3 SA-508 3, Cl. 13 3 SA-508 3, Cl. 2

3 3 SA-508 4N, Cl. 33 3 SA-533 Type A, Cl. 13 3 SA-533 Type A, Cl. 23 3 SA-533 Type B, Cl. 13 3 SA-533 Type B, Cl. 2

3 3 SA-533 Type C, Cl. 13 3 SA-533 Type C, Cl. 23 3 SA-533 Type D, Cl. 13 3 SA-533 Type D, Cl. 23 3 SA-541 2, Cl. 1

3 3 SA-541 2, Cl. 23 3 SA-541 3, Cl. 13 3 SA-541 3, Cl. 23 3 SA-543 B Cl. 33 3 SA-543 C Cl. 3

3 3 SA-672 H803 3 SA-672 J803 3 SA-672 J90

4 1 SA-182 F11, Cl. 14 1 SA-182 F11, Cl. 24 1 SA-182 F11, Cl. 34 1 SA-182 F12, Cl. 14 1 SA-182 F12, Cl. 2

4 1 SA-202 A4 1 SA-202 B4 1 SA-213 T114 1 SA-213 T124 1 SA-217 WC4

4 1 SA-217 WC54 1 SA-217 WC64 1 SA-234 WP11, Cl. 14 1 SA-234 WP12, Cl. 14 1 SA-250 T11

254


4 1 SA-335 P114 1 SA-335 P124 1 SA-336 F11, Cl. 24 1 SA-336 F11, Cl. 34 1 SA-336 F11, Cl. 1

4 1 SA-336 F124 1 SA-369 FP114 1 SA-369 FP124 1 SA-387 11, Cl. 14 1 SA-387 11, Cl. 2

4 1 SA-387 12, Cl. 14 1 SA-387 12, Cl. 24 1 SA-426 CP114 1 SA-426 CP124 1 SA-541 11, Cl. 4

4 1 SA-691 1CR4 1 SA-691 11⁄4 CR4 1 SA-739 B114 2 SA-333 44 2 SA-423 14 2 SA-423 2

5A 1 SA-182 F215A 1 SA-182 F22, Cl. 15A 1 SA-182 F22, Cl. 35A 1 SA-213 T215A 1 SA-213 T22

5A 1 SA-217 WC95A 1 SA-234 WP22, Cl. 15A 1 SA-250 T225A 1 SA-335 P215A 1 SA-335 P22

5A 1 SA-336 F21, Cl. 35A 1 SA-336 F21, Cl. 15A 1 SA-336 F22, Cl. 35A 1 SA-336 F22, Cl. 15A 1 SA-369 FP21

5A 1 SA-369 FP225A 1 SA-387 21, Cl. 15A 1 SA-387 21, Cl. 25A 1 SA-387 22, Cl. 15A 1 SA-387 22, Cl. 2

5A 1 SA-426 CP215A 1 SA-426 CP225A 1 SA-691 21⁄4CR5A 1 SA-691 3CR5A 1 SA-739 B22

5B 1 SA-182 F55B 1 SA-182 F5a5B 1 SA-182 F95B 1 SA-213 T55B 1 SA-213 T5b

5B 1 SA-213 T5c5B 1 SA-213 T95B 1 SA-217 C55B 1 SA-217 C12



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



5B 1 SA-234 WP5

5B 1 SA-234 WP95B 1 SA-335 P55B 1 SA-335 P5b5B 1 SA-335 P5c5B 1 SA-335 P9

5B 1 SA-336 F55B 1 SA-336 F5A5B 1 SA-336 F95B 1 SA-369 FP55B 1 SA-369 FP9

5B 1 SA-387 5, Cl. 15B 1 SA-387 5, Cl. 25B 1 SA-426 CP55B 1 SA-426 CP5b5B 1 SA-426 CP95B 1 SA-691 5CR

5B 2 SA-182 F915B 2 SA-213 T915B 2 SA-234 WP915B 2 SA-335 P915B 2 SA-336 F915B 2 SA-369 FP915B 2 SA-387 Gr. 91, Cl. 2

5C 1 SA-182 F3V5C 1 SA-182 F22V5C 1 SA-336 F3V5C 1 SA-336 F22V5C 1 SA-487 Gr. 8 Cl. A

5C 1 SA-508 3V5C 1 SA-508 22, Cl. 35C 1 SA-541 3V5C 1 SA-541 22V5C 1 SA-541 22, Cl. 3

5C 1 SA-542 A, Cl. 45C 1 SA-542 A, Cl. 4a5C 1 SA-542 B, Cl. 45C 1 SA-542 B, Cl. 4a5C 1 SA-542 C, Cl. 4

5C 1 SA-542 C, Cl. 4a5C 1 SA-542 D, Cl. 4a5C 1 SA-832 21V5C 1 SA-832 22V

5C 3 SA-542 A, Cl. 35C 3 SA-542 B, Cl. 35C 3 SA-542 C, Cl. 3

5C 4 SA-487 Gr. 8 Cl. B5C 4 SA-487 Gr. 8 Cl. C5C 4 SA-541 22, Cl. 45C 4 SA-542 A, Cl. 15C 4 SA-542 B, Cl. 15C 4 SA-542 C, Cl. 1

5C 5 SA-541 22, Cl. 5

255


5C 5 SA-542 A, Cl. 25C 5 SA-542 B, Cl. 25C 5 SA-542 C, Cl. 2

6 1 SA-182 F6a, Cl. 16 1 SA-240 4106 1 SA-268 TP4106 1 SA-479 4036 1 SA-479 410

6 2 SA-182 F4296 2 SA-240 4296 2 SA-268 TP429

6 3 SA-182 F6a, Cl. 26 3 SA-182 F6b6 3 SA-217 CA156 3 SA-336 F66 3 SA-426 CPCA15

6 3 SA-487 CA15 Cl. B6 3 SA-487 CA15 Cl. C6 3 SA-487 CA15 Cl. D6 3 SA-487 CA15M Cl. A

6 4 SA-182 F6NM6 4 SA-240 S415006 4 SA-268 S415006 4 SA-352 CA6NM6 4 SA-479 414

6 4 SA-479 S415006 4 SA-487 CA6NM Cl. A6 4 SA-487 CA6NM Cl. B6 4 SA-731 S415006 4 SA-815 S41500

7 1 SA-240 Type 4057 1 SA-240 Type 4097 1 SA-240 Type 410S7 1 SA-268 S408007 1 SA-268 TP405

7 1 SA-268 TP4097 1 SA-268 TP430Ti7 1 SA-479 405

7 2 SA-182 F4307 2 SA-240 S444007 2 SA-240 Type 4307 2 SA-240 Type 4397 2 SA-268 18Cr–2Mo

7 2 SA-268 TP4307 2 SA-268 TP4397 2 SA-479 4307 2 SA-479 4397 2 SA-479 S44400

7 2 SA-731 18Cr-2Mo7 2 SA-731 TP4397 2 SA-803 TP439

8 1 SA-182 S30600



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX


8 1 SA-182 F3048 1 SA-182 F304H8 1 SA-182 F304L8 1 SA-182 F304LN

8 1 SA-182 F304N8 1 SA-182 F3168 1 SA-182 F316H8 1 SA-182 F316L8 1 SA-182 F316LN

8 1 SA-182 F3168 1 SA-182 F3178 1 SA-182 F317L8 1 SA-182 F3218 1 SA-182 F321H

8 1 SA-182 F3478 1 SA-182 F347H8 1 SA-182 F3488 1 SA-182 F348H8 1 SA-213 TP304

8 1 SA-213 TP304H8 1 SA-213 TP304L8 1 SA-213 TP304LN8 1 SA-213 TP304N8 1 SA-213 TP316


8 1 SA-213 TP321H8 1 SA-213 TP3478 1 SA-213 TP347H8 1 SA-213 TP347HFG8 1 SA-213 TP348

8 1 SA-213 TP348H8 1 SA-213 XM-158 1 SA-240 S305008 1 SA-240 S306008 1 SA-240 S31753

8 1 SA-240 Type 3028 1 SA-240 Type 3048 1 SA-240 Type 304H8 1 SA-240 Type 304L8 1 SA-240 Type 304LN

8 1 SA-240 Type 304N8 1 SA-240 Type 3168 1 SA-240 Type 316Cb8 1 SA-240 Type 316H8 1 SA-240 Type 316L

8 1 SA-240 Type 316LN8 1 SA-240 Type 316N8 1 SA-240 Type 316Ti8 1 SA-240 Type 3178 1 SA-240 Type 317L

8 1 SA-240 Type 3218 1 SA-240 Type 321H

256


8 1 SA-240 Type 3478 1 SA-240 Type 347H8 1 SA-240 Type 348

8 1 SA-240 Type 348H8 1 SA-240 Type XM-158 1 SA-240 Type XM-218 1 SA-249 TP3048 1 SA-249 TP304H

8 1 SA-249 TP304L8 1 SA-249 TP304LN8 1 SA-249 TP304N8 1 SA-249 TP3168 1 SA-249 TP316H

8 1 SA-249 TP316L8 1 SA-249 TP316LN8 1 SA-249 TP316N8 1 SA-249 TP3178 1 SA-249 TP317L

8 1 SA-249 TP3218 1 SA-249 TP321H8 1 SA-249 TP3478 1 SA-249 TP347H8 1 SA-249 TP348

8 1 SA-249 TP348H8 1 SA-249 TP XM-158 1 SA-312 S306008 1 SA-312 TP3048 1 SA-312 TP304H

8 1 SA-312 TP304L8 1 SA-312 TP304LN8 1 SA-312 TP304N8 1 SA-312 TP3168 1 SA-312 TP316H

8 1 SA-312 TP316L8 1 SA-312 TP316LN8 1 SA-312 TP316N8 1 SA-312 TP3178 1 SA-312 TP317L


8 1 SA-312 TP348H8 1 SA-312 TP XM-158 1 SA-336 F3048 1 SA-336 F304H8 1 SA-336 F304L

8 1 SA-336 F304LN8 1 SA-336 F304N8 1 SA-336 F3168 1 SA-336 F316H8 1 SA-336 F316L

8 1 SA-336 F316LN8 1 SA-336 F316N8 1 SA-336 F321



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



8 1 SA-336 F321H8 1 SA-336 F347

8 1 SA-336 F347H8 1 SA-336 F3488 1 SA-336 F348H8 1 SA-351 CF38 1 SA-351 CF3A

8 1 SA-351 CF3M8 1 SA-351 CF88 1 SA-351 CF8A8 1 SA-351 CF8C8 1 SA-351 CF8M

8 1 SA-351 CF108 1 SA-351 CF10M8 1 SA-351 CG8M8 1 SA-358 3048 1 SA-358 304H

8 1 SA-358 304L8 1 SA-358 304LN8 1 SA-358 304N8 1 SA-358 3168 1 SA-358 316H

8 1 SA-358 316L8 1 SA-358 316LN8 1 SA-358 316N8 1 SA-358 3218 1 SA-358 347

8 1 SA-358 3488 1 SA-376 16-8-2H8 1 SA-376 TP3048 1 SA-376 TP304H8 1 SA-376 TP304LN

8 1 SA-376 TP304N8 1 SA-376 TP3168 1 SA-376 TP316H8 1 SA-376 TP316LN8 1 SA-376 TP316N


8 1 SA-376 16-8-2H8 1 SA-403 WP3048 1 SA-403 WP304H8 1 SA-403 WP304L8 1 SA-403 WP304LN

8 1 SA-403 WP304N8 1 SA-403 WP3168 1 SA-403 WP316H8 1 SA-403 WP316L8 1 SA-403 WP316LN

8 1 SA-403 WP316N8 1 SA-403 WP3178 1 SA-403 WP317L8 1 SA-403 WP321

257


8 1 SA-403 WP321H

8 1 SA-403 WP3478 1 SA-403 WP347H8 1 SA-403 WP3488 1 SA-403 WP348H8 1 SA-409 TP304

8 1 SA-409 TP304L8 1 SA-409 TP3168 1 SA-409 TP316L8 1 SA-409 TP3178 1 SA-409 TP321

8 1 SA-409 TP3478 1 SA-409 TP3488 1 SA-430 FP3048 1 SA-430 FP304H8 1 SA-430 FP304N

8 1 SA-430 FP3168 1 SA-430 FP316H8 1 SA-430 FP316N8 1 SA-430 FP3218 1 SA-430 FP321H

8 1 SA-430 FP3478 1 SA-430 FP347H8 1 SA-430 FP16-8-2H8 1 SA-451 CPF38 1 SA-451 CPF3A

8 1 SA-451 CPF3M8 1 SA-451 CPF88 1 SA-451 CPF8A8 1 SA-451 CPF8C8 1 SA-451 CPF8M

8 1 SA-479 3028 1 SA-479 3048 1 SA-479 304H8 1 SA-479 304L8 1 SA-479 304LN

8 1 SA-479 304N8 1 SA-479 3168 1 SA-479 316Cb8 1 SA-479 316H8 1 SA-479 316L

8 1 SA-479 316LN8 1 SA-479 316N8 1 SA-479 316Ti8 1 SA-479 3218 1 SA-479 321H

8 1 SA-479 3478 1 SA-479 347H8 1 SA-479 3488 1 SA-479 348H8 1 SA-479 S30600

8 1 SA-666 302

8 1 SA-666 3048 1 SA-666 304L8 1 SA-666 304LN8 1 SA-666 304N



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX


8 1 SA-666 316

8 1 SA-666 316L8 1 SA-666 316N8 1 SA-688 TP3048 1 SA-688 TP304L8 1 SA-688 TP304LN

8 1 SA-688 TP304N8 1 SA-688 TP3168 1 SA-688 TP316L8 1 SA-688 TP316LN8 1 SA-688 TP316N

8 1 SA-813 TP3048 1 SA-813 TP304H8 1 SA-813 TP304L8 1 SA-813 TP304LN8 1 SA-813 TP304N

8 1 SA-813 TP3168 1 SA-813 TP316H8 1 SA-813 TP316L8 1 SA-813 TP316LN8 1 SA-813 TP316N

8 1 SA-813 TP3178 1 SA-813 TP317L8 1 SA-813 TP3218 1 SA-813 TP321H8 1 SA-813 TP347

8 1 SA-813 TP347H8 1 SA-813 TP3488 1 SA-813 TP348H8 1 SA-813 TPXM-158 1 SA-814 TP304



8 1 SA-814 TP317L8 1 SA-814 TP3218 1 SA-814 TP321H8 1 SA-814 TP3478 1 SA-814 TP347H

8 1 SA-814 TP3488 1 SA-814 TP348H8 1 SA-814 TPXM-15

8 2 SA-182 F108 2 SA-182 F458 2 SA-182 F3108 2 SA-213 S308158 2 SA-213 TP309Cb8 2 SA-213 TP309H

258


8 2 SA-213 TP309S8 2 SA-213 TP310Cb8 2 SA-213 TP310S8 2 SA-213 TP309HCb8 2 SA-213 TP310H8 2 SA-213 TP310MoLN

8 2 SA-213 TP310HCb8 2 SA-240 S308158 2 SA-240 Type 309Cb8 2 SA-240 Type 309H8 2 SA-240 Type 309HCb

8 2 SA-240 Type 309S8 2 SA-240 Type 310Cb8 2 SA-240 Type 310HCb8 2 SA-240 Type 310MoLN8 2 SA-240 Type 310S

8 2 SA-249 S308158 2 SA-249 TP309Cb8 2 SA-249 TP309H8 2 SA-249 TP309HCb8 2 SA-249 TP309S

8 2 SA-249 TP310Cb8 2 SA-249 TP310H8 2 SA-249 TP310S8 2 SA-249 TP310MoLN8 2 SA-312 S30815

8 2 SA-312 TP309Cb8 2 SA-312 TP309H8 2 SA-312 TP309HCb8 2 SA-312 TP309S8 2 SA-312 TP310Cb

8 2 SA-312 TP310H8 2 SA-312 TP310HCb8 2 SA-312 TP310S8 2 SA-312 TP310MoLN8 2 SA-336 F310

8 2 SA-351 CH88 2 SA-351 CH208 2 SA-351 CK208 2 SA-358 3098 2 SA-358 309Cb

8 2 SA-358 309S8 2 SA-358 310Cb8 2 SA-358 310S8 2 SA-358 S308158 2 SA-403 WP309

8 2 SA-403 WP3108 2 SA-409 S308158 2 SA-409 TP309Cb8 2 SA-409 TP309S8 2 SA-409 TP310Cb

8 2 SA-409 TP310S8 2 SA-451 CPH88 2 SA-451 CPH208 2 SA-451 CPK208 2 SA-479 309Cb



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



8 2 SA-479 309S8 2 SA-479 310Cb8 2 SA-479 310S8 2 SA-479 S308158 2 SA-813 S30815

8 2 SA-813 TP309Cb8 2 SA-813 TP309S8 2 SA-813 TP310Cb8 2 SA-813 TP310S8 2 SA-814 S30815

8 2 SA-814 TP309Cb8 2 SA-814 TP309S8 2 SA-814 TP310Cb8 2 SA-814 TP310S

8 3 SA-182 FXM-118 3 SA-182 FXM-198 3 SA-213 TP2018 3 SA-213 TP2028 3 SA-213 XM-19

8 3 SA-240 S201008 3 SA-240 S218008 3 SA-240 S201008 3 SA-240 S201538 3 SA-240 Type 202

8 3 SA-240 S204008 3 SA-240 Type XM-178 3 SA-240 Type XM-188 3 SA-240 Type XM-198 3 SA-240 Type XM-29

8 3 SA-249 TP2018 3 SA-249 TP2028 3 SA-249 TPXM-198 3 SA-249 TPXM-298 3 SA-312 TPXM-11

8 3 SA-312 TPXM-198 3 SA-312 TPXM-298 3 SA-336 FXM-118 3 SA-336 FXM-198 3 SA-351 CG6MMN

8 3 SA-358 XM-198 3 SA-358 XM-298 3 SA-403 WPXM-198 3 SA-479 S218008 3 SA-479 XM-11

8 3 SA-479 XM-178 3 SA-479 XM-188 3 SA-479 XM-198 3 SA-479 XM-298 3 SA-666 201

8 3 SA-666 XM-118 3 SA-688 XM-298 3 SA-813 TPXM-118 3 SA-813 TPXM-198 3 SA-813 TPXM-29

8 3 SA-814 TPXM-118 3 SA-814 TPXM-19

259


8 3 SA-814 TPXM-29

8 4 SA-182 F448 4 SA-213 S317258 4 SA-213 S317268 4 SA-240 S312548 4 SA-240 S31725

8 4 SA-240 S317268 4 SA-249 S312548 4 SA-249 S317258 4 SA-249 S317268 4 SA-312 S31254

8 4 SA-312 S317258 4 SA-312 S317268 4 SA-336 F468 4 SA-351 J932548 4 SA-358 S31254



8 4 SA-479 S317268 4 SA-813 S312548 4 SA-814 S31254

9A 1 SA-182 FR9A 1 SA-203 A9A 1 SA-203 B9A 1 SA-234 WPR9A 1 SA-333 7

9A 1 SA-333 99A 1 SA-334 79A 1 SA-334 99A 1 SA-350 LF5, Cl. 19A 1 SA-350 LF5, Cl. 2

9A 1 SA-350 LF99A 1 SA-352 LC29A 1 SA-420 WPL9

9B 1 SA-203 D9B 1 SA-203 E9B 1 SA-203 F9B 1 SA-333 39B 1 SA-334 3

9B 1 SA-350 LF3, Cl. 29B 1 SA-352 LC39B 1 SA-420 WPL39B 1 SA-765 III

9C 1 SA-352 LC4



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX


10A 1 SA-225 C10A 1 SA-225 D10A 1 SA-487 Gr. 1, Cl. A10A 1 SA-487 Gr. 1, Cl. B

10B 1 SA-213 T17

10C 1 SA-612 . . .

10H 1 SA-182 F5010H 1 SA-182 F5110H 1 SA-240 S3120010H 1 SA-240 S3126010H 1 SA-240 S31803

10H 1 SA-240 S3255010H 1 SA-240 S3295010H 1 SA-240 Type 32910H 1 SA-479 S3255010H 1 SA-479 S31803

10H 1 SA-789 S3120010H 1 SA-789 S3126010H 1 SA-789 S3150010H 1 SA-789 S3180310H 1 SA-789 S32304



10H 1 SA-790 S3275010H 1 SA-790 S3290010H 1 SA-790 S3295010H 1 SA-815 S3180310H 1 SA-995 1A10H 1 SA-995 1B

10I 1 SA-182 FXM-27Cb10I 1 SA-240 S4463510I 1 SA-240 Type XM-2710I 1 SA-240 Type XM-3310I 1 SA-268 25-4-4

10I 1 SA-268 TP446-110I 1 SA-268 TP446-210I 1 SA-268 TPXM-2710I 1 SA-268 TPXM-3310I 1 SA-336 FXM-27Cb

10I 1 SA-479 XM-2710I 1 SA-731 TPXM-2710I 1 SA-731 TPXM-33

10J 1 SA-240 S4470010J 1 SA-268 S4470010J 1 SA-268 S44735

260


10J 1 SA-479 S4470010J 1 SA-731 S44700

10K 1 SA-240 S4466010K 1 SA-240 S4480010K 1 SA-268 S4466010K 1 SA-268 S4480010K 1 SA-479 S44800

10K 1 SA-731 S4466010K 1 SA-731 S4480010K 1 SA-803 S44660

11A 1 SA-333 811A 1 SA-334 811A 1 SA-353 . . .11A 1 SA-420 WPL811A 1 SA-522 Type I

11A 1 SA-522 Type II11A 1 SA-553 Type I11A 1 SA-553 Type II

11A 2 SA-645 . . .

11A 3 SA-487 Gr. 4, Cl. B11A 3 SA-487 Gr. 4, Cl. E

11A 4 SA-533 Type A, Cl. 311A 4 SA-533 Type B, Cl. 311A 4 SA-533 Type C, Cl. 311A 4 SA-533 Type D, Cl. 311A 4 SA-672 J100

11A 5 SA-352 LC2-111A 5 SA-508 4N, Cl. 111A 5 SA-508 5, Cl. 111A 5 SA-543 B Cl. 111A 5 SA-543 C Cl. 1

11B 1 SA-517 A11B 1 SA-592 A

11B 2 SA-517 E11B 2 SA-592 E

11B 3 SA-517 F11B 3 SA-592 F

11B 4 SA-517 B

11B 6 SA-517 J

11B 8 SA-517 P

11B 10 SA-508 4N, Cl. 211B 10 SA-508 5, Cl. 211B 10 SA-543 B Cl. 211B 10 SA-543 C Cl. 2

Aluminum and Aluminum-Base Alloys21 SB-209 A91060



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



21 SB-209 A9110021 SB-209 A9300321 SB-210 A9106021 SB-210 A93003

21 SB-221 A9106021 SB-221 A9110021 SB-221 A9300321 SB-234 A9106021 SB-234 A93003

21 SB-241 A9106021 SB-241 A9110021 SB-241 A9300321 SB-247 A93003



22 SB-234 A9505222 SB-234 A9545422 SB-241 A9505222 SB-241 A95454





Copper and Copper-Base Alloys31 SB-42 C1020031 SB-42 C1200031 SB-42 C12200

261


31 SB-75 C1020031 SB-75 C12000

31 SB-75 C1220031 SB-75 C1420031 SB-111 C1020031 SB-111 C1200031 SB-111 C12200

31 SB-111 C1420031 SB-111 C1920031 SB-152 C1020031 SB-152 C10400

31 SB-152 C1050031 SB-152 C1070031 SB-152 C1100031 SB-152 C1220031 SB-152 C1230031 SB-152 C12500

31 SB-152 C1420031 SB-187 C1020031 SB-187 C1100031 SB-359 C1020031 SB-359 C1200031 SB-359 C1220031 SB-359 C14200


31 SB-395 C1920031 SB-543 C1220031 SB-543 C19400


32 SB-111 C4450032 SB-111 C6870032 SB-135 C2300032 SB-171 C3650032 SB-171 C4430032 SB-171 C4440032 SB-171 C44500

32 SB-171 C4640032 SB-171 C4650032 SB-359 C23000

32 SB-359 C4430032 SB-359 C4440032 SB-359 C4450032 SB-359 C68700



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX


32 SB-395 C2300032 SB-395 C4430032 SB-395 C4440032 SB-395 C4450032 SB-395 C6870032 SB-543 C23000

32 SB-543 C4430032 SB-543 C4440032 SB-543 C4450032 SB-543 C68700







34 SB-543 C71640



262



Nickel and Nickel-Base Alloys41 SB-160 N0220041 SB-160 N0220141 SB-161 N0220041 SB-161 N0220141 SB-162 N02200

41 SB-162 N0220141 SB-163 N0220041 SB-163 N0220141 SB-366 N0220041 SB-366 N02201

42 SB-127 N0440042 SB-163 N0440042 SB-164 N0440042 SB-164 N0440542 SB-165 NO440042 SB-366 N0440042 SB-564 N04400


43 SB-167 N0660043 SB-167 N0661743 SB-167 N0669043 SB-168 N0660043 SB-168 N0661743 SB-168 N06690



43 SB-443 N0662543 SB-444 N0662543 SB-446 N0662543 SB-462 N0602243 SB-462 N0620043 SB-462 N1027643 SA-494 N2602243 SB-516 N06600



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



43 SB-517 N06600



43 SB-574 N0602243 SB-574 N0605943 SB-574 N0620043 SB-574 N0645543 SB-574 N0668643 SB-574 N1027643 SB-575 N0602243 SB-575 N0605943 SB-575 N0620043 SB-575 N0645543 SB-575 N0668643 SB-575 N10276

43 SB-619 N0600243 SB-619 N0602243 SB-619 N0605943 SB-619 N0620043 SB-619 N0623043 SB-619 N0645543 SB-619 N0668643 SB-619 N10276

43 SB-622 N0600243 SB-622 N0602243 SB-622 N0605943 SB-622 N0620043 SB-622 N0623043 SB-622 N0645543 SB-622 N0668643 SB-622 N10276

43 SB-626 N0600243 SB-626 N0602243 SB-626 N0605943 SB-626 N0620043 SB-626 N0623043 SB-626 N0645543 SB-626 N0668643 SB-626 N1027643 SB-704 N0662543 SB-705 N06625

44 SB-333 N1000144 SB-333 N1062944 SB-333 N10665

263



44 SB-366 N1000144 SB-366 N1000344 SB-366 N1062944 SB-366 N1066544 SB-366 N1067544 SB-434 N1000344 SB-462 N1066544 SB-462 N1067544 SB-564 N1062944 SB-564 N1067544 SB-573 N10003

44 SB-619 N1000144 SB-619 N1062944 SB-619 N1066544 SB-619 N1067544 SB-622 N1000144 SB-622 N1062944 SB-622 N1066544 SB-622 N1067544 SB-626 N1000144 SB-626 N1062944 SB-626 N1066544 SB-626 N10675

45 SB-163 N0880045 SB-163 N0881045 SB-163 N0881145 SB-163 N0882545 SA-351 CN3MN

45 SA-351 N0800745 SA-351 N0815145 SB-366 N0600745 SB-366 N0603045 SB-366 N06985


45 SB-366 N0892545 SB-366 R2003345 SB-407 N0880045 SB-407 N0881045 SB-407 N08811


45 SB-409 N0881145 SB-423 N0882545 SB-424 N08825



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX


45 SB-425 N0882545 SB-435 R30556





45 SB-564 N0880045 SB-564 N0881045 SB-564 N0881145 SB-564 N0882545 SB-564 R20033

45 SB-572 R3055645 SB-581 N0600745 SB-581 N0603045 SB-581 N0697545 SB-581 N06985



45 SB-619 N0803145 SB-619 N0832045 SB-619 R2003345 SB-619 R3055645 SB-620 N08320


45 SB-622 N0803145 SB-622 N0832045 SB-622 R2003345 SB-622 R30556

264


45 SB-625 N08031

45 SB-625 N0890445 SB-625 N0892545 SB-625 R2003345 SB-626 N0600745 SB-626 N06030

45 SB-626 N0697545 SB-626 N0698545 SB-626 N0803145 SB-626 N0832045 SB-626 R20033

45 SB-626 R3055645 SB-649 N0890445 SB-649 N0892545 SB-649 R2003345 SB-668 N08028







46 SB-619 N1216046 SB-622 N1216046 SB-626 N1216046 SB-710 N08330

49 SB-815 R3123349 SB-818 R31233



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



Titanium and Titanium-Base Alloys51 SB-265 R5025051 SB-265 R5040051 SB-265 R5225051 SB-265 R5225251 SB-265 R52254

51 SB-265 R5240051 SB-265 R5240251 SB-265 R5240451 SB-338 R5025051 SB-338 R50400





51 SB-861 R5240051 SB-861 R5240451 SB-862 R5025051 SB-862 R5040051 SB-862 R5240051 SB-862 R52404

265





53 SB-265 R5632053 SB-338 R5632053 SB-348 R5632053 SB-363 R5632053 SB-381 R5632053 SB-861 R5632053 SB-862 R56320

Zirconium and Zirconium-Base Alloys61 SB-493 R6070261 SB-523 R6070261 SB-550 R6070261 SB-551 R6070261 SB-658 R60702




--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

MANDATORY APPENDIX EPERMITTED SWPSs

The following Standard Welding Procedure Specifica-tions may be used under the conditions given in Article V.

Specification Designation

Carbon Steel

Shielded Metal Arc Welding

Standard Welding Procedure Specification for Shielded Metal Arc Welding of Carbon Steel (M-1/P-1/S-1, Group 1 B2.1-1-016-94or 2), 1⁄8 through 11⁄2 inch Thick, E7018, As-Welded or PWHT Condition

Standard Welding Procedure Specification for Shielded Metal Arc Welding of Carbon Steel (M-1/P-1/S-1, Group 1 B2.1-1-017-94or 2), 1⁄8 through 11⁄2 inch Thick, E6010, As-Welded or PWHT Condition

Standard Welding Procedure Specification for Shielded Metal Arc Welding of Carbon Steel (M-1/P-1/S-1, Group 1 B2.1-1-022-94or 2), 1⁄8 through 11⁄2 inch Thick, E6010 (Vertical Uphill) Followed by E7018, As-Welded or PWHT Condition

Standard Welding Procedure Specification for Shielded Metal Arc Welding of Carbon Steel (M-1/P-1/S-1, Group 1 B2.1-1-026-94or 2), 1⁄8 through 11⁄2 inch Thick, E6010 (Vertical Downhill) Followed by E7018, As-Welded or PWHT Condition

Combination GTAW and SMAW

Standard Welding Procedure Specification for Gas Tungsten Arc Welding Followed by Shielded Metal Arc Welding B2.1-1-021-94of Carbon Steel (M-1/P-1/S-1, Group 1 or 2), 1⁄8 through 11⁄2 inch Thick, ER70S-2 and E7018, As-Welded orPWHT Condition

Flux Cored Arc Welding

Standard Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) for CO2 Shielded Flux Cored Arc Welding of Carbon Steel (M-1/ B2.1-1-019-94P-1/S-1, Group 1 or 2), 1⁄8 through 11⁄2 inch Thick, E70T-1 and E71T-1, As-Welded Condition

Standard Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) for 75% Ar/25% CO2 Shielded Flux Cored Arc Welding of Car- B2.1-1-020-94bon Steel (M-1/P-1/S-1, Group 1 or 2), 1⁄8 through 11⁄2 inch Thick, E70T-1 and E71T-1, As-Welded or PWHTCondition

Carbon Steel — Primarily Pipe Applications


Standard Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) for Shielded Metal Arc Welding of Carbon Steel (M-1/P-1/S-1, B2.1-1-201-96Group 1 or 2), 1⁄8 through 3⁄4 inch Thick, E6010 (Vertical Uphill) Followed by E7018 (Vertical Uphill), As-Welded Condition, Primarily Pipe Applications

Standard Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) for Shielded Metal Arc Welding of Carbon Steel (M-1/P-1/S-1, B2.1-1-202-96Group 1 or 2), 1⁄8 through 3⁄4 inch Thick, E6010 (Vertical Downhill) Followed by E7018 (Vertical Uphill), As-Welded Condition, Primarily Pipe Applications

Standard Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) for Shielded Metal Arc Welding of Carbon Steel (M-1/P-1/S-1, B2.1-1-203-96Group 1 or 2), 1⁄8 through 3⁄4 inch Thick, E6010 (Vertical Uphill), As-Welded Condition, Primarily Pipe Applica-tions

Standard Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) for Shielded Metal Arc Welding of Carbon Steel (M-1/P-1/S-1, B2.1-1-204-96Group 1 or 2), 1⁄8 through 3⁄4 inch Thick, E6010 (Vertical Downhill Root with the Balance Vertical Uphill), As-Welded Condition, Primarily Pipe Applications

Standard Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) for Shielded Metal Arc Welding of Carbon Steel (M-1/P-1/S-1, B2.1-1-205-96Group 1 or 2), 1⁄8 through 11⁄2 inch Thick, E6010 (Vertical Uphill) Followed by E7018 (Vertical Uphill), As-Welded or PWHT Condition, Primarily Pipe Applications

Standard Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) for Shielded Metal Arc Welding of Carbon Steel (M-1/P-1/S-1, B2.1-1-206-96Group 1 or 2), 1⁄8 through 11⁄2 inch Thick, E6010 (Vertical Downhill) Followed by E7018 (Vertical Uphill), As-Welded or PWHT Condition, Primarily Pipe Applications

266



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

MANDATORY APPENDIX E


Carbon Steel — Primarily Pipe Applications (CONT’D)

Shielded Metal Arc Welding (CONT’D)Standard Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) for Shielded Metal Arc Welding of Carbon Steel (M-1/P-1/S-1, B2.1-1-208-96

Group 1 or 2), 1⁄8 through 11⁄2 inch Thick, E7018, As-Welded or PWHT Condition, Primarily Pipe Applications

Gas Tungsten Arc Welding

Standard Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) for Gas Tungsten Arc Welding of Carbon Steel (M-1/P-1/S-1, B2.1-1-207-96Group 1 or 2), 1⁄8 through 11⁄2 inch Thick, ER70S-2, As-Welded or PWHT Condition, Primarily Pipe Applications

Standard Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) for Gas Tungsten Arc Welding with Consumable Insert Root of B2.1-1-210:Carbon Steel (M-1/P-1/S-1, Group 1 or 2), 1⁄8 through 11⁄2 inch Thick, INMs-1 and ER70S-2, As-Welded or 2001PWHT Condition, Primarily Pipe Applications


Standard Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) for Gas Tungsten Arc Welding Followed by Shielded Metal Arc B2.1-1-209-96Welding of Carbon Steel (M-1/P-1/S-1, Group 1 or 2), 1⁄8 through 11⁄2 inch Thick, ER70S-2 and E7018, As-Welded or PWHT Condition, Primarily Pipe Applications

Standard Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) for Gas Tungsten Arc Welding with Consumable Insert Root fol- B2.1-1-211:lowed by Shielded Metal Arc Welding of Carbon Steel (M-1/P-1/S-1, Group 1 or 2), 1⁄8 through 11⁄2 inch Thick, 2001INMs-1, ER70S-2, and E7018, As-Welded or PWHT Condition, Primarily Pipe Applications

Austenitic Stainless Steel Plate and Pipe


Standard Welding Procedure Specification for Shielded Metal Arc Welding of Austenitic Stainless Steel (M-8/P-8/ B2.1-1-023-94S-8, Group 1), 1⁄8 through 11⁄2 inch Thick, As-Welded Condition


Standard Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) for Gas Tungsten Arc Welding of Austenitic Stainless Steel (M-8/ B2.1-8-024:P-8/S-8, Group 1), 1⁄16 through 11⁄2 inch Thick, ER3XX, As-Welded Condition, Primarily Plate and Structural 2001Applications


Standard Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) for Gas Tungsten Arc Welding followed by Shielded Metal Arc B2.1-8-025:Welding of Austenitic Stainless Steel (M-8/P-8/S-8, Group 1), 1⁄8 through 11⁄2 inch Thick, ER3XX and 3XX-XX, 2001As-Welded Condition, Primarily Plate and Structural Applications

Austenitic Stainless Steel Primarily Pipe Applications


Standard Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) for Shielded Metal Arc Welding of Austenitic Stainless Steel (M- B2.1-8-213-978/P-8/S-8, Group 1), 1⁄8 through 11⁄2 inch Thick, E3XX-XX, As-Welded Condition, Primarily Pipe Applications


Standard Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) for Gas Tungsten Arc Welding of Austenitic Stainless Steel (M-8/ B2.1-8-212:P-8/S-8, Group 1), 1⁄16 through 11⁄2 inch Thick, ER3XX, As-Welded Condition, Primarily Pipe Applications 2001

Standard Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) for Gas Tungsten Arc Welding with Consumable Insert of Austen- B2.1-8-215:itic Stainless Steel (M-8/P-8/S-8, Group 1), 1⁄8 through 11⁄2 inch Thick, IN3XX and ER3XX, As-Welded Condi- 2001tion, Primarily Pipe Applications


Standard Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) for Gas Tungsten Arc Welding followed by Shielded Metal Arc B2.1-8-214:Welding of Austenitic Stainless Steel (M-8/P-8/S-8, Group 1), 1⁄8 through 11⁄2 inch Thick, ER3XX and E3XX-XX, 2001As-Welded Condition, Primarily Pipe Applications

Standard Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) for Gas Tungsten Arc Welding with Consumable Insert Root fol- B2.1-8-216:lowed by Shielded Metal Arc Welding of Austenitic Stainless Steel (M-8/P-8/S-8, Group 1), 1⁄8 through 11⁄2 inch 2001Thick, IN3XX, ER3XXX, and E3XX-XX, As-Welded Condition, Primarily Pipe Applications

267



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX


Carbon Steel to Austenitic Stainless Steel


Standard Welding Procedure Specification (SWPS) for Gas Tungsten Arc Welding of Carbon Steel to Austenitic B2.1-1/8-Stainless Steel (M-1/P-1/S-1, Groups 1 and 2 Welded to M-8/P-8/S-8, Group 1), 1⁄16 through 11⁄2 inch Thick, 227: 2002ER309(L), As-Welded Condition, Primarily Pipe Applications

Standard Welding Procedure Specification (SWPS) for Gas Tungsten Arc Welding with Consumable Insert Root of B2.1-1/8-Carbon Steel to Austenitic Stainless Steel (M-1/P-1/S-1, Gruops 1 and 2 Welded to M-8/P-8/S-8, Group 1), 1⁄16 230: 2002through 11⁄2 inch Thick, IN309 and R309(L), As-Welded Condition, Primarily Pipe Applications


Standard Welding Procedure Specification (SWPS) for Shielded Metal Arc Welding of Carbon Steel to Austenitic B2.1-1/8-Stainless Steel (M-1/P-1/S-1, Groups 1 and 2 Welded to M-8/P-8/S-8, Group 1), 1⁄8 through 11⁄2 inch Thick, 228: 2002E309(L)-15, -16, or -17, As-Welded Condition, Primarily Pipe Applications


Standard Welding Procedure Specification (SWPS) for Gas Tungsten Arc Welding Followed by Shielded Metal Arc B2.1-1/8-Welding of Carbon Steel to Austenitic Stainless Steel (M-1/P-1/S-1 Groups 1 and 2 Welded to M-8/P-8/S-8, 229: 2002Group 1), 1⁄8 through 11⁄2 inch Thick, ER309(L) and E309(L)-15, -16, or -17, As-Welded Condition, PrimarilyPipe Applications

Standard Welding Procedure Specification (SWPS) for Gas Tungsten Arc Welding with Consumable Insert Root, B2.1-1/8-Followed by Shielded Metal Arc Welding of Carbon Steel to Austenitic Stainless Steel (M-1/P-1/S-1 Groups 1 231: 2002and 2 Welded to M-8/P-8/S-8, Group 1) 1⁄8 through 11⁄2 inch Thick, IN309, ER309(L), and E309(L)-15, -16,-17, As-Welded Condition, Primarily Pipe Applications

268



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

MANDATORY APPENDIX FSTANDARD UNITS FOR USE IN EQUATIONS

TABLE F-100STANDARD UNITS FOR USE IN EQUATIONS

Quantity U.S. Customary Units SI Units

Linear dimensions (e.g., length, height, thickness, radius, diameter) inches (in.) millimeters (mm)Area square inches (in.2) square millimeters (mm2)Volume cubic inches (in.3) cubic millimeters (mm3)Section modulus cubic inches (in.3) cubic millimeters (mm3)Moment of inertia of section inches4 (in.4) millimeters4 (mm4)Mass (weight) pounds mass (lbm) kilograms (kg)Force (load) pounds force (lbf) newtons (N)Bending moment inch-pounds (in.-lb) newton-millimeters (N·mm)Pressure, stress, stress intensity, and modulus of elasticity pounds per square inch (psi) megapascals (MPa)Energy (e.g., Charpy impact values) foot-pounds (ft-lb) joules (J)Temperature degrees Fahrenheit (°F) degrees Celsius (°C)Absolute temperature Rankine (R) kelvin (K)Fracture toughness ksi square root inches (ksi�in.) MPa square root meters (MPa�m)Angle degrees or radians degrees or radiansBoiler capacity Btu/hr watts (W)

269

04



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

04 NONMANDATORY APPENDIX GGUIDANCE FOR THE USE OF U.S. CUSTOMARY AND

SI UNITS IN THE ASME BOILER AND PRESSUREVESSEL CODE

G-100 USE OF UNITS IN EQUATIONS

The equations in this Nonmandatory Appendix are suit-able for use only with either the U.S. Customary or theSI units provided in Mandatory Appendix F, or with theunits provided in the nomenclature associated with thatequation. It is the responsibility of the individual andorganization performing the calculations to ensure thatappropriate units are used. Either U.S. Customary or SIunits may be used as a consistent set. When SI units areselected, U.S. Customary values in referenced specifica-tions may be converted to SI values to at least threesignificant figures for use in calculations and other aspectsof construction.

G-200 GUIDELINES USED TODEVELOP SI EQUIVALENTS

The following guidelines were used to develop SIequivalents:

(a) SI units are placed in parentheses after the U.S.Customary units in the text.

(b) In general, separate SI tables are provided if inter-polation is expected. The table designation (e.g., tablenumber) is the same for both the U.S. Customary and SItables, with the addition of suffix “M” to the designatorfor the SI table, if a separate table is provided. In thetext, references to a table use only the primary tablenumber (i.e., without the “M”). For some small tables,where interpolation is not required, SI units are placedin parentheses after the U.S. Customary unit.

(c) Separate SI versions of graphical information(charts) are provided, except that if both axes are dimen-sionless, a single figure (chart) is used.

(d) In most cases, conversions of units in the text weredone using hard SI conversion practices, with some softconversions on a case-by-case basis, as appropriate. Thiswas implemented by rounding the SI values to the number

270

of significant figures of implied precision in the existingU.S. Customary units. For example, 3,000 psi has animplied precision of one significant figure. Therefore, theconversion to SI units would typically be to 20 000 kPa.This is a difference of about 3% from the “exact” or softconversion of 20 684.27 kPa. However, the precision ofthe conversion was determined by the Committee on acase-by-case basis. More significant digits were includedin the SI equivalent if there was any question. The valuesof allowable stress in Section II, Part D generally includethree significant figures.

(e) Minimum thickness and radius values that areexpressed in fractions of an inch were generally convertedaccording to the following table:

ProposedFraction, in. SI Conversion, mm Difference, %

1⁄32 0.8 −0.83⁄64 1.2 −0.81⁄16 1.5 5.53⁄32 2.5 −5.01⁄8 3 5.55⁄32 4 −0.83⁄16 5 −5.07⁄32 5.5 1.01⁄4 6 5.55⁄16 8 −0.83⁄8 10 −5.07⁄16 11 1.01⁄2 13 −2.49⁄16 14 2.05⁄8 16 −0.8

11⁄16 17 2.63⁄4 19 0.37⁄8 22 1.01 25 1.6

(f) For nominal sizes that are in even increments ofinches, even multiples of 25 mm were generally used.Intermediate values were interpolated rather than con-verting and rounding to the nearest mm. See examplesin the following table. [Note that this table does not apply



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

G-200 NONMANDATORY APPENDIX G G-200

to nominal pipe sizes (NPS), which are covered below.]

Size, in. Size, mm

1 2511⁄8 2911⁄4 3211⁄2 382 50

21⁄4 5721⁄2 643 75

31⁄2 894 100

41⁄2 1145 1256 1508 20012 30018 45020 50024 60036 90040 1 00054 1 35060 1 50072 1 800

Size or Length, ft Size or Length, m

3 15 1.5

200 60

(g) For nominal pipe sizes, the following relationshipswere used:

U.S. U.S.Customary Customary

Practice SI Practice Practice SI Practice

NPS 1⁄8 DN 6 NPS 20 DN 500NPS 1⁄4 DN 8 NPS 22 DN 550NPS 3⁄8 DN 10 NPS 24 DN 600NPS 1⁄2 DN 15 NPS 26 DN 650NPS 3⁄4 DN 20 NPS 28 DN 700NPS 1 DN 25 NPS 30 DN 750NPS 11⁄4 DN 32 NPS 32 DN 800NPS 11⁄2 DN 40 NPS 34 DN 850NPS 2 DN 50 NPS 36 DN 900NPS 21⁄2 DN 65 NPS 38 DN 950NPS 3 DN 80 NPS 40 DN 1000NPS 31⁄2 DN 90 NPS 42 DN 1050NPS 4 DN 100 NPS 44 DN 1100NPS 5 DN 125 NPS 46 DN 1150NPS 6 DN 150 NPS 48 DN 1200NPS 8 DN 200 NPS 50 DN 1250NPS 10 DN 250 NPS 52 DN 1300NPS 12 DN 300 NPS 54 DN 1350NPS 14 DN 350 NPS 56 DN 1400NPS 16 DN 400 NPS 58 DN 1450NPS 18 DN 450 NPS 60 DN 1500

271

(h) Areas in square inches (in.2) were converted tosquare mm (mm2) and areas in square feet (ft2) wereconverted to square meters (m2). See examples in thefollowing table:

Area (U.S. Customary) Area (SI)

1 in.2 650 mm2

6 in.2 4 000 mm2

10 in.2 6 500 mm2

5 ft2 0.5 m2

(i) Volumes in cubic inches (in.3) were converted tocubic mm (mm3) and volumes in cubic feet (ft3) wereconverted to cubic meters (m3). See examples in thefollowing table:

Volume (U.S. Customary) Volume (SI)

1 in.3 16 000 mm3

6 in.3 100 000 mm3

10 in.3 160 000 mm3

5 ft3 0.14 m3

(j) Although the pressure should always be in MPafor calculations, there are cases where other units areused in the text. For example, kPa is used for smallpressures. Also, rounding was to one significant figure(two at the most) in most cases. See examples in thefollowing table. (Note that 14.7 psi converts to 101 kPa,while 15 psi converts to 100 kPa. While this may seemat first glance to be an anomaly, it is consistent with therounding philosophy.)

Pressure (U.S. Customary) Pressure (SI)

0.5 psi 3 kPa2 psi 15 kPa3 psi 20 kPa

10 psi 70 kPa14.7 psi 101 kPa15 psi 100 kPa30 psi 200 kPa50 psi 350 kPa

100 psi 700 kPa150 psi 1 MPa200 psi 1.5 MPa250 psi 1.7 MPa300 psi 2 MPa350 psi 2.5 MPa400 psi 3 MPa500 psi 3.5 MPa600 psi 4 MPa

1,200 psi 8 MPa1,500 psi 10 MPa

(k) Material properties that are expressed in psi or ksi(e.g., allowable stress, yield and tensile strength, elasticmodulus) were generally converted to MPa to three sig-nificant figures. See example in the following table:

Strength (U.S. Customary) Strength (SI)

95,000 psi 655 MPa



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

G-200 2004 SECTION IX G-400

(l) In most cases, temperatures (e.g., for PWHT) wererounded to the nearest 5°C. Depending on the impliedprecision of the temperature, some were rounded to thenearest 1°C or 10°C or even 25°C. Temperatures colderthan 0°F (negative values) were generally rounded to thenearest 1°C. The examples in the table below were createdby rounding to the nearest 5°C, with one exception:

Temperature, °F Temperature, °C

70 20100 38120 50150 65200 95250 120300 150350 175400 205450 230500 260550 290600 315650 345700 370750 400800 425850 455900 480925 495950 510

1,000 5401,050 5651,100 5951,150 6201,200 6501,250 6751,800 9801,900 1 0402,000 1 0952,050 1 120

G-300 CHECKING EQUATIONS

When a single equation is provided, it has been checkedusing dimensional analysis to verify that the resultsobtained by using either the U.S. Customary or SI unitsprovided are equivalent. When constants used in theseequations are not dimensionless, different constants areprovided for each system of units. Otherwise, a U.S.Customary and an SI version of the equation are provided.However, in all cases, the Code user should check theequation for dimensional consistency.

272

G-400 EXAMPLES OF DIMENSIONALANALYSIS

(a) This example illustrates the concept of dimensionalanalysis.

(1) Equation and Nomenclature

S pPrt

where

S p stress, psi (MPa)P p pressure, psi (MPa)r p radius, inches (mm)t p thickness, inches (mm)

(2) Dimensional Analysis

S � pounds(inches)(inches)� p

P � pounds(inches)(inches)� r(inches)

t(inches)

(b) Note that in the above equation, it is necessarythat the dimensions of the radius, r, and the thickness, t,be the same, since they must cancel out. The dimensionsof the pressure, P, and the stress, S, must also be thesame. For this particular equation, r and t could be inU.S. Customary units and P and S in SI units, and theresult would still be acceptable. Further, any consistentunits could be used for the radius and the thickness (e.g.,feet, miles, meters, light years) and the result would bethe same. Similarly, the units of pressure and stress canbe any legitimate pressure or stress unit (e.g., psi, ksi,kPa, MPa), as long as they are the same.

(c) When the equation is converted to SI units,

S(MPa) pP(MPa)r (mm)

t(mm)

(d) However, more complex equations present specialchallenges, e.g., it is necessary to add the stress from anaxial load acting on a cylinder to the stress that resultsfrom pressure.


St pPr2t

+L

2�rt

where

St p total stress, psi (MPa)P p pressure, psi (MPa)L p load, pounds (N)r p radius, inches (mm)t p thickness, inches (mm)



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

G-400 NONMANDATORY APPENDIX G G-500


St � pounds(inches)(inches)� p

P � pounds(inches)(inches)� r(inches)

2t(inches)

+L(pounds)

2�r(inches)t(inches)

(e) Note that in the above equation, it is necessary thatthe pressure, load, and length dimensions be consistent,because quantities cannot be added unless they have thesame units. Although the first part of the equation issimilar to the first example, where the length and pressureunits could be in different systems, the second examplerequires that if the pressure and stress units are in poundsper square inch, the load must be in pounds and the radiusand thickness must be in inches. Note that the load couldbe in kips and the pressure in ksi. This is why we shouldpermit any consistent system of units to be used. How-ever, the equations should be checked only for the “stan-dard” units.

(f) When the equation is converted to SI units,

St(MPa) pP(MPa)r(mm)

2t(mm)+

L(N)2�r(mm)t(mm)

Note that 1 MPa p 1 N/mm2, so

St � N(mm)(mm)� p

P � N(mm)(mm)� r(mm)

2t(mm)+

L(N)2�r(mm)t(mm)

which reduces to

St � N(mm)(mm)� p

P(N)r(mm)(mm)(mm)2t(mm)

+L(N)

2�r(mm)t(mm)

(g) Therefore, the units in the above equation are con-sistent. However, this is not always the case. For example,the bolted joint design rules define an effective gasketseating width as a function of the actual width using anequation of the form below.


be p � ba

where

be p effective gasket seating widthba p actual gasket seating width


be(inches) p � ba(inches)

(h) Obviously, the equation above is not dimensionallyconsistent; therefore, a constant is needed if it is to beused with SI units. The constant can be calculated byconverting the SI unit (mm) to the U.S. Customary unit

273

(in.) for the calculation, then converting back to get theresult in mm as follows:

be(mm) p 25.4(mm/inch)� ba(mm)25.4(mm/inch)

which can be reduced to

be(mm) p 5.04� ba(mm)

G-500 SOFT CONVERSION FACTORS

The following table of “soft” conversion factors isprovided for convenience. Multiply the U.S. Customaryvalue by the factor given to obtain the SI value. Similarly,divide the SI value by the factor given to obtain the U.S.Customary value. In most cases it is appropriate to roundthe answer to three significant figures.

U.S.Customary SI Factor Notes

in. mm 25.4 . . .ft m 0.3048 . . .in.2 mm2 645.16 . . .ft2 m2 0.09290304 . . .in.3 mm3 16,387.064 . . .ft3 m3 0.02831685 . . .U.S. gal m3 0.003785412 . . .U.S. gal liters 3.785412 . . .psi MPa 0.0068948 Used exclusively in

equationspsi kPa 6.894757 Used only in text

and for nameplateft-lb J 1.355818 . . .°F °C 5⁄9 � (°F − 32) Not for temperature

difference°F °C 5⁄9 � °F For temperature

differences onlyR K 5⁄9 Absolute temperaturelbm kg 0.4535924 . . .lbf N 4.448222 . . .in.-lb N·mm 112.98484 Use exclusively in

equationsft-lb N·m 1.3558181 Use only in textksi�in. MPa�m 1.0988434 . . .Btu/hr W 0.2928104 Use for boiler rating

and heat transferlb/ft3 kg/m3 16.018463 . . .



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

G-600 2004 SECTION IX G-700

G-600 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FORPOSTWELD HEAT TREATTIMES

In general, PWHT times in hours per inch of thicknesswere converted to minutes per millimeter of thickness asfollows:

(a) 1 hr/in. p 2 min/mm. Although this results in heattreatment for only 51 min for a 25.4 mm thick section,this is considered to be within the range of intendedprecision of the U.S. Customary requirement.

274

(b) 15 min/in. p 0.5 min/mm. Although convertingand rounding would give 0.6 min/mm, it was necessaryto use 0.5 to be consistent with the rounding for 1 hr/in.

G-700 NOTES ON CONVERSIONS INSECTION II, PARTS A, B, AND C

The conversions provided by ASTM and AWS wereused for consistency with those documents.



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

INDEX

PART QW

A-Numbers (listing), QW-442Acceptance criteria

tension tests, QW-153bend tests, QW-163notch toughness, QW-171.2, QW-172.2bend and hammer tests, QW-192.2torque test, QW-192.3

Addenda (issuance of), QW-100.3requalification of procedures, QW-100.3

Aluminum alloys, QW/QB-422Austenitic stainless steels, QW/QB-422AWS (reference to), QW-102

Backing (pertaining to performance qualification), QW-303.2,QW-303.3, QW-310.2, QW-310.3

Part IV — data, QW-402.2, QW-402.3, QW-402.4,QW-402.5, QW-402.7

definition, QW-492Backing gas, QW-408.5, QW-408.8Base metals (definition), QW-492

corrosion-resistance overlay cladding (pertaining toprocedure qualification), QW-214.1

groove and fillet welds (pertaining to procedurequalification), QW-202.2, QW-211

stud welding, QW-202.3variable, QW-403

Carbon steels, QW/QB-422Combination of welding processes or procedures pertaining

to performance qualification, QW-306Consumable inserts, QW-404.22Copper (copper-base alloys), QW/QB-422Corrosion-resistant overlay cladding (pertaining to procedure

qualification), QW-381pertaining to performance qualification, QW-381

Definitions, QW-102, QW-490Description of Section IX, QW-100Dimensions

of welding groove with backing for performancequalification, QW-310.2

275

of welding groove without backing for performancequalification, QW-310.3

of tension test specimen, QW-462.1of bend test specimen, QW-462.2of test jigs, QW-466of groove welds for procedure qualification, QW-212

Drawings (see Graphics)

Electrical characteristics, QW-409Electrogas welding (definition), QW-492

variables for procedure qualifications, QW-259Electron beaming (pertaining to procedure qualification),

QW-215definition, QW-492variables for procedure qualification, QW-260variables for performance qualification, QW-362

Electroslag welding (definition), QW-492variables for procedure qualification, QW-258

Essential variables (performance), QW-401.2procedure, QW-251.2, QW-401.1

Etching, QW-470

Filler metals (pertaining to procedure qualification), QW-211,QW-404

Fillet-weld tests, QW-180Flat position (definition), QW-121.1, QW-122.1, QW-131.1,

QW-132.1Flux, QW-404.9F-Numbers (listing), QW-430Forms (suggested), Appendix BFracture tests, QW-182Full-section specimens, QW-151.4

Gas, QW-408Gas tungsten-arc welding (definition), QW-492

variables for procedure qualification, QW-256variables for performance qualification, QW-356

Gas welding (definition), QW-492variables for procedure qualification, QW-256variables for performance qualification, QW-356

Graphics, QW-460test positions, QW-461

groove welds in plate, QW-461.3



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX

groove welds in pipe, QW-451.4fillet welds in plate, QW-461.5fillet welds in pipe, QW-461.6stud welds, QW-461.7

test specimens, QW-462tension — reduced section — plate, QW-462.1(a)tension — reduced section — pipe, QW-462.1(b)tension — reduced section — pipe alternate,

QW-462.1(c)tension — reduced section — turned specimen,

QW-462.1(d)tension — full section — small diameter pipe,

QW-462.1(e)side bend, QW-462.2face and root bends transverse, QW-462.3(a)face and root bends longitudinal, QW-462.3(b)fillet welds — procedure, QW-462.4(a)fillet welds — performance, QW-462.4(b)fillet welds in pipe — performance, QW-462.4(c)fillet welds in pipe — procedure, QW-462.4(d)corrosion-resistant overlay, QW-462.5composite test plates, QW-462.6spot welds, QW-462.8–QW-462.11

order of removal, QW-463plates — procedure qualification, QW-463.1(a)plates — procedure qualification alternate, QW-463.1(b)plates — procedure qualification longitudinal,

QW-463.1(c)pipe — procedure qualification, QW-463.1(d)pipe — procedure qualification alternate, QW-463.1(e)pipe — notch toughness specimen location,

QW-463.1(f)plate — procedure qualification, QW-463.2(a)plate — procedure qualification alternate, QW-463.2(b)plate — procedure qualification longitudinal,

QW-463.2(c)pipe — performance qualification, QW-463.2(d)pipe — performance qualification alternate,

QW-463.2(e)pipe — performance qualification 10 in. diameter,

QW-463.2(f)pipe — performance qualification 6 in. or 8 in.

diameter, QW-463.2(g)pipe — performance qualification fillet weld,

QW-463.2(h)test jigs, QW-466

guided-bend, QW-466.1guided-bend roller jig, QW-466.2guided-bend wrap-around, QW-466.3stud weld bend jig, QW-466.4torque testing arrangement, QW-466.5tensile test for studs, QW-466.6

typical test joints, QW-469

276

butt joint, QW-469.1alternative butt joint, QW-469.2

Groove welds (pertaining to performance qualification),QW-303.1

with backing, QW-310.2without backing, QW-310.3

Guided-bend jig, QW-466.1Guided-bend roller jig, QW-466.2Guided-bend test (see Tests)Guided-bend wrap-around jig, QW-466.3

Hard-facing overlay (pertaining to procedure qualification),QW-216

Horizontal position, QW-121.2, QW-122.2, QW-131.2,QW-132.2

Identification of welders and welding operators, QW-301.3

Joints, QW-402

Limits of qualified positionsprocedures, QW-203performance, QW-303, QW-461.9

Longitudinal bend tests, QW-161.5–QW-161.7

Macro-Examination, QW-183, QW-184Mechanical tests, QW-141, QW-202.1, QW-302.1Multiple positions, QW-122.3, QW-122.4, QW-132.4

Nickel and nickel-base alloys, QW/QB-422Nonessential variables, QW-251.3Notch-toughness test, QW-170

Order of removal, QW-463Orientation of welds, QW-110, QW-461.1Overhead position, QW-121.4, QW-131.4, QW-132.3

Performance qualification, QW-300Performance qualification specimens, QW-452Pipe, test welds in, QW-302.3Pipe positions, QW-132Plasma-arc welding

variables for procedure, QW-257variables for performance, QW-357

Plate and pipe performance, QW-303.1–QW-303.4Plate and pipe procedure, QW-211P-Numbers, QW-200.3, QW/QB-422, Appendix DPositions of welds

plate and pipe groove welds



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

INDEX

descriptions, QW-120–QW-123sketches and graphics, QW-460–QW-461

plate and pipe fillet weldsdescriptions, QW-130–QW-132sketches and graphics, QW-460–QW-461

limits of qualified positionsfor procedures, QW-203for performance, QW-303

Performance variables, QW-405Postweld heat treatment, QW-407PQR, QW-201.2Preheat, QW-406Procedure qualification, QW-200Procedure qualification record, QW-201, QW-483Procedure qualification specimens, QW-451Processes, combination of, QW-200.4, QW-306Processes, special, QW-251.4

Radiography, QW-142, QW-143, QW-191acceptance criteria, QW-191.2for performance qualification, QW-302.2, QW-304retests and renewal of qualification, QW-320

Records, QW-103.2Record of welder or welding operator qualification tests,

QW-301.4, QW-484Reduced-section specimens, QW-151.1, QW-151.2Renewal of qualification, QW-322Requalification, QW-350Responsibility of records, QW-103.2Responsibility of welding, QW-103.1, QW-201Retests, QW-321

Scope of Section IX, QW-101Shielding gas, QW-408.1, QW-408.2, QW-408.3, QW-408.4,

QW-408.6Shielded metal-arc welding

variables for procedure, QW-253variables, QW-353

Sketches (see Graphics)S-Numbers, QW-420.2Specimens, QW-450Stud-weld bend jig, QW-466.4Stud welding

performance qualification specimens, QW-193positions, QW-123.1, QW-461.6, QW-461.7, QW-461.8procedure qualification specimens, QW-192variables for procedure, QW-261variables for performance, QW-361

Submerged-arc weldingvariables for procedure, QW-254variables for performance, QW-354

Supplementary essential variables, QW-251.2, QW-401.3

277

TablesWelding variables, QW-415, QW-416P-Numbers, QW/QB-422F-Numbers, QW-432A-Numbers, QW-442Procedure qualification specimens, QW-451Performance qualification specimens, QW-452Performance qualification limitations, QW-461.9

Technique, QW-410Tension test, QW-150Terms and definitions, QW-102, QW-492Test assemblies, QW-301.1Test jigs, QW-466Test joints, QW-469.1, QW-469.2Tests

acceptance criteriabend and hammer, QW-192.2fracture tests, QW-182guided bend, QW-163macro-examination, QW-183, QW-184, QW-192.4notch-toughness tests

Charpy V-notch, QW-171.2drop weight, QW-172.2

radiography, QW-191.2.2tension, QW-153

torque test, QW-192.3description and procedure

fillet weld, QW-180guided bend, QW-160notch toughness, QW-170

Charpy V-notch, QW-171drop weight, QW-172

radiographic, QW-191stud weld, QW-192tension, QW-150, QW-152tensile strength, QW-153.1

for performance qualification, QW-100.2, QW-301mechanical tests, QW-302.1qualification tests, QW-301.2

for procedure qualification, QW-100.1, QW-202mechanical tests, QW-202.1test-joint preparation, QW-210test positions for groove welds, QW-120test positions for fillet welds, QW-130test positions for stud welds, QW-123

types and purposesfillet weld, QW-141.3guided bend, QW-141.2, QW-160, QW-162, QW-451,

QW-452, QW-462mechanical, QW-141notch toughness, QW-141.4

drop weight, QW-172.1radiographic, QW-142, QW-143



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 SECTION IX

special examination for welders, QW-142stud weld, QW-141.5tension, QW-141.1, QW-451, QW-462visual, QW-302.4

Thickness, QW-310.1, QW-351, QW-451, QW-452Titanium, QW/QB-422Torque testing for stud welds, QW-466.5Transverse bend tests, QW-161.1–QW-161.4Turned specimens, QW-151.3

Variables, QW-250, QW-350base metals, QW-403electrical characteristics, QW-409electrogas welding (EGW), QW-259electron beam welding (EBW), QW-260electroslag welding (ESW), QW-258, QW-258.1filler metals, QW-404for welding operator, QW-360gas, QW-408gas metal-arc welding (GMAW) (MIG), QW-255,

QW-255.1, QW-355gas tungsten-arc welding (GTAW) (TIG), QW-256,

QW-256.1, QW-356general, QW-251, QW-351, QW-401joints, QW-402oxyfuel gas welding (OFW), QW-252, QW-252.1,

QW-352performance essential variable table, QW-416plasma-arc welding (PAW), QW-257, QW-257.1, QW-359positions, QW-405postweld heat treatment (PWHT), QW-407preheat, QW-406procedure essential variable table, QW-415shielded metal-arc welding (SMAW) (STICK), QW-253,

QW-253.1, QW-353stud welding, QW-261, QW-361submerged-arc welding (SAW), QW-254, QW-254.1,

QW-354technique, QW-410

Vertical position, QW-121.3, QW-131.3Welders and welding operators, QW-304, QW-305Welding Procedure

Specification, QW-200.1(a), QW-482WPS qualification tests, QW-202.2

PART QB

Acceptance Criteriatension test, QB-153bend tests, QB-163peel test, QB-172

278

Addenda (issuance of), QB-100.3requalification of procedures, QB-100.3

AWS, QB-102

Base metal, QB-211Base metal — variables, QB-402BPS, QB-482Brazers, QB-304Brazing operators, QB-305

Definitions, QB-102, QB-490

F-Numbers, QB-430Filler metal — variable, QB-403Filler flow position, QB-121Flow direction — variables, QB-407Flow positions, QB-461Flux and atmospheres (variables), QB-406Forms, Appendix B

Graphics, QB-460Guided bend test, QB-141.2, QB-160

Horizontal flow position, QB-124

Jigs, QB-162.1Jigs — graphics, QB-466Joints, QB-210, QB-310Joint design — variables, QB-408

Longitudinal bend test, QB-161.3, QB-161.4

Manufacturer’s responsibility, QB-201

Order of removal — graphics, QB-463Orientation, QB-110, QB-461

P-Numbers, QB-420Peel test, QB-141.3, QB-170Performance qualifications, Article XIII, QB-100.2Performance qualification tests, QB-301.1Position, QB-120Position — graphics, QB-460PQR, QB-201.2, QB-483Preparation of test joints, QB-210Procedure qualifications, Article XII, QB-100.1

Records, QB-103.2, QB-301.4



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

INDEX

Reduced section, QB-151.1, QB-151.2, QB-151.3Renewal of qualification, QB-322Responsibility, QB-103, QB-201

Scope, QB-101Sectioning test, QB-141.4, QB-181Shear test, QB-141.1Specimens

tension test, QB-151guided-bend test, QB-161peel test, QB-171sectioning test, QB-181workmanship sample, QB-182for procedure qualification, QB-451for performance qualification, QB-452graphics, QB-462, QB-463

Temperature — variable, QB-404Tension test, QB-141.1, QB-150Test, QB-141

for procedure qualification, QB-202.1, QB-451

279

for performance qualification, QB-2-2.1, QB-451positions, QB-120

flat-flow positions, QB-121horizontal-flow positions, QB-124

vertical-downflow, QB-122vertical-upflow, QB-123

Transverse bend tests, QB-161.1, QB-161.2

Variablesbase metal, QB-402brazing filler metal, QB-403brazing flux, fuel gas or atmosphere, QB-406brazing process, QB-405brazing temperature, QB-404data, QB-400flow position, QB-407joint design, QB-408

Vertical downfall position, QB-122Vertical uphill position, QB-123

Workmanship samples, QB-141.5



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

280



--`,,`,```,`,``,,,``,,````,,`,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2004 asme ix boiler & pressure vessel code - wes.irwes.ir/files/3879968asme ix 2004.pdf · asme...

Documents